diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/LICENSE b/embeddedstm32f303/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a9a833 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +STM32F303-based ColorChord 2.0 Build + +Copyright (c) 2015 Charles Lohr + +Roughly based off of: https://github.com/devthrash/0xWS2812 + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. + + diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/Makefile b/embeddedstm32f303/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e134f2b --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +TARGET=main +all: burn + +PREFIX=arm-none-eabi + +CC=$(PREFIX)-gcc +LD=$(PREFIX)-gcc +AS=$(PREFIX)-as +CP=$(PREFIX)-objcopy +OD=$(PREFIX)-objdump + + +OBJCOPYFLAGS = -O binary + +BIN=$(CP) -O ihex + +DEFS = -DSTM32F30X -DHSE_VALUE=25000000 +STARTUP = lib/startup_stm32f30x.s + +MCU = cortex-m3 +MCFLAGS = -mcpu=$(MCU) -mthumb -mlittle-endian -mthumb-interwork + +STM32_INCLUDES = -Ilib -I. -ISTM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc + + +OPTIMIZE = -Os + +CFLAGS = $(MCFLAGS) $(OPTIMIZE) $(DEFS) \ + -I. \ + $(STM32_INCLUDES) \ + -I../embeddedcommon \ + -Wl,-T,lib/stm32f303.ld +CFLAGS+=-DDEBUG +CFLAGS+=-DNUM_LIN_LEDS=17 -DDFREQ=15000 -DCCEMBEDDED + +AFLAGS = $(MCFLAGS) + +SRC = main.c \ + spi2812.c \ + stm32f30x_it.c \ + lib/system_stm32f30x.c \ + lib/systems.c \ + adc.c \ + STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_dma.c \ + STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_spi.c \ + STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_tim.c \ + STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_adc.c \ + STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_misc.c \ + STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_rcc.c \ + STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_gpio.c \ + ../embeddedcommon/DFT32.c \ + ../embeddedcommon/embeddednf.c \ + ../embeddedcommon/embeddedout.c + + +burn : $(TARGET).bin + openocd -f flash.cfg #-d3 +terminal : + openocd -f terminal.cfg + +$(TARGET).bin : $(TARGET).out + $(CP) $(OBJCOPYFLAGS) $< $@ + +$(TARGET).hex: $(EXECUTABLE) + $(CP) -O ihex $^ $@ + +$(TARGET).out : $(SRC) $(STARTUP) + $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $^ -lm -lc -lnosys -o $@ + +clean: + rm -f $(TARGET).lst $(TARGET).out $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).bin $(TARGET).map $(EXECUTABLE) diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8f364c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html @@ -0,0 +1,334 @@ + + + + + + + + + +Release Notes for STM32F30x Standard Peripherals Library Drivers + + + + + + +
+


+

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + + + + +
+ +

Release +Notes for STM32F30x Standard Peripherals Library Drivers (StdPeriph_Drivers)
+

+

Copyright +© 2012 STMicroelectronics

+

+
+

 

+ + + + + + +
+

Contents

+
    +
  1. STM32F30x Standard Peripherals Library Drivers update history
    2. +
  2. License
    3. +
+

STM32F30x Standard Peripherals Library Drivers update history

+ +

V1.0.0 / 04-September-2012

+ + +

Main +Changes

+ + + +
  • First official release for STM32F30x devices
+
    + +

    License

    Licensed +under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); You may not use +this package +except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License +at:

    +
    Unless +required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under +the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
    WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR +CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the +specific language governing permissions and limitations under the +License.

    +
    +
    +

    For +complete documentation on STM32 Microcontrollers visit www.st.com/STM32

    +
    +

    +
    +
    +

     

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_adc.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_adc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f7b8d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_adc.h @@ -0,0 +1,780 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_adc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the ADC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_ADC_H +#define __STM32F30x_ADC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup ADC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief ADC Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + + uint32_t ADC_ContinuousConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion is performed in + Continuous or Single mode. + This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + uint32_t ADC_Resolution; /*!< Configures the ADC resolution. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_resolution */ + uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent; /*!< Defines the external trigger used to start the analog + to digital conversion of regular channels. This parameter + can be a value of @ref ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion */ + uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge; /*!< Select the external trigger edge and enable the trigger of a regular group. + This parameter can be a value of + @ref ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_regular_channels_conversion */ + uint32_t ADC_DataAlign; /*!< Specifies whether the ADC data alignment is left or right. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_data_align */ + uint32_t ADC_OverrunMode; /*!< Specifies the way data overrun are managed. + This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + uint32_t ADC_AutoInjMode; /*!< Enable/disable automatic injected group conversion after + regular group conversion. + This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + uint8_t ADC_NbrOfRegChannel; /*!< Specifies the number of ADC channels that will be converted + using the sequencer for regular channel group. + This parameter must range from 1 to 16. */ +}ADC_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * @brief ADC Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + + uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent; /*!< Defines the external trigger used to start the analog + to digital conversion of injected channels. This parameter + can be a value of @ref ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_Injected_channels_conversion */ + uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge; /*!< Select the external trigger edge and enable the trigger of an injected group. + This parameter can be a value of + @ref ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_Injected_channels_conversion */ + uint8_t ADC_NbrOfInjecChannel; /*!< Specifies the number of ADC channels that will be converted + using the sequencer for injected channel group. + This parameter must range from 1 to 4. */ + uint32_t ADC_InjecSequence1; + uint32_t ADC_InjecSequence2; + uint32_t ADC_InjecSequence3; + uint32_t ADC_InjecSequence4; +}ADC_InjectedInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @} + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t ADC_Mode; /*!< Configures the ADC to operate in + independent or multi mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_mode */ + uint32_t ADC_Clock; /*!< Select the clock of the ADC. The clock is common for both master + and slave ADCs. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_Clock */ + uint32_t ADC_DMAAccessMode; /*!< Configures the Direct memory access mode for multi ADC mode. + This parameter can be a value of + @ref ADC_Direct_memory_access_mode_for_multi_mode */ + uint32_t ADC_DMAMode; /*!< Configures the DMA mode for ADC. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_DMA_Mode_definition */ + uint8_t ADC_TwoSamplingDelay; /*!< Configures the Delay between 2 sampling phases. + This parameter can be a value of + @ref ADC_delay_between_2_sampling_phases */ + +}ADC_CommonInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == ADC1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == ADC2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == ADC3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == ADC4)) + +#define IS_ADC_DMA_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == ADC1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == ADC2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == ADC3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == ADC4)) + +/** @defgroup ADC_ContinuousConvMode + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_ContinuousConvMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< ADC continuous conversion mode enable */ +#define ADC_ContinuousConvMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC continuous conversion mode disable */ +#define IS_ADC_CONVMODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_ContinuousConvMode_Enable) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_ContinuousConvMode_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup ADC_OverunMode + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_OverrunMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< ADC Overrun Mode enable */ +#define ADC_OverrunMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC Overrun Mode disable */ +#define IS_ADC_OVRUNMODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_OverrunMode_Enable) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_OverrunMode_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup ADC_AutoInjecMode + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_AutoInjec_Enable ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< ADC Auto injected Mode enable */ +#define ADC_AutoInjec_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC Auto injected Mode disable */ +#define IS_ADC_AUTOINJECMODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_AutoInjec_Enable) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_AutoInjec_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup ADC_resolution + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_Resolution_12b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC 12-bit resolution */ +#define ADC_Resolution_10b ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< ADC 10-bit resolution */ +#define ADC_Resolution_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< ADC 8-bit resolution */ +#define ADC_Resolution_6b ((uint32_t)0x00000018) /*!< ADC 6-bit resolution */ +#define IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(RESOLUTION) (((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_12b) || \ + ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_10b) || \ + ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_8b) || \ + ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_6b)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_regular_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_None ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< ADC No external trigger for regular conversion */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_RisingEdge ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< ADC external trigger rising edge for regular conversion */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_FallingEdge ((uint16_t)0x0800) /*!< ADC ADC external trigger falling edge for regular conversion */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_BothEdge ((uint16_t)0x0C00) /*!< ADC ADC external trigger both edges for regular conversion */ + +#define IS_EXTERNALTRIG_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_None) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_RisingEdge) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_FallingEdge) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_BothEdge)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_Injected_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_None ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< ADC No external trigger for regular conversion */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_RisingEdge ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< ADC external trigger rising edge for injected conversion */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_FallingEdge ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< ADC external trigger falling edge for injected conversion */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_BothEdge ((uint16_t)0x00C0) /*!< ADC external trigger both edges for injected conversion */ + +#define IS_EXTERNALTRIGINJ_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_None) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_RisingEdge) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_FallingEdge) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_BothEdge)) + +/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_0 ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< ADC external trigger event 0 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_1 ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< ADC external trigger event 1 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_2 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< ADC external trigger event 2 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_3 ((uint16_t)0x00C0) /*!< ADC external trigger event 3 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_4 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< ADC external trigger event 4 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_5 ((uint16_t)0x0140) /*!< ADC external trigger event 5 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_6 ((uint16_t)0x0180) /*!< ADC external trigger event 6 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_7 ((uint16_t)0x01C0) /*!< ADC external trigger event 7 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_8 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< ADC external trigger event 8 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_9 ((uint16_t)0x0240) /*!< ADC external trigger event 9 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_10 ((uint16_t)0x0280) /*!< ADC external trigger event 10 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_11 ((uint16_t)0x02C0) /*!< ADC external trigger event 11 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_12 ((uint16_t)0x0300) /*!< ADC external trigger event 12 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_13 ((uint16_t)0x0340) /*!< ADC external trigger event 13 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_14 ((uint16_t)0x0380) /*!< ADC external trigger event 14 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_15 ((uint16_t)0x03C0) /*!< ADC external trigger event 15 */ + +#define IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(REGTRIG) (((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_0) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_1) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_2) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_3) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_4) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_5) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_6) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_7) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_8) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_9) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_10) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_11) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_12) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_13) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_14) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_15)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_Injected_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_0 ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 0 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_1 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 1 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_2 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 2 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_3 ((uint16_t)0x000C) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 3 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 4 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_5 ((uint16_t)0x0014) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 5 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_6 ((uint16_t)0x0018) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 6 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_7 ((uint16_t)0x001C) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 7 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_8 ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 8 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_9 ((uint16_t)0x0024) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 9 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_10 ((uint16_t)0x0028) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 10 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_11 ((uint16_t)0x002C) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 11 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_12 ((uint16_t)0x0030) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 12 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_13 ((uint16_t)0x0034) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 13 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_14 ((uint16_t)0x0038) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 14 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_15 ((uint16_t)0x003C) /*!< ADC external trigger for injected conversion event 15 */ + +#define IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(INJTRIG) (((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_0) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_2) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_3) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_4) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_5) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_6) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_7) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_8) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_9) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_10) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_11) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_12) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_13) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_14) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_15)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup ADC_data_align + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_DataAlign_Right ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC Data alignment right */ +#define ADC_DataAlign_Left ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< ADC Data alignment left */ +#define IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Right) || \ + ((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Left)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_channels + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_Channel_1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< ADC Channel 1 */ +#define ADC_Channel_2 ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< ADC Channel 2 */ +#define ADC_Channel_3 ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< ADC Channel 3 */ +#define ADC_Channel_4 ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< ADC Channel 4 */ +#define ADC_Channel_5 ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< ADC Channel 5 */ +#define ADC_Channel_6 ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< ADC Channel 6 */ +#define ADC_Channel_7 ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< ADC Channel 7 */ +#define ADC_Channel_8 ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< ADC Channel 8 */ +#define ADC_Channel_9 ((uint8_t)0x09) /*!< ADC Channel 9 */ +#define ADC_Channel_10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) /*!< ADC Channel 10 */ +#define ADC_Channel_11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) /*!< ADC Channel 11 */ +#define ADC_Channel_12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) /*!< ADC Channel 12 */ +#define ADC_Channel_13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) /*!< ADC Channel 13 */ +#define ADC_Channel_14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) /*!< ADC Channel 14 */ +#define ADC_Channel_15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) /*!< ADC Channel 15 */ +#define ADC_Channel_16 ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< ADC Channel 16 */ +#define ADC_Channel_17 ((uint8_t)0x11) /*!< ADC Channel 17 */ +#define ADC_Channel_18 ((uint8_t)0x12) /*!< ADC Channel 18 */ + +#define ADC_Channel_TempSensor ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_16) +#define ADC_Channel_Vrefint ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_18) +#define ADC_Channel_Vbat ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_17) + +#define IS_ADC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_7) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_8) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_9) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_10) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_11) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_12) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_13) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_14) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_15) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_16) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_17) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_18)) +#define IS_ADC_DIFFCHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_7) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_8) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_9) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_10) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_11) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_12) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_13) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_14)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_mode + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_Mode_Independent ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC independent mode */ +#define ADC_Mode_CombRegSimulInjSimul ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< ADC multi ADC mode: Combined Regular simultaneous injected simultaneous mode */ +#define ADC_Mode_CombRegSimulAltTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< ADC multi ADC mode: Combined Regular simultaneous Alternate trigger mode */ +#define ADC_Mode_InjSimul ((uint32_t)0x00000005) /*!< ADC multi ADC mode: Injected simultaneous mode */ +#define ADC_Mode_RegSimul ((uint32_t)0x00000006) /*!< ADC multi ADC mode: Regular simultaneous mode */ +#define ADC_Mode_Interleave ((uint32_t)0x00000007) /*!< ADC multi ADC mode: Interleave mode */ +#define ADC_Mode_AltTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000009) /*!< ADC multi ADC mode: Alternate Trigger mode */ + +#define IS_ADC_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_Mode_Independent) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_CombRegSimulInjSimul) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_CombRegSimulAltTrig) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_InjSimul) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_RegSimul) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_Interleave) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_Mode_AltTrig)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Clock + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_Clock_AsynClkMode ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC Asynchronous clock mode */ +#define ADC_Clock_SynClkModeDiv1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Synchronous clock mode divided by 1 */ +#define ADC_Clock_SynClkModeDiv2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Synchronous clock mode divided by 2 */ +#define ADC_Clock_SynClkModeDiv4 ((uint32_t)0x00030000) /*!< Synchronous clock mode divided by 4 */ +#define IS_ADC_CLOCKMODE(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == ADC_Clock_AsynClkMode) ||\ + ((CLOCK) == ADC_Clock_SynClkModeDiv1) ||\ + ((CLOCK) == ADC_Clock_SynClkModeDiv2)||\ + ((CLOCK) == ADC_Clock_SynClkModeDiv4)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup ADC_Direct_memory_access_mode_for_multi_mode + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_Disabled ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< DMA mode disabled */ +#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_1 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< DMA mode enabled for 12 and 10-bit resolution (6 bit) */ +#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_2 ((uint32_t)0x0000C000) /*!< DMA mode enabled for 8 and 6-bit resolution (8bit) */ +#define IS_ADC_DMA_ACCESS_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_Disabled) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_1) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_2)) + +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup ADC_sampling_time + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< ADC sampling time 1.5 cycle */ +#define ADC_SampleTime_2Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< ADC sampling time 2.5 cycles */ +#define ADC_SampleTime_4Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< ADC sampling time 4.5 cycles */ +#define ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< ADC sampling time 7.5 cycles */ +#define ADC_SampleTime_19Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< ADC sampling time 19.5 cycles */ +#define ADC_SampleTime_61Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< ADC sampling time 61.5 cycles */ +#define ADC_SampleTime_181Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< ADC sampling time 181.5 cycles */ +#define ADC_SampleTime_601Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< ADC sampling time 601.5 cycles */ +#define IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_2Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_4Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_19Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_61Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_181Cycles5) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_601Cycles5)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_channel_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_1 ADC_Channel_1 /*!< ADC Injected channel 1 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_2 ADC_Channel_2 /*!< ADC Injected channel 2 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_3 ADC_Channel_3 /*!< ADC Injected channel 3 */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_4 ADC_Channel_4 /*!< ADC Injected channel 4 */ +#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_4)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_analog_watchdog_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00000) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog single regular mode */ +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x01400000) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog single injected mode */ +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x01C00000) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog single regular or injected mode */ +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog all regular mode */ +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog all injected mode */ +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x01800000) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog all regular and all injected mode */ +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog off */ + +#define IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(WATCHDOG) (((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Calibration_Mode_definition + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_CalibrationMode_Single ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC Calibration for single ended channel */ +#define ADC_CalibrationMode_Differential ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /*!< ADC Calibration for differential channel */ + +#define IS_ADC_CALIBRATION_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_CalibrationMode_Single) ||((MODE) == ADC_CalibrationMode_Differential)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_DMA_Mode_definition + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_DMAMode_OneShot ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< ADC DMA Oneshot mode */ +#define ADC_DMAMode_Circular ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< ADC DMA circular mode */ + +#define IS_ADC_DMA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_DMAMode_OneShot) || ((MODE) == ADC_DMAMode_Circular)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_IT_RDY ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< ADC Ready (ADRDY) interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_EOSMP ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< ADC End of Sampling interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_EOC ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< ADC End of Regular Conversion interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_EOS ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< ADC End of Regular sequence of Conversions interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_OVR ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< ADC overrun interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_JEOC ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< ADC End of Injected Conversion interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_JEOS ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< ADC End of Injected sequence of Conversions interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_AWD1 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog 1 interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_AWD2 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog 2 interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_AWD3 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog 3 interrupt source */ +#define ADC_IT_JQOVF ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< ADC Injected Context Queue Overflow interrupt source */ + + +#define IS_ADC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xF800) == 0x0000) && ((IT) != 0x0000)) + +#define IS_ADC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == ADC_IT_RDY) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_EOSMP) || \ + ((IT) == ADC_IT_EOC) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_EOS) || \ + ((IT) == ADC_IT_OVR) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_EOS) || \ + ((IT) == ADC_IT_JEOS) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_AWD1) || \ + ((IT) == ADC_IT_AWD2) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_AWD3) || \ + ((IT) == ADC_IT_JQOVF)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_FLAG_RDY ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< ADC Ready (ADRDY) flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_EOSMP ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< ADC End of Sampling flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_EOC ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< ADC End of Regular Conversion flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_EOS ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< ADC End of Regular sequence of Conversions flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_OVR ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< ADC overrun flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_JEOC ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< ADC End of Injected Conversion flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_JEOS ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< ADC End of Injected sequence of Conversions flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_AWD1 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog 1 flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_AWD2 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog 2 flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_AWD3 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< ADC Analog watchdog 3 flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_JQOVF ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< ADC Injected Context Queue Overflow flag */ + +#define IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xF800) == 0x0000) && ((FLAG) != 0x0000)) +#define IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_RDY) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_EOSMP) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_EOC) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_EOS) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_OVR) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_JEOC) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_JEOS) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_AWD1) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_AWD2) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_AWD3) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_JQOVF)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Common_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTRDY ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< ADC Master Ready (ADRDY) flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTEOSMP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< ADC Master End of Sampling flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTEOC ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< ADC Master End of Regular Conversion flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTEOS ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< ADC Master End of Regular sequence of Conversions flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTOVR ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< ADC Master overrun flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTJEOC ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< ADC Master End of Injected Conversion flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTJEOS ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< ADC Master End of Injected sequence of Conversions flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD1 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< ADC Master Analog watchdog 1 flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD2 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< ADC Master Analog watchdog 2 flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD3 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< ADC Master Analog watchdog 3 flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_MSTJQOVF ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< ADC Master Injected Context Queue Overflow flag */ + +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVRDY ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< ADC Slave Ready (ADRDY) flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVEOSMP ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< ADC Slave End of Sampling flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVEOC ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< ADC Slave End of Regular Conversion flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVEOS ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< ADC Slave End of Regular sequence of Conversions flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVOVR ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< ADC Slave overrun flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVJEOC ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< ADC Slave End of Injected Conversion flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVJEOS ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< ADC Slave End of Injected sequence of Conversions flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD1 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< ADC Slave Analog watchdog 1 flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD2 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< ADC Slave Analog watchdog 2 flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD3 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< ADC Slave Analog watchdog 3 flag */ +#define ADC_FLAG_SLVJQOVF ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< ADC Slave Injected Context Queue Overflow flag */ + +#define IS_ADC_CLEAR_COMMONFLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xF800F800) == 0x0000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000)) +#define IS_ADC_GET_COMMONFLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTRDY) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTEOSMP) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTEOC) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTEOS) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTOVR) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTEOS) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTJEOS) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD1) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD2) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD3) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_MSTJQOVF) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVRDY) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVEOSMP) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVEOC) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVEOS) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVOVR) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVEOS) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVJEOS) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD1) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD2) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD3) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_SLVJQOVF)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_thresholds + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) ((THRESHOLD) <= 0xFFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_offset + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) <= 0xFFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_length + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x4)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_regular_length + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x10)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_regular_discontinuous_mode_number + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) >= 0x1) && ((NUMBER) <= 0x8)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_two_sampling_delay_number + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_TWOSAMPLING_DELAY(DELAY) (((DELAY) <= 0xF)) + +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the ADC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct); +void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct); +void ADC_InjectedInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InjectedInitTypeDef* ADC_InjectedInitStruct); +void ADC_InjectedStructInit(ADC_InjectedInitTypeDef* ADC_InjectedInitStruct); +void ADC_CommonInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct); +void ADC_CommonStructInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct); + +void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_StartCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +uint32_t ADC_GetCalibrationValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_SetCalibrationValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_Calibration); +void ADC_SelectCalibrationMode(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_CalibrationMode); +FlagStatus ADC_GetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_DisableCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +FlagStatus ADC_GetDisableCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_VoltageRegulatorCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_SelectDifferentialMode(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_SelectQueueOfContextMode(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_AutoDelayCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Analog Watchdog configuration functions ************************************/ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdog1ThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold, uint16_t LowThreshold); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdog2ThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t HighThreshold, uint8_t LowThreshold); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdog3ThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t HighThreshold, uint8_t LowThreshold); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdog1SingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdog2SingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdog3SingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel); + +/* Temperature Sensor, Vrefint and Vbat management function */ +void ADC_TempSensorCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_VrefintCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_VbatCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Regular Channels Configuration functions ***********************************/ +void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime); +void ADC_RegularChannelSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t SequencerLength); +void ADC_ExternalTriggerConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent, uint16_t ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge); + +void ADC_StartConversion(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +FlagStatus ADC_GetStartConversionStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_StopConversion(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number); +void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +uint32_t ADC_GetDualModeConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); + +void ADC_SetChannelOffset1(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint16_t Offset); +void ADC_SetChannelOffset2(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint16_t Offset); +void ADC_SetChannelOffset3(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint16_t Offset); +void ADC_SetChannelOffset4(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint16_t Offset); + +void ADC_ChannelOffset1Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_ChannelOffset2Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_ChannelOffset3Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_ChannelOffset4Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions *******************************/ +void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_DMAConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_DMAMode); + +/* Injected channels Configuration functions **********************************/ +void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime); +void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t SequencerLength); + +void ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent, uint16_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge); + +void ADC_StartInjectedConversion(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +FlagStatus ADC_GetStartInjectedConversionStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_StopInjectedConversion(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel); + +/* ADC Dual Modes Configuration functions *************************************/ +FlagStatus ADC_GetCommonFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_FLAG); +void ADC_ClearCommonFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_FLAG); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_FLAG); +void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_FLAG); +ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_IT); +void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F30x_ADC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_can.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_can.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..079cbee --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_can.h @@ -0,0 +1,643 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_can.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CAN firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_CAN_H +#define __STM32F30x_CAN_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup CAN + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == CAN1)) + +/** + * @brief CAN init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t CAN_Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the length of a time quantum. + It ranges from 1 to 1024. */ + + uint8_t CAN_Mode; /*!< Specifies the CAN operating mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_operating_mode */ + + uint8_t CAN_SJW; /*!< Specifies the maximum number of time quanta + the CAN hardware is allowed to lengthen or + shorten a bit to perform resynchronization. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_synchronisation_jump_width */ + + uint8_t CAN_BS1; /*!< Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit + Segment 1. This parameter can be a value of + @ref CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1 */ + + uint8_t CAN_BS2; /*!< Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit Segment 2. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2 */ + + FunctionalState CAN_TTCM; /*!< Enable or disable the time triggered communication mode. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_ABOM; /*!< Enable or disable the automatic bus-off management. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_AWUM; /*!< Enable or disable the automatic wake-up mode. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_NART; /*!< Enable or disable the non-automatic retransmission mode. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_RFLM; /*!< Enable or disable the Receive FIFO Locked mode. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_TXFP; /*!< Enable or disable the transmit FIFO priority. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ +} CAN_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief CAN filter init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t CAN_FilterIdHigh; /*!< Specifies the filter identification number (MSBs for a 32-bit + configuration, first one for a 16-bit configuration). + This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t CAN_FilterIdLow; /*!< Specifies the filter identification number (LSBs for a 32-bit + configuration, second one for a 16-bit configuration). + This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh; /*!< Specifies the filter mask number or identification number, + according to the mode (MSBs for a 32-bit configuration, + first one for a 16-bit configuration). + This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t CAN_FilterMaskIdLow; /*!< Specifies the filter mask number or identification number, + according to the mode (LSBs for a 32-bit configuration, + second one for a 16-bit configuration). + This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment; /*!< Specifies the FIFO (0 or 1) which will be assigned to the filter. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_FIFO */ + + uint8_t CAN_FilterNumber; /*!< Specifies the filter which will be initialized. It ranges from 0 to 13. */ + + uint8_t CAN_FilterMode; /*!< Specifies the filter mode to be initialized. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_mode */ + + uint8_t CAN_FilterScale; /*!< Specifies the filter scale. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_scale */ + + FunctionalState CAN_FilterActivation; /*!< Enable or disable the filter. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ +} CAN_FilterInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief CAN Tx message structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t StdId; /*!< Specifies the standard identifier. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x7FF. */ + + uint32_t ExtId; /*!< Specifies the extended identifier. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x1FFFFFFF. */ + + uint8_t IDE; /*!< Specifies the type of identifier for the message that + will be transmitted. This parameter can be a value + of @ref CAN_identifier_type */ + + uint8_t RTR; /*!< Specifies the type of frame for the message that will + be transmitted. This parameter can be a value of + @ref CAN_remote_transmission_request */ + + uint8_t DLC; /*!< Specifies the length of the frame that will be + transmitted. This parameter can be a value between + 0 to 8 */ + + uint8_t Data[8]; /*!< Contains the data to be transmitted. It ranges from 0 + to 0xFF. */ +} CanTxMsg; + +/** + * @brief CAN Rx message structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t StdId; /*!< Specifies the standard identifier. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x7FF. */ + + uint32_t ExtId; /*!< Specifies the extended identifier. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x1FFFFFFF. */ + + uint8_t IDE; /*!< Specifies the type of identifier for the message that + will be received. This parameter can be a value of + @ref CAN_identifier_type */ + + uint8_t RTR; /*!< Specifies the type of frame for the received message. + This parameter can be a value of + @ref CAN_remote_transmission_request */ + + uint8_t DLC; /*!< Specifies the length of the frame that will be received. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 8 */ + + uint8_t Data[8]; /*!< Contains the data to be received. It ranges from 0 to + 0xFF. */ + + uint8_t FMI; /*!< Specifies the index of the filter the message stored in + the mailbox passes through. This parameter can be a + value between 0 to 0xFF */ +} CanRxMsg; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_InitStatus + * @{ + */ + +#define CAN_InitStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN initialization failed */ +#define CAN_InitStatus_Success ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN initialization OK */ + + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CANINITFAILED CAN_InitStatus_Failed +#define CANINITOK CAN_InitStatus_Success +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_operating_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define CAN_Mode_Normal ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< normal mode */ +#define CAN_Mode_LoopBack ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< loopback mode */ +#define CAN_Mode_Silent ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< silent mode */ +#define CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< loopback combined with silent mode */ + +#define IS_CAN_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Normal) || \ + ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_LoopBack)|| \ + ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Silent) || \ + ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack)) +/** + * @} + */ + + + /** + * @defgroup CAN_operating_mode + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Initialization mode */ +#define CAN_OperatingMode_Normal ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Normal mode */ +#define CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< sleep mode */ + + +#define IS_CAN_OPERATING_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization) ||\ + ((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Normal)|| \ + ((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup CAN_operating_mode_status + * @{ + */ + +#define CAN_ModeStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN entering the specific mode failed */ +#define CAN_ModeStatus_Success ((uint8_t)!CAN_ModeStatus_Failed) /*!< CAN entering the specific mode Succeed */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_synchronisation_jump_width + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_SJW_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */ +#define CAN_SJW_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */ +#define CAN_SJW_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */ +#define CAN_SJW_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */ + +#define IS_CAN_SJW(SJW) (((SJW) == CAN_SJW_1tq) || ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_2tq)|| \ + ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_3tq) || ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_4tq)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1 + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_BS1_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_5tq ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< 5 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_6tq ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< 6 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_7tq ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< 7 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_8tq ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< 8 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_9tq ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< 9 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_10tq ((uint8_t)0x09) /*!< 10 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_11tq ((uint8_t)0x0A) /*!< 11 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_12tq ((uint8_t)0x0B) /*!< 12 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_13tq ((uint8_t)0x0C) /*!< 13 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_14tq ((uint8_t)0x0D) /*!< 14 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_15tq ((uint8_t)0x0E) /*!< 15 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_16tq ((uint8_t)0x0F) /*!< 16 time quantum */ + +#define IS_CAN_BS1(BS1) ((BS1) <= CAN_BS1_16tq) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2 + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_BS2_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_5tq ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< 5 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_6tq ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< 6 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_7tq ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< 7 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_8tq ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< 8 time quantum */ + +#define IS_CAN_BS2(BS2) ((BS2) <= CAN_BS2_8tq) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_clock_prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define IS_CAN_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) >= 1) && ((PRESCALER) <= 1024)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_filter_number + * @{ + */ +#define IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(NUMBER) ((NUMBER) <= 27) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_filter_mode + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_FilterMode_IdMask ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< identifier/mask mode */ +#define CAN_FilterMode_IdList ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< identifier list mode */ + +#define IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdMask) || \ + ((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdList)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_filter_scale + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_FilterScale_16bit ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Two 16-bit filters */ +#define CAN_FilterScale_32bit ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< One 32-bit filter */ + +#define IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(SCALE) (((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_16bit) || \ + ((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_32bit)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_filter_FIFO + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_Filter_FIFO0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Filter FIFO 0 assignment for filter x */ +#define CAN_Filter_FIFO1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Filter FIFO 1 assignment for filter x */ +#define IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(FIFO) (((FIFO) == CAN_FilterFIFO0) || \ + ((FIFO) == CAN_FilterFIFO1)) + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CAN_FilterFIFO0 CAN_Filter_FIFO0 +#define CAN_FilterFIFO1 CAN_Filter_FIFO1 +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Start_bank_filter_for_slave_CAN + * @{ + */ +#define IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(BANKNUMBER) (((BANKNUMBER) >= 1) && ((BANKNUMBER) <= 27)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Tx + * @{ + */ +#define IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(TRANSMITMAILBOX) ((TRANSMITMAILBOX) <= ((uint8_t)0x02)) +#define IS_CAN_STDID(STDID) ((STDID) <= ((uint32_t)0x7FF)) +#define IS_CAN_EXTID(EXTID) ((EXTID) <= ((uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF)) +#define IS_CAN_DLC(DLC) ((DLC) <= ((uint8_t)0x08)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_identifier_type + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_Id_Standard ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Standard Id */ +#define CAN_Id_Extended ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Extended Id */ +#define IS_CAN_IDTYPE(IDTYPE) (((IDTYPE) == CAN_Id_Standard) || \ + ((IDTYPE) == CAN_Id_Extended)) + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CAN_ID_STD CAN_Id_Standard +#define CAN_ID_EXT CAN_Id_Extended +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_remote_transmission_request + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_RTR_Data ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Data frame */ +#define CAN_RTR_Remote ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Remote frame */ +#define IS_CAN_RTR(RTR) (((RTR) == CAN_RTR_Data) || ((RTR) == CAN_RTR_Remote)) + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CAN_RTR_DATA CAN_RTR_Data +#define CAN_RTR_REMOTE CAN_RTR_Remote +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_transmit_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_TxStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00)/*!< CAN transmission failed */ +#define CAN_TxStatus_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN transmission succeeded */ +#define CAN_TxStatus_Pending ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< CAN transmission pending */ +#define CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< CAN cell did not provide + an empty mailbox */ +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CANTXFAILED CAN_TxStatus_Failed +#define CANTXOK CAN_TxStatus_Ok +#define CANTXPENDING CAN_TxStatus_Pending +#define CAN_NO_MB CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_receive_FIFO_number_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_FIFO0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN FIFO 0 used to receive */ +#define CAN_FIFO1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN FIFO 1 used to receive */ + +#define IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFO) (((FIFO) == CAN_FIFO0) || ((FIFO) == CAN_FIFO1)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_sleep_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_Sleep_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN did not enter the sleep mode */ +#define CAN_Sleep_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN entered the sleep mode */ + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CANSLEEPFAILED CAN_Sleep_Failed +#define CANSLEEPOK CAN_Sleep_Ok +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_wake_up_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_WakeUp_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN did not leave the sleep mode */ +#define CAN_WakeUp_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN leaved the sleep mode */ + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CANWAKEUPFAILED CAN_WakeUp_Failed +#define CANWAKEUPOK CAN_WakeUp_Ok +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup CAN_Error_Code_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_NoErr ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< No Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_StuffErr ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< Stuff Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_FormErr ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Form Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_ACKErr ((uint8_t)0x30) /*!< Acknowledgment Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_BitRecessiveErr ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< Bit Recessive Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_BitDominantErr ((uint8_t)0x50) /*!< Bit Dominant Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_CRCErr ((uint8_t)0x60) /*!< CRC Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_SoftwareSetErr ((uint8_t)0x70) /*!< Software Set Error */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_flags + * @{ + */ +/* If the flag is 0x3XXXXXXX, it means that it can be used with CAN_GetFlagStatus() + and CAN_ClearFlag() functions. */ +/* If the flag is 0x1XXXXXXX, it means that it can only be used with + CAN_GetFlagStatus() function. */ + +/* Transmit Flags */ +#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP0 ((uint32_t)0x38000001) /*!< Request MailBox0 Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP1 ((uint32_t)0x38000100) /*!< Request MailBox1 Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP2 ((uint32_t)0x38010000) /*!< Request MailBox2 Flag */ + +/* Receive Flags */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FMP0 ((uint32_t)0x12000003) /*!< FIFO 0 Message Pending Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FF0 ((uint32_t)0x32000008) /*!< FIFO 0 Full Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FOV0 ((uint32_t)0x32000010) /*!< FIFO 0 Overrun Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FMP1 ((uint32_t)0x14000003) /*!< FIFO 1 Message Pending Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FF1 ((uint32_t)0x34000008) /*!< FIFO 1 Full Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FOV1 ((uint32_t)0x34000010) /*!< FIFO 1 Overrun Flag */ + +/* Operating Mode Flags */ +#define CAN_FLAG_WKU ((uint32_t)0x31000008) /*!< Wake up Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_SLAK ((uint32_t)0x31000012) /*!< Sleep acknowledge Flag */ +/* @note When SLAK interrupt is disabled (SLKIE=0), no polling on SLAKI is possible. + In this case the SLAK bit can be polled.*/ + +/* Error Flags */ +#define CAN_FLAG_EWG ((uint32_t)0x10F00001) /*!< Error Warning Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_EPV ((uint32_t)0x10F00002) /*!< Error Passive Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_BOF ((uint32_t)0x10F00004) /*!< Bus-Off Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_LEC ((uint32_t)0x30F00070) /*!< Last error code Flag */ + +#define IS_CAN_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_LEC) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_BOF) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_EPV) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_EWG) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_WKU) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV0) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF0) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FMP0) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF1) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FMP1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP2) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP1)|| ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP0) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_SLAK )) + +#define IS_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG)(((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_LEC) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP2) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP0) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF0) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV0) ||\ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV1) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_WKU) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_SLAK)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_interrupts + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_IT_TME ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt*/ + +/* Receive Interrupts */ +#define CAN_IT_FMP0 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FF0 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< FIFO 0 full Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FOV0 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FF1 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< FIFO 1 full Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FOV1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt*/ + +/* Operating Mode Interrupts */ +#define CAN_IT_WKU ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Wake-up Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_SLK ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Sleep acknowledge Interrupt*/ + +/* Error Interrupts */ +#define CAN_IT_EWG ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Error warning Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_EPV ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Error passive Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_BOF ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bus-off Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_LEC ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Last error code Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_ERR ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Error Interrupt*/ + +/* Flags named as Interrupts : kept only for FW compatibility */ +#define CAN_IT_RQCP0 CAN_IT_TME +#define CAN_IT_RQCP1 CAN_IT_TME +#define CAN_IT_RQCP2 CAN_IT_TME + + +#define IS_CAN_IT(IT) (((IT) == CAN_IT_TME) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FMP0) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF0) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV0) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FMP1) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF1) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV1) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_EWG) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_EPV) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_BOF) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_LEC) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_ERR) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_WKU) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_SLK)) + +#define IS_CAN_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == CAN_IT_TME) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF0) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV0)|| ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF1) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV1)|| ((IT) == CAN_IT_EWG) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_EPV) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_BOF) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_LEC) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_ERR) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_WKU) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_SLK)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the CAN configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void CAN_DeInit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +uint8_t CAN_Init(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct); +void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_FilterInitTypeDef* CAN_FilterInitStruct); +void CAN_StructInit(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct); +void CAN_SlaveStartBank(uint8_t CAN_BankNumber); +void CAN_DBGFreeze(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState); +void CAN_TTComModeCmd(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* CAN Frames Transmission functions ******************************************/ +uint8_t CAN_Transmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CanTxMsg* TxMessage); +uint8_t CAN_TransmitStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t TransmitMailbox); +void CAN_CancelTransmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t Mailbox); + +/* CAN Frames Reception functions *********************************************/ +void CAN_Receive(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber, CanRxMsg* RxMessage); +void CAN_FIFORelease(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber); +uint8_t CAN_MessagePending(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber); + +/* Operation modes functions **************************************************/ +uint8_t CAN_OperatingModeRequest(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t CAN_OperatingMode); +uint8_t CAN_Sleep(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); +uint8_t CAN_WakeUp(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); + +/* CAN Bus Error management functions *****************************************/ +uint8_t CAN_GetLastErrorCode(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); +uint8_t CAN_GetReceiveErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); +uint8_t CAN_GetLSBTransmitErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void CAN_ITConfig(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus CAN_GetFlagStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG); +void CAN_ClearFlag(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG); +ITStatus CAN_GetITStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT); +void CAN_ClearITPendingBit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30x_CAN_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_comp.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_comp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40279e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_comp.h @@ -0,0 +1,400 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_comp.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the COMP firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_COMP_H +#define __STM32F30x_COMP_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup COMP + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief COMP Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint32_t COMP_InvertingInput; /*!< Selects the inverting input of the comparator. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_InvertingInput */ + + uint32_t COMP_NonInvertingInput; /*!< Selects the non inverting input of the comparator. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_NonInvertingInput */ + + uint32_t COMP_Output; /*!< Selects the output redirection of the comparator. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_Output */ + + uint32_t COMP_BlankingSrce; /*!< Selects the output blanking source of the comparator. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_BlankingSrce */ + + uint32_t COMP_OutputPol; /*!< Selects the output polarity of the comparator. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_OutputPoloarity */ + + uint32_t COMP_Hysteresis; /*!< Selects the hysteresis voltage of the comparator. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_Hysteresis */ + + uint32_t COMP_Mode; /*!< Selects the operating mode of the comparator + and allows to adjust the speed/consumption. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_Mode */ + +}COMP_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Selection + * @{ + */ + +#define COMP_Selection_COMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< COMP1 Selection */ +#define COMP_Selection_COMP2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< COMP2 Selection */ +#define COMP_Selection_COMP3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< COMP3 Selection */ +#define COMP_Selection_COMP4 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< COMP4 Selection */ +#define COMP_Selection_COMP5 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< COMP5 Selection */ +#define COMP_Selection_COMP6 ((uint32_t)0x00000014) /*!< COMP6 Selection */ +#define COMP_Selection_COMP7 ((uint32_t)0x00000018) /*!< COMP7 Selection */ + +#define IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP7)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_InvertingInput + * @{ + */ + +#define COMP_InvertingInput_1_4VREFINT ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< 1/4 VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_1_2VREFINT COMP_CSR_COMPxINSEL_0 /*!< 1/2 VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_3_4VREFINT COMP_CSR_COMPxINSEL_1 /*!< 3/4 VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_VREFINT ((uint32_t)0x00000030) /*!< VREFINT connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_DAC1 COMP_CSR_COMPxINSEL_2 /*!< DAC1_OUT (PA4) connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_DAC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000050) /*!< DAC2_OUT (PA5) connected to comparator inverting input */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_IO1 ((uint32_t)0x00000060) /*!< I/O1 (PA0 for COMP1, PA2 for COMP2, PD15 for COMP3, + PE8 for COMP4, PD13 for COMP5, PD10 for COMP6, + PC0 for COMP7) connected to comparator inverting input */ + +#define COMP_InvertingInput_IO2 COMP_CSR_COMPxINSEL /*!< I/O2 (PB12 for COMP3, PB2 for COMP4, PB10 for COMP5, + PB15 for COMP6) connected to comparator inverting input */ + +#define IS_COMP_INVERTING_INPUT(INPUT) (((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_1_4VREFINT) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_1_2VREFINT) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_3_4VREFINT) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_VREFINT) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_DAC1) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_DAC2) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_IO1) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_IO2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_NonInvertingInput + * @{ + */ + +#define COMP_NonInvertingInput_IO1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< I/O1 (PA1 for COMP1, PA7 for COMP2, PB14 for COMP3, + PB0 for COMP4, PD12 for COMP5, PD11 for COMP6, + PA0 for COMP7) connected to comparator non inverting input */ + +#define COMP_NonInvertingInput_IO2 COMP_CSR_COMPxNONINSEL /*!< I/O2 (PA3 for COMP2, PD14 for COMP3, PE7 for COMP4, PB13 for COMP5, + PB11 for COMP6, PC1 for COMP7) connected to comparator non inverting input */ + +#define IS_COMP_NONINVERTING_INPUT(INPUT) (((INPUT) == COMP_NonInvertingInput_IO1) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_NonInvertingInput_IO2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Output + * @{ + */ + +#define COMP_Output_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< COMP output isn't connected to other peripherals */ + +/* Output Redirection common for all comparators COMP1...COMP7 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM1BKIN COMP_CSR_COMPxOUTSEL_0 /*!< COMP output connected to TIM1 Break Input (BKIN) */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM1BKIN2 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM1 Break Input 2 (BKIN2) */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM8BKIN ((uint32_t)0x00000C00) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM8 Break Input (BKIN) */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM8BKIN2 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM8 Break Input 2 (BKIN2) */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM1BKIN2_TIM8BKIN2 ((uint32_t)0x00001400) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM1 Break Input 2 and TIM8 Break Input 2 */ + +/* Output Redirection common for COMP1 and COMP2 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM1OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00001800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM1 OCREF Clear */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM1IC1 ((uint32_t)0x00001C00) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM1 Input Capture 1 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM2IC4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM2 Input Capture 4 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM2OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00002400) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM2 OCREF Clear */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM3IC1 ((uint32_t)0x00002800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM3 Input Capture 1 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM3OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00002C00) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM3 OCREF Clear */ + +/* Output Redirection specific to COMP3 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM4IC1 ((uint32_t)0x00001C00) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM4 Input Capture 1 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM3IC2 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM3 Input Capture 2 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM15IC1 ((uint32_t)0x00002800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM15 Input Capture 1 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM15BKIN ((uint32_t)0x00002C00) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM15 Break Input (BKIN) */ + +/* Output Redirection specific to COMP4 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM3IC3 ((uint32_t)0x00001800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM3 Input Capture 3 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM8OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00001C00) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM8 OCREF Clear */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM15IC2 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM15 Input Capture 2 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM4IC2 ((uint32_t)0x00002400) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM4 Input Capture 2 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM15OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00002800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM15 OCREF Clear */ + +/* Output Redirection specific to COMP5 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM2IC1 ((uint32_t)0x00001800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM2 Input Capture 1 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM17IC1 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM17 Input Capture 1 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM4IC3 ((uint32_t)0x00002400) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM4 Input Capture 3 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM16BKIN ((uint32_t)0x00002800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM16 Break Input (BKIN) */ + +/* Output Redirection specific to COMP6 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM2IC2 ((uint32_t)0x00001800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM2 Input Capture 2 */ +#define COMP_Output_COMP6TIM2OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM2 OCREF Clear */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM16OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00002400) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM16 OCREF Clear */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM16IC1 ((uint32_t)0x00002800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM16 Input Capture 1 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM4IC4 ((uint32_t)0x00002C00) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM4 Input Capture 4 */ + +/* Output Redirection specific to COMP7 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM2IC3 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM2 Input Capture 3 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM1IC2 ((uint32_t)0x00002400) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM1 Input Capture 2 */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM17OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00002800) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM16 OCREF Clear */ +#define COMP_Output_TIM17BKIN ((uint32_t)0x00002C00) /*!< COMP output connected to TIM16 Break Input (BKIN) */ + +#define IS_COMP_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_None) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM1BKIN) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM1IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM1OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM2IC4) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM2OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_COMP6TIM2OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM3IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM3OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM8BKIN) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM1BKIN2) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM8BKIN2) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM2OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM1BKIN2_TIM8BKIN2) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM3IC2) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM4IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM15IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM15BKIN) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM8OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM3IC3) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM4IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM15IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM2IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM4IC3) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM16BKIN) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM17IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM2IC2) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM16IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM4IC4) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM16OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM2IC3) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM1IC2) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM17BKIN) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_Output_TIM17OCREFCLR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_BlankingSrce + * @{ + */ + +/* No blanking source can be selected for all comparators */ +#define COMP_BlankingSrce_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< No blanking source */ + +/* Blanking source common for COMP1, COMP2, COMP3 and COMP7 */ +#define COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM1OC5 COMP_CSR_COMPxBLANKING_0 /*!< TIM1 OC5 selected as blanking source for compartor */ + +/* Blanking source common for COMP1 and COMP2 */ +#define COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM2OC3 COMP_CSR_COMPxBLANKING_1 /*!< TIM2 OC5 selected as blanking source for compartor */ + +/* Blanking source common for COMP1, COMP2 and COMP5 */ +#define COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM3OC3 ((uint32_t)0x000C0000) /*!< TIM2 OC3 selected as blanking source for compartor */ + +/* Blanking source common for COMP3 and COMP6 */ +#define COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM2OC4 ((uint32_t)0x000C0000) /*!< TIM2 OC4 selected as blanking source for compartor */ + +/* Blanking source common for COMP4, COMP5, COMP6 and COMP7 */ +#define COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM8OC5 COMP_CSR_COMPxBLANKING_1 /*!< TIM8 OC5 selected as blanking source for compartor */ + +/* Blanking source for COMP4 */ +#define COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM3OC4 COMP_CSR_COMPxBLANKING_0 /*!< TIM3 OC4 selected as blanking source for compartor */ +#define COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM15OC1 ((uint32_t)0x000C0000) /*!< TIM15 OC1 selected as blanking source for compartor */ + +/* Blanking source common for COMP6 and COMP7 */ +#define COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM15OC2 COMP_CSR_COMPxBLANKING_2 /*!< TIM15 OC2 selected as blanking source for compartor */ + +#define IS_COMP_BLANKING_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == COMP_BlankingSrce_None) || \ + ((SOURCE) == COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM1OC5) || \ + ((SOURCE) == COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM2OC3) || \ + ((SOURCE) == COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM3OC3) || \ + ((SOURCE) == COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM2OC4) || \ + ((SOURCE) == COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM8OC5) || \ + ((SOURCE) == COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM3OC4) || \ + ((SOURCE) == COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM15OC1) || \ + ((SOURCE) == COMP_BlankingSrce_TIM15OC2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_OutputPoloarity + * @{ + */ +#define COMP_OutputPol_NonInverted ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< COMP output on GPIO isn't inverted */ +#define COMP_OutputPol_Inverted COMP_CSR_COMPxPOL /*!< COMP output on GPIO is inverted */ + +#define IS_COMP_OUTPUT_POL(POL) (((POL) == COMP_OutputPol_NonInverted) || \ + ((POL) == COMP_OutputPol_Inverted)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Hysteresis + * @{ + */ +/* Please refer to the electrical characteristics in the device datasheet for + the hysteresis level */ +#define COMP_Hysteresis_No 0x00000000 /*!< No hysteresis */ +#define COMP_Hysteresis_Low COMP_CSR_COMPxHYST_0 /*!< Hysteresis level low */ +#define COMP_Hysteresis_Medium COMP_CSR_COMPxHYST_1 /*!< Hysteresis level medium */ +#define COMP_Hysteresis_High COMP_CSR_COMPxHYST /*!< Hysteresis level high */ + +#define IS_COMP_HYSTERESIS(HYSTERESIS) (((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_Hysteresis_No) || \ + ((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_Hysteresis_Low) || \ + ((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_Hysteresis_Medium) || \ + ((HYSTERESIS) == COMP_Hysteresis_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Mode + * @{ + */ +/* Please refer to the electrical characteristics in the device datasheet for + the power consumption values */ +#define COMP_Mode_HighSpeed 0x00000000 /*!< High Speed */ +#define COMP_Mode_MediumSpeed COMP_CSR_COMPxMODE_0 /*!< Medium Speed */ +#define COMP_Mode_LowPower COMP_CSR_COMPxMODE_1 /*!< Low power mode */ +#define COMP_Mode_UltraLowPower COMP_CSR_COMPxMODE /*!< Ultra-low power mode */ + +#define IS_COMP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == COMP_Mode_UltraLowPower) || \ + ((MODE) == COMP_Mode_LowPower) || \ + ((MODE) == COMP_Mode_MediumSpeed) || \ + ((MODE) == COMP_Mode_HighSpeed)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_OutputLevel + * @{ + */ +/* When output polarity is not inverted, comparator output is high when + the non-inverting input is at a higher voltage than the inverting input */ +#define COMP_OutputLevel_High COMP_CSR_COMPxOUT +/* When output polarity is not inverted, comparator output is low when + the non-inverting input is at a lower voltage than the inverting input*/ +#define COMP_OutputLevel_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_WindowMode + * @{ + */ +#define IS_COMP_WINDOW(WINDOW) (((WINDOW) == COMP_Selection_COMP2) || \ + ((WINDOW) == COMP_Selection_COMP4) || \ + ((WINDOW) == COMP_Selection_COMP6)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the COMP configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void COMP_DeInit(uint32_t COMP_Selection); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void COMP_Init(uint32_t COMP_Selection, COMP_InitTypeDef* COMP_InitStruct); +void COMP_StructInit(COMP_InitTypeDef* COMP_InitStruct); +void COMP_Cmd(uint32_t COMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState); +void COMP_SwitchCmd(uint32_t COMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState); +uint32_t COMP_GetOutputLevel(uint32_t COMP_Selection); + +/* Window mode control function ***********************************************/ +void COMP_WindowCmd(uint32_t COMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* COMP configuration locking function ****************************************/ +void COMP_LockConfig(uint32_t COMP_Selection); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F30x_COMP_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_crc.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_crc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad09f20 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_crc.h @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_crc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CRC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_CRC_H +#define __STM32F30x_CRC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/*!< Includes ----------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup CRC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRC_ReverseInputData + * @{ + */ +#define CRC_ReverseInputData_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< No reverse operation of Input Data */ +#define CRC_ReverseInputData_8bits CRC_CR_REV_IN_0 /*!< Reverse operation of Input Data on 8 bits */ +#define CRC_ReverseInputData_16bits CRC_CR_REV_IN_1 /*!< Reverse operation of Input Data on 16 bits */ +#define CRC_ReverseInputData_32bits CRC_CR_REV_IN /*!< Reverse operation of Input Data on 32 bits */ + +#define IS_CRC_REVERSE_INPUT_DATA(DATA) (((DATA) == CRC_ReverseInputData_No) || \ + ((DATA) == CRC_ReverseInputData_8bits) || \ + ((DATA) == CRC_ReverseInputData_16bits) || \ + ((DATA) == CRC_ReverseInputData_32bits)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_PolynomialSize + * @{ + */ +#define CRC_PolSize_7 CRC_CR_POLSIZE /*!< 7-bit polynomial for CRC calculation */ +#define CRC_PolSize_8 CRC_CR_POLSIZE_1 /*!< 8-bit polynomial for CRC calculation */ +#define CRC_PolSize_16 CRC_CR_POLSIZE_0 /*!< 16-bit polynomial for CRC calculation */ +#define CRC_PolSize_32 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)/*!< 32-bit polynomial for CRC calculation */ + +#define IS_CRC_POL_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == CRC_PolSize_7) || \ + ((SIZE) == CRC_PolSize_8) || \ + ((SIZE) == CRC_PolSize_16) || \ + ((SIZE) == CRC_PolSize_32)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* Configuration of the CRC computation unit **********************************/ +void CRC_DeInit(void); +void CRC_ResetDR(void); +void CRC_PolynomialSizeSelect(uint32_t CRC_PolSize); /* Select or Config, which one is the best */ +void CRC_ReverseInputDataSelect(uint32_t CRC_ReverseInputData); +void CRC_ReverseOutputDataCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void CRC_SetInitRegister(uint32_t CRC_InitValue); /* change the function proto to SetInitRemainder() ??? */ +void CRC_SetPolynomial(uint32_t CRC_Pol); + +/* CRC computation ************************************************************/ +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t CRC_Data); +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC16bits(uint16_t CRC_Data); +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC8bits(uint8_t CRC_Data); +uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength); +uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void); + +/* Independent register (IDR) access (write/read) *****************************/ +void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t CRC_IDValue); +uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30x_CRC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_dac.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_dac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..355a7d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_dac.h @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_dac.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DAC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_DAC_H +#define __STM32F30x_DAC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DAC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define DAC_CR_DMAUDRIE ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< DAC channel DMA underrun interrupt enable */ + +/** + * @brief DAC Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t DAC_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the external trigger for the selected DAC channel. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_trigger_selection */ + + uint32_t DAC_WaveGeneration; /*!< Specifies whether DAC channel noise waves or triangle waves + are generated, or whether no wave is generated. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_wave_generation */ + + uint32_t DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude; /*!< Specifies the LFSR mask for noise wave generation or + the maximum amplitude triangle generation for the DAC channel. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude */ + + uint32_t DAC_OutputBuffer; /*!< Specifies whether the DAC channel output buffer is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_output_buffer */ +}DAC_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_trigger_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Trigger_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Conversion is automatic once the DAC1_DHRxxxx register + has been loaded, and not by external trigger */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000024) /*!< TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T3_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< TIM8 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000002C) /*!< TIM4 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< TIM6 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000014) /*!< TIM7 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T8_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< TIM8 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T15_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000001C) /*!< TIM15 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9 ((uint32_t)0x00000034) /*!< EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_Software ((uint32_t)0x0000003C) /*!< Conversion started by software trigger for DAC channel */ + +#define IS_DAC_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_None) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T3_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T8_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T15_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Software)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_WaveGeneration_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_None) || \ + ((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise) || \ + ((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 3 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 7 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 15 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 31 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 63 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 127 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 255 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 511 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1023 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 2047 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 4095 */ + +#define IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_output_buffer + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Channel_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Channel_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_Channel_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define IS_DAC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_data_alignement + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Align_12b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_Align_12b_L ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DAC_Align_8b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define IS_DAC_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_R) || \ + ((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_L) || \ + ((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_8b_R)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Wave_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DAC_Wave_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_DAC_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Noise) || \ + ((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Triangle)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_data + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_DAC_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0xFFF0) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ +#define DAC_IT_DMAUDR ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define IS_DAC_IT(IT) (((IT) == DAC_IT_DMAUDR)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define IS_DAC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the DAC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void DAC_DeInit(void); + +/* DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format functions */ +void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct); +void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct); +void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data); +void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data); +void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1); +uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel); + +/* DMA management functions ***************************************************/ +void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void DAC_ITConfig(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG); +void DAC_ClearFlag(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG); +ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT); +void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F30x_DAC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_dbgmcu.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_dbgmcu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..207e868 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_dbgmcu.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_dbgmcu.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DBGMCU firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_DBGMCU_H +#define __STM32F30x_DBGMCU_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DBGMCU + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ +#define DBGMCU_SLEEP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DBGMCU_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DBGMCU_STANDBY ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFF8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +#define DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define DBGMCU_RTC_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define DBGMCU_CAN1_STOP ((uint32_t)0x02000000) + +#define IS_DBGMCU_APB1PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFD9FE3C8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +#define DBGMCU_TIM1_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DBGMCU_TIM8_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DBGMCU_TIM15_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DBGMCU_TIM16_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DBGMCU_TIM17_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define IS_DBGMCU_APB2PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFE0) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Device and Revision ID management functions ********************************/ +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void); +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void); + +/* Peripherals Configuration functions ****************************************/ +void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void DBGMCU_APB1PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void DBGMCU_APB2PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30x_DBGMCU_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_dma.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_dma.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2da549d --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_dma.h @@ -0,0 +1,436 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_dma.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DMA firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30X_DMA_H +#define __STM32F30X_DMA_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DMA + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief DMA Init structures definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr; /*!< Specifies the peripheral base address for DMAy Channelx. */ + + uint32_t DMA_MemoryBaseAddr; /*!< Specifies the memory base address for DMAy Channelx. */ + + uint32_t DMA_DIR; /*!< Specifies if the peripheral is the source or destination. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_data_transfer_direction */ + + uint16_t DMA_BufferSize; /*!< Specifies the buffer size, in data unit, of the specified Channel. + The data unit is equal to the configuration set in DMA_PeripheralDataSize + or DMA_MemoryDataSize members depending in the transfer direction. */ + + uint32_t DMA_PeripheralInc; /*!< Specifies whether the Peripheral address register is incremented or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode */ + + uint32_t DMA_MemoryInc; /*!< Specifies whether the memory address register is incremented or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_incremented_mode */ + + uint32_t DMA_PeripheralDataSize; /*!< Specifies the Peripheral data width. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_data_size */ + + uint32_t DMA_MemoryDataSize; /*!< Specifies the Memory data width. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_data_size */ + + uint32_t DMA_Mode; /*!< Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Channelx. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_circular_normal_mode + @note: The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory + data transfer is configured on the selected Channel */ + + uint32_t DMA_Priority; /*!< Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Channelx. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_priority_level */ + + uint32_t DMA_M2M; /*!< Specifies if the DMAy Channelx will be used in memory-to-memory transfer. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_to_memory */ +}DMA_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel5)) + +/** @defgroup DMA_data_transfer_direction + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST DMA_CCR_DIR + +#define IS_DMA_DIR(DIR) (((DIR) == DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC) || \ + ((DIR) == DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable DMA_CCR_PINC + +#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_memory_incremented_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_MemoryInc_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_MemoryInc_Enable DMA_CCR_MINC + +#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_MemoryInc_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == DMA_MemoryInc_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_data_size + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord DMA_CCR_PSIZE_0 +#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word DMA_CCR_PSIZE_1 + +#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_memory_data_size + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord DMA_CCR_MSIZE_0 +#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word DMA_CCR_MSIZE_1 + +#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_circular_normal_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_Mode_Normal ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_Mode_Circular DMA_CCR_CIRC + +#define IS_DMA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DMA_Mode_Normal) || ((MODE) == DMA_Mode_Circular)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_priority_level + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_Priority_VeryHigh DMA_CCR_PL +#define DMA_Priority_High DMA_CCR_PL_1 +#define DMA_Priority_Medium DMA_CCR_PL_0 +#define DMA_Priority_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) + +#define IS_DMA_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) (((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_VeryHigh) || \ + ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_High) || \ + ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_Medium) || \ + ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_memory_to_memory + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_M2M_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_M2M_Enable DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM + +#define IS_DMA_M2M_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_M2M_Disable) || ((STATE) == DMA_M2M_Enable)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_IT_TC ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DMA_IT_HT ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DMA_IT_TE ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & 0xFFFFFFF1) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +#define DMA1_IT_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DMA1_IT_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DMA1_IT_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DMA1_IT_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DMA1_IT_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define DMA1_IT_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define DMA1_IT_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DMA1_IT_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define DMA1_IT_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define DMA1_IT_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define DMA1_IT_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define DMA1_IT_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define DMA1_IT_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define DMA1_IT_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define DMA1_IT_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define DMA1_IT_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define DMA1_IT_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define DMA1_IT_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define DMA1_IT_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define DMA1_IT_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define DMA1_IT_GL6 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define DMA1_IT_TC6 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define DMA1_IT_HT6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define DMA1_IT_TE6 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define DMA1_IT_GL7 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define DMA1_IT_TC7 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define DMA1_IT_HT7 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define DMA1_IT_TE7 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) + +#define DMA2_IT_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x10000001) +#define DMA2_IT_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x10000002) +#define DMA2_IT_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x10000004) +#define DMA2_IT_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x10000008) +#define DMA2_IT_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x10000010) +#define DMA2_IT_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x10000020) +#define DMA2_IT_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x10000040) +#define DMA2_IT_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x10000080) +#define DMA2_IT_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x10000100) +#define DMA2_IT_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x10000200) +#define DMA2_IT_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x10000400) +#define DMA2_IT_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x10000800) +#define DMA2_IT_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x10001000) +#define DMA2_IT_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x10002000) +#define DMA2_IT_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x10004000) +#define DMA2_IT_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x10008000) +#define DMA2_IT_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x10010000) +#define DMA2_IT_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x10020000) +#define DMA2_IT_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x10040000) +#define DMA2_IT_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x10080000) + +#define IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((((IT) & 0xF0000000) == 0x00) || (((IT) & 0xEFF00000) == 0x00)) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_DMA_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL1) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC1) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT1) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE1) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL2) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC2) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT2) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE2) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL3) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC3) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT3) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE3) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL4) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC4) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT4) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE4) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL5) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC5) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT5) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE5) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL6) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC6) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT6) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE6) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL7) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC7) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT7) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE7) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL1) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC1) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT1) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE1) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL2) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC2) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT2) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE2) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL3) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC3) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT3) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE3) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL4) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC4) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT4) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE4) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL5) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC5) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT5) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE5)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL6 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC6 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE6 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL7 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC7 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT7 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE7 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) + +#define DMA2_FLAG_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x10000001) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x10000002) +#define DMA2_FLAG_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x10000004) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x10000008) +#define DMA2_FLAG_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x10000010) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x10000020) +#define DMA2_FLAG_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x10000040) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x10000080) +#define DMA2_FLAG_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x10000100) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x10000200) +#define DMA2_FLAG_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x10000400) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x10000800) +#define DMA2_FLAG_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x10001000) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x10002000) +#define DMA2_FLAG_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x10004000) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x10008000) +#define DMA2_FLAG_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x10010000) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x10020000) +#define DMA2_FLAG_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x10040000) +#define DMA2_FLAG_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x10080000) + +#define IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((((FLAG) & 0xF0000000) == 0x00) || (((FLAG) & 0xEFF00000) == 0x00)) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL1) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT1) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL2) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC2) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT2) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE2) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL3) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT3) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL4) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC4) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT4) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE4) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL5) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC5) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT5) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE5) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL6) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC6) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT6) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE6) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL7) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC7) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT7) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE7) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL1) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT1) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL2) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC2) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT2) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE2) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL3) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT3) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL4) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC4) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT4) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE4) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL5) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC5) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT5) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE5)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the DMA configuration to the default reset state ******/ +void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void DMA_Init(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct); +void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct); +void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Data Counter functions******************************************************/ +void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber); +uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG); +void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG); +ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMAy_IT); +void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMAy_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F30X_DMA_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_exti.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_exti.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac4f15b --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_exti.h @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_exti.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the EXTI + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_EXTI_H +#define __STM32F30x_EXTI_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup EXTI + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief EXTI mode enumeration + */ + +typedef enum +{ + EXTI_Mode_Interrupt = 0x00, + EXTI_Mode_Event = 0x04 +}EXTIMode_TypeDef; + +#define IS_EXTI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Interrupt) || ((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Event)) + +/** + * @brief EXTI Trigger enumeration + */ + +typedef enum +{ + EXTI_Trigger_Rising = 0x08, + EXTI_Trigger_Falling = 0x0C, + EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling = 0x10 +}EXTITrigger_TypeDef; + +#define IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Falling) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling)) +/** + * @brief EXTI Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t EXTI_Line; /*!< Specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be any combination of @ref EXTI_Lines */ + + EXTIMode_TypeDef EXTI_Mode; /*!< Specifies the mode for the EXTI lines. + This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTIMode_TypeDef */ + + EXTITrigger_TypeDef EXTI_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the trigger signal active edge for the EXTI lines. + This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTITrigger_TypeDef */ + + FunctionalState EXTI_LineCmd; /*!< Specifies the new state of the selected EXTI lines. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */ +}EXTI_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ +/** @defgroup EXTI_Lines + * @{ + */ + +#define EXTI_Line0 ((uint32_t)0x00) /*!< External interrupt line 0 */ +#define EXTI_Line1 ((uint32_t)0x01) /*!< External interrupt line 1 */ +#define EXTI_Line2 ((uint32_t)0x02) /*!< External interrupt line 2 */ +#define EXTI_Line3 ((uint32_t)0x03) /*!< External interrupt line 3 */ +#define EXTI_Line4 ((uint32_t)0x04) /*!< External interrupt line 4 */ +#define EXTI_Line5 ((uint32_t)0x05) /*!< External interrupt line 5 */ +#define EXTI_Line6 ((uint32_t)0x06) /*!< External interrupt line 6 */ +#define EXTI_Line7 ((uint32_t)0x07) /*!< External interrupt line 7 */ +#define EXTI_Line8 ((uint32_t)0x08) /*!< External interrupt line 8 */ +#define EXTI_Line9 ((uint32_t)0x09) /*!< External interrupt line 9 */ +#define EXTI_Line10 ((uint32_t)0x0A) /*!< External interrupt line 10 */ +#define EXTI_Line11 ((uint32_t)0x0B) /*!< External interrupt line 11 */ +#define EXTI_Line12 ((uint32_t)0x0C) /*!< External interrupt line 12 */ +#define EXTI_Line13 ((uint32_t)0x0D) /*!< External interrupt line 13 */ +#define EXTI_Line14 ((uint32_t)0x0E) /*!< External interrupt line 14 */ +#define EXTI_Line15 ((uint32_t)0x0F) /*!< External interrupt line 15 */ +#define EXTI_Line16 ((uint32_t)0x10) /*!< External interrupt line 16 + Connected to the PVD Output */ +#define EXTI_Line17 ((uint32_t)0x11) /*!< Internal interrupt line 17 + Connected to the RTC Alarm + event */ +#define EXTI_Line18 ((uint32_t)0x12) /*!< Internal interrupt line 18 + Connected to the USB Device + Wakeup from suspend event */ +#define EXTI_Line19 ((uint32_t)0x13) /*!< Internal interrupt line 19 + Connected to the RTC Tamper + and Time Stamp events */ +#define EXTI_Line20 ((uint32_t)0x14) /*!< Internal interrupt line 20 + Connected to the RTC wakeup + event */ +#define EXTI_Line21 ((uint32_t)0x15) /*!< Internal interrupt line 21 + Connected to the Comparator 1 + event */ +#define EXTI_Line22 ((uint32_t)0x16) /*!< Internal interrupt line 22 + Connected to the Comparator 2 + event */ +#define EXTI_Line23 ((uint32_t)0x17) /*!< Internal interrupt line 23 + Connected to the I2C1 wakeup + event */ +#define EXTI_Line24 ((uint32_t)0x18) /*!< Internal interrupt line 24 + Connected to the I2C2 wakeup + event */ +#define EXTI_Line25 ((uint32_t)0x19) /*!< Internal interrupt line 25 + Connected to the USART1 wakeup + event */ +#define EXTI_Line26 ((uint32_t)0x1A) /*!< Internal interrupt line 26 + Connected to the USART2 wakeup + event */ +#define EXTI_Line27 ((uint32_t)0x1B) /*!< Internal interrupt line 27 + reserved */ +#define EXTI_Line28 ((uint32_t)0x1C) /*!< Internal interrupt line 28 + Connected to the USART3 wakeup + event */ +#define EXTI_Line29 ((uint32_t)0x1D) /*!< Internal interrupt line 29 + Connected to the Comparator 3 + event */ +#define EXTI_Line30 ((uint32_t)0x1E) /*!< Internal interrupt line 30 + Connected to the Comparator 4 + event */ +#define EXTI_Line31 ((uint32_t)0x1F) /*!< Internal interrupt line 31 + Connected to the Comparator 5 + event */ +#define EXTI_Line32 ((uint32_t)0x20) /*!< Internal interrupt line 32 + Connected to the Comparator 6 + event */ +#define EXTI_Line33 ((uint32_t)0x21) /*!< Internal interrupt line 33 + Connected to the Comparator 7 + event */ +#define EXTI_Line34 ((uint32_t)0x22) /*!< Internal interrupt line 34 + Connected to the USART4 wakeup + event */ +#define EXTI_Line35 ((uint32_t)0x23) /*!< Internal interrupt line 35 + Connected to the USART5 wakeup + event */ + +#define IS_EXTI_LINE_ALL(LINE) ((LINE) <= 0x23) +#define IS_EXTI_LINE_EXT(LINE) (((LINE) <= 0x16) || (((LINE) == EXTI_Line29) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line30) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line31) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line32) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line33))) + +#define IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(LINE) (((LINE) == EXTI_Line0) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line1) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line2) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line3) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line4) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line5) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line6) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line7) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line8) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line9) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line10) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line11) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line12) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line13) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line14) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line15) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line16) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line17) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line18) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line19) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line20) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line21) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line22) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line29) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line30) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line31) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line32) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line33)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* Function used to set the EXTI configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void EXTI_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct); +void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct); +void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line); +void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line); +ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line); +void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30x_EXTI_H */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_flash.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_flash.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..15f5606 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_flash.h @@ -0,0 +1,329 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_flash.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FLASH + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_FLASH_H +#define __STM32F30x_FLASH_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** + * @brief FLASH Status + */ +typedef enum +{ + FLASH_BUSY = 1, + FLASH_ERROR_WRP, + FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + FLASH_COMPLETE, + FLASH_TIMEOUT +}FLASH_Status; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup Flash_Latency + * @{ + */ +#define FLASH_Latency_0 ((uint8_t)0x0000) /*!< FLASH Zero Latency cycle */ +#define FLASH_Latency_1 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_0 /*!< FLASH One Latency cycle */ +#define FLASH_Latency_2 FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_1 /*!< FLASH Two Latency cycles */ + +#define IS_FLASH_LATENCY(LATENCY) (((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_0) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_1) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Interrupts + * @{ + */ + +#define FLASH_IT_EOP FLASH_CR_EOPIE /*!< End of programming interrupt source */ +#define FLASH_IT_ERR FLASH_CR_ERRIE /*!< Error interrupt source */ +#define IS_FLASH_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFEBFF) == 0x00000000) && (((IT) != 0x00000000))) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Address + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x0803FFFF)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_OB_DATA_ADDRESS + * @{ + */ +#define IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == 0x1FFFF804) || ((ADDRESS) == 0x1FFFF806)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_Write_Protection + * @{ + */ + +#define OB_WRP_Pages0to1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Write protection of page 0 to 1 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages2to3 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /* Write protection of page 2 to 3 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages4to5 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* Write protection of page 4 to 5 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages6to7 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /* Write protection of page 6 to 7 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages8to9 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* Write protection of page 8 to 9 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages10to11 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /* Write protection of page 10 to 11 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages12to13 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /* Write protection of page 12 to 13 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages14to15 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /* Write protection of page 14 to 15 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages16to17 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /* Write protection of page 16 to 17 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages18to19 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /* Write protection of page 18 to 19 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages20to21 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* Write protection of page 20 to 21 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages22to23 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /* Write protection of page 22 to 23 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages24to25 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /* Write protection of page 24 to 25 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages26to27 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /* Write protection of page 26 to 27 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages28to29 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /* Write protection of page 28 to 29 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages30to31 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /* Write protection of page 30 to 31 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages32to33 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /* Write protection of page 32 to 33 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages34to35 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /* Write protection of page 34 to 35 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages36to37 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /* Write protection of page 36 to 37 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages38to39 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /* Write protection of page 38 to 39 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages40to41 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /* Write protection of page 40 to 41 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages42to43 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /* Write protection of page 42 to 43 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages44to45 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /* Write protection of page 44 to 45 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages46to47 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /* Write protection of page 46 to 47 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages48to49 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /* Write protection of page 48 to 49 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages50to51 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /* Write protection of page 50 to 51 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages52to53 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /* Write protection of page 52 to 53 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages54to55 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /* Write protection of page 54 to 55 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages56to57 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /* Write protection of page 56 to 57 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages58to59 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /* Write protection of page 58 to 59 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages60to61 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /* Write protection of page 60 to 61 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages62to127 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /* Write protection of page 62 to 127 */ + +#define OB_WRP_AllPages ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) /*!< Write protection of all Sectors */ + +#define IS_OB_WRP(PAGE) (((PAGE) != 0x0000000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_Read_Protection + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Read Protection Level + */ +#define OB_RDP_Level_0 ((uint8_t)0xAA) +#define OB_RDP_Level_1 ((uint8_t)0xBB) +/*#define OB_RDP_Level_2 ((uint8_t)0xCC)*/ /* Warning: When enabling read protection level 2 + it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0 */ + +#define IS_OB_RDP(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_0)||\ + ((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_1))/*||\ + ((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_2))*/ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_IWatchdog + * @{ + */ + +#define OB_IWDG_SW ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Software IWDG selected */ +#define OB_IWDG_HW ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Hardware IWDG selected */ +#define IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_SW) || ((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_HW)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_nRST_STOP + * @{ + */ + +#define OB_STOP_NoRST ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STOP */ +#define OB_STOP_RST ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STOP */ +#define IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_NoRST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_RST)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_nRST_STDBY + * @{ + */ + +#define OB_STDBY_NoRST ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STANDBY */ +#define OB_STDBY_RST ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STANDBY */ +#define IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_NoRST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_RST)) + +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_BOOT1 + * @{ + */ + +#define OB_BOOT1_RESET ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< BOOT1 Reset */ +#define OB_BOOT1_SET ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< BOOT1 Set */ +#define IS_OB_BOOT1(BOOT1) (((BOOT1) == OB_BOOT1_RESET) || ((BOOT1) == OB_BOOT1_SET)) + +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_VDDA_Analog_Monitoring + * @{ + */ + +#define OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Analog monitoring on VDDA Power source ON */ +#define OB_VDDA_ANALOG_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Analog monitoring on VDDA Power source OFF */ + +#define IS_OB_VDDA_ANALOG(ANALOG) (((ANALOG) == OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON) || ((ANALOG) == OB_VDDA_ANALOG_OFF)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_SRAM_Parity_Enable + * @{ + */ + +#define OB_SRAM_PARITY_SET ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< SRAM parity enable Set */ +#define OB_SRAM_PARITY_RESET ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< SRAM parity enable reset */ + +#define IS_OB_SRAM_PARITY(PARITY) (((PARITY) == OB_SRAM_PARITY_SET) || ((PARITY) == OB_SRAM_PARITY_RESET)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Flags + * @{ + */ + +#define FLASH_FLAG_BSY FLASH_SR_BSY /*!< FLASH Busy flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_PGERR FLASH_SR_PGERR /*!< FLASH Programming error flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR FLASH_SR_WRPERR /*!< FLASH Write protected error flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_EOP FLASH_SR_EOP /*!< FLASH End of Programming flag */ + +#define IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFC3) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000)) + +#define IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PGERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_EOP)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup Timeout_definition + * @{ + */ +#define FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x000B0000) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* FLASH Interface configuration functions ************************************/ +void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency); +void FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* FLASH Memory Programming functions *****************************************/ +void FLASH_Unlock(void); +void FLASH_Lock(void); +FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address); +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllPages(void); +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data); +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data); + +/* Option Bytes Programming functions *****************************************/ +void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void); +void FLASH_OB_Lock(void); +void FLASH_OB_Launch(void); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_Erase(void); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t OB_WRP); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_BOOTConfig(uint8_t OB_BOOT1); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_VDDAConfig(uint8_t OB_VDDA_ANALOG); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_SRAMParityConfig(uint8_t OB_SRAM_Parity); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WriteUser(uint8_t OB_USER); +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramOptionByteData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data); +uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void); +uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void); +FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG); +void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG); +FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void); +FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30x_FLASH_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_gpio.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_gpio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e0c185c --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_gpio.h @@ -0,0 +1,382 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_gpio.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the GPIO + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_GPIO_H +#define __STM32F30x_GPIO_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup GPIO + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == GPIOA) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOB) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOC) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOD) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOE) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOF)) + +#define IS_GPIO_LIST_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == GPIOA) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOB) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOD)) +/** @defgroup Configuration_Mode_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_Mode_IN = 0x00, /*!< GPIO Input Mode */ + GPIO_Mode_OUT = 0x01, /*!< GPIO Output Mode */ + GPIO_Mode_AF = 0x02, /*!< GPIO Alternate function Mode */ + GPIO_Mode_AN = 0x03 /*!< GPIO Analog Mode */ +}GPIOMode_TypeDef; + +#define IS_GPIO_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_IN)|| ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_OUT) || \ + ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AF)|| ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AN)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Output_type_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_OType_PP = 0x00, + GPIO_OType_OD = 0x01 +}GPIOOType_TypeDef; + +#define IS_GPIO_OTYPE(OTYPE) (((OTYPE) == GPIO_OType_PP) || ((OTYPE) == GPIO_OType_OD)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Output_Maximum_frequency_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_Speed_2MHz = 0x01, /*!< Medium Speed */ + GPIO_Speed_10MHz = 0x02, /*!< Fast Speed */ + GPIO_Speed_50MHz = 0x03 /*!< High Speed */ +}GPIOSpeed_TypeDef; + +#define IS_GPIO_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_2MHz) || \ + ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_10MHz)|| ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_50MHz)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Configuration_Pull-Up_Pull-Down_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL = 0x00, + GPIO_PuPd_UP = 0x01, + GPIO_PuPd_DOWN = 0x02 +}GPIOPuPd_TypeDef; + +#define IS_GPIO_PUPD(PUPD) (((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL) || ((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_UP) || \ + ((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_DOWN)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Bit_SET_and_Bit_RESET_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ + Bit_RESET = 0, + Bit_SET +}BitAction; + +#define IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == Bit_RESET) || ((ACTION) == Bit_SET)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief GPIO Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t GPIO_Pin; /*!< Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured. + This parameter can be any value of @ref GPIO_pins_define */ + + GPIOMode_TypeDef GPIO_Mode; /*!< Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOMode_TypeDef */ + + GPIOSpeed_TypeDef GPIO_Speed; /*!< Specifies the speed for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOSpeed_TypeDef */ + + GPIOOType_TypeDef GPIO_OType; /*!< Specifies the operating output type for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOOType_TypeDef */ + + GPIOPuPd_TypeDef GPIO_PuPd; /*!< Specifies the operating Pull-up/Pull down for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOPuPd_TypeDef */ +}GPIO_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_pins_define + * @{ + */ +#define GPIO_Pin_0 ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Pin 0 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< Pin 1 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Pin 2 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Pin 3 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< Pin 4 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_5 ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< Pin 5 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_6 ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< Pin 6 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_7 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< Pin 7 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_8 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< Pin 8 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_9 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< Pin 9 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_10 ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< Pin 10 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_11 ((uint16_t)0x0800) /*!< Pin 11 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_12 ((uint16_t)0x1000) /*!< Pin 12 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_13 ((uint16_t)0x2000) /*!< Pin 13 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_14 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< Pin 14 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_15 ((uint16_t)0x8000) /*!< Pin 15 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_All ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) /*!< All pins selected */ + +#define IS_GPIO_PIN(PIN) ((PIN) != (uint16_t)0x00) + +#define IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_0) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_1) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_2) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_3) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_4) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_5) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_6) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_7) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_8) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_9) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_10) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_11) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_12) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_13) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_14) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_15)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Pin_sources + * @{ + */ +#define GPIO_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define GPIO_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define GPIO_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define GPIO_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define GPIO_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define GPIO_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define GPIO_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define GPIO_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define GPIO_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define GPIO_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define GPIO_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) +#define GPIO_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) +#define GPIO_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define GPIO_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) +#define GPIO_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) +#define GPIO_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) + +#define IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource0) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource1) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource2) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource3) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource4) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource5) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource6) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource7) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource8) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource9) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource10) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource11) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource12) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource13) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource14) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource15)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Alternate_function_selection_define + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief AF 0 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /* JTCK-SWCLK, JTDI, JTDO/TRACESW0, JTMS-SWDAT, + MCO, NJTRST, TRACED, TRACECK */ +/** + * @brief AF 1 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /* OUT, TIM2, TIM15, TIM16, TIM17 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 2 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_2 ((uint8_t)0x02) /* COMP1_OUT, TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM8, TIM15 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 3 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_3 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* COMP7_OUT, TIM8, TIM15, Touch */ + +/** + * @brief AF 4 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_4 ((uint8_t)0x04) /* I2C1, I2C2, TIM1, TIM8, TIM16, TIM17 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 5 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_5 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* IR_OUT, I2S2, I2S3, SPI1, SPI2, TIM8, USART4, USART5 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 6 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_6 ((uint8_t)0x06) /* IR_OUT, I2S2, I2S3, SPI2, SPI3, TIM1, TIM8 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 7 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_7 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* AOP2_OUT, CAN, COMP3_OUT, COMP5_OUT, COMP6_OUT, + USART1, USART2, USART3 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 8 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_8 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* COMP1_OUT, COMP2_OUT, COMP3_OUT, COMP4_OUT, + COMP5_OUT, COMP6_OUT */ + +/** + * @brief AF 9 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_9 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* AOP4_OUT, CAN, TIM1, TIM8, TIM15 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 10 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) /* AOP1_OUT, AOP3_OUT, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM8, TIM17 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 11 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) /* TIM1, TIM8 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 12 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_12 ((uint8_t)0x0E) /* TIM1 */ + +/** + * @brief AF 14 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) /* USBDM, USBDP */ + +/** + * @brief AF 15 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) /* OUT */ + +#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) == GPIO_AF_0)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_1)||\ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_2)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_3)||\ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_4)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_5)||\ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_6)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_7)||\ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_8)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_9)||\ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_10)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_11)||\ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_14)||((AF) == GPIO_AF_15)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* Function used to set the GPIO configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct); +void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct); +void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); + +/* GPIO Read and Write functions **********************************************/ +uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); +uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); +void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal); +void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal); + +/* GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions ***************************/ +void GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_PinSource, uint8_t GPIO_AF); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30x_GPIO_H */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_i2c.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_i2c.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ae5ebfd --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_i2c.h @@ -0,0 +1,477 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_i2c.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the I2C firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_I2C_H +#define __STM32F30x_I2C_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2C + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief I2C Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t I2C_Timing; /*!< Specifies the I2C_TIMINGR_register value. + This parameter calculated by referring to I2C initialization + section in Reference manual*/ + + uint32_t I2C_AnalogFilter; /*!< Enables or disables analog noise filter. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_Analog_Filter */ + + uint32_t I2C_DigitalFilter; /*!< Configures the digital noise filter. + This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0x0F */ + + uint32_t I2C_Mode; /*!< Specifies the I2C mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_mode */ + + uint32_t I2C_OwnAddress1; /*!< Specifies the device own address 1. + This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit address */ + + uint32_t I2C_Ack; /*!< Enables or disables the acknowledgement. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledgement */ + + uint32_t I2C_AcknowledgedAddress; /*!< Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit address is acknowledged. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledged_address */ +}I2C_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == I2C1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2C2)) + +/** @defgroup I2C_Analog_Filter + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_AnalogFilter_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define I2C_AnalogFilter_Disable I2C_CR1_ANFOFF + +#define IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(FILTER) (((FILTER) == I2C_AnalogFilter_Enable) || \ + ((FILTER) == I2C_AnalogFilter_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Digital_Filter + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(FILTER) ((FILTER) <= 0x0000000F) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Mode_I2C ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice I2C_CR1_SMBDEN +#define I2C_Mode_SMBusHost I2C_CR1_SMBHEN + +#define IS_I2C_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2C_Mode_I2C) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusHost)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledgement + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Ack_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define I2C_Ack_Disable I2C_CR2_NACK + +#define IS_I2C_ACK(ACK) (((ACK) == I2C_Ack_Enable) || \ + ((ACK) == I2C_Ack_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledged_address + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE + +#define IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit) || \ + ((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_own_address1 + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(ADDRESS1) ((ADDRESS1) <= (uint32_t)0x000003FF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_transfer_direction + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Direction_Transmitter ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2C_Direction_Receiver ((uint16_t)0x0400) + +#define IS_I2C_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Transmitter) || \ + ((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Receiver)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_DMA_transfer_requests + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_DMAReq_Tx I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN +#define I2C_DMAReq_Rx I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN + +#define IS_I2C_DMA_REQ(REQ) ((((REQ) & (uint32_t)0xFFFF3FFF) == 0x00) && ((REQ) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_slave_address + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) <= (uint16_t)0x03FF) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_own_address2 + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(ADDRESS2) ((ADDRESS2) <= (uint16_t)0x00FF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_own_address2_mask + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_OA2_NoMask ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define I2C_OA2_Mask01 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define I2C_OA2_Mask02 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define I2C_OA2_Mask03 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define I2C_OA2_Mask04 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define I2C_OA2_Mask05 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define I2C_OA2_Mask06 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define I2C_OA2_Mask07 ((uint8_t)0x07) + +#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) == I2C_OA2_NoMask) || \ + ((MASK) == I2C_OA2_Mask01) || \ + ((MASK) == I2C_OA2_Mask02) || \ + ((MASK) == I2C_OA2_Mask03) || \ + ((MASK) == I2C_OA2_Mask04) || \ + ((MASK) == I2C_OA2_Mask05) || \ + ((MASK) == I2C_OA2_Mask06) || \ + ((MASK) == I2C_OA2_Mask07)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_timeout + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_TIMEOUT(TIMEOUT) ((TIMEOUT) <= (uint16_t)0x0FFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_registers + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Register_CR1 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define I2C_Register_CR2 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define I2C_Register_OAR1 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define I2C_Register_OAR2 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define I2C_Register_TIMINGR ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define I2C_Register_TIMEOUTR ((uint8_t)0x14) +#define I2C_Register_ISR ((uint8_t)0x18) +#define I2C_Register_ICR ((uint8_t)0x1C) +#define I2C_Register_PECR ((uint8_t)0x20) +#define I2C_Register_RXDR ((uint8_t)0x24) +#define I2C_Register_TXDR ((uint8_t)0x28) + +#define IS_I2C_REGISTER(REGISTER) (((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR1) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR2) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR1) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR2) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_TIMINGR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_TIMEOUTR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_ISR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_ICR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_PECR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_RXDR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_TXDR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_IT_ERRI I2C_CR1_ERRIE +#define I2C_IT_TCI I2C_CR1_TCIE +#define I2C_IT_STOPI I2C_CR1_STOPIE +#define I2C_IT_NACKI I2C_CR1_NACKIE +#define I2C_IT_ADDRI I2C_CR1_ADDRIE +#define I2C_IT_RXI I2C_CR1_RXIE +#define I2C_IT_TXI I2C_CR1_TXIE + +#define IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFF01) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_FLAG_TXE I2C_ISR_TXE +#define I2C_FLAG_TXIS I2C_ISR_TXIS +#define I2C_FLAG_RXNE I2C_ISR_RXNE +#define I2C_FLAG_ADDR I2C_ISR_ADDR +#define I2C_FLAG_NACKF I2C_ISR_NACKF +#define I2C_FLAG_STOPF I2C_ISR_STOPF +#define I2C_FLAG_TC I2C_ISR_TC +#define I2C_FLAG_TCR I2C_ISR_TCR +#define I2C_FLAG_BERR I2C_ISR_BERR +#define I2C_FLAG_ARLO I2C_ISR_ARLO +#define I2C_FLAG_OVR I2C_ISR_OVR +#define I2C_FLAG_PECERR I2C_ISR_PECERR +#define I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT I2C_ISR_TIMEOUT +#define I2C_FLAG_ALERT I2C_ISR_ALERT +#define I2C_FLAG_BUSY I2C_ISR_BUSY + +#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFF4000) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TXIS) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_RXNE) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADDR) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_NACKF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_STOPF) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TC) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TCR) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BERR) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ARLO) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_OVR) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_PECERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ALERT) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BUSY)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_IT_TXIS I2C_ISR_TXIS +#define I2C_IT_RXNE I2C_ISR_RXNE +#define I2C_IT_ADDR I2C_ISR_ADDR +#define I2C_IT_NACKF I2C_ISR_NACKF +#define I2C_IT_STOPF I2C_ISR_STOPF +#define I2C_IT_TC I2C_ISR_TC +#define I2C_IT_TCR I2C_ISR_TCR +#define I2C_IT_BERR I2C_ISR_BERR +#define I2C_IT_ARLO I2C_ISR_ARLO +#define I2C_IT_OVR I2C_ISR_OVR +#define I2C_IT_PECERR I2C_ISR_PECERR +#define I2C_IT_TIMEOUT I2C_ISR_TIMEOUT +#define I2C_IT_ALERT I2C_ISR_ALERT + +#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFC001) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_I2C_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == I2C_IT_TXIS) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_ADDR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_NACKF) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_STOPF) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TC) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_TCR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_BERR) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_ARLO) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_OVR) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_PECERR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TIMEOUT) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_ALERT)) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_ReloadEndMode_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Reload_Mode I2C_CR2_RELOAD +#define I2C_AutoEnd_Mode I2C_CR2_AUTOEND +#define I2C_SoftEnd_Mode ((uint32_t)0x00000000) + + +#define IS_RELOAD_END_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2C_Reload_Mode) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_AutoEnd_Mode) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_SoftEnd_Mode)) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_StartStopMode_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_No_StartStop ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define I2C_Generate_Stop I2C_CR2_STOP +#define I2C_Generate_Start_Read (uint32_t)(I2C_CR2_START | I2C_CR2_RD_WRN) +#define I2C_Generate_Start_Write I2C_CR2_START + + +#define IS_START_STOP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2C_Generate_Stop) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_Generate_Start_Read) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_Generate_Start_Write) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_No_StartStop)) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); +void I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct); +void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct); +void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); +void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_StopModeCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Address, uint8_t Mask); +void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_SlaveByteControlCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_SlaveAddressConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Address); +void I2C_10BitAddressingModeCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Communications handling functions ******************************************/ +void I2C_AutoEndCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_ReloadCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_NumberOfBytesConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Number_Bytes); +void I2C_MasterRequestConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_Direction); +void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_10BitAddressHeaderCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint8_t I2C_GetAddressMatched(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); +uint16_t I2C_GetTransferDirection(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); +void I2C_TransferHandling(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Address, uint8_t Number_Bytes, uint32_t ReloadEndMode, uint32_t StartStopMode); + +/* SMBUS management functions ************************************************/ +void I2C_SMBusAlertCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_ClockTimeoutCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_ExtendedClockTimeoutCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_IdleClockTimeoutCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_TimeoutAConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Timeout); +void I2C_TimeoutBConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Timeout); +void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_PECRequestCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); + +/* I2C registers management functions *****************************************/ +uint32_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register); + +/* Data transfers management functions ****************************************/ +void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data); +uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG); +void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG); +ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT); +void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F30x_I2C_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_iwdg.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_iwdg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c07404a --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_iwdg.h @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_iwdg.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the IWDG + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30X_IWDG_H +#define __STM32F30X_IWDG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup IWDG + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_WriteAccess + * @{ + */ + +#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable ((uint16_t)0x5555) +#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(ACCESS) (((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) || \ + ((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define IWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_16 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_32 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_64 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_128 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_256 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_8) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_16) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_32) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_64) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_128)|| \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_256)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Flag + * @{ + */ + +#define IWDG_FLAG_PVU ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IWDG_FLAG_RVU ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define IWDG_FLAG_WVU ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define IS_IWDG_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_PVU) || ((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_RVU) || \ + ((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_WVU)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Reload_Value + * @{ + */ +#define IS_IWDG_RELOAD(RELOAD) ((RELOAD) <= 0xFFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_CounterWindow_Value + * @{ + */ +#define IS_IWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0xFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Prescaler and Counter configuration functions ******************************/ +void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess); +void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler); +void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload); +void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void); +void IWDG_SetWindowValue(uint16_t WindowValue); + +/* IWDG activation function ***************************************************/ +void IWDG_Enable(void); + +/* Flag management function ***************************************************/ +FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30X_IWDG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_misc.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_misc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a83c4ee --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_misc.h @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_misc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the miscellaneous + * firmware library functions (add-on to CMSIS functions). + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_MISC_H +#define __STM32F30x_MISC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup MISC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief NVIC Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannel; /*!< Specifies the IRQ channel to be enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref IRQn_Type (For + the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please + refer to stm32f30x.h file) */ + + uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority; /*!< Specifies the pre-emption priority for the IRQ channel + specified in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value + between 0 and 15. + A lower priority value indicates a higher priority */ + + + uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority; /*!< Specifies the subpriority level for the IRQ channel specified + in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value + between 0 and 15. + A lower priority value indicates a higher priority */ + + FunctionalState NVIC_IRQChannelCmd; /*!< Specifies whether the IRQ channel defined in NVIC_IRQChannel + will be enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */ +} NVIC_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * +@verbatim + The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according + to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig function + ============================================================================================================================ + NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description + ============================================================================================================================ + NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 | 0 | 0-15 | 0 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 4 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 | 0-1 | 0-7 | 1 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 3 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 | 0-3 | 0-3 | 2 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 2 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 | 0-7 | 0-1 | 3 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 1 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 | 0-15 | 0 | 4 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 0 bits for subpriority + ============================================================================================================================ +@endverbatim +*/ + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Vector_Table_Base + * @{ + */ + +#define NVIC_VectTab_RAM ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define NVIC_VectTab_FLASH ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#define IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(VECTTAB) (((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_RAM) || \ + ((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_FLASH)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_System_Low_Power + * @{ + */ + +#define NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IS_NVIC_LP(LP) (((LP) == NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND) || \ + ((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP) || \ + ((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Preemption_Priority_Group + * @{ + */ + +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 ((uint32_t)0x700) /*!< 0 bits for pre-emption priority + 4 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 ((uint32_t)0x600) /*!< 1 bits for pre-emption priority + 3 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 ((uint32_t)0x500) /*!< 2 bits for pre-emption priority + 2 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 ((uint32_t)0x400) /*!< 3 bits for pre-emption priority + 1 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 ((uint32_t)0x300) /*!< 4 bits for pre-emption priority + 0 bits for subpriority */ + +#define IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(GROUP) (((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_0) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_1) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_2) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_3) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_4)) + +#define IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10) + +#define IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10) + +#define IS_NVIC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) < 0x000FFFFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_SysTick_clock_source + */ + +#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFB) +#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK) || \ + ((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup); +void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct); +void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset); +void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState); +void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30x_MISC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_opamp.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_opamp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ab47cc --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_opamp.h @@ -0,0 +1,277 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_opamp.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the operational + * amplifiers (OPAMP) firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_OPAMP_H +#define __STM32F30x_OPAMP_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup OPAMP + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief OPAMP Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint32_t OPAMP_InvertingInput; /*!< Selects the inverting input of the operational amplifier. + This parameter can be a value of @ref OPAMP_InvertingInput */ + + uint32_t OPAMP_NonInvertingInput; /*!< Selects the non inverting input of the operational amplifier. + This parameter can be a value of @ref OPAMP_NonInvertingInput */ + +}OPAMP_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP_Selection + * @{ + */ + +#define OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< OPAMP1 Selection */ +#define OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< OPAMP2 Selection */ +#define OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< OPAMP3 Selection */ +#define OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP4 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< OPAMP4 Selection */ + +#define IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == OPAMP_Selection_OPAMP4)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP_InvertingInput + * @{ + */ + +#define OPAMP_InvertingInput_IO1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< IO1 (PC5 for OPAMP1 and OPAMP2, PB10 for OPAMP3 and OPAMP4) + connected to OPAMPx inverting input */ +#define OPAMP_InvertingInput_IO2 OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL_0 /*!< IO2 (PA3 for OPAMP1, PA5 for OPAMP2, PB2 for OPAMP3, PD8 for OPAMP4) + connected to OPAMPx inverting input */ +#define OPAMP_InvertingInput_PGA OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL_1 /*!< Resistor feedback output connected to OPAMPx inverting input (PGA mode) */ +#define OPAMP_InvertingInput_Vout OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL /*!< Vout connected to OPAMPx inverting input (follower mode) */ + +#define IS_OPAMP_INVERTING_INPUT(INPUT) (((INPUT) == OPAMP_InvertingInput_IO1) || \ + ((INPUT) == OPAMP_InvertingInput_IO2) || \ + ((INPUT) == OPAMP_InvertingInput_PGA) || \ + ((INPUT) == OPAMP_InvertingInput_Vout)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP_NonInvertingInput + * @{ + */ + +#define OPAMP_NonInvertingInput_IO1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< IO1 (PA7 for OPAMP1, PD14 for OPAMP2, PB13 for OPAMP3, PD11 for OPAMP4) + connected to OPAMPx non inverting input */ +#define OPAMP_NonInvertingInput_IO2 OPAMP_CSR_VPSEL_0 /*!< IO2 (PA5 for OPAMP1, PB14 for OPAMP2, PA5 for OPAMP3, PB11 for OPAMP4) + connected to OPAMPx non inverting input */ +#define OPAMP_NonInvertingInput_IO3 OPAMP_CSR_VPSEL_1 /*!< IO3 (PA3 for OPAMP1, PB0 for OPAMP2, PA1 for OPAMP3, PA4 for OPAMP4) + connected to OPAMPx non inverting input */ +#define OPAMP_NonInvertingInput_IO4 OPAMP_CSR_VPSEL /*!< IO4 (PA1 for OPAMP1, PA7 for OPAMP2, PB0 for OPAMP3, PB13 for OPAMP4) + connected to OPAMPx non inverting input */ + +#define IS_OPAMP_NONINVERTING_INPUT(INPUT) (((INPUT) == OPAMP_NonInvertingInput_IO1) || \ + ((INPUT) == OPAMP_NonInvertingInput_IO2) || \ + ((INPUT) == OPAMP_NonInvertingInput_IO3) || \ + ((INPUT) == OPAMP_NonInvertingInput_IO4)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP_PGAGain_Config + * @{ + */ + +#define OPAMP_OPAMP_PGAGain_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define OPAMP_OPAMP_PGAGain_4 OPAMP_CSR_PGGAIN_0 +#define OPAMP_OPAMP_PGAGain_8 OPAMP_CSR_PGGAIN_1 +#define OPAMP_OPAMP_PGAGain_16 ((uint32_t)0x0000C000) + +#define IS_OPAMP_PGAGAIN(GAIN) (((GAIN) == OPAMP_OPAMP_PGAGain_2) || \ + ((GAIN) == OPAMP_OPAMP_PGAGain_4) || \ + ((GAIN) == OPAMP_OPAMP_PGAGain_8) || \ + ((GAIN) == OPAMP_OPAMP_PGAGain_16)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP_PGAConnect_Config + * @{ + */ + +#define OPAMP_PGAConnect_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define OPAMP_PGAConnect_IO1 OPAMP_CSR_PGGAIN_3 +#define OPAMP_PGAConnect_IO2 ((uint32_t)0x00030000) + +#define IS_OPAMP_PGACONNECT(CONNECT) (((CONNECT) == OPAMP_PGAConnect_No) || \ + ((CONNECT) == OPAMP_PGAConnect_IO1) || \ + ((CONNECT) == OPAMP_PGAConnect_IO2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP_SecondaryInvertingInput + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_OPAMP_SECONDARY_INVINPUT(INVINPUT) (((INVINPUT) == OPAMP_InvertingInput_IO1) || \ + ((INVINPUT) == OPAMP_InvertingInput_IO2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP_Input + * @{ + */ + +#define OPAMP_Input_Inverting ((uint32_t)0x00000018) /*!< Inverting input */ +#define OPAMP_Input_NonInverting ((uint32_t)0x00000013) /*!< Non inverting input */ + +#define IS_OPAMP_INPUT(INPUT) (((INPUT) == OPAMP_Input_Inverting) || \ + ((INPUT) == OPAMP_Input_NonInverting)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP_Vref + * @{ + */ + +#define OPAMP_Vref_3VDDA ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< OPMAP Vref = 3.3% VDDA */ +#define OPAMP_Vref_10VDDA OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL_0 /*!< OPMAP Vref = 10% VDDA */ +#define OPAMP_Vref_50VDDA OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL_1 /*!< OPMAP Vref = 50% VDDA */ +#define OPAMP_Vref_90VDDA OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL /*!< OPMAP Vref = 90% VDDA */ + +#define IS_OPAMP_VREF(VREF) (((VREF) == OPAMP_Vref_3VDDA) || \ + ((VREF) == OPAMP_Vref_10VDDA) || \ + ((VREF) == OPAMP_Vref_50VDDA) || \ + ((VREF) == OPAMP_Vref_90VDDA)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP_Trimming + */ + +#define OPAMP_Trimming_Factory ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Factory trimming */ +#define OPAMP_Trimming_User OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM /*!< User trimming */ + +#define IS_OPAMP_TRIMMING(TRIMMING) (((TRIMMING) == OPAMP_Trimming_Factory) || \ + ((TRIMMING) == OPAMP_Trimming_User)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP_TrimValue + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_OPAMP_TRIMMINGVALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x0000001F) /*!< Trimming value */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP_OutputLevel + * @{ + */ + +#define OPAMP_OutputLevel_High OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL +#define OPAMP_OutputLevel_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the OPAMP configuration to the default reset state ***/ +void OPAMP_DeInit(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void OPAMP_Init(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, OPAMP_InitTypeDef* OPAMP_InitStruct); +void OPAMP_StructInit(OPAMP_InitTypeDef* OPAMP_InitStruct); +void OPAMP_PGAConfig(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, uint32_t OPAMP_PGAGain, uint32_t OPAMP_PGAConnect); +void OPAMP_VrefConfig(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, uint32_t OPAMP_Vref); +void OPAMP_VrefConnectADCCmd(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState); +void OPAMP_TimerControlledMuxConfig(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, OPAMP_InitTypeDef* OPAMP_InitStruct); +void OPAMP_TimerControlledMuxCmd(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState); +void OPAMP_Cmd(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState); +uint32_t OPAMP_GetOutputLevel(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection); + +/* Calibration functions ******************************************************/ +void OPAMP_VrefConnectNonInvertingInput(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState); +void OPAMP_OffsetTrimModeSelect(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, uint32_t OPAMP_Trimming); +void OPAMP_OffsetTrimConfig(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, uint32_t OPAMP_Input, uint32_t OPAMP_TrimValue); +void OPAMP_StartCalibration(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* OPAMP configuration locking function ***************************************/ +void OPAMP_LockConfig(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F30x_OPAMP_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_pwr.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_pwr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..48f9a1c --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_pwr.h @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_pwr.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the PWR firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_PWR_H +#define __STM32F30x_PWR_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup PWR + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_detection_level + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_PVDLevel_0 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV0 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_1 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV1 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_2 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV2 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_3 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV3 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_4 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV4 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_5 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV5 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_6 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV6 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_7 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV7 + +#define IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_0) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_1)|| \ + ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_3)|| \ + ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_4) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_5)|| \ + ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_6) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_WakeUp_Pins + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_WakeUpPin_1 PWR_CSR_EWUP1 +#define PWR_WakeUpPin_2 PWR_CSR_EWUP2 +#define PWR_WakeUpPin_3 PWR_CSR_EWUP3 +#define IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == PWR_WakeUpPin_1) || \ + ((PIN) == PWR_WakeUpPin_2) || \ + ((PIN) == PWR_WakeUpPin_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup PWR_Regulator_state_is_Sleep_STOP_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_Regulator_ON ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define PWR_Regulator_LowPower PWR_CR_LPSDSR +#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR(REGULATOR) (((REGULATOR) == PWR_Regulator_ON) || \ + ((REGULATOR) == PWR_Regulator_LowPower)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_SLEEP_mode_entry + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFE)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_STOP_mode_entry + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPEntry_WFE)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Flag + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_FLAG_WU PWR_CSR_WUF +#define PWR_FLAG_SB PWR_CSR_SBF +#define PWR_FLAG_PVDO PWR_CSR_PVDO +#define PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY PWR_CSR_VREFINTRDYF + +#define IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_SB) || \ + ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_PVDO) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY)) + +#define IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_SB)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the PWR configuration to the default reset state ******/ +void PWR_DeInit(void); + +/* Backup Domain Access function **********************************************/ +void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* PVD configuration functions ************************************************/ +void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel); +void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* WakeUp pins configuration functions ****************************************/ +void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(uint32_t PWR_WakeUpPin, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Low Power modes configuration functions ************************************/ +void PWR_EnterSleepMode(uint8_t PWR_SLEEPEntry); +void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry); +void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void); + +/* Flags management functions *************************************************/ +FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG); +void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30x_PWR_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_rcc.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_rcc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21a8f5d --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_rcc.h @@ -0,0 +1,630 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_rcc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RCC + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_RCC_H +#define __STM32F30x_RCC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RCC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency; + uint32_t HCLK_Frequency; + uint32_t PCLK1_Frequency; + uint32_t PCLK2_Frequency; + uint32_t ADC12CLK_Frequency; + uint32_t ADC34CLK_Frequency; + uint32_t I2C1CLK_Frequency; + uint32_t I2C2CLK_Frequency; + uint32_t TIM1CLK_Frequency; + uint32_t TIM8CLK_Frequency; + uint32_t USART1CLK_Frequency; + uint32_t USART2CLK_Frequency; + uint32_t USART3CLK_Frequency; + uint32_t UART4CLK_Frequency; + uint32_t UART5CLK_Frequency; +}RCC_ClocksTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_HSE_configuration + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_HSE_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_HSE_ON ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RCC_HSE_Bypass ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define IS_RCC_HSE(HSE) (((HSE) == RCC_HSE_OFF) || ((HSE) == RCC_HSE_ON) || \ + ((HSE) == RCC_HSE_Bypass)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_PLL_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_PLLSource_HSI_Div2 RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSI_Div2 +#define RCC_PLLSource_PREDIV1 RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_PREDIV1 + +#define IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSI_Div2) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_PREDIV1)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_PLL_Multiplication_Factor + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_PLLMul_2 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL2 +#define RCC_PLLMul_3 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL3 +#define RCC_PLLMul_4 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL4 +#define RCC_PLLMul_5 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL5 +#define RCC_PLLMul_6 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6 +#define RCC_PLLMul_7 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL7 +#define RCC_PLLMul_8 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL8 +#define RCC_PLLMul_9 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL9 +#define RCC_PLLMul_10 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL10 +#define RCC_PLLMul_11 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL11 +#define RCC_PLLMul_12 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL12 +#define RCC_PLLMul_13 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL13 +#define RCC_PLLMul_14 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL14 +#define RCC_PLLMul_15 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL15 +#define RCC_PLLMul_16 RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL16 +#define IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(MUL) (((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_2) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_3) || \ + ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_4) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_5) || \ + ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_6) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_7) || \ + ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_8) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_9) || \ + ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_10) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_11) || \ + ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_12) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_13) || \ + ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_14) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_15) || \ + ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_16)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_PREDIV1_division_factor + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div1 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV1 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div2 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV2 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div3 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV3 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div4 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV4 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div5 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV5 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div6 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV6 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div7 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV7 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div8 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV8 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div9 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV9 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div10 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV10 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div11 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV11 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div12 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV12 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div13 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV13 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div14 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV14 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div15 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV15 +#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div16 RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_DIV16 + +#define IS_RCC_PREDIV1(PREDIV1) (((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div1) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div2) || \ + ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div3) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div4) || \ + ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div5) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div6) || \ + ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div7) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div8) || \ + ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div9) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div10) || \ + ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div11) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div12) || \ + ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div13) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div14) || \ + ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div15) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div16)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_System_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI RCC_CFGR_SW_HSI +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE RCC_CFGR_SW_HSE +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK RCC_CFGR_SW_PLL +#define IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_AHB_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div1 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV1 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div2 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV2 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div4 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV4 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div8 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV8 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div16 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV16 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div64 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV64 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div128 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV128 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div256 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV256 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div512 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV512 +#define IS_RCC_HCLK(HCLK) (((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div1) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div2) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div4) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div8) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div16) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div64) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div128) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div256) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div512)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_APB1_APB2_clock_source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_HCLK_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_HCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define RCC_HCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) +#define RCC_HCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) +#define RCC_HCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) +#define IS_RCC_PCLK(PCLK) (((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div1) || ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div2) || \ + ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div4) || ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div8) || \ + ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div16)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_ADC_clock_source + * @{ + */ + +/* ADC1 & ADC2 */ +#define RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_OFF ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000110) +#define RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000120) +#define RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div6 ((uint32_t)0x00000130) +#define RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00000140) +#define RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div10 ((uint32_t)0x00000150) +#define RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div12 ((uint32_t)0x00000160) +#define RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00000170) +#define RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div32 ((uint32_t)0x00000180) +#define RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div64 ((uint32_t)0x00000190) +#define RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div128 ((uint32_t)0x000001A0) +#define RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div256 ((uint32_t)0x000001B0) + +/* ADC3 & ADC4 */ +#define RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_OFF ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x10002000) +#define RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x10002200) +#define RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x10002400) +#define RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div6 ((uint32_t)0x10002600) +#define RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x10002800) +#define RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div10 ((uint32_t)0x10002A00) +#define RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div12 ((uint32_t)0x10002C00) +#define RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x10002E00) +#define RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div32 ((uint32_t)0x10003000) +#define RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div64 ((uint32_t)0x10003200) +#define RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div128 ((uint32_t)0x10003400) +#define RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div256 ((uint32_t)0x10003600) + +#define IS_RCC_ADCCLK(ADCCLK) (((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_OFF) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div1) || \ + ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div2) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div4) || \ + ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div6) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div8) || \ + ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div10) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div12) || \ + ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div16) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div32) || \ + ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div64) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div128) || \ + ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div256) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_OFF) || \ + ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div1) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div2) || \ + ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div4) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div6) || \ + ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div8) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div10) || \ + ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div12) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div16) || \ + ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div32) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div64) || \ + ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div128) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div256)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_TIM_clock_source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_TIM1CLK_HCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_TIM1CLK_PLLCLK RCC_CFGR3_TIM1SW + +#define RCC_TIM8CLK_HCLK ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define RCC_TIM8CLK_PLLCLK ((uint32_t)0x10000200) + +#define IS_RCC_TIMCLK(TIMCLK) (((TIMCLK) == RCC_TIM1CLK_HCLK) || ((TIMCLK) == RCC_TIM1CLK_PLLCLK) || \ + ((TIMCLK) == RCC_TIM8CLK_HCLK) || ((TIMCLK) == RCC_TIM8CLK_PLLCLK)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_I2C_clock_source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_I2C1CLK_HSI ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_I2C1CLK_SYSCLK RCC_CFGR3_I2C1SW + +#define RCC_I2C2CLK_HSI ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define RCC_I2C2CLK_SYSCLK ((uint32_t)0x10000020) + +#define IS_RCC_I2CCLK(I2CCLK) (((I2CCLK) == RCC_I2C1CLK_HSI) || ((I2CCLK) == RCC_I2C1CLK_SYSCLK) || \ + ((I2CCLK) == RCC_I2C2CLK_HSI) || ((I2CCLK) == RCC_I2C2CLK_SYSCLK)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_USART_clock_source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_USART1CLK_PCLK ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define RCC_USART1CLK_SYSCLK ((uint32_t)0x10000001) +#define RCC_USART1CLK_LSE ((uint32_t)0x10000002) +#define RCC_USART1CLK_HSI ((uint32_t)0x10000003) + +#define RCC_USART2CLK_PCLK ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define RCC_USART2CLK_SYSCLK ((uint32_t)0x20010000) +#define RCC_USART2CLK_LSE ((uint32_t)0x20020000) +#define RCC_USART2CLK_HSI ((uint32_t)0x20030000) + +#define RCC_USART3CLK_PCLK ((uint32_t)0x30000000) +#define RCC_USART3CLK_SYSCLK ((uint32_t)0x30040000) +#define RCC_USART3CLK_LSE ((uint32_t)0x30080000) +#define RCC_USART3CLK_HSI ((uint32_t)0x300C0000) + +#define RCC_UART4CLK_PCLK ((uint32_t)0x40000000) +#define RCC_UART4CLK_SYSCLK ((uint32_t)0x40100000) +#define RCC_UART4CLK_LSE ((uint32_t)0x40200000) +#define RCC_UART4CLK_HSI ((uint32_t)0x40300000) + +#define RCC_UART5CLK_PCLK ((uint32_t)0x50000000) +#define RCC_UART5CLK_SYSCLK ((uint32_t)0x50400000) +#define RCC_UART5CLK_LSE ((uint32_t)0x50800000) +#define RCC_UART5CLK_HSI ((uint32_t)0x50C00000) + +#define IS_RCC_USARTCLK(USARTCLK) (((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART1CLK_PCLK) || ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART1CLK_SYSCLK) || \ + ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART1CLK_LSE) || ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART1CLK_HSI) ||\ + ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART2CLK_PCLK) || ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART2CLK_SYSCLK) || \ + ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART2CLK_LSE) || ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART2CLK_HSI) || \ + ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART3CLK_PCLK) || ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART3CLK_SYSCLK) || \ + ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART3CLK_LSE) || ((USARTCLK) == RCC_USART3CLK_HSI) || \ + ((USARTCLK) == RCC_UART4CLK_PCLK) || ((USARTCLK) == RCC_UART4CLK_SYSCLK) || \ + ((USARTCLK) == RCC_UART4CLK_LSE) || ((USARTCLK) == RCC_UART4CLK_HSI) || \ + ((USARTCLK) == RCC_UART5CLK_PCLK) || ((USARTCLK) == RCC_UART5CLK_SYSCLK) || \ + ((USARTCLK) == RCC_UART5CLK_LSE) || ((USARTCLK) == RCC_UART5CLK_HSI)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Interrupt_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_IT_LSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RCC_IT_LSERDY ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define RCC_IT_HSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define RCC_IT_HSERDY ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define RCC_IT_PLLRDY ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define RCC_IT_CSS ((uint8_t)0x80) + +#define IS_RCC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0xC0) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_RCC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RCC_IT_LSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_LSERDY) || \ + ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSERDY) || \ + ((IT) == RCC_IT_PLLRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_CSS)) + + +#define IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0x40) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_LSE_configuration + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_LSE_OFF ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_LSE_ON RCC_BDCR_LSEON +#define RCC_LSE_Bypass ((uint32_t)(RCC_BDCR_LSEON | RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP)) +#define IS_RCC_LSE(LSE) (((LSE) == RCC_LSE_OFF) || ((LSE) == RCC_LSE_ON) || \ + ((LSE) == RCC_LSE_Bypass)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_RTC_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL_LSE +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL_LSI +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div32 RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL_HSE + +#define IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div32)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_I2S_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_I2S2CLKSource_SYSCLK ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_I2S2CLKSource_Ext ((uint8_t)0x01) + +#define IS_RCC_I2SCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_I2S2CLKSource_SYSCLK) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_I2S2CLKSource_Ext)) + +/** @defgroup RCC_LSE_Drive_Configuration + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_LSEDrive_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_LSEDrive_MediumLow RCC_BDCR_LSEDRV_0 +#define RCC_LSEDrive_MediumHigh RCC_BDCR_LSEDRV_1 +#define RCC_LSEDrive_High RCC_BDCR_LSEDRV +#define IS_RCC_LSE_DRIVE(DRIVE) (((DRIVE) == RCC_LSEDrive_Low) || ((DRIVE) == RCC_LSEDrive_MediumLow) || \ + ((DRIVE) == RCC_LSEDrive_MediumHigh) || ((DRIVE) == RCC_LSEDrive_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_AHB_Peripherals + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_ADC34 RCC_AHBENR_ADC34EN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_ADC12 RCC_AHBENR_ADC12EN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA RCC_AHBENR_GPIOAEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB RCC_AHBENR_GPIOBEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC RCC_AHBENR_GPIOCEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD RCC_AHBENR_GPIODEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE RCC_AHBENR_GPIOEEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF RCC_AHBENR_GPIOFEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_TS RCC_AHBENR_TSEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC RCC_AHBENR_CRCEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF RCC_AHBENR_FLITFEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_SRAM RCC_AHBENR_SRAMEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2 RCC_AHBENR_DMA2EN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1 RCC_AHBENR_DMA1EN + +#define IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xCE81FFA8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +#define IS_RCC_AHB_RST_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xCE81FFFF) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_APB2_Peripherals + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_USART1 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) + +#define IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFF887FE) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_APB1_Peripherals + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART5 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_USB ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_PWR ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_DAC ((uint32_t)0x20000000) + +#define IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xCD0137C8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_MCO_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_MCOSource_NoClock ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_MCOSource_LSI ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define RCC_MCOSource_LSE ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define RCC_MCOSource_SYSCLK ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define RCC_MCOSource_HSI ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define RCC_MCOSource_HSE ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define RCC_MCOSource_PLLCLK_Div2 ((uint8_t)0x07) + +#define IS_RCC_MCO_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_NoClock) ||((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_SYSCLK) ||\ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_HSI) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_HSE) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_LSI) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_LSE) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_PLLCLK_Div2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_USB_Device_clock_source + * @{ + */ + + #define RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_1Div5 ((uint8_t)0x00) + #define RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_Div1 ((uint8_t)0x01) + + #define IS_RCC_USBCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_1Div5) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_Div1)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Flag + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RCC_FLAG_HSERDY ((uint8_t)0x11) +#define RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY ((uint8_t)0x19) +#define RCC_FLAG_MCOF ((uint8_t)0x9C) +#define RCC_FLAG_LSERDY ((uint8_t)0x21) +#define RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x41) +#define RCC_FLAG_OBLRST ((uint8_t)0x59) +#define RCC_FLAG_PINRST ((uint8_t)0x5A) +#define RCC_FLAG_PORRST ((uint8_t)0x5B) +#define RCC_FLAG_SFTRST ((uint8_t)0x5C) +#define RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST ((uint8_t)0x5D) +#define RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST ((uint8_t)0x5E) +#define RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST ((uint8_t)0x5F) + +#define IS_RCC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_OBLRST) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PINRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PORRST) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_SFTRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST)|| \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST)|| ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST)|| \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_MCOF)) + +#define IS_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATION_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x1F) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state */ +void RCC_DeInit(void); + +/* Internal/external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions *********/ +void RCC_HSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_HSE); +ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void); +void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue); +void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_LSEConfig(uint32_t RCC_LSE); +void RCC_LSEDriveConfig(uint32_t RCC_LSEDrive); +void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t RCC_PLLMul); +void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_PREDIV1Config(uint32_t RCC_PREDIV1_Div); +void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_MCOConfig(uint8_t RCC_MCOSource); + +/* System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions ******************/ +void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource); +uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void); +void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK); +void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK); +void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK); +void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks); + +/* Peripheral clocks configuration functions **********************************/ +void RCC_ADCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLCLK); +void RCC_I2CCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2CCLK); +void RCC_TIMCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_TIMCLK); +void RCC_I2SCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2SCLKSource); +void RCC_USARTCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_USARTCLK); +void RCC_USBCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_USBCLKSource); + +void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource); +void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_BackupResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +void RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +void RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG); +void RCC_ClearFlag(void); +ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT); +void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30x_RCC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_rtc.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_rtc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c9813d --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_rtc.h @@ -0,0 +1,852 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_rtc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RTC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_RTC_H +#define __STM32F30x_RTC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RTC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief RTC Init structures definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t RTC_HourFormat; /*!< Specifies the RTC Hour Format. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Hour_Formats */ + + uint32_t RTC_AsynchPrediv; /*!< Specifies the RTC Asynchronous Predivider value. + This parameter must be set to a value lower than 0x7F */ + + uint32_t RTC_SynchPrediv; /*!< Specifies the RTC Synchronous Predivider value. + This parameter must be set to a value lower than 0x1FFF */ +}RTC_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief RTC Time structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t RTC_Hours; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Hour. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-12 range + if the RTC_HourFormat_12 is selected or 0-23 range if + the RTC_HourFormat_24 is selected. */ + + uint8_t RTC_Minutes; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Minutes. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-59 range. */ + + uint8_t RTC_Seconds; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Seconds. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-59 range. */ + + uint8_t RTC_H12; /*!< Specifies the RTC AM/PM Time. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AM_PM_Definitions */ +}RTC_TimeTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief RTC Date structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t RTC_WeekDay; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date WeekDay. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_WeekDay_Definitions */ + + uint8_t RTC_Month; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date Month (in BCD format). + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Month_Date_Definitions */ + + uint8_t RTC_Date; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 1-31 range. */ + + uint8_t RTC_Year; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date Year. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-99 range. */ +}RTC_DateTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief RTC Alarm structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + RTC_TimeTypeDef RTC_AlarmTime; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Time members. */ + + uint32_t RTC_AlarmMask; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Masks. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions */ + + uint32_t RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm is on Date or WeekDay. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions */ + + uint8_t RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Date/WeekDay. + If the Alarm Date is selected, this parameter + must be set to a value in the 1-31 range. + If the Alarm WeekDay is selected, this + parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_WeekDay_Definitions */ +}RTC_AlarmTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Hour_Formats + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_HourFormat_24 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_HourFormat_12 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == RTC_HourFormat_12) || \ + ((FORMAT) == RTC_HourFormat_24)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Asynchronous_Predivider + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(PREDIV) ((PREDIV) <= 0x7F) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Synchronous_Predivider + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(PREDIV) ((PREDIV) <= 0x7FFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Time_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_HOUR12(HOUR) (((HOUR) > 0) && ((HOUR) <= 12)) +#define IS_RTC_HOUR24(HOUR) ((HOUR) <= 23) +#define IS_RTC_MINUTES(MINUTES) ((MINUTES) <= 59) +#define IS_RTC_SECONDS(SECONDS) ((SECONDS) <= 59) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_AM_PM_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_H12_AM ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RTC_H12_PM ((uint8_t)0x40) +#define IS_RTC_H12(PM) (((PM) == RTC_H12_AM) || ((PM) == RTC_H12_PM)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Year_Date_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_YEAR(YEAR) ((YEAR) <= 99) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Month_Date_Definitions + * @{ + */ + +/* Coded in BCD format */ +#define RTC_Month_January ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RTC_Month_February ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define RTC_Month_March ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define RTC_Month_April ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define RTC_Month_May ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define RTC_Month_June ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define RTC_Month_July ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define RTC_Month_August ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define RTC_Month_September ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define RTC_Month_October ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define RTC_Month_November ((uint8_t)0x11) +#define RTC_Month_December ((uint8_t)0x12) +#define IS_RTC_MONTH(MONTH) (((MONTH) >= 1) && ((MONTH) <= 12)) +#define IS_RTC_DATE(DATE) (((DATE) >= 1) && ((DATE) <= 31)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_WeekDay_Definitions + * @{ + */ + +#define RTC_Weekday_Monday ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RTC_Weekday_Tuesday ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define RTC_Weekday_Wednesday ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define RTC_Weekday_Thursday ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define RTC_Weekday_Friday ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define RTC_Weekday_Saturday ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define RTC_Weekday_Sunday ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(WEEKDAY) (((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Monday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Tuesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Wednesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Thursday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Friday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Saturday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Sunday)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Alarm_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(DATE) (((DATE) > 0) && ((DATE) <= 31)) +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(WEEKDAY) (((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Monday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Tuesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Wednesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Thursday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Friday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Saturday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Sunday)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_WeekDay ((uint32_t)0x40000000) + +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(SEL) (((SEL) == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) || \ + ((SEL) == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_WeekDay)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_AlarmMask_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_DateWeekDay ((uint32_t)0x80000000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_Hours ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_Minutes ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_Seconds ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_All ((uint32_t)0x80808080) +#define IS_ALARM_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) & 0x7F7F7F7F) == (uint32_t)RESET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Alarms_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Alarm_A ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RTC_Alarm_B ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define IS_RTC_ALARM(ALARM) (((ALARM) == RTC_Alarm_A) || ((ALARM) == RTC_Alarm_B)) +#define IS_RTC_CMD_ALARM(ALARM) (((ALARM) & (RTC_Alarm_A | RTC_Alarm_B)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Alarm_Sub_Seconds_Masks_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_All ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< All Alarm SS fields are masked. + There is no comparison on sub seconds + for Alarm */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_1 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< SS[14:1] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[0] is compared. */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_2 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< SS[14:2] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[1:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_3 ((uint32_t)0x03000000) /*!< SS[14:3] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[2:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_4 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< SS[14:4] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[3:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_5 ((uint32_t)0x05000000) /*!< SS[14:5] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[4:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_6 ((uint32_t)0x06000000) /*!< SS[14:6] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[5:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_7 ((uint32_t)0x07000000) /*!< SS[14:7] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[6:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_8 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< SS[14:8] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[7:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_9 ((uint32_t)0x09000000) /*!< SS[14:9] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[8:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_10 ((uint32_t)0x0A000000) /*!< SS[14:10] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[9:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_11 ((uint32_t)0x0B000000) /*!< SS[14:11] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[10:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_12 ((uint32_t)0x0C000000) /*!< SS[14:12] are don't care in Alarm + comparison.Only SS[11:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_13 ((uint32_t)0x0D000000) /*!< SS[14:13] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[12:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14 ((uint32_t)0x0E000000) /*!< SS[14] is don't care in Alarm + comparison.Only SS[13:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_None ((uint32_t)0x0F000000) /*!< SS[14:0] are compared and must match + to activate alarm. */ +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_All) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_1) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_2) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_3) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_4) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_5) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_6) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_7) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_8) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_9) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_10) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_11) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_12) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_13) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_None)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Alarm_Sub_Seconds_Value + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x00007FFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Wakeup_Timer_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +#define IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits)) +#define IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(COUNTER) ((COUNTER) <= 0xFFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Time_Stamp_Edges_definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising) || \ + ((EDGE) == RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Output_selection_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Output_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_Output_AlarmA ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define RTC_Output_AlarmB ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define RTC_Output_WakeUp ((uint32_t)0x00600000) + +#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_Disable) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_AlarmA) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_AlarmB) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_WakeUp)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Output_Polarity_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_OutputPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_OutputPolarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(POL) (((POL) == RTC_OutputPolarity_High) || \ + ((POL) == RTC_OutputPolarity_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Digital_Calibration_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_CalibSign_Positive ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_CalibSign_Negative ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_RTC_CALIB_SIGN(SIGN) (((SIGN) == RTC_CalibSign_Positive) || \ + ((SIGN) == RTC_CalibSign_Negative)) +#define IS_RTC_CALIB_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) < 0x20) + +/** + * @} + */ + + /** @defgroup RTC_Calib_Output_selection_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_CalibOutput_512Hz ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_CalibOutput_1Hz ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == RTC_CalibOutput_512Hz) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == RTC_CalibOutput_1Hz)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Smooth_calib_period_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_32sec ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< if RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation + period is 32s, else 2exp20 RTCCLK seconds */ +#define RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_16sec ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< if RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation + period is 16s, else 2exp19 RTCCLK seconds */ +#define RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_8sec ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< if RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation + period is 8s, else 2exp18 RTCCLK seconds */ +#define IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD(PERIOD) (((PERIOD) == RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_32sec) || \ + ((PERIOD) == RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_16sec) || \ + ((PERIOD) == RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_8sec)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Smooth_calib_Plus_pulses_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Set ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< The number of RTCCLK pulses added + during a X -second window = Y - CALM[8:0]. + with Y = 512, 256, 128 when X = 32, 16, 8 */ +#define RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< The number of RTCCLK pulses subbstited + during a 32-second window = CALM[8:0]. */ +#define IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS(PLUS) (((PLUS) == RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Set) || \ + ((PLUS) == RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Reset)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Smooth_calib_Minus_pulses_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x000001FF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_DayLightSaving_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(SAVE) (((SAVE) == RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H) || \ + ((SAVE) == RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H)) + +#define RTC_StoreOperation_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_StoreOperation_Set ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(OPERATION) (((OPERATION) == RTC_StoreOperation_Reset) || \ + ((OPERATION) == RTC_StoreOperation_Set)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Trigger_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RTC_TamperTrigger_LowLevel ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_TamperTrigger_HighLevel ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_LowLevel) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_HighLevel)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Filter_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TamperFilter_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Tamper filter is disabled */ + +#define RTC_TamperFilter_2Sample ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Tamper is activated after 2 + consecutive samples at the active level */ +#define RTC_TamperFilter_4Sample ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Tamper is activated after 4 + consecutive samples at the active level */ +#define RTC_TamperFilter_8Sample ((uint32_t)0x00001800) /*!< Tamper is activated after 8 + consecutive samples at the active leve. */ +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(FILTER) (((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_Disable) || \ + ((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_2Sample) || \ + ((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_4Sample) || \ + ((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_8Sample)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Sampling_Frequencies_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div32768 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 32768 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div16384 ((uint32_t)0x000000100) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 16384 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div8192 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 8192 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div4096 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 4096 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div2048 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 2048 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div1024 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 1024 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div512 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 512 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div256 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 256 */ +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(FREQ) (((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div32768) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div16384) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div8192) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div4096) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div2048) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div1024) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div512) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div256)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + /** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Pin_Precharge_Duration_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_1RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before + sampling during 1 RTCCLK cycle */ +#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_2RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before + sampling during 2 RTCCLK cycles */ +#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_4RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before + sampling during 4 RTCCLK cycles */ +#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_8RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00006000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before + sampling during 8 RTCCLK cycles */ + +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(DURATION) (((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_1RTCCLK) || \ + ((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_2RTCCLK) || \ + ((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_4RTCCLK) || \ + ((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_8RTCCLK)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Pins_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Tamper_1 RTC_TAFCR_TAMP1E /*!< Tamper detection enable for + input tamper 1 */ +#define RTC_Tamper_2 RTC_TAFCR_TAMP2E /*!< Tamper detection enable for + input tamper 2 */ +#define RTC_Tamper_3 RTC_TAFCR_TAMP3E /*!< Tamper detection enable for + input tamper 3 */ + +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER(TAMPER) ((((TAMPER) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFD6) == 0x00) && ((TAMPER) != (uint32_t)RESET)) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Output_Type_ALARM_OUT + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_OutputType_PushPull ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(TYPE) (((TYPE) == RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain) || \ + ((TYPE) == RTC_OutputType_PushPull)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Add_1_Second_Parameter_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Set ((uint32_t)0x80000000) +#define IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S(SEL) (((SEL) == RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Reset) || \ + ((SEL) == RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Set)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Substract_Fraction_Of_Second_Value + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS(FS) ((FS) <= 0x00007FFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Backup_Registers_Definitions + * @{ + */ + +#define RTC_BKP_DR0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_BKP_DR1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RTC_BKP_DR2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RTC_BKP_DR3 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define RTC_BKP_DR4 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RTC_BKP_DR5 ((uint32_t)0x00000005) +#define RTC_BKP_DR6 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +#define RTC_BKP_DR7 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) +#define RTC_BKP_DR8 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define RTC_BKP_DR9 ((uint32_t)0x00000009) +#define RTC_BKP_DR10 ((uint32_t)0x0000000A) +#define RTC_BKP_DR11 ((uint32_t)0x0000000B) +#define RTC_BKP_DR12 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) +#define RTC_BKP_DR13 ((uint32_t)0x0000000D) +#define RTC_BKP_DR14 ((uint32_t)0x0000000E) +#define RTC_BKP_DR15 ((uint32_t)0x0000000F) +#define IS_RTC_BKP(BKP) (((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR0) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR1) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR2) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR3) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR4) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR5) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR6) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR7) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR8) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR9) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR10) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR11) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR12) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR13) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR14) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR15)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Input_parameter_format_definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Format_BIN ((uint32_t)0x000000000) +#define RTC_Format_BCD ((uint32_t)0x000000001) +#define IS_RTC_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == RTC_Format_BIN) || ((FORMAT) == RTC_Format_BCD)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Flags_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_FLAG_RECALPF ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define RTC_FLAG_TSOVF ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define RTC_FLAG_TSF ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define RTC_FLAG_WUTF ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRBF ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRAF ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RTC_FLAG_INITF ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define RTC_FLAG_RSF ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define RTC_FLAG_INITS ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RTC_FLAG_SHPF ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define RTC_FLAG_WUTWF ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TSOVF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TSF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_WUTF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRBF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_INITF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_RSF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_RECALPF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_SHPF)) +#define IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((FLAG) & 0xFFFF00DF) == (uint32_t)RESET)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Interrupts_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_IT_TS ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define RTC_IT_WUT ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define RTC_IT_ALRB ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define RTC_IT_ALRA ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define RTC_IT_TAMP ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* Used only to Enable the Tamper Interrupt */ +#define RTC_IT_TAMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RTC_IT_TAMP2 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define RTC_IT_TAMP3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) + + +#define IS_RTC_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((IT) & 0xFFFF0FFB) == (uint32_t)RESET)) +#define IS_RTC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RTC_IT_TS) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_WUT) || \ + ((IT) == RTC_IT_ALRB) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_ALRA) || \ + ((IT) == RTC_IT_TAMP1) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_TAMP2) || \ + ((IT) == RTC_IT_TAMP3)) +#define IS_RTC_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((IT) & 0xFFF10FFF) == (uint32_t)RESET)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the RTC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +ErrorStatus RTC_DeInit(void); + + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +ErrorStatus RTC_Init(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct); +void RTC_StructInit(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct); +void RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +ErrorStatus RTC_EnterInitMode(void); +void RTC_ExitInitMode(void); +ErrorStatus RTC_WaitForSynchro(void); +ErrorStatus RTC_RefClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_BypassShadowCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Time and Date configuration functions **************************************/ +ErrorStatus RTC_SetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct); +void RTC_TimeStructInit(RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct); +void RTC_GetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct); +uint32_t RTC_GetSubSecond(void); +ErrorStatus RTC_SetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct); +void RTC_DateStructInit(RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct); +void RTC_GetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct); + +/* Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions **********************/ +void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct); +void RTC_AlarmStructInit(RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct); +void RTC_GetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct); +ErrorStatus RTC_AlarmCmd(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_AlarmSubSecondConfig(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask); +uint32_t RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond(uint32_t RTC_Alarm); + +/* WakeUp Timer configuration functions ***************************************/ +void RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpClock); +void RTC_SetWakeUpCounter(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpCounter); +uint32_t RTC_GetWakeUpCounter(void); +ErrorStatus RTC_WakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Daylight Saving configuration functions ************************************/ +void RTC_DayLightSavingConfig(uint32_t RTC_DayLightSaving, uint32_t RTC_StoreOperation); +uint32_t RTC_GetStoreOperation(void); + +/* Output pin Configuration function ******************************************/ +void RTC_OutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_Output, uint32_t RTC_OutputPolarity); + +/* Digital Calibration configuration functions ********************************/ +void RTC_CalibOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_CalibOutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibOutput); +ErrorStatus RTC_SmoothCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod, + uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses, + uint32_t RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue); + +/* TimeStamp configuration functions ******************************************/ +void RTC_TimeStampCmd(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampEdge, FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_GetTimeStamp(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_StampTimeStruct, + RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_StampDateStruct); +uint32_t RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond(void); + +/* Tampers configuration functions ********************************************/ +void RTC_TamperTriggerConfig(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, uint32_t RTC_TamperTrigger); +void RTC_TamperCmd(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_TamperFilterConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperFilter); +void RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperSamplingFreq); +void RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration(uint32_t RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration); +void RTC_TimeStampOnTamperDetectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_TamperPullUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Backup Data Registers configuration functions ******************************/ +void RTC_WriteBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR, uint32_t Data); +uint32_t RTC_ReadBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR); + +/* Output Type Config configuration functions *********************************/ +void RTC_OutputTypeConfig(uint32_t RTC_OutputType); + +/* RTC_Shift_control_synchonisation_functions *********************************/ +ErrorStatus RTC_SynchroShiftConfig(uint32_t RTC_ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t RTC_ShiftSubFS); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void RTC_ITConfig(uint32_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t RTC_FLAG); +void RTC_ClearFlag(uint32_t RTC_FLAG); +ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint32_t RTC_IT); +void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t RTC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F30x_RTC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_spi.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_spi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4ca62af --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_spi.h @@ -0,0 +1,606 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_spi.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SPI + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_SPI_H +#define __STM32F30x_SPI_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SPI + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief SPI Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t SPI_Direction; /*!< Specifies the SPI unidirectional or bidirectional data mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_direction */ + + uint16_t SPI_Mode; /*!< Specifies the SPI mode (Master/Slave). + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_mode */ + + uint16_t SPI_DataSize; /*!< Specifies the SPI data size. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_size */ + + uint16_t SPI_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the serial clock steady state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Polarity */ + + uint16_t SPI_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock active edge for the bit capture. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Phase */ + + uint16_t SPI_NSS; /*!< Specifies whether the NSS signal is managed by + hardware (NSS pin) or by software using the SSI bit. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Slave_Select_management */ + + uint16_t SPI_BaudRatePrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Baud Rate prescaler value which will be + used to configure the transmit and receive SCK clock. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler. + @note The communication clock is derived from the master + clock. The slave clock does not need to be set. */ + + uint16_t SPI_FirstBit; /*!< Specifies whether data transfers start from MSB or LSB bit. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission */ + + uint16_t SPI_CRCPolynomial; /*!< Specifies the polynomial used for the CRC calculation. */ +}SPI_InitTypeDef; + + +/** + * @brief I2S Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t I2S_Mode; /*!< Specifies the I2S operating mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Mode */ + + uint16_t I2S_Standard; /*!< Specifies the standard used for the I2S communication. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Standard */ + + uint16_t I2S_DataFormat; /*!< Specifies the data format for the I2S communication. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Data_Format */ + + uint16_t I2S_MCLKOutput; /*!< Specifies whether the I2S MCLK output is enabled or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_MCLK_Output */ + + uint32_t I2S_AudioFreq; /*!< Specifies the frequency selected for the I2S communication. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Audio_Frequency */ + + uint16_t I2S_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the idle state of the I2S clock. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Clock_Polarity */ +}I2S_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI3)) + +#define IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2S2ext) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2S3ext)) + +#define IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI3)) + +#define IS_SPI_23_PERIPH_EXT(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2S2ext) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2S3ext)) + +#define IS_I2S_EXT_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == I2S2ext) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2S3ext)) + +/** @defgroup SPI_data_direction + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx ((uint16_t)0x8000) +#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx ((uint16_t)0xC000) +#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_Mode_Master ((uint16_t)0x0104) +#define SPI_Mode_Slave ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_SPI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Master) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Slave)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_data_size + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_DataSize_4b ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define SPI_DataSize_5b ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define SPI_DataSize_6b ((uint16_t)0x0500) +#define SPI_DataSize_7b ((uint16_t)0x0600) +#define SPI_DataSize_8b ((uint16_t)0x0700) +#define SPI_DataSize_9b ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define SPI_DataSize_10b ((uint16_t)0x0900) +#define SPI_DataSize_11b ((uint16_t)0x0A00) +#define SPI_DataSize_12b ((uint16_t)0x0B00) +#define SPI_DataSize_13b ((uint16_t)0x0C00) +#define SPI_DataSize_14b ((uint16_t)0x0D00) +#define SPI_DataSize_15b ((uint16_t)0x0E00) +#define SPI_DataSize_16b ((uint16_t)0x0F00) +#define IS_SPI_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_4b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_5b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_6b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_7b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_8b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_9b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_10b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_11b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_12b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_13b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_14b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_15b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SPI_DataSize_16b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_length + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CRCLength_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_CRCLength_16b ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define IS_SPI_CRC_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == SPI_CRCLength_8b) || \ + ((LENGTH) == SPI_CRCLength_16b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define IS_SPI_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_Low) || \ + ((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Phase + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CPHA_1Edge ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_CPHA_2Edge ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_SPI_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_1Edge) || \ + ((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_2Edge)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Slave_Select_management + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_NSS_Soft ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define SPI_NSS_Hard ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_SPI_NSS(NSS) (((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Soft) || \ + ((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Hard)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16 ((uint16_t)0x0018) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32 ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64 ((uint16_t)0x0028) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128 ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256 ((uint16_t)0x0038) +#define IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_FirstBit_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_FirstBit_LSB ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(BIT) (((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_MSB) || \ + ((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_LSB)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_Mode_SlaveTx ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_Mode_SlaveRx ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define I2S_Mode_MasterTx ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define I2S_Mode_MasterRx ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define IS_I2S_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2S_Mode_SlaveTx) || \ + ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_SlaveRx) || \ + ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_MasterTx)|| \ + ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_MasterRx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Standard + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_Standard_Phillips ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_Standard_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define I2S_Standard_LSB ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define I2S_Standard_PCMShort ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define I2S_Standard_PCMLong ((uint16_t)0x00B0) +#define IS_I2S_STANDARD(STANDARD) (((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_Phillips) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_MSB) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_LSB) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_PCMShort) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_PCMLong)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Data_Format + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_DataFormat_16b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_DataFormat_16bextended ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define I2S_DataFormat_24b ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define I2S_DataFormat_32b ((uint16_t)0x0005) +#define IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_16b) || \ + ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_16bextended) || \ + ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_24b) || \ + ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_32b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_MCLK_Output + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Audio_Frequency + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_AudioFreq_192k ((uint32_t)192000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_96k ((uint32_t)96000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_48k ((uint32_t)48000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_44k ((uint32_t)44100) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_32k ((uint32_t)32000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_22k ((uint32_t)22050) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_16k ((uint32_t)16000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_11k ((uint32_t)11025) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_8k ((uint32_t)8000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_Default ((uint32_t)2) + +#define IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(FREQ) ((((FREQ) >= I2S_AudioFreq_8k) && \ + ((FREQ) <= I2S_AudioFreq_192k)) || \ + ((FREQ) == I2S_AudioFreq_Default)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Clock_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define IS_I2S_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == I2S_CPOL_Low) || \ + ((CPOL) == I2S_CPOL_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_FIFO_reception_threshold + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_HF ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_QF ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define IS_SPI_RX_FIFO_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) (((THRESHOLD) == SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_HF) || \ + ((THRESHOLD) == SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_QF)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_DMA_transfer_requests + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_SPI_I2S_DMA_REQ(REQ) ((((REQ) & (uint16_t)0xFFFC) == 0x00) && ((REQ) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_last_DMA_transfers + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxEven ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxEven ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxOdd ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxOdd ((uint16_t)0x6000) +#define IS_SPI_LAST_DMA_TRANSFER(TRANSFER) (((TRANSFER) == SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxEven) || \ + ((TRANSFER) == SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxEven) || \ + ((TRANSFER) == SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxOdd) || \ + ((TRANSFER) == SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxOdd)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup SPI_NSS_internal_software_management + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFEFF) +#define IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(INTERNAL) (((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set) || \ + ((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_Transmit_Receive + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CRC_Tx ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define SPI_CRC_Rx ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IS_SPI_CRC(CRC) (((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Tx) || ((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Rx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_direction_transmit_receive + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_Direction_Rx ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) +#define SPI_Direction_Tx ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Rx) || \ + ((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Tx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_I2S_IT_TXE ((uint8_t)0x71) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE ((uint8_t)0x60) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_ERR ((uint8_t)0x50) + +#define IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_ERR)) + +#define I2S_IT_UDR ((uint8_t)0x53) +#define SPI_IT_MODF ((uint8_t)0x55) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_OVR ((uint8_t)0x56) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_FRE ((uint8_t)0x58) + +#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE) || ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_OVR) || ((IT) == SPI_IT_MODF) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_FRE)|| ((IT) == I2S_IT_UDR)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup SPI_transmission_fifo_status_level + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_Empty ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_1QuarterFull ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_HalfFull ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_Full ((uint16_t)0x1800) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_reception_fifo_status_level + * @{ + */ +#define SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_Empty ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_1QuarterFull ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_HalfFull ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_Full ((uint16_t)0x0600) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define I2S_FLAG_UDR ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define SPI_FLAG_CRCERR ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define SPI_FLAG_MODF ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE ((uint16_t)0x0100) + + + +#define IS_SPI_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR)) +#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_MODF) || ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE)|| \ + ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE)|| ((FLAG) == I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE)|| \ + ((FLAG) == I2S_FLAG_UDR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_polynomial + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(POLYNOMIAL) ((POLYNOMIAL) >= 0x1) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the SPI configuration to the default reset state*******/ +void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct); +void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct); +void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct); +void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct); +void SPI_TIModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_NSSPulseModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize); +void SPI_RxFIFOThresholdConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_RxFIFOThreshold); +void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction); +void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft); +void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2S_FullDuplexConfig(SPI_TypeDef* I2Sxext, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct); + +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ +void SPI_SendData8(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t Data); +void SPI_I2S_SendData16(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data); +uint8_t SPI_ReceiveData8(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); +uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData16(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); + +/* Hardware CRC Calculation functions *****************************************/ +void SPI_CRCLengthConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_CRCLength); +void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); +uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC); +uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_LastDMATransferCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_LastDMATransfer); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +uint16_t SPI_GetTransmissionFIFOStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); +uint16_t SPI_GetReceptionFIFOStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); +FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); +void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); +ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F30x_SPI_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_syscfg.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_syscfg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a535da --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_syscfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,301 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_syscfg.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SYSCFG firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/*!< Define to prevent recursive inclusion -----------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_SYSCFG_H +#define __STM32F30x_SYSCFG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/*!< Includes ----------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SYSCFG + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_EXTI_Port_Sources + * @{ + */ +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOA ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOB ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOC ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOD ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOE ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOF ((uint8_t)0x05) + +#define IS_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(PORTSOURCE) (((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOA) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOB) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOC) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOD) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOE) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOF)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_EXTI_Pin_sources + * @{ + */ +#define EXTI_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define EXTI_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define EXTI_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define EXTI_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define EXTI_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define EXTI_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define EXTI_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define EXTI_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define EXTI_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define EXTI_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define EXTI_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) +#define EXTI_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) +#define EXTI_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define EXTI_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) +#define EXTI_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) +#define EXTI_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) + +#define IS_EXTI_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource0) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource1) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource2) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource3) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource4) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource5) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource6) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource7) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource8) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource9) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource10) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource11) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource12) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource13) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource14) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource15)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Memory_Remap_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemMemory ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM ((uint8_t)0x03) + + +#define IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemMemory) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_DMA_Remap_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM17 SYSCFG_CFGR1_TIM17_DMA_RMP /*!< Remap TIM17 DMA requests from channel1 to channel2 */ +#define SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM16 SYSCFG_CFGR1_TIM16_DMA_RMP /*!< Remap TIM16 DMA requests from channel3 to channel4 */ +#define SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM6DAC1 SYSCFG_CFGR1_TIM6DAC1_DMA_RMP /*!< Remap TIM6/DAC1 DMA requests from DMA2 channel3 to DMA1 channel3 */ +#define SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM7DAC2 SYSCFG_CFGR1_TIM7DAC2_DMA_RMP /*!< Remap TIM7/DAC2 DMA requests from DMA2 channel4 to DMA1 channel4 */ +#define SYSCFG_DMARemap_ADC2ADC4 SYSCFG_CFGR1_ADC24_DMA_RMP /*!< Remap ADC2 and ADC4 DMA requests from DMA2 channel1/channel3 to channel3/channel4 */ + +#define IS_SYSCFG_DMA_REMAP(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM17) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM16) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM6DAC1) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM7DAC2) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_DMARemap_ADC2ADC4)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Trigger_Remap_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_TriggerRemap_DACTIM3 SYSCFG_CFGR1_DAC_TRIG_RMP /*!< Remap DAC trigger to TIM3 */ +#define SYSCFG_TriggerRemap_TIM1TIM17 SYSCFG_CFGR1_TIM1_ITR3_RMP /*!< Remap TIM1 ITR3 to TIM17 OC */ + +#define IS_SYSCFG_TRIGGER_REMAP(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_TriggerRemap_DACTIM3) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_TriggerRemap_TIM1TIM17)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< No redirection */ +#define SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_TIM2 SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE_0 /*!< Timer 2 IC1 and IC2 connected to TIM15 IC1 and IC2 */ +#define SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_TIM3 SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE_1 /*!< Timer 3 IC1 and IC2 connected to TIM15 IC1 and IC2 */ +#define SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_TIM4 SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE /*!< Timer 4 IC1 and IC2 connected to TIM15 IC1 and IC2 */ + +#define IS_SYSCFG_ENCODER_REMAP(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_No) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_TIM2) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_TIM3) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_TIM4)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_I2C_FastModePlus_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB6 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB6_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB6 */ +#define SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB7 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB7_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB7 */ +#define SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB8 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB8_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB8 */ +#define SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB9 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C_PB9_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB9 */ +#define SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C1 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C1_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on I2C1 pins */ +#define SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C2 SYSCFG_CFGR1_I2C2_FMP /*!< Enable Fast Mode Plus on I2C2 pins */ + +#define IS_SYSCFG_I2C_FMP(PIN) (((PIN) == SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB6) || \ + ((PIN) == SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB7) || \ + ((PIN) == SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB8) || \ + ((PIN) == SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB9) || \ + ((PIN) == SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C1) || \ + ((PIN) == SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C2)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_FPU_Interrupt_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_IT_IXC SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_5 /*!< Inexact Interrupt enable (interrupt disabled by default) */ +#define SYSCFG_IT_IDC SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_4 /*!< Input denormal Interrupt enable */ +#define SYSCFG_IT_OFC SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_3 /*!< Overflow Interrupt enable */ +#define SYSCFG_IT_UFC SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_2 /*!< Underflow Interrupt enable */ +#define SYSCFG_IT_DZC SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_1 /*!< Divide-by-zero Interrupt enable */ +#define SYSCFG_IT_IOC SYSCFG_CFGR1_FPU_IE_0 /*!< Invalid operation Interrupt enable */ + +#define IS_SYSCFG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0x03FFFFFF) == 0) && ((IT) != 0)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Lock_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_Break_PVD SYSCFG_CFGR2_PVD_LOCK /*!< Enables and locks the PVD connection with TIM1/8/15/16/17 Break Input and also the PVD_EN and PVDSEL[2:0] bits of the Power Control Interface */ +#define SYSCFG_Break_SRAMParity SYSCFG_CFGR2_SRAM_PARITY_LOCK /*!< Enables and locks the SRAM_PARITY error signal with Break Input of TIM1/8/15/16/17 */ +#define SYSCFG_Break_Lockup SYSCFG_CFGR2_LOCKUP_LOCK /*!< Enables and locks the LOCKUP output of CortexM0 with Break Input of TIM1/8/15/16/17 */ + +#define IS_SYSCFG_LOCK_CONFIG(CONFIG) (((CONFIG) == SYSCFG_Break_PVD) || \ + ((CONFIG) == SYSCFG_Break_SRAMParity) || \ + ((CONFIG) == SYSCFG_Break_Lockup)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_SRAMWRP_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_SRAMWRP_Page0 SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE0 /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 0 */ +#define SYSCFG_SRAMWRP_Page1 SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE1 /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 1 */ +#define SYSCFG_SRAMWRP_Page2 SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE2 /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 2 */ +#define SYSCFG_SRAMWRP_Page3 SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE3 /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 3 */ +#define SYSCFG_SRAMWRP_Page4 SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE4 /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 4 */ +#define SYSCFG_SRAMWRP_Page5 SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE5 /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 5 */ +#define SYSCFG_SRAMWRP_Page6 SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE6 /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 6 */ +#define SYSCFG_SRAMWRP_Page7 SYSCFG_RCR_PAGE7 /*!< ICODE SRAM Write protection page 7 */ + +#define IS_SYSCFG_PAGE(PAGE)((((PAGE) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFF00) == 0x00000000) && ((PAGE) != 0x00000000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SYSCFG_FLAG_PE SYSCFG_CFGR2_SRAM_PE + +#define IS_SYSCFG_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SYSCFG_FLAG_PE)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the SYSCFG configuration to the default reset state **/ +void SYSCFG_DeInit(void); + +/* SYSCFG configuration functions *********************************************/ +void SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_MemoryRemap); +void SYSCFG_DMAChannelRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_DMARemap, FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_TriggerRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_TriggerRemap, FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_EncoderRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_EncoderRemap); +void SYSCFG_USBInterruptLineRemapCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlusConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus, FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_ITConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx, uint8_t EXTI_PinSourcex); +void SYSCFG_BreakConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_Break); +void SYSCFG_BypassParityCheckDisable(void); +void SYSCFG_SRAMWRPEnable(uint32_t SYSCFG_SRAMWRP); +FlagStatus SYSCFG_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SYSCFG_Flag); +void SYSCFG_ClearFlag(uint32_t SYSCFG_Flag); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F30x_SYSCFG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_tim.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_tim.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fbf57f --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_tim.h @@ -0,0 +1,1334 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_tim.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the TIM firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __stm32f30x_TIM_H +#define __stm32f30x_TIM_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup stm32f30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief TIM Time Base Init structure definition + * @note This structure is used with all TIMx except for TIM6 and TIM7. + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t TIM_Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the prescaler value used to divide the TIM clock. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t TIM_CounterMode; /*!< Specifies the counter mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Counter_Mode */ + + uint32_t TIM_Period; /*!< Specifies the period value to be loaded into the active + Auto-Reload Register at the next update event. + This parameter must be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF. */ + + uint16_t TIM_ClockDivision; /*!< Specifies the clock division. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Clock_Division_CKD */ + + uint8_t TIM_RepetitionCounter; /*!< Specifies the repetition counter value. Each time the RCR downcounter + reaches zero, an update event is generated and counting restarts + from the RCR value (N). + This means in PWM mode that (N+1) corresponds to: + - the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode + - the number of half PWM period in center-aligned mode + This parameter must be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF. + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ +} TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Output Compare Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t TIM_OCMode; /*!< Specifies the TIM mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes */ + + uint16_t TIM_OutputState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_State */ + + uint16_t TIM_OutputNState; /*!< Specifies the TIM complementary Output Compare state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_State + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ + + uint32_t TIM_Pulse; /*!< Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity; /*!< Specifies the output polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity; /*!< Specifies the complementary output polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCIdleState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCNIdleState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ +} TIM_OCInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Input Capture Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint16_t TIM_Channel; /*!< Specifies the TIM channel. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Channel */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity; /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICSelection; /*!< Specifies the input. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Selection */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICPrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter; /*!< Specifies the input capture filter. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xF */ +} TIM_ICInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief BDTR structure definition + * @note This structure is used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint16_t TIM_OSSRState; /*!< Specifies the Off-State selection used in Run mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state */ + + uint16_t TIM_OSSIState; /*!< Specifies the Off-State used in Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state */ + + uint16_t TIM_LOCKLevel; /*!< Specifies the LOCK level parameters. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Lock_level */ + + uint16_t TIM_DeadTime; /*!< Specifies the delay time between the switching-off and the + switching-on of the outputs. + This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */ + + uint16_t TIM_Break; /*!< Specifies whether the TIM Break input is enabled or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Break_Input_enable_disable */ + + uint16_t TIM_BreakPolarity; /*!< Specifies the TIM Break Input pin polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Break_Polarity */ + + uint16_t TIM_AutomaticOutput; /*!< Specifies whether the TIM Automatic Output feature is enabled or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset */ +} TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM15) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM16) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM17)) +/* LIST1: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM15) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM16) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM17)) + +/* LIST2: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM8 and TIM15 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM15)) +/* LIST3: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4 and TIM8 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8)) +/* LIST4: TIM1 and TIM8 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) ||\ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8)) +/* LIST5: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM8 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8)) +/* LIST6: TIM1, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM15) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM16) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM17)) + +/* LIST5: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM8 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST7_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM15)) +/* LIST8: TIM16 (option register) */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM16)|| \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM1)||\ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8)) + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCMode_Timing ((uint32_t)0x00000) +#define TIM_OCMode_Active ((uint32_t)0x00010) +#define TIM_OCMode_Inactive ((uint32_t)0x00020) +#define TIM_OCMode_Toggle ((uint32_t)0x00030) +#define TIM_OCMode_PWM1 ((uint32_t)0x00060) +#define TIM_OCMode_PWM2 ((uint32_t)0x00070) + +#define TIM_OCMode_Retrigerrable_OPM1 ((uint32_t)0x10000) +#define TIM_OCMode_Retrigerrable_OPM2 ((uint32_t)0x10010) +#define TIM_OCMode_Combined_PWM1 ((uint32_t)0x10040) +#define TIM_OCMode_Combined_PWM2 ((uint32_t)0x10050) +#define TIM_OCMode_Asymmetric_PWM1 ((uint32_t)0x10060) +#define TIM_OCMode_Asymmetric_PWM2 ((uint32_t)0x10070) + +#define IS_TIM_OC_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Retrigerrable_OPM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Retrigerrable_OPM2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Combined_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Combined_PWM2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Asymmetric_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Asymmetric_PWM2)) + +#define IS_TIM_OCM(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Retrigerrable_OPM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Retrigerrable_OPM2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Combined_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Combined_PWM2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Asymmetric_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Asymmetric_PWM2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_One_Pulse_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OPMode_Single ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_OPMode_Repetitive ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Single) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Repetitive)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Channel + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Channel_1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_Channel_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_Channel_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_Channel_4 ((uint16_t)0x000C) +#define TIM_Channel_5 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_Channel_6 ((uint16_t)0x0014) + +#define IS_TIM_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_4)) + +#define IS_TIM_PWMI_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2)) +#define IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Clock_Division_CKD + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CKD_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_CKD_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_CKD_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV1) || \ + ((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV2) || \ + ((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV4)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Counter_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CounterMode_Up ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_CounterMode_Down ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1 ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2 ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Up) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Down) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_High) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCNPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCNPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_OCNPolarity_High) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_OCNPolarity_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OutputState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OutputState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OutputNState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OutputNState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OutputNState_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OutputNState_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Capture_Compare_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CCx_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_CCx_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_CCX(CCX) (((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Enable) || \ + ((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Capture_Compare_N_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CCxN_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_CCxN_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_CCXN(CCXN) (((CCXN) == TIM_CCxN_Enable) || \ + ((CCXN) == TIM_CCxN_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break_Input_enable_disable + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Break_Enable ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_Break_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_Break_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_Break_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break1_Input_enable_disable + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Break1_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define TIM_Break1_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define IS_TIM_BREAK1_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_Break1_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_Break1_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break2_Input_enable_disable + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Break2_Enable ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define TIM_Break2_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define IS_TIM_BREAK2_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_Break2_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_Break2_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_BreakPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_BreakPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_BreakPolarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_BreakPolarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break1_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Break1Polarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define TIM_Break1Polarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define IS_TIM_BREAK1_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_Break1Polarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_Break1Polarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break2_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Break2Polarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define TIM_Break2Polarity_High ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define IS_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_Break2Polarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_Break2Polarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break1_Filter + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_BREAK1_FILTER(FILTER) ((FILTER) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break2_Filter + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER(FILTER) ((FILTER) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_AutomaticOutput_Enable ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_AutomaticOutput_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Lock_level + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_1 ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_2 ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_3 ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF) || \ + ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_1) || \ + ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_2) || \ + ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OSSIState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_OSSIState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OSSIState_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OSSIState_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OSSRState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_OSSRState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OSSRState_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OSSRState_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCIdleState_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_OCIdleState_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCIdleState_Set) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCIdleState_Reset)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCNIdleState_Set ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCNIdleState_Set) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ICPolarity_Rising ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_ICPolarity_Falling ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge ((uint16_t)0x000A) +#define IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Falling)|| \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Selection + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be + connected to IC1, IC2, IC3 or IC4, respectively */ +#define TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be + connected to IC2, IC1, IC4 or IC3, respectively. */ +#define TIM_ICSelection_TRC ((uint16_t)0x0003) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. */ +#define IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_TRC)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Capture performed each time an edge is detected on the capture input. */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Capture performed once every 2 events. */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Capture performed once every 4 events. */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x000C) /*!< Capture performed once every 8 events. */ +#define IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV1) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_interrupt_sources + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_IT_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_IT_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_IT_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_IT_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_IT_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_IT_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_IT_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_IT_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define IS_TIM_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xFF00) == 0x0000) && ((IT) != 0x0000)) + +#define IS_TIM_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == TIM_IT_Update) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC1) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC2) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC3) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC4) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_COM) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_Trigger) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_Break)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Base_address + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMABase_CR1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_DMABase_CR2 ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_DMABase_SMCR ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_DMABase_DIER ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define TIM_DMABase_SR ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_DMABase_EGR ((uint16_t)0x0005) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR1 ((uint16_t)0x0006) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR2 ((uint16_t)0x0007) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCER ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_DMABase_CNT ((uint16_t)0x0009) +#define TIM_DMABase_PSC ((uint16_t)0x000A) +#define TIM_DMABase_ARR ((uint16_t)0x000B) +#define TIM_DMABase_RCR ((uint16_t)0x000C) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR1 ((uint16_t)0x000D) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR2 ((uint16_t)0x000E) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR3 ((uint16_t)0x000F) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_DMABase_BDTR ((uint16_t)0x0011) +#define TIM_DMABase_DCR ((uint16_t)0x0012) +#define TIM_DMABase_OR ((uint16_t)0x0013) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR3 ((uint16_t)0x0014) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR5 ((uint16_t)0x0015) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR6 ((uint16_t)0x0016) +#define IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BASE) (((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR1) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR2) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SMCR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DIER) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_EGR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR1) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR2) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCER) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CNT) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_PSC) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_ARR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_RCR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR1) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR2) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR3) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR4) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_BDTR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DCR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_OR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR3) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR5) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR6)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Burst_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0500) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0600) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0700) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0900) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0A00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0B00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0C00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0D00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0E00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0F00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers ((uint16_t)0x1100) +#define IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_sources + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMA_Update ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_DMA_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_DMA_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_DMA_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_DMA_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_DMA_COM ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define TIM_DMA_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0x80FF) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x3000) +#define IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Internal_Trigger_Selection + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_TS_ITR0 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_TS_ITR1 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_TS_ITR2 ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_TS_ITR3 ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define TIM_TS_TI1F_ED ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_TS_TI1FP1 ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_TS_TI2FP2 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_TS_ETRF ((uint16_t)0x0070) +#define IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1F_ED) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1FP1) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI2FP2) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ETRF)) +#define IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_TIx_External_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED ((uint16_t)0x0040) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted ((uint16_t)0x8000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Prescaler_Reload_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(RELOAD) (((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update) || \ + ((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Forced_Action + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ForcedAction_Active ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_ForcedAction_InActive ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \ + ((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Encoder_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI12 ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI12)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup TIM_Event_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_EventSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_EventSource_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_EventSource_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_EventSource_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM_EventSource_Break2 ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0xFE00) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Update_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_UpdateSource_Global ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Source of update is the counter overflow/underflow + or the setting of UG bit, or an update generation + through the slave mode controller. */ +#define TIM_UpdateSource_Regular ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Source of update is counter overflow/underflow. */ +#define IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Global) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Regular)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Preload_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCPreload_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_OCPreload_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Fast_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCFast_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_OCFast_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Disable)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Clear_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCClear_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM_OCClear_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Trigger_Output_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_TRGOSource_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1 ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref ((uint16_t)0x0070) +#define IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Reset) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Enable) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Update) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref)) + + +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_Update ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC1 ((uint32_t)0x00300000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC1Ref ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC2Ref ((uint32_t)0x00500000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC3Ref ((uint32_t)0x00600000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4Ref ((uint32_t)0x00700000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC5Ref ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC6Ref ((uint32_t)0x00900000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4Ref_RisingFalling ((uint32_t)0x00A00000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC6Ref_RisingFalling ((uint32_t)0x00B00000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4RefRising_OC6RefRising ((uint32_t)0x00C00000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4RefRising_OC6RefFalling ((uint32_t)0x00D00000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC5RefRising_OC6RefRising ((uint32_t)0x00E00000) +#define TIM_TRGO2Source_OC5RefRising_OC6RefFalling ((uint32_t)0x00F00000) +#define IS_TIM_TRGO2_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_Reset) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_Enable) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_Update) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC1) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC1Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC2Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC3Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC5Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC6Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4Ref_RisingFalling) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC6Ref_RisingFalling) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4RefRising_OC6RefRising) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4RefRising_OC6RefFalling) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC5RefRising_OC6RefRising) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGO2Source_OC5RefRising_OC6RefFalling)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Slave_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00004) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Gated ((uint32_t)0x00005) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger ((uint32_t)0x00006) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_External1 ((uint32_t)0x00007) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Combined_ResetTrigger ((uint32_t)0x10000) +#define IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Reset) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Gated) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_External1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Combined_ResetTrigger)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Master_Slave_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup TIM_Remap + * @{ + */ +#define TIM16_GPIO ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM16_RTC_CLK ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM16_HSEDiv32 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM16_MCO ((uint16_t)0x0003) + +#define TIM1_ADC1_AWDG1 ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM1_ADC1_AWDG2 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM1_ADC1_AWDG3 ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define TIM1_ADC4_AWDG1 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM1_ADC4_AWDG2 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM1_ADC4_AWDG3 ((uint16_t)0x000C) + +#define TIM8_ADC2_AWDG1 ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM8_ADC2_AWDG2 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM8_ADC2_AWDG3 ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define TIM8_ADC3_AWDG1 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM8_ADC3_AWDG2 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM8_ADC3_AWDG3 ((uint16_t)0x000C) + +#define IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_REMAP) (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM16_GPIO)|| \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM16_RTC_CLK) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM16_HSEDiv32) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM16_MCO) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM1_ADC1_AWDG1) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM1_ADC1_AWDG2) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM1_ADC1_AWDG3) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM1_ADC4_AWDG1) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM1_ADC4_AWDG2) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM1_ADC4_AWDG3) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM8_ADC2_AWDG1) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM8_ADC2_AWDG2) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM8_ADC2_AWDG3) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM8_ADC3_AWDG1) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM8_ADC3_AWDG2) ||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM8_ADC3_AWDG3)) + +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup TIM_Flags + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_FLAG_Update ((uint32_t)0x00001) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00002) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00004) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x00008) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00010) +#define TIM_FLAG_COM ((uint32_t)0x00020) +#define TIM_FLAG_Trigger ((uint32_t)0x00040) +#define TIM_FLAG_Break ((uint32_t)0x00080) +#define TIM_FLAG_Break2 ((uint32_t)0x00100) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC1OF ((uint32_t)0x00200) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC2OF ((uint32_t)0x00400) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC3OF ((uint32_t)0x00800) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC4OF ((uint32_t)0x01000) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC5 ((uint32_t)0x10000) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC6 ((uint32_t)0x20000) +#define IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Update) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_COM) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Trigger) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Break) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Break2) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1OF) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2OF) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3OF) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4OF) ||\ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC5) ||\ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC6)) + +#define IS_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(TIM_FLAG) ((((TIM_FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xE000) == 0x0000) && ((TIM_FLAG) != 0x0000)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_OCReferenceClear + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_OCReferenceClear_ETRF ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_OCReferenceClear_OCREFCLR ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCREFERENCECECLEAR_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_OCReferenceClear_ETRF) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_OCReferenceClear_OCREFCLR)) + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Filer_Value + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFILTER) ((ICFILTER) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Filter + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(EXTFILTER) ((EXTFILTER) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Legacy + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Byte TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* TimeBase management ********************************************************/ +void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct); +void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct); +void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode); +void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode); +void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Counter); +void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Autoreload); +uint32_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource); +void TIM_UIFRemap(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode); +void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD); +void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Output Compare management **************************************************/ +void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC5Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC6Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_SelectGC5C1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectGC5C2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectGC5C3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint32_t TIM_OCMode); +void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare1); +void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare2); +void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare3); +void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare4); +void TIM_SetCompare5(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare5); +void TIM_SetCompare6(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare6); +void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC5Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC6Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC5PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC6PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC5Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC6Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_SelectOCREFClear(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCReferenceClear); +void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity); +void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity); +void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity); +void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC5PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC6PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx); +void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN); + +/* Input Capture management ***************************************************/ +void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); +void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); +void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); +void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); +void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); +void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); + +/* Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features ******************/ +void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct); +void TIM_Break1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_Break1Polarity, uint8_t TIM_Break1Filter); +void TIM_Break2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_Break2Polarity, uint8_t TIM_Break2Filter); +void TIM_Break1Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_Break2Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct); +void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts, DMA and flags management ***************************************/ +void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource); +FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_FLAG); +void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG); +ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT); +void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT); +void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength); +void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Clocks management **********************************************************/ +void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); +void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource, + uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter); +void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); +void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); + +/* Synchronization management *************************************************/ +void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); +void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource); +void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_TRGO2Source); +void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_SlaveMode); +void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode); +void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); + +/* Specific interface management **********************************************/ +void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode, + uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity); +void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Specific remapping management **********************************************/ +void TIM_RemapConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Remap); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__stm32f30x_TIM_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_usart.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_usart.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9171de4 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_usart.h @@ -0,0 +1,607 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_usart.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the USART + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30x_USART_H +#define __STM32F30x_USART_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup USART + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + + +/** + * @brief USART Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t USART_BaudRate; /*!< This member configures the USART communication baud rate. + The baud rate is computed using the following formula: + - IntegerDivider = ((PCLKx) / (16 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate))) + - FractionalDivider = ((IntegerDivider - ((uint32_t) IntegerDivider)) * 16) + 0.5 */ + + uint32_t USART_WordLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Word_Length */ + + uint32_t USART_StopBits; /*!< Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Stop_Bits */ + + uint32_t USART_Parity; /*!< Specifies the parity mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Parity + @note When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted + at the MSB position of the transmitted data (9th bit when + the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the + word length is set to 8 data bits). */ + + uint32_t USART_Mode; /*!< Specifies wether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Mode */ + + uint32_t USART_HardwareFlowControl; /*!< Specifies wether the hardware flow control mode is enabled + or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Hardware_Flow_Control*/ +} USART_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief USART Clock Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t USART_Clock; /*!< Specifies whether the USART clock is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock */ + + uint32_t USART_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the steady state of the serial clock. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Polarity */ + + uint32_t USART_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Phase */ + + uint32_t USART_LastBit; /*!< Specifies whether the clock pulse corresponding to the last transmitted + data bit (MSB) has to be output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Last_Bit */ +} USART_ClockInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == UART4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == UART5)) + +#define IS_USART_123_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART3)) + +#define IS_USART_1234_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == UART4)) + + +/** @defgroup USART_Word_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_WordLength_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_WordLength_9b USART_CR1_M +#define IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_8b) || \ + ((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_9b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Stop_Bits + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_StopBits_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_StopBits_2 USART_CR2_STOP_1 +#define USART_StopBits_1_5 (USART_CR2_STOP_0 | USART_CR2_STOP_1) +#define IS_USART_STOPBITS(STOPBITS) (((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1) || \ + ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_2) || \ + ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1_5)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Parity + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_Parity_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_Parity_Even USART_CR1_PCE +#define USART_Parity_Odd (USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS) +#define IS_USART_PARITY(PARITY) (((PARITY) == USART_Parity_No) || \ + ((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Even) || \ + ((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Odd)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_Mode_Rx USART_CR1_RE +#define USART_Mode_Tx USART_CR1_TE +#define IS_USART_MODE(MODE) ((((MODE) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF3) == 0x00) && \ + ((MODE) != (uint32_t)0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Hardware_Flow_Control + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS USART_CR3_RTSE +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS USART_CR3_CTSE +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS (USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE) +#define IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL)\ + (((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_None) || \ + ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS) || \ + ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS) || \ + ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Clock + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_Clock_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_Clock_Enable USART_CR2_CLKEN +#define IS_USART_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Disable) || \ + ((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_CPOL_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_CPOL_High USART_CR2_CPOL +#define IS_USART_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_Low) || ((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_High)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Phase + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_CPHA_1Edge ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_CPHA_2Edge USART_CR2_CPHA +#define IS_USART_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_1Edge) || ((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_2Edge)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Last_Bit + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_LastBit_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_LastBit_Enable USART_CR2_LBCL +#define IS_USART_LASTBIT(LASTBIT) (((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Disable) || \ + ((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_DMA_Requests + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_DMAReq_Tx USART_CR3_DMAT +#define USART_DMAReq_Rx USART_CR3_DMAR +#define IS_USART_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFF3F) == 0x00) && \ + ((DMAREQ) != (uint32_t)0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_DMA_Recception_Error + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_DMAOnError_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_DMAOnError_Disable USART_CR3_DDRE +#define IS_USART_DMAONERROR(DMAERROR) (((DMAERROR) == USART_DMAOnError_Disable)|| \ + ((DMAERROR) == USART_DMAOnError_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_MuteMode_WakeUp_methods + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_WakeUp_IdleLine ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_WakeUp_AddressMark USART_CR1_WAKE +#define IS_USART_MUTEMODE_WAKEUP(WAKEUP) (((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_IdleLine) || \ + ((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_AddressMark)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Address_Detection + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_AddressLength_4b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_AddressLength_7b USART_CR2_ADDM7 +#define IS_USART_ADDRESS_DETECTION(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == USART_AddressLength_4b) || \ + ((ADDRESS) == USART_AddressLength_7b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_StopMode_WakeUp_methods + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_WakeUpSource_AddressMatch ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_WakeUpSource_StartBit USART_CR3_WUS_1 +#define USART_WakeUpSource_RXNE (uint32_t)(USART_CR3_WUS_0 | USART_CR3_WUS_1) +#define IS_USART_STOPMODE_WAKEUPSOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == USART_WakeUpSource_AddressMatch) || \ + ((SOURCE) == USART_WakeUpSource_StartBit) || \ + ((SOURCE) == USART_WakeUpSource_RXNE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LIN_Break_Detection_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b USART_CR2_LBDL +#define IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(LENGTH) \ + (((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b) || \ + ((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_IrDA_Low_Power + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_IrDAMode_LowPower USART_CR3_IRLP +#define USART_IrDAMode_Normal ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_LowPower) || \ + ((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_Normal)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_DE_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_DEPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_DEPolarity_Low USART_CR3_DEP +#define IS_USART_DE_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == USART_DEPolarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == USART_DEPolarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Inversion_Pins + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_InvPin_Tx USART_CR2_TXINV +#define USART_InvPin_Rx USART_CR2_RXINV +#define IS_USART_INVERSTION_PIN(PIN) ((((PIN) & (uint32_t)0xFFFCFFFF) == 0x00) && \ + ((PIN) != (uint32_t)0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_AutoBaudRate_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_AutoBaudRate_StartBit ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_AutoBaudRate_FallingEdge USART_CR2_ABRMODE_0 +#define USART_AutoBaudRate_0x7FFrame USART_CR2_ABRMODE_1 +#define USART_AutoBaudRate_0x55Frame (USART_CR2_ABRMODE_0 | USART_CR2_ABRMODE_1) +#define IS_USART_AUTOBAUDRATE_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == USART_AutoBaudRate_StartBit) || \ + ((MODE) == USART_AutoBaudRate_FallingEdge) || \ + ((MODE) == USART_AutoBaudRate_0x7FFrame) || \ + ((MODE) == USART_AutoBaudRate_0x55Frame)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_OVR_DETECTION + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_OVRDetection_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define USART_OVRDetection_Disable USART_CR3_OVRDIS +#define IS_USART_OVRDETECTION(OVR) (((OVR) == USART_OVRDetection_Enable)|| \ + ((OVR) == USART_OVRDetection_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup USART_Request + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_Request_ABRRQ USART_RQR_ABRRQ +#define USART_Request_SBKRQ USART_RQR_SBKRQ +#define USART_Request_MMRQ USART_RQR_MMRQ +#define USART_Request_RXFRQ USART_RQR_RXFRQ +#define USART_Request_TXFRQ USART_RQR_TXFRQ + +#define IS_USART_REQUEST(REQUEST) (((REQUEST) == USART_Request_TXFRQ) || \ + ((REQUEST) == USART_Request_RXFRQ) || \ + ((REQUEST) == USART_Request_MMRQ) || \ + ((REQUEST) == USART_Request_SBKRQ) || \ + ((REQUEST) == USART_Request_ABRRQ)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Flags + * @{ + */ +#define USART_FLAG_REACK USART_ISR_REACK +#define USART_FLAG_TEACK USART_ISR_TEACK +#define USART_FLAG_WU USART_ISR_WUF +#define USART_FLAG_RWU USART_ISR_RWU +#define USART_FLAG_SBK USART_ISR_SBKF +#define USART_FLAG_CM USART_ISR_CMF +#define USART_FLAG_BUSY USART_ISR_BUSY +#define USART_FLAG_ABRF USART_ISR_ABRF +#define USART_FLAG_ABRE USART_ISR_ABRE +#define USART_FLAG_EOB USART_ISR_EOBF +#define USART_FLAG_RTO USART_ISR_RTOF +#define USART_FLAG_nCTSS USART_ISR_CTS +#define USART_FLAG_CTS USART_ISR_CTSIF +#define USART_FLAG_LBD USART_ISR_LBD +#define USART_FLAG_TXE USART_ISR_TXE +#define USART_FLAG_TC USART_ISR_TC +#define USART_FLAG_RXNE USART_ISR_RXNE +#define USART_FLAG_IDLE USART_ISR_IDLE +#define USART_FLAG_ORE USART_ISR_ORE +#define USART_FLAG_NE USART_ISR_NE +#define USART_FLAG_FE USART_ISR_FE +#define USART_FLAG_PE USART_ISR_PE +#define IS_USART_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_PE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TXE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TC) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RXNE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_IDLE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_LBD) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CTS) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ORE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_NE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_FE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_nCTSS) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RTO) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_EOB) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ABRE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ABRF) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_BUSY) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CM) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_SBK) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RWU) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_WU) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TEACK)|| ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_REACK)) + +#define IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TC) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_IDLE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ORE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_NE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_FE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_LBD) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CTS) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RTO) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_EOB) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CM) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_PE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Interrupt_definition + * @brief USART Interrupt definition + * USART_IT possible values + * Elements values convention: 0xZZZZYYXX + * XX: Position of the corresponding Interrupt + * YY: Register index + * ZZZZ: Flag position + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_IT_WU ((uint32_t)0x00140316) +#define USART_IT_CM ((uint32_t)0x0011010E) +#define USART_IT_EOB ((uint32_t)0x000C011B) +#define USART_IT_RTO ((uint32_t)0x000B011A) +#define USART_IT_PE ((uint32_t)0x00000108) +#define USART_IT_TXE ((uint32_t)0x00070107) +#define USART_IT_TC ((uint32_t)0x00060106) +#define USART_IT_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x00050105) +#define USART_IT_IDLE ((uint32_t)0x00040104) +#define USART_IT_LBD ((uint32_t)0x00080206) +#define USART_IT_CTS ((uint32_t)0x0009030A) +#define USART_IT_ERR ((uint32_t)0x00000300) +#define USART_IT_ORE ((uint32_t)0x00030300) +#define USART_IT_NE ((uint32_t)0x00020300) +#define USART_IT_FE ((uint32_t)0x00010300) + +#define IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ERR) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_RTO) || ((IT) == USART_IT_EOB) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CM) || ((IT) == USART_IT_WU)) + +#define IS_USART_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_NE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_FE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_RTO) || ((IT) == USART_IT_EOB) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CM) || ((IT) == USART_IT_WU)) + +#define IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_FE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_NE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_RTO) || ((IT) == USART_IT_EOB) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CM) || ((IT) == USART_IT_WU)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Global_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_USART_BAUDRATE(BAUDRATE) (((BAUDRATE) > 0) && ((BAUDRATE) < 0x005B8D81)) +#define IS_USART_DE_ASSERTION_DEASSERTION_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0x1F) +#define IS_USART_AUTO_RETRY_COUNTER(COUNTER) ((COUNTER) <= 0x7) +#define IS_USART_TIMEOUT(TIMEOUT) ((TIMEOUT) <= 0x00FFFFFF) +#define IS_USART_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0x1FF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx); +void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct); +void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct); +void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct); +void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct); +void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_DirectionModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DirectionMode, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler); +void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_MSBFirstCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_DataInvCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_InvPinCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_InvPin, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SWAPPinCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_ReceiverTimeOutCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SetReceiverTimeOut(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_ReceiverTimeOut); + +/* STOP Mode functions ********************************************************/ +void USART_STOPModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_WakeUpSource); + +/* AutoBaudRate functions *****************************************************/ +void USART_AutoBaudRateCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_AutoBaudRateConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_AutoBaudRate); + +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ +void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data); +uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx); + +/* Multi-Processor Communication functions ************************************/ +void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address); +void USART_MuteModeWakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_WakeUp); +void USART_MuteModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_AddressDetectionConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_AddressLength); +/* LIN mode functions *********************************************************/ +void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength); +void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Half-duplex mode function **************************************************/ +void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Smartcard mode functions ***************************************************/ +void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime); +void USART_SetAutoRetryCount(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_AutoCount); +void USART_SetBlockLength(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_BlockLength); + +/* IrDA mode functions ********************************************************/ +void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IrDAMode); +void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* RS485 mode functions *******************************************************/ +void USART_DECmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_DEPolarityConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEPolarity); +void USART_SetDEAssertionTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEAssertionTime); +void USART_SetDEDeassertionTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEDeassertionTime); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_DMAReceptionErrorConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DMAOnError); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_RequestCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_Request, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_OverrunDetectionConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_OVRDetection); +FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_FLAG); +void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_FLAG); +ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT); +void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30x_USART_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_wwdg.h b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_wwdg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a82bda8 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f30x_wwdg.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_wwdg.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the WWDG + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30X_WWDG_H +#define __STM32F30X_WWDG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup WWDG + * @{ + */ +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define WWDG_Prescaler_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define WWDG_Prescaler_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define WWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define WWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000180) +#define IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_1) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_8)) +#define IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x7F) +#define IS_WWDG_COUNTER(COUNTER) (((COUNTER) >= 0x40) && ((COUNTER) <= 0x7F)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* Function used to set the WWDG configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void WWDG_DeInit(void); + +/* Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions **************/ +void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler); +void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue); +void WWDG_EnableIT(void); +void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter); + +/* WWDG activation functions **************************************************/ +void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void); +void WWDG_ClearFlag(void); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30X_WWDG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_adc.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_adc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b522311 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_adc.c @@ -0,0 +1,2532 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_adc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Analog to Digital Convertor (ADC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Analog Watchdog configuration + * + Temperature Sensor, Vbat & Vrefint (Internal Reference Voltage) management + * + Regular Channels Configuration + * + Regular Channels DMA Configuration + * + Injected channels Configuration + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + Dual mode configuration + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) select the ADC clock using the function RCC_ADCCLKConfig() + (#) Enable the ADC interface clock using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(); + (#) ADC pins configuration + (++) Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using the following function: + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + (++) Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using GPIO_Init(); + (#) Configure the ADC conversion resolution, data alignment, external + trigger and edge, sequencer lenght and Enable/Disable the continuous mode + using the ADC_Init() function. + (#) Activate the ADC peripheral using ADC_Cmd() function. + + *** ADC channels group configuration *** + ======================================== + [..] + (+) To configure the ADC channels features, use ADC_Init(), ADC_InjectedInit() + and ADC_RegularChannelConfig() functions or/and ADC_InjectedChannelConfig() + (+) To activate the continuous mode, use the ADC_ContinuousModeCmd() + function. + (+) To activate the Discontinuous mode, use the ADC_DiscModeCmd() functions. + (+) To activate the overrun mode, use the ADC_OverrunModeCmd() functions. + (+) To activate the calibration mode, use the ADC_StartCalibration() functions. + (+) To read the ADC converted values, use the ADC_GetConversionValue() + function. + + *** DMA for ADC channels features configuration *** + =================================================== + [..] + (+) To enable the DMA mode for ADC channels group, use the ADC_DMACmd() function. + (+) To configure the DMA transfer request, use ADC_DMAConfig() function. + + @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_adc.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC + * @brief ADC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* CFGR register Mask */ +#define CFGR_CLEAR_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFDFFC007) + +/* JSQR register Mask */ +#define JSQR_CLEAR_Mask ((uint32_t)0x00000000) + +/* ADC ADON mask */ +#define CCR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFC10E0) + +/* ADC JDRx registers offset */ +#define JDR_Offset ((uint8_t)0x80) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (#) Initialize and configure the ADC injected and/or regular channels and dual mode. + (#) Management of the calibration process + (#) ADC Power-on Power-off + (#) Single ended or differential mode + (#) Enabling the queue of context and the auto delay mode + (#) The number of ADC conversions that will be done using the sequencer for regular + channel group + (#) Enable or disable the ADC peripheral + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the ADCx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2,3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + + if((ADCx == ADC1) || (ADCx == ADC2)) + { + /* Enable ADC1/ADC2 reset state */ + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_ADC12, ENABLE); + /* Release ADC1/ADC2 from reset state */ + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_ADC12, DISABLE); + } + else if((ADCx == ADC3) || (ADCx == ADC4)) + { + /* Enable ADC3/ADC4 reset state */ + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_ADC34, ENABLE); + /* Release ADC3/ADC4 from reset state */ + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_ADC34, DISABLE); + } +} +/** + * @brief Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the ADC_InitStruct. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_InitStruct: pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CONVMODE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Resolution)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent)); + assert_param(IS_EXTERNALTRIG_EDGE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_OVRUNMODE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_OverrunMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_AUTOINJECMODE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_AutoInjMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfRegChannel)); + + /*---------------------------- ADCx CFGR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADCx CFGR value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->CFGR; + /* Clear SCAN bit */ + tmpreg1 &= CFGR_CLEAR_Mask; + /* Configure ADCx: scan conversion mode */ + /* Set SCAN bit according to ADC_ScanConvMode value */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode | + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Resolution| + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent| + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge| + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign| + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_OverrunMode| + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_AutoInjMode; + + /* Write to ADCx CFGR */ + ADCx->CFGR = tmpreg1; + + /*---------------------------- ADCx SQR1 Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADCx SQR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1; + /* Clear L bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(uint32_t)(ADC_SQR1_L); + /* Configure ADCx: regular channel sequence length */ + /* Set L bits according to ADC_NbrOfRegChannel value */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t) (ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfRegChannel - 1); + /* Write to ADCx SQR1 */ + ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1; + +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each ADC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param ADC_InitStruct : pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Reset ADC init structure parameters values */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode = DISABLE; + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Resolution = ADC_Resolution_12b; + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent = ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_0; + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge = ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_None; + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign = ADC_DataAlign_Right; + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_OverrunMode = DISABLE; + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_AutoInjMode = DISABLE; + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfRegChannel = 1; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the ADC_InitStruct. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_InjectInitStruct: pointer to an ADC_InjecInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC injected channel. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InjectedInitTypeDef* ADC_InjectedInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent)); + assert_param(IS_EXTERNALTRIGINJ_EDGE(ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_NbrOfInjecChannel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_InjecSequence1)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_InjecSequence2)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_InjecSequence3)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_InjecSequence4)); + + /*---------------------------- ADCx JSQR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADCx JSQR value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR; + /* Clear L bits */ + tmpreg1 &= JSQR_CLEAR_Mask; + /* Configure ADCx: Injected channel sequence length, external trigger, + external trigger edge and sequences + */ + tmpreg1 = (uint32_t) ((ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_NbrOfInjecChannel - (uint8_t)1) | + ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent | + ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge | + (uint32_t)((ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_InjecSequence1) << 8) | + (uint32_t)((ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_InjecSequence2) << 14) | + (uint32_t)((ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_InjecSequence3) << 20) | + (uint32_t)((ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_InjecSequence4) << 26)); + /* Write to ADCx SQR1 */ + ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each ADC_InjectedInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param ADC_InjectedInitStruct : pointer to an ADC_InjectedInitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedStructInit(ADC_InjectedInitTypeDef* ADC_InjectedInitStruct) +{ + ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent = ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent_0; + ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge = ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_None; + ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_NbrOfInjecChannel = 1; + ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_InjecSequence1 = ADC_InjectedChannel_1; + ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_InjecSequence2 = ADC_InjectedChannel_1; + ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_InjecSequence3 = ADC_InjectedChannel_1; + ADC_InjectedInitStruct->ADC_InjecSequence4 = ADC_InjectedChannel_1; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the ADCs peripherals according to the specified parameters + * in the ADC_CommonInitStruct. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_CommonInitStruct: pointer to an ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for All ADCs peripherals. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_CommonInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_MODE(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CLOCKMODE(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Clock)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_MODE(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_DMAMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_ACCESS_MODE(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_DMAAccessMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_TWOSAMPLING_DELAY(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_TwoSamplingDelay)); + + if((ADCx == ADC1) || (ADCx == ADC2)) + { + /* Get the ADC CCR value */ + tmpreg1 = ADC1_2->CCR; + + /* Clear MULTI, DELAY, DMA and ADCPRE bits */ + tmpreg1 &= CCR_CLEAR_MASK; + } + else + { + /* Get the ADC CCR value */ + tmpreg1 = ADC3_4->CCR; + + /* Clear MULTI, DELAY, DMA and ADCPRE bits */ + tmpreg1 &= CCR_CLEAR_MASK; + } + /*---------------------------- ADC CCR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Configure ADCx: Multi mode, Delay between two sampling time, ADC clock, DMA mode + and DMA access mode for dual mode */ + /* Set MULTI bits according to ADC_Mode value */ + /* Set CKMODE bits according to ADC_Clock value */ + /* Set MDMA bits according to ADC_DMAAccessMode value */ + /* Set DMACFG bits according to ADC_DMAMode value */ + /* Set DELAY bits according to ADC_TwoSamplingDelay value */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Mode | + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Clock | + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_DMAAccessMode | + (uint32_t)(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_DMAMode << 12) | + (uint32_t)((uint32_t)ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_TwoSamplingDelay << 8)); + + if((ADCx == ADC1) || (ADCx == ADC2)) + { + /* Write to ADC CCR */ + ADC1_2->CCR = tmpreg1; + } + else + { + /* Write to ADC CCR */ + ADC3_4->CCR = tmpreg1; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each ADC_CommonInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param ADC_CommonInitStruct: pointer to an ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_CommonStructInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct) +{ + /* Initialize the ADC_Mode member */ + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Mode = ADC_Mode_Independent; + + /* initialize the ADC_Clock member */ + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Clock = ADC_Clock_AsynClkMode; + + /* Initialize the ADC_DMAAccessMode member */ + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_DMAAccessMode = ADC_DMAAccessMode_Disabled; + + /* Initialize the ADC_DMAMode member */ + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_DMAMode = ADC_DMAMode_OneShot; + + /* Initialize the ADC_TwoSamplingDelay member */ + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_TwoSamplingDelay = 0; + +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC peripheral. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the ADCx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ADEN bit */ + ADCx->CR |= ADC_CR_ADEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC peripheral: Set the ADDIS bit */ + ADCx->CR |= ADC_CR_ADDIS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the selected ADC calibration process. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_StartCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Set the ADCAL bit */ + ADCx->CR |= ADC_CR_ADCAL; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the ADCx calibration value. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +uint32_t ADC_GetCalibrationValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Return the selected ADC calibration value */ + return (uint32_t)ADCx->CALFACT; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the ADCx calibration register. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SetCalibrationValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_Calibration) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Set the ADC calibration register value */ + ADCx->CALFACT = ADC_Calibration; +} + +/** + * @brief Select the ADC calibration mode. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_CalibrationMode: the ADC calibration mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_CalibrationMode_Single: to select the calibration for single channel + * @arg ADC_CalibrationMode_Differential: to select the calibration for differential channel + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SelectCalibrationMode(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_CalibrationMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CALIBRATION_MODE(ADC_CalibrationMode)); + /* Set or Reset the ADCALDIF bit */ + ADCx->CR &= (~ADC_CR_ADCALDIF); + ADCx->CR |= ADC_CalibrationMode; + +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the selected ADC calibration status. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The new state of ADC calibration (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Check the status of CAL bit */ + if ((ADCx->CR & ADC_CR_ADCAL) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAL bit is set: calibration on going */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAL bit is reset: end of calibration */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the CAL bit status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief ADC Disable Command. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DisableCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Set the ADDIS bit */ + ADCx->CR |= ADC_CR_ADDIS; +} + + +/** + * @brief Gets the selected ADC disable command Status. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The new state of ADC ADC disable command (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetDisableCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Check the status of ADDIS bit */ + if ((ADCx->CR & ADC_CR_ADDIS) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* ADDIS bit is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* ADDIS bit is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the ADDIS bit status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC Voltage Regulator. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the ADCx Voltage Regulator. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_VoltageRegulatorCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* set the intermediate state before moving the ADC voltage regulator + from enable state to disable state or from disable state to enable state */ + ADCx->CR &= ~(ADC_CR_ADVREGEN); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ADVREGEN bit 0 */ + ADCx->CR |= ADC_CR_ADVREGEN_0; + } + else + { + /* Set the ADVREGEN bit 1 */ + ADCx->CR |=ADC_CR_ADVREGEN_1; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selectes the differential mode for a specific channel + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure for the analog watchdog. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @note : Channel 15, 16 and 17 are fixed to single-ended inputs mode. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SelectDifferentialMode(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_DIFFCHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the DIFSEL bit */ + ADCx->DIFSEL |= (uint32_t)(1 << ADC_Channel ); + } + else + { + /* Reset the DIFSEL bit */ + ADCx->DIFSEL &= ~(uint32_t)(1 << ADC_Channel); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the Queue Of Context Mode for injected channels. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the Queue Of Context Mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SelectQueueOfContextMode(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the JQM bit */ + ADCx->CFGR |= (uint32_t)(ADC_CFGR_JQM ); + } + else + { + /* Reset the JQM bit */ + ADCx->CFGR &= ~(uint32_t)(ADC_CFGR_JQM); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the ADC Delayed Conversion Mode. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the ADC Delayed Conversion Mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AutoDelayCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the AUTDLY bit */ + ADCx->CFGR |= (uint32_t)(ADC_CFGR_AUTDLY ); + } + else + { + /* Reset the AUTDLY bit */ + ADCx->CFGR &= ~(uint32_t)(ADC_CFGR_AUTDLY); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group2 Analog Watchdog configuration functions + * @brief Analog Watchdog configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Analog Watchdog configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the 3 Analog Watchdogs + (AWDG1, AWDG2 and AWDG3) in the ADC. + + [..] A typical configuration Analog Watchdog is done following these steps : + (#) The ADC guarded channel(s) is (are) selected using the functions: + (++) ADC_AnalogWatchdog1SingleChannelConfig(). + (++) ADC_AnalogWatchdog2SingleChannelConfig(). + (++) ADC_AnalogWatchdog3SingleChannelConfig(). + + (#) The Analog watchdog lower and higher threshold are configured using the functions: + (++) ADC_AnalogWatchdog1ThresholdsConfig(). + (++) ADC_AnalogWatchdog2ThresholdsConfig(). + (++) ADC_AnalogWatchdog3ThresholdsConfig(). + + (#) The Analog watchdog is enabled and configured to enable the check, on one + or more channels, using the function: + (++) ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the analog watchdog on single/all regular + * or injected channels + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_AnalogWatchdog: the ADC analog watchdog configuration. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable: Analog watchdog on a single regular channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on a single injected channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on a single regular or injected channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable: Analog watchdog on all regular channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on all injected channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on all regular and injected channels + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None: No channel guarded by the analog watchdog + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(ADC_AnalogWatchdog)); + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CFGR; + /* Clear AWDEN, AWDENJ and AWDSGL bits */ + tmpreg &= ~(uint32_t)(ADC_CFGR_AWD1SGL|ADC_CFGR_AWD1EN|ADC_CFGR_JAWD1EN); + /* Set the analog watchdog enable mode */ + tmpreg |= ADC_AnalogWatchdog; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the high and low thresholds of the analog watchdog1. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param HighThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value. + * This parameter must be a 12bit value. + * @param LowThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog Low threshold value. + * This parameter must be a 12bit value. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdog1ThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold, + uint16_t LowThreshold) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(HighThreshold)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(LowThreshold)); + /* Set the ADCx high threshold */ + ADCx->TR1 &= ~(uint32_t)ADC_TR1_HT1; + ADCx->TR1 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)HighThreshold << 16); + + /* Set the ADCx low threshold */ + ADCx->TR1 &= ~(uint32_t)ADC_TR1_LT1; + ADCx->TR1 |= LowThreshold; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the high and low thresholds of the analog watchdog2. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param HighThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value. + * This parameter must be a 8bit value. + * @param LowThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog Low threshold value. + * This parameter must be a 8bit value. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdog2ThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t HighThreshold, + uint8_t LowThreshold) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Set the ADCx high threshold */ + ADCx->TR2 &= ~(uint32_t)ADC_TR2_HT2; + ADCx->TR2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)HighThreshold << 16); + + /* Set the ADCx low threshold */ + ADCx->TR2 &= ~(uint32_t)ADC_TR2_LT2; + ADCx->TR2 |= LowThreshold; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the high and low thresholds of the analog watchdog3. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param HighThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value. + * This parameter must be a 8bit value. + * @param LowThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog Low threshold value. + * This parameter must be a 8bit value. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdog3ThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t HighThreshold, + uint8_t LowThreshold) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Set the ADCx high threshold */ + ADCx->TR3 &= ~(uint32_t)ADC_TR3_HT3; + ADCx->TR3 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)HighThreshold << 16); + + /* Set the ADCx low threshold */ + ADCx->TR3 &= ~(uint32_t)ADC_TR3_LT3; + ADCx->TR3 |= LowThreshold; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the analog watchdog 2 guarded single channel + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure for the analog watchdog. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdog1SingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CFGR; + /* Clear the Analog watchdog channel select bits */ + tmpreg &= ~(uint32_t)ADC_CFGR_AWD1CH; + /* Set the Analog watchdog channel */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)ADC_Channel << 26); + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the analog watchdog 2 guarded single channel + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure for the analog watchdog. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdog2SingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->AWD2CR; + /* Clear the Analog watchdog channel select bits */ + tmpreg &= ~(uint32_t)ADC_AWD2CR_AWD2CH; + /* Set the Analog watchdog channel */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)1 << (ADC_Channel); + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->AWD2CR |= tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the analog watchdog 3 guarded single channel + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure for the analog watchdog. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdog3SingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->AWD3CR; + /* Clear the Analog watchdog channel select bits */ + tmpreg &= ~(uint32_t)ADC_AWD3CR_AWD3CH; + /* Set the Analog watchdog channel */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)1 << (ADC_Channel); + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->AWD3CR |= tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group3 Temperature Sensor - Vrefint (Internal Reference Voltage) and VBAT management functions + * @brief Vbat, Temperature Sensor & Vrefint (Internal Reference Voltage) management function + * +@verbatim + ==================================================================================================== + ##### Temperature Sensor - Vrefint (Internal Reference Voltage) and VBAT management functions ##### + ==================================================================================================== + + [..] This section provides a function allowing to enable/ disable the internal + connections between the ADC and the Vbat/2, Temperature Sensor and the Vrefint source. + + [..] A typical configuration to get the Temperature sensor and Vrefint channels + voltages is done following these steps : + (#) Enable the internal connection of Vbat/2, Temperature sensor and Vrefint sources + with the ADC channels using: + (++) ADC_TempSensorCmd() + (++) ADC_VrefintCmd() + (++) ADC_VbatCmd() + + (#) select the ADC_Channel_TempSensor and/or ADC_Channel_Vrefint and/or ADC_Channel_Vbat using + (++) ADC_RegularChannelConfig() or + (++) ADC_InjectedChannelConfig() functions + + (#) Get the voltage values, using: + (++) ADC_GetConversionValue() or + (++) ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the temperature sensor channel. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the temperature sensor. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_TempSensorCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if((ADCx == ADC1) || (ADCx == ADC2)) + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the temperature sensor channel*/ + ADC1_2->CCR |= ADC12_CCR_TSEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the temperature sensor channel*/ + ADC1_2->CCR &= ~(uint32_t)ADC12_CCR_TSEN; + } + } + else + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the temperature sensor channel*/ + ADC3_4->CCR |= ADC34_CCR_TSEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the temperature sensor channel*/ + ADC3_4->CCR &= ~(uint32_t)ADC34_CCR_TSEN; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Vrefint channel. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the Vrefint. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_VrefintCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if((ADCx == ADC1) || (ADCx == ADC2)) + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Vrefint channel*/ + ADC1_2->CCR |= ADC12_CCR_VREFEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Vrefint channel*/ + ADC1_2->CCR &= ~(uint32_t)ADC12_CCR_VREFEN; + } + } + else + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Vrefint channel*/ + ADC3_4->CCR |= ADC34_CCR_VREFEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Vrefint channel*/ + ADC3_4->CCR &= ~(uint32_t)ADC34_CCR_VREFEN; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Vbat channel. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the Vbat. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_VbatCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if((ADCx == ADC1) || (ADCx == ADC2)) + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Vbat channel*/ + ADC1_2->CCR |= ADC12_CCR_VBATEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Vbat channel*/ + ADC1_2->CCR &= ~(uint32_t)ADC12_CCR_VBATEN; + } + } + else + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Vbat channel*/ + ADC3_4->CCR |= ADC34_CCR_VBATEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Vbat channel*/ + ADC3_4->CCR &= ~(uint32_t)ADC34_CCR_VBATEN; + } + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group4 Regular Channels Configuration functions + * @brief Regular Channels Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Regular Channels Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to manage the ADC regular channels. + + [..] To configure a regular sequence of channels use: + (#) ADC_RegularChannelConfig() + this fuction allows: + (++) Configure the rank in the regular group sequencer for each channel + (++) Configure the sampling time for each channel + + (#) ADC_RegularChannelSequencerLengthConfig() to set the length of the regular sequencer + + [..] The regular trigger is configured using the following functions: + (#) ADC_SelectExternalTrigger() + (#) ADC_ExternalTriggerPolarityConfig() + + [..] The start and the stop conversion are controlled by: + (#) ADC_StartConversion() + (#) ADC_StopConversion() + + [..] + (@)Please Note that the following features for regular channels are configurated + using the ADC_Init() function : + (++) continuous mode activation + (++) Resolution + (++) Data Alignement + (++) Overrun Mode. + + [..] Get the conversion data: This subsection provides an important function in + the ADC peripheral since it returns the converted data of the current + regular channel. When the Conversion value is read, the EOC Flag is + automatically cleared. + + [..] To configure the discontinous mode, the following functions should be used: + (#) ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig() to configure the number of discontinuous channel to be converted. + (#) ADC_DiscModeCmd() to enable the discontinuous mode. + + [..] To configure and enable/disable the Channel offset use the functions: + (++) ADC_SetChannelOffset1() + (++) ADC_SetChannelOffset2() + (++) ADC_SetChannelOffset3() + (++) ADC_SetChannelOffset4() + (++) ADC_ChannelOffset1Cmd() + (++) ADC_ChannelOffset2Cmd() + (++) ADC_ChannelOffset3Cmd() + (++) ADC_ChannelOffset4Cmd() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures for the selected ADC regular channel its corresponding + * rank in the sequencer and its sample time. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected + * @param Rank: The rank in the regular group sequencer. This parameter must be between 1 to 16. + * @param ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the selected channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5: Sample time equal to 1.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_2Cycles5: Sample time equal to 2.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_4Cycles5: Sample time equal to 4.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5: Sample time equal to 7.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_19Cycles5: Sample time equal to 19.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_61Cycles5: Sample time equal to 61.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_181Cycles5: Sample time equal to 181.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_601Cycles5: Sample time equal to 601.5 cycles + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime)); + + /* Regular sequence configuration */ + /* For Rank 1 to 4 */ + if (Rank < 5) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = 0x1F << (6 * (Rank )); + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)(ADC_Channel) << (6 * (Rank)); + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1; + } + /* For Rank 5 to 9 */ + else if (Rank < 10) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR2; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = ADC_SQR2_SQ5 << (6 * (Rank - 5)); + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)(ADC_Channel) << (6 * (Rank - 5)); + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR2 = tmpreg1; + } + /* For Rank 10 to 14 */ + else if (Rank < 15) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR3; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = ADC_SQR3_SQ10 << (6 * (Rank - 10)); + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)(ADC_Channel) << (6 * (Rank - 10)); + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR3 = tmpreg1; + } + else + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR4; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = ADC_SQR3_SQ15 << (6 * (Rank - 15)); + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)(ADC_Channel) << (6 * (Rank - 15)); + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR4 = tmpreg1; + } + + /* Channel sampling configuration */ + /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_18 is selected */ + if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = ADC_SMPR2_SMP10 << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Clear the old channel sample time */ + ADCx->SMPR2 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + ADCx->SMPR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); + + } + else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = ADC_SMPR1_SMP1 << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 1)); + /* Clear the old channel sample time */ + ADCx->SMPR1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + ADCx->SMPR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the ADC regular channel sequence lenght. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param SequenceLength: The Regular sequence length. This parameter must be between 1 to 16. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_RegularChannelSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t SequencerLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Configure the ADC sequence lenght */ + ADCx->SQR1 &= ~(uint32_t)ADC_SQR1_L; + ADCx->SQR1 |= (uint32_t)(SequencerLength - 1); +} + +/** + * @brief External Trigger Enable and Polarity Selection for regular channels. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent: ADC external Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigger_Event0: External trigger event 0 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigger_Event1: External trigger event 1 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigger_Event2: External trigger event 2 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigger_Event3: External trigger event 3 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigger_Event4: External trigger event 4 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigger_Event5: External trigger event 5 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigger_Event6: External trigger event 6 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigger_Event7: External trigger event 7 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigger_Event8: External trigger event 8 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigger_Event9: External trigger event 9 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigger_Event10: External trigger event 10 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigger_Event11: External trigger event 11 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigger_Event12: External trigger event 12 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigger_Event13: External trigger event 13 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigger_Event14: External trigger event 14 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigger_Event15: External trigger event 15 + * @param ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge: ADC external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_OFF: Hardware trigger detection disabled + * (conversions can be launched by software) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_RisingEdge: Hardware trigger detection on the rising edge + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_FallingEdge: Hardware trigger detection on the falling edge + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_BothEdge: Hardware trigger detection on both the rising and falling edges + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ExternalTriggerConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent, uint16_t ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent)); + assert_param(IS_EXTERNALTRIG_EDGE(ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge)); + + /* Disable the selected ADC conversion on external event */ + ADCx->CFGR &= ~(ADC_CFGR_EXTEN | ADC_CFGR_EXTSEL); + ADCx->CFGR |= (uint32_t)(ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge | ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected ADC start conversion . + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_StartConversion(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Set the ADSTART bit */ + ADCx->CR |= ADC_CR_ADSTART; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the selected ADC start conversion Status. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The new state of ADC start conversion (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetStartConversionStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Check the status of ADSTART bit */ + if ((ADCx->CR & ADC_CR_ADSTART) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* ADSTART bit is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* ADSTART bit is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the ADSTART bit status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the selected ADC ongoing conversion. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_StopConversion(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Set the ADSTP bit */ + ADCx->CR |= ADC_CR_ADSTP; +} + + +/** + * @brief Configures the discontinuous mode for the selected ADC regular + * group channel. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param Number: specifies the discontinuous mode regular channel + * count value. This number must be between 1 and 8. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(Number)); + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->CFGR; + /* Clear the old discontinuous mode channel count */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(uint32_t)(ADC_CFGR_DISCNUM); + /* Set the discontinuous mode channel count */ + tmpreg2 = Number - 1; + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 17; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CFGR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the discontinuous mode on regular group + * channel for the specified ADC + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode + * on regular group channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CFGR |= ADC_CFGR_DISCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CFGR &= ~(uint32_t)(ADC_CFGR_DISCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last ADCx conversion result data for regular channel. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The Data conversion value. + */ +uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Return the selected ADC conversion value */ + return (uint16_t) ADCx->DR; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last ADC1, ADC2, ADC3 and ADC4 regular conversions results + * data in the selected dual mode. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The Data conversion value. + * @note In dual mode, the value returned by this function is as following + * Data[15:0] : these bits contain the regular data of the Master ADC. + * Data[31:16]: these bits contain the regular data of the Slave ADC. + */ +uint32_t ADC_GetDualModeConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + if((ADCx == ADC1) || (ADCx== ADC2)) + { + /* Get the dual mode conversion value */ + tmpreg1 = ADC1_2->CDR; + } + else + { + /* Get the dual mode conversion value */ + tmpreg1 = ADC3_4->CDR; + } + /* Return the dual mode conversion value */ + return (uint32_t) tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the ADC channels conversion value offset1 + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected + * @param Offset: the offset value for the selected ADC Channel + * This parameter must be a 12bit value. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SetChannelOffset1(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint16_t Offset) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_OFFSET(Offset)); + + /* Select the Channel */ + ADCx->OFR1 &= ~ (uint32_t) ADC_OFR1_OFFSET1_CH; + ADCx->OFR1 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)ADC_Channel << 26); + + /* Set the data offset */ + ADCx->OFR1 &= ~ (uint32_t) ADC_OFR1_OFFSET1; + ADCx->OFR1 |= (uint32_t)Offset; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the ADC channels conversion value offset2 + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected + * @param Offset: the offset value for the selected ADC Channel + * This parameter must be a 12bit value. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SetChannelOffset2(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint16_t Offset) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_OFFSET(Offset)); + + /* Select the Channel */ + ADCx->OFR2 &= ~ (uint32_t) ADC_OFR2_OFFSET2_CH; + ADCx->OFR2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)ADC_Channel << 26); + + /* Set the data offset */ + ADCx->OFR2 &= ~ (uint32_t) ADC_OFR2_OFFSET2; + ADCx->OFR2 |= (uint32_t)Offset; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the ADC channels conversion value offset3 + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected + * @param Offset: the offset value for the selected ADC Channel + * This parameter must be a 12bit value. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SetChannelOffset3(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint16_t Offset) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_OFFSET(Offset)); + + /* Select the Channel */ + ADCx->OFR3 &= ~ (uint32_t) ADC_OFR3_OFFSET3_CH; + ADCx->OFR3 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)ADC_Channel << 26); + + /* Set the data offset */ + ADCx->OFR3 &= ~ (uint32_t) ADC_OFR3_OFFSET3; + ADCx->OFR3 |= (uint32_t)Offset; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the ADC channels conversion value offset4 + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected + * @param Offset: the offset value for the selected ADC Channel + * This parameter must be a 12bit value. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SetChannelOffset4(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint16_t Offset) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_OFFSET(Offset)); + + /* Select the Channel */ + ADCx->OFR4 &= ~ (uint32_t) ADC_OFR4_OFFSET4_CH; + ADCx->OFR4 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)ADC_Channel << 26); + + /* Set the data offset */ + ADCx->OFR4 &= ~ (uint32_t) ADC_OFR4_OFFSET4; + ADCx->OFR4 |= (uint32_t)Offset; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Offset1. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the ADCx offset1. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ChannelOffset1Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the OFFSET1_EN bit */ + ADCx->OFR1 |= ADC_OFR1_OFFSET1_EN; + } + else + { + /* Reset the OFFSET1_EN bit */ + ADCx->OFR1 &= ~(ADC_OFR1_OFFSET1_EN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Offset2. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the ADCx offset2. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ChannelOffset2Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the OFFSET1_EN bit */ + ADCx->OFR2 |= ADC_OFR2_OFFSET2_EN; + } + else + { + /* Reset the OFFSET1_EN bit */ + ADCx->OFR2 &= ~(ADC_OFR2_OFFSET2_EN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Offset3. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the ADCx offset3. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ChannelOffset3Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the OFFSET1_EN bit */ + ADCx->OFR3 |= ADC_OFR3_OFFSET3_EN; + } + else + { + /* Reset the OFFSET1_EN bit */ + ADCx->OFR3 &= ~(ADC_OFR3_OFFSET3_EN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Offset4. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the ADCx offset4. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ChannelOffset4Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the OFFSET1_EN bit */ + ADCx->OFR4 |= ADC_OFR4_OFFSET4_EN; + } + else + { + /* Reset the OFFSET1_EN bit */ + ADCx->OFR4 &= ~(ADC_OFR4_OFFSET4_EN); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group5 Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions + * @brief Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the DMA for ADC regular + channels. Since converted regular channel values are stored into a unique data register, + it is useful to use DMA for conversion of more than one regular channel. This + avoids the loss of the data already stored in the ADC Data register. + + (#) ADC_DMACmd() function is used to enable the ADC DMA mode, after each + conversion of a regular channel, a DMA request is generated. + (#) ADC_DMAConfig() function is used to select between the oneshot DMA mode + or the circular DMA mode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC DMA request. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC DMA transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request */ + ADCx->CFGR |= ADC_CFGR_DMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request */ + ADCx->CFGR &= ~(uint32_t)ADC_CFGR_DMAEN; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC DMA request. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC DMA transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DMAConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_DMAMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_MODE(ADC_DMAMode)); + + /* Set or reset the DMACFG bit */ + ADCx->CFGR &= ~(uint32_t)ADC_CFGR_DMACFG; + ADCx->CFGR |= ADC_DMAMode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group6 Injected channels Configuration functions + * @brief Injected channels Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Injected channels Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the ADC Injected channels, + it is composed of 2 sub sections : + + (#) Configuration functions for Injected channels: This subsection provides + functions allowing to configure the ADC injected channels : + (+) Configure the rank in the injected group sequencer for each channel + (+) Configure the sampling time for each channel + (+) Activate the Auto injected Mode + (+) Activate the Discontinuous Mode + (+) External/software trigger source + (+) External trigger edge + (+) injected channels sequencer. + + (#) Get the Specified Injected channel conversion data: This subsection + provides an important function in the ADC peripheral since it returns the + converted data of the specific injected channel. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures for the selected ADC injected channel its corresponding + * rank in the sequencer and its sample time. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected + * @param Rank: The rank in the injected group sequencer. This parameter must be between 1 and 4. + * @param ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the selected channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5: Sample time equal to 1.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5: Sample time equal to 7.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_13Cycles5: Sample time equal to 13.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles5: Sample time equal to 28.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_41Cycles5: Sample time equal to 41.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_55Cycles5: Sample time equal to 55.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_71Cycles5: Sample time equal to 71.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_239Cycles5: Sample time equal to 239.5 cycles + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime)); + + /* Channel sampling configuration */ + /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_18 is selected */ + if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = ADC_SMPR2_SMP10 << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Clear the old channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Set the new channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1; + } + else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = ADC_SMPR1_SMP0 << (3 * ADC_Channel); + /* Clear the old channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel); + /* Set the new channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1; + } + + /* Rank configuration */ + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = ADC_JSQR_JSQ1 << (6 * (Rank - 1)); + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (6 * (Rank - 1)); + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the sequencer length for injected channels + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param SequencerLength: The sequencer length. + * This parameter must be a number between 1 to 4. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t SequencerLength) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(SequencerLength)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR; + /* Clear the old injected sequnence lenght JL bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(uint32_t)ADC_JSQR_JL; + /* Set the injected sequnence lenght JL bits */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(SequencerLength - 1); + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief External Trigger Enable and Polarity Selection for injected channels. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_ExternalTriggerInjected: ADC External Trigger Selection for injected group. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedEvent_0: External trigger event 0 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedEvent_1: External trigger event 1 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedEvent_2: External trigger event 2 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedEvent_3: External trigger event 3 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedEvent_4: External trigger event 4 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedEvent_5: External trigger event 5 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedEvent_6: External trigger event 6 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedEvent_7: External trigger event 7 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedEvent_8: External trigger event 8 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedEvent_9: External trigger event 9 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedEvent_10: External trigger event 10 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedEvent_11: External trigger event 11 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedEvent_12: External trigger event 12 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedEvent_13: External trigger event 13 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedEvent_14: External trigger event 14 + * @arg ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedEvent_15: External trigger event 15 + * @param ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge: ADC external Trigger injected Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_OFF: Hardware trigger detection disabled + * (conversions can be launched by software) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_RisingEdge: Hardware trigger detection on the rising edge + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_FallingEdge: Hardware trigger detection on the falling edge + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge_BothEdge: Hardware trigger detection on both the rising and falling edges + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ExternalTriggerInjectedConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent, uint16_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_EXTERNALTRIGINJ_EDGE(ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent)); + + /* Disable the selected ADC conversion on external event */ + ADCx->JSQR &= ~(ADC_JSQR_JEXTEN | ADC_JSQR_JEXTSEL); + ADCx->JSQR |= (uint32_t)(ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEvent | ADC_ExternalTrigInjecEventEdge); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected ADC start of the injected + * channels conversion. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC software start injected conversion. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_StartInjectedConversion(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Enable the selected ADC conversion for injected group on external event and start the selected + ADC injected conversion */ + ADCx->CR |= ADC_CR_JADSTART; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the selected ADC ongoing injected conversion. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_StopInjectedConversion(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Set the JADSTP bit */ + ADCx->CR |= ADC_CR_JADSTP; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the selected ADC Software start injected conversion Status. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The new state of ADC start injected conversion (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetStartInjectedConversionStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Check the status of JADSTART bit */ + if ((ADCx->CR & ADC_CR_JADSTART) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* JADSTART bit is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* JADSTART bit is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the JADSTART bit status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected ADC automatic injected group + * conversion after regular one. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC auto injected conversion + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ + ADCx->CFGR |= ADC_CFGR_JAUTO; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ + ADCx->CFGR &= ~ADC_CFGR_JAUTO; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the discontinuous mode for injected group + * channel for the specified ADC + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode + * on injected group channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CFGR |= ADC_CFGR_JDISCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CFGR &= ~ADC_CFGR_JDISCEN; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the ADC injected channel conversion result + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_InjectedChannel: the converted ADC injected channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected + * @retval The Data conversion value. + */ +uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)ADCx; + tmp += ADC_InjectedChannel + JDR_Offset; + + /* Returns the selected injected channel conversion data value */ + return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group7 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the ADC Interrupts, get + the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. + + [..] The ADC provide 11 Interrupts sources and 11 Flags which can be divided into 3 groups: + + (#) Flags and Interrupts for ADC regular channels + (##)Flags + (+) ADC_FLAG_RDY: ADC Ready flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_EOSMP: ADC End of Sampling flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_EOC: ADC End of Regular Conversion flag. + (+) ADC_FLAG_EOS: ADC End of Regular sequence of Conversions flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_OVR: ADC overrun flag + + (##) Interrupts + (+) ADC_IT_RDY: ADC Ready interrupt source + (+) ADC_IT_EOSMP: ADC End of Sampling interrupt source + (+) ADC_IT_EOC: ADC End of Regular Conversion interrupt source + (+) ADC_IT_EOS: ADC End of Regular sequence of Conversions interrupt + (+) ADC_IT_OVR: ADC overrun interrupt source + + + (#) Flags and Interrupts for ADC regular channels + (##)Flags + (+) ADC_FLAG_JEOC: ADC Ready flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_JEOS: ADC End of Sampling flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_JQOVF: ADC End of Regular Conversion flag. + + (##) Interrupts + (+) ADC_IT_JEOC: ADC End of Injected Conversion interrupt source + (+) ADC_IT_JEOS: ADC End of Injected sequence of Conversions interrupt source + (+) ADC_IT_JQOVF: ADC Injected Context Queue Overflow interrupt source + + (#) General Flags and Interrupts for the ADC + (##)Flags + (+) ADC_FLAG_AWD1: ADC Analog watchdog 1 flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_AWD2: ADC Analog watchdog 2 flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_AWD3: ADC Analog watchdog 3 flag + + (##)Flags + (+) ADC_IT_AWD1: ADC Analog watchdog 1 interrupt source + (+) ADC_IT_AWD2: ADC Analog watchdog 2 interrupt source + (+) ADC_IT_AWD3: ADC Analog watchdog 3 interrupt source + + (#) Flags for ADC dual mode + (##)Flags for Master + (+) ADC_FLAG_MSTRDY: ADC master Ready (ADRDY) flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_MSTEOSMP: ADC master End of Sampling flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_MSTEOC: ADC master End of Regular Conversion flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_MSTEOS: ADC master End of Regular sequence of Conversions flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_MSTOVR: ADC master overrun flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_MSTJEOC: ADC master End of Injected Conversion flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_MSTJEOS: ADC master End of Injected sequence of Conversions flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD1: ADC master Analog watchdog 1 flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD2: ADC master Analog watchdog 2 flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD3: ADC master Analog watchdog 3 flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_MSTJQOVF: ADC master Injected Context Queue Overflow flag + + (##) Flags for Slave + (+) ADC_FLAG_SLVRDY: ADC slave Ready (ADRDY) flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_SLVEOSMP: ADC slave End of Sampling flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_SLVEOC: ADC slave End of Regular Conversion flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_SLVEOS: ADC slave End of Regular sequence of Conversions flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_SLVOVR: ADC slave overrun flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_SLVJEOC: ADC slave End of Injected Conversion flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_SLVJEOS: ADC slave End of Injected sequence of Conversions flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD1: ADC slave Analog watchdog 1 flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD2: ADC slave Analog watchdog 2 flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD3: ADC slave Analog watchdog 3 flag + (+) ADC_FLAG_SLVJQOVF: ADC slave Injected Context Queue Overflow flag + + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the ADC controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - ADC_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. + - ADC_ClearFlag() : to clear the flags events. + + In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - ADC_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. + - ADC_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. + - ADC_ClearITPendingBit() : to clear the Interrupt pending Bit + (corresponding Flag). +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC interrupts. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg ADC_IT_RDY: ADC Ready (ADRDY) interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_EOSMP: ADC End of Sampling interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: ADC End of Regular Conversion interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_EOS: ADC End of Regular sequence of Conversions interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_OVR: ADC overrun interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: ADC End of Injected Conversion interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOS: ADC End of Injected sequence of Conversions interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD1: ADC Analog watchdog 1 interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD2: ADC Analog watchdog 2 interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD3: ADC Analog watchdog 3 interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_JQOVF: ADC Injected Context Queue Overflow interrupt source + * @param NewState: new state of the specified ADC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC interrupts */ + ADCx->IER |= ADC_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC interrupts */ + ADCx->IER &= (~(uint32_t)ADC_IT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified ADC flag is set or not. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_FLAG_RDY: ADC Ready (ADRDY) flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOSMP: ADC End of Sampling flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOC: ADC End of Regular Conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOS: ADC End of Regular sequence of Conversions flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_OVR: ADC overrun flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOC: ADC End of Injected Conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOS: ADC End of Injected sequence of Conversions flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD1: ADC Analog watchdog 1 flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD2: ADC Analog watchdog 2 flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD3: ADC Analog watchdog 3 flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JQOVF: ADC Injected Context Queue Overflow flag + * @retval The new state of ADC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(ADC_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified ADC flag */ + if ((ADCx->ISR & ADC_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* ADC_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* ADC_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the ADC_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the ADCx's pending flags. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg ADC_FLAG_RDY: ADC Ready (ADRDY) flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOSMP: ADC End of Sampling flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOC: ADC End of Regular Conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOS: ADC End of Regular sequence of Conversions flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_OVR: ADC overrun flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOC: ADC End of Injected Conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOS: ADC End of Injected sequence of Conversions flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD1: ADC Analog watchdog 1 flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD2: ADC Analog watchdog 2 flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD3: ADC Analog watchdog 3 flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JQOVF: ADC Injected Context Queue Overflow flag + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(ADC_FLAG)); + /* Clear the selected ADC flags */ + ADCx->ISR = (uint32_t)ADC_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified ADC flag is set or not. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_FLAG: specifies the master or slave flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTRDY: ADC master Ready (ADRDY) flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTEOSMP: ADC master End of Sampling flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTEOC: ADC master End of Regular Conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTEOS: ADC master End of Regular sequence of Conversions flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTOVR: ADC master overrun flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTJEOC: ADC master End of Injected Conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTJEOS: ADC master End of Injected sequence of Conversions flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD1: ADC master Analog watchdog 1 flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD2: ADC master Analog watchdog 2 flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD3: ADC master Analog watchdog 3 flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTJQOVF: ADC master Injected Context Queue Overflow flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVRDY: ADC slave Ready (ADRDY) flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVEOSMP: ADC slave End of Sampling flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVEOC: ADC slave End of Regular Conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVEOS: ADC slave End of Regular sequence of Conversions flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVOVR: ADC slave overrun flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVJEOC: ADC slave End of Injected Conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVJEOS: ADC slave End of Injected sequence of Conversions flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD1: ADC slave Analog watchdog 1 flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD2: ADC slave Analog watchdog 2 flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD3: ADC slave Analog watchdog 3 flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVJQOVF: ADC slave Injected Context Queue Overflow flag + * @retval The new state of ADC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetCommonFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_GET_COMMONFLAG(ADC_FLAG)); + + if((ADCx == ADC1) || (ADCx == ADC2)) + { + tmpreg1 = ADC1_2->CSR; + } + else + { + tmpreg1 = ADC3_4->CSR; + } + /* Check the status of the specified ADC flag */ + if ((tmpreg1 & ADC_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* ADC_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* ADC_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the ADC_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the ADCx's pending flags. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_FLAG: specifies the master or slave flag to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTRDY: ADC master Ready (ADRDY) flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTEOSMP: ADC master End of Sampling flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTEOC: ADC master End of Regular Conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTEOS: ADC master End of Regular sequence of Conversions flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTOVR: ADC master overrun flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTJEOC: ADC master End of Injected Conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTJEOS: ADC master End of Injected sequence of Conversions flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD1: ADC master Analog watchdog 1 flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD2: ADC master Analog watchdog 2 flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTAWD3: ADC master Analog watchdog 3 flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_MSTJQOVF: ADC master Injected Context Queue Overflow flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVRDY: ADC slave Ready (ADRDY) flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVEOSMP: ADC slave End of Sampling flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVEOC: ADC slave End of Regular Conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVEOS: ADC slave End of Regular sequence of Conversions flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVOVR: ADC slave overrun flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVJEOC: ADC slave End of Injected Conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVJEOS: ADC slave End of Injected sequence of Conversions flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD1: ADC slave Analog watchdog 1 flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD2: ADC slave Analog watchdog 2 flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVAWD3: ADC slave Analog watchdog 3 flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_SLVJQOVF: ADC slave Injected Context Queue Overflow flag + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ClearCommonFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CLEAR_COMMONFLAG(ADC_FLAG)); + + if((ADCx == ADC1) || (ADCx == ADC2)) + { + /* Clear the selected ADC flags */ + ADC1_2->CSR |= (uint32_t)ADC_FLAG; + } + else + { + /* Clear the selected ADC flags */ + ADC3_4->CSR |= (uint32_t)ADC_FLAG; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified ADC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_IT_RDY: ADC Ready (ADRDY) interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_EOSMP: ADC End of Sampling interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: ADC End of Regular Conversion interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_EOS: ADC End of Regular sequence of Conversions interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_OVR: ADC overrun interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: ADC End of Injected Conversion interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOS: ADC End of Injected sequence of Conversions interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD1: ADC Analog watchdog 1 interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD2: ADC Analog watchdog 2 interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD3: ADC Analog watchdog 3 interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_JQOVF: ADC Injected Context Queue Overflow interrupt source + * @retval The new state of ADC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint16_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_GET_IT(ADC_IT)); + + itstatus = ADCx->ISR & ADC_IT; + + itenable = ADCx->IER & ADC_IT; + if ((itstatus != (uint32_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the ADCx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg ADC_IT_RDY: ADC Ready (ADRDY) interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_EOSMP: ADC End of Sampling interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: ADC End of Regular Conversion interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_EOS: ADC End of Regular sequence of Conversions interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_OVR: ADC overrun interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: ADC End of Injected Conversion interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOS: ADC End of Injected sequence of Conversions interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD1: ADC Analog watchdog 1 interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD2: ADC Analog watchdog 2 interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD3: ADC Analog watchdog 3 interrupt source + * @arg ADC_IT_JQOVF: ADC Injected Context Queue Overflow interrupt source + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); + /* Clear the selected ADC interrupt pending bit */ + ADCx->ISR |= (uint32_t)ADC_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_can.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_can.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2888a31 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_can.c @@ -0,0 +1,1629 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_can.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Controller area network (CAN) peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + CAN Frames Transmission + * + CAN Frames Reception + * + Operation modes switch + * + Error management + * + Interrupts and flags + * + @verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable the CAN controller interface clock using + RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, ENABLE); + (#) CAN pins configuration: + (++) Enable the clock for the CAN GPIOs using the following function: + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + (++) Connect the involved CAN pins to AF9 using the following function + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_CANx); + (++) Configure these CAN pins in alternate function mode by calling + the function GPIO_Init(); + (#) Initialise and configure the CAN using CAN_Init() and + CAN_FilterInit() functions. + (#) Transmit the desired CAN frame using CAN_Transmit() function. + (#) Check the transmission of a CAN frame using CAN_TransmitStatus() function. + (#) Cancel the transmission of a CAN frame using CAN_CancelTransmit() function. + (#) Receive a CAN frame using CAN_Recieve() function. + (#) Release the receive FIFOs using CAN_FIFORelease() function. + (#) Return the number of pending received frames using CAN_MessagePending() function. + (#) To control CAN events you can use one of the following two methods: + (++) Check on CAN flags using the CAN_GetFlagStatus() function. + (++) Use CAN interrupts through the function CAN_ITConfig() at initialization + phase and CAN_GetITStatus() function into interrupt routines to check + if the event has occurred or not. + After checking on a flag you should clear it using CAN_ClearFlag() + function. And after checking on an interrupt event you should clear it + using CAN_ClearITPendingBit() function. + + @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_can.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN + * @brief CAN driver modules + * @{ + */ +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* CAN Master Control Register bits */ +#define MCR_DBF ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /* software master reset */ + +/* CAN Mailbox Transmit Request */ +#define TMIDxR_TXRQ ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Transmit mailbox request */ + +/* CAN Filter Master Register bits */ +#define FMR_FINIT ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Filter init mode */ + +/* Time out for INAK bit */ +#define INAK_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00FFFFFF) +/* Time out for SLAK bit */ +#define SLAK_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00FFFFFF) + +/* Flags in TSR register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_TSR ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +/* Flags in RF1R register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_RF1R ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +/* Flags in RF0R register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_RF0R ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +/* Flags in MSR register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_MSR ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +/* Flags in ESR register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_ESR ((uint32_t)0x00F00000) + +/* Mailboxes definition */ +#define CAN_TXMAILBOX_0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define CAN_TXMAILBOX_1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define CAN_TXMAILBOX_2 ((uint8_t)0x02) + +#define CAN_MODE_MASK ((uint32_t) 0x00000003) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +static ITStatus CheckITStatus(uint32_t CAN_Reg, uint32_t It_Bit); + +/** @defgroup CAN_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize the CAN peripherals : Prescaler, operating mode, the maximum + number of time quanta to perform resynchronization, the number of time + quanta in Bit Segment 1 and 2 and many other modes. + (+) Configure the CAN reception filter. + (+) Select the start bank filter for slave CAN. + (+) Enable or disable the Debug Freeze mode for CAN. + (+) Enable or disable the CAN Time Trigger Operation communication mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the CAN peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @retval None. + */ +void CAN_DeInit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Enable CAN1 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, ENABLE); + /* Release CAN1 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the CAN_InitStruct. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @param CAN_InitStruct: pointer to a CAN_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the CAN peripheral. + * @retval Constant indicates initialization succeed which will be + * CAN_InitStatus_Failed or CAN_InitStatus_Success. + */ +uint8_t CAN_Init(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct) +{ + uint8_t InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Failed; + __IO uint32_t wait_ack = 0x00000000; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_MODE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_SJW(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_BS1(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_BS2(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_PRESCALER(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler)); + + /* Exit from sleep mode */ + CANx->MCR &= (~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP); + + /* Request initialisation */ + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_INRQ ; + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) && (wait_ack != INAK_TIMEOUT)) + { + wait_ack++; + } + + /* Check acknowledge */ + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) + { + InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + /* Set the time triggered communication mode */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TTCM; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TTCM; + } + + /* Set the automatic bus-off management */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_ABOM; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_ABOM; + } + + /* Set the automatic wake-up mode */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_AWUM; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_AWUM; + } + + /* Set the no automatic retransmission */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_NART; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_NART; + } + + /* Set the receive FIFO locked mode */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_RFLM; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_RFLM; + } + + /* Set the transmit FIFO priority */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TXFP; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TXFP; + } + + /* Set the bit timing register */ + CANx->BTR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode << 30) | \ + ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1 << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2 << 20) | \ + ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler - 1); + + /* Request leave initialisation */ + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ; + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + wait_ack = 0; + + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK) && (wait_ack != INAK_TIMEOUT)) + { + wait_ack++; + } + + /* ...and check acknowledged */ + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK) + { + InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Success ; + } + } + + /* At this step, return the status of initialization */ + return InitStatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the CAN reception filter according to the specified + * parameters in the CAN_FilterInitStruct. + * @param CAN_FilterInitStruct: pointer to a CAN_FilterInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_FilterInitTypeDef* CAN_FilterInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t filter_number_bit_pos = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterActivation)); + + filter_number_bit_pos = ((uint32_t)1) << CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber; + + /* Initialisation mode for the filter */ + CAN1->FMR |= FMR_FINIT; + + /* Filter Deactivation */ + CAN1->FA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + + /* Filter Scale */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale == CAN_FilterScale_16bit) + { + /* 16-bit scale for the filter */ + CAN1->FS1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + + /* First 16-bit identifier and First 16-bit mask */ + /* Or First 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR1 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdLow) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdLow); + + /* Second 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit mask */ + /* Or Third 16-bit identifier and Fourth 16-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR2 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdHigh); + } + + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale == CAN_FilterScale_32bit) + { + /* 32-bit scale for the filter */ + CAN1->FS1R |= filter_number_bit_pos; + /* 32-bit identifier or First 32-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR1 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdHigh) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdLow); + /* 32-bit mask or Second 32-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR2 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdLow); + } + + /* Filter Mode */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdMask) + { + /*Id/Mask mode for the filter*/ + CAN1->FM1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + else /* CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdList */ + { + /*Identifier list mode for the filter*/ + CAN1->FM1R |= (uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + /* Filter FIFO assignment */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_Filter_FIFO0) + { + /* FIFO 0 assignation for the filter */ + CAN1->FFA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_Filter_FIFO1) + { + /* FIFO 1 assignation for the filter */ + CAN1->FFA1R |= (uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + /* Filter activation */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterActivation == ENABLE) + { + CAN1->FA1R |= filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + /* Leave the initialisation mode for the filter */ + CAN1->FMR &= ~FMR_FINIT; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each CAN_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param CAN_InitStruct: pointer to a CAN_InitTypeDef structure which ill be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_StructInit(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct) +{ + /* Reset CAN init structure parameters values */ + + /* Initialize the time triggered communication mode */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the automatic bus-off management */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the automatic wake-up mode */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the no automatic retransmission */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the receive FIFO locked mode */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the transmit FIFO priority */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the CAN_Mode member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode = CAN_Mode_Normal; + + /* Initialize the CAN_SJW member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW = CAN_SJW_1tq; + + /* Initialize the CAN_BS1 member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1 = CAN_BS1_4tq; + + /* Initialize the CAN_BS2 member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2 = CAN_BS2_3tq; + + /* Initialize the CAN_Prescaler member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler = 1; +} + +/** + * @brief Select the start bank filter for slave CAN. + * @param CAN_BankNumber: Select the start slave bank filter from 1..27. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_SlaveStartBank(uint8_t CAN_BankNumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(CAN_BankNumber)); + + /* Enter Initialisation mode for the filter */ + CAN1->FMR |= FMR_FINIT; + + /* Select the start slave bank */ + CAN1->FMR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFC0F1 ; + CAN1->FMR |= (uint32_t)(CAN_BankNumber)<<8; + + /* Leave Initialisation mode for the filter */ + CAN1->FMR &= ~FMR_FINIT; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the DBG Freeze for CAN. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the CAN peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE (CAN reception/transmission is frozen + * during debug. Reception FIFOs can still be accessed/controlled normally) + * or DISABLE (CAN is working during debug). + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_DBGFreeze(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Debug Freeze */ + CANx->MCR |= MCR_DBF; + } + else + { + /* Disable Debug Freeze */ + CANx->MCR &= ~MCR_DBF; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CAN Time TriggerOperation communication mode. + * @note DLC must be programmed as 8 in order Time Stamp (2 bytes) to be + * sent over the CAN bus. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param NewState: Mode new state. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * When enabled, Time stamp (TIME[15:0]) value is sent in the last two + * data bytes of the 8-byte message: TIME[7:0] in data byte 6 and TIME[15:8] + * in data byte 7. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_TTComModeCmd(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TTCM mode */ + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TTCM; + + /* Set TGT bits */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[0].TDTR |= ((uint32_t)CAN_TDT0R_TGT); + CANx->sTxMailBox[1].TDTR |= ((uint32_t)CAN_TDT1R_TGT); + CANx->sTxMailBox[2].TDTR |= ((uint32_t)CAN_TDT2R_TGT); + } + else + { + /* Disable the TTCM mode */ + CANx->MCR &= (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TTCM); + + /* Reset TGT bits */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[0].TDTR &= ((uint32_t)~CAN_TDT0R_TGT); + CANx->sTxMailBox[1].TDTR &= ((uint32_t)~CAN_TDT1R_TGT); + CANx->sTxMailBox[2].TDTR &= ((uint32_t)~CAN_TDT2R_TGT); + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group2 CAN Frames Transmission functions + * @brief CAN Frames Transmission functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CAN Frames Transmission functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to + (+) Initiate and transmit a CAN frame message (if there is an empty mailbox). + (+) Check the transmission status of a CAN Frame. + (+) Cancel a transmit request. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param TxMessage: pointer to a structure which contains CAN Id, CAN DLC and CAN data. + * @retval The number of the mailbox that is used for transmission or + * CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox if there is no empty mailbox. + */ +uint8_t CAN_Transmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CanTxMsg* TxMessage) +{ + uint8_t transmit_mailbox = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(TxMessage->IDE)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(TxMessage->RTR)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(TxMessage->DLC)); + + /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */ + if ((CANx->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0) + { + transmit_mailbox = 0; + } + else if ((CANx->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1) + { + transmit_mailbox = 1; + } + else if ((CANx->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2) + { + transmit_mailbox = 2; + } + else + { + transmit_mailbox = CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox; + } + + if (transmit_mailbox != CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox) + { + /* Set up the Id */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR &= TMIDxR_TXRQ; + if (TxMessage->IDE == CAN_Id_Standard) + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(TxMessage->StdId)); + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR |= ((TxMessage->StdId << 21) | \ + TxMessage->RTR); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(TxMessage->ExtId)); + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR |= ((TxMessage->ExtId << 3) | \ + TxMessage->IDE | \ + TxMessage->RTR); + } + + /* Set up the DLC */ + TxMessage->DLC &= (uint8_t)0x0000000F; + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDTR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0; + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDTR |= TxMessage->DLC; + + /* Set up the data field */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDLR = (((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[3] << 24) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[2] << 16) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[1] << 8) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[0])); + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDHR = (((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[7] << 24) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[6] << 16) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[5] << 8) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[4])); + /* Request transmission */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR |= TMIDxR_TXRQ; + } + return transmit_mailbox; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks the transmission status of a CAN Frame. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @param TransmitMailbox: the number of the mailbox that is used for transmission. + * @retval CAN_TxStatus_Ok if the CAN driver transmits the message, + * CAN_TxStatus_Failed in an other case. + */ +uint8_t CAN_TransmitStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t TransmitMailbox) +{ + uint32_t state = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(TransmitMailbox)); + + switch (TransmitMailbox) + { + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_0): + state = CANx->TSR & (CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_TXOK0 | CAN_TSR_TME0); + break; + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_1): + state = CANx->TSR & (CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_TXOK1 | CAN_TSR_TME1); + break; + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_2): + state = CANx->TSR & (CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | CAN_TSR_TXOK2 | CAN_TSR_TME2); + break; + default: + state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + } + switch (state) + { + /* transmit pending */ + case (0x0): state = CAN_TxStatus_Pending; + break; + /* transmit failed */ + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_TME0): state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_TME1): state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | CAN_TSR_TME2): state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + /* transmit succeeded */ + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_TXOK0 | CAN_TSR_TME0):state = CAN_TxStatus_Ok; + break; + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_TXOK1 | CAN_TSR_TME1):state = CAN_TxStatus_Ok; + break; + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | CAN_TSR_TXOK2 | CAN_TSR_TME2):state = CAN_TxStatus_Ok; + break; + default: state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + } + return (uint8_t) state; +} + +/** + * @brief Cancels a transmit request. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @param Mailbox: Mailbox number. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_CancelTransmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t Mailbox) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(Mailbox)); + /* abort transmission */ + switch (Mailbox) + { + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_0): CANx->TSR |= CAN_TSR_ABRQ0; + break; + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_1): CANx->TSR |= CAN_TSR_ABRQ1; + break; + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_2): CANx->TSR |= CAN_TSR_ABRQ2; + break; + default: + break; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group3 CAN Frames Reception functions + * @brief CAN Frames Reception functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CAN Frames Reception functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to + (+) Receive a correct CAN frame. + (+) Release a specified receive FIFO (2 FIFOs are available). + (+) Return the number of the pending received CAN frames. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Receives a correct CAN frame. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @param FIFONumber: Receive FIFO number, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1. + * @param RxMessage: pointer to a structure receive frame which contains CAN Id, + * CAN DLC, CAN data and FMI number. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_Receive(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber, CanRxMsg* RxMessage) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); + /* Get the Id */ + RxMessage->IDE = (uint8_t)0x04 & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; + if (RxMessage->IDE == CAN_Id_Standard) + { + RxMessage->StdId = (uint32_t)0x000007FF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 21); + } + else + { + RxMessage->ExtId = (uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 3); + } + + RxMessage->RTR = (uint8_t)0x02 & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; + /* Get the DLC */ + RxMessage->DLC = (uint8_t)0x0F & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR; + /* Get the FMI */ + RxMessage->FMI = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR >> 8); + /* Get the data field */ + RxMessage->Data[0] = (uint8_t)0xFF & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR; + RxMessage->Data[1] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 8); + RxMessage->Data[2] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 16); + RxMessage->Data[3] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 24); + RxMessage->Data[4] = (uint8_t)0xFF & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR; + RxMessage->Data[5] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 8); + RxMessage->Data[6] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 16); + RxMessage->Data[7] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 24); + /* Release the FIFO */ + /* Release FIFO0 */ + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + CANx->RF0R |= CAN_RF0R_RFOM0; + } + /* Release FIFO1 */ + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + CANx->RF1R |= CAN_RF1R_RFOM1; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Releases the specified receive FIFO. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @param FIFONumber: FIFO to release, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_FIFORelease(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); + /* Release FIFO0 */ + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + CANx->RF0R |= CAN_RF0R_RFOM0; + } + /* Release FIFO1 */ + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + CANx->RF1R |= CAN_RF1R_RFOM1; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the number of pending received messages. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @param FIFONumber: Receive FIFO number, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1. + * @retval NbMessage : which is the number of pending message. + */ +uint8_t CAN_MessagePending(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber) +{ + uint8_t message_pending=0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + message_pending = (uint8_t)(CANx->RF0R&(uint32_t)0x03); + } + else if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1) + { + message_pending = (uint8_t)(CANx->RF1R&(uint32_t)0x03); + } + else + { + message_pending = 0; + } + return message_pending; +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group4 CAN Operation modes functions + * @brief CAN Operation modes functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CAN Operation modes functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to select the CAN Operation modes: + (+) sleep mode. + (+) normal mode. + (+) initialization mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Selects the CAN Operation mode. + * @param CAN_OperatingMode: CAN Operating Mode. + * This parameter can be one of @ref CAN_OperatingMode_TypeDef enumeration. + * @retval status of the requested mode which can be: + * - CAN_ModeStatus_Failed: CAN failed entering the specific mode + * - CAN_ModeStatus_Success: CAN Succeed entering the specific mode + */ +uint8_t CAN_OperatingModeRequest(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t CAN_OperatingMode) +{ + uint8_t status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + + /* Timeout for INAK or also for SLAK bits*/ + uint32_t timeout = INAK_TIMEOUT; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_OPERATING_MODE(CAN_OperatingMode)); + + if (CAN_OperatingMode == CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization) + { + /* Request initialisation */ + CANx->MCR = (uint32_t)((CANx->MCR & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP)) | CAN_MCR_INRQ); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) && (timeout != 0)) + { + timeout--; + } + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Success; + } + } + else if (CAN_OperatingMode == CAN_OperatingMode_Normal) + { + /* Request leave initialisation and sleep mode and enter Normal mode */ + CANx->MCR &= (uint32_t)(~(CAN_MCR_SLEEP|CAN_MCR_INRQ)); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != 0) && (timeout!=0)) + { + timeout--; + } + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != 0) + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Success; + } + } + else if (CAN_OperatingMode == CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep) + { + /* Request Sleep mode */ + CANx->MCR = (uint32_t)((CANx->MCR & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ)) | CAN_MCR_SLEEP); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) && (timeout!=0)) + { + timeout--; + } + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Success; + } + } + else + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + } + + return (uint8_t) status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the Sleep (low power) mode. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @retval CAN_Sleep_Ok if sleep entered, CAN_Sleep_Failed otherwise. + */ +uint8_t CAN_Sleep(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint8_t sleepstatus = CAN_Sleep_Failed; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Request Sleep mode */ + CANx->MCR = (((CANx->MCR) & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ)) | CAN_MCR_SLEEP); + + /* Sleep mode status */ + if ((CANx->MSR & (CAN_MSR_SLAK|CAN_MSR_INAK)) == CAN_MSR_SLAK) + { + /* Sleep mode not entered */ + sleepstatus = CAN_Sleep_Ok; + } + /* return sleep mode status */ + return (uint8_t)sleepstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Wakes up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode . + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @retval CAN_WakeUp_Ok if sleep mode left, CAN_WakeUp_Failed otherwise. + */ +uint8_t CAN_WakeUp(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint32_t wait_slak = SLAK_TIMEOUT; + uint8_t wakeupstatus = CAN_WakeUp_Failed; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Wake up request */ + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP; + + /* Sleep mode status */ + while(((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) == CAN_MSR_SLAK)&&(wait_slak!=0x00)) + { + wait_slak--; + } + if((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) + { + /* wake up done : Sleep mode exited */ + wakeupstatus = CAN_WakeUp_Ok; + } + /* return wakeup status */ + return (uint8_t)wakeupstatus; +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group5 CAN Bus Error management functions + * @brief CAN Bus Error management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CAN Bus Error management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to + (+) Return the CANx's last error code (LEC). + (+) Return the CANx Receive Error Counter (REC). + (+) Return the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC). + [..] + (@) If TEC is greater than 255, The CAN is in bus-off state. + (@) If REC or TEC are greater than 96, an Error warning flag occurs. + (@) If REC or TEC are greater than 127, an Error Passive Flag occurs. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the CANx's last error code (LEC). + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 to select the CAN1 peripheral. + * @retval Error code: + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_NoErr: No Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_StuffErr: Stuff Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_FormErr: Form Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_ACKErr : Acknowledgment Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_BitRecessiveErr: Bit Recessive Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_BitDominantErr: Bit Dominant Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_CRCErr: CRC Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_SoftwareSetErr: Software Set Error + */ +uint8_t CAN_GetLastErrorCode(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint8_t errorcode=0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Get the error code*/ + errorcode = (((uint8_t)CANx->ESR) & (uint8_t)CAN_ESR_LEC); + + /* Return the error code*/ + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the CANx Receive Error Counter (REC). + * @note In case of an error during reception, this counter is incremented + * by 1 or by 8 depending on the error condition as defined by the CAN + * standard. After every successful reception, the counter is + * decremented by 1 or reset to 120 if its value was higher than 128. + * When the counter value exceeds 127, the CAN controller enters the + * error passive state. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @retval CAN Receive Error Counter. + */ +uint8_t CAN_GetReceiveErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint8_t counter=0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Get the Receive Error Counter*/ + counter = (uint8_t)((CANx->ESR & CAN_ESR_REC)>> 24); + + /* Return the Receive Error Counter*/ + return counter; +} + + +/** + * @brief Returns the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC). + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @retval LSB of the 9-bit CAN Transmit Error Counter. + */ +uint8_t CAN_GetLSBTransmitErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint8_t counter=0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Get the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC) */ + counter = (uint8_t)((CANx->ESR & CAN_ESR_TEC)>> 16); + + /* Return the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC) */ + return counter; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group6 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the CAN Interrupts + and to get the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. + [..] The CAN provides 14 Interrupts sources and 15 Flags: + + *** Flags *** + ============= + [..] The 15 flags can be divided on 4 groups: + (+) Transmit Flags: + (++) CAN_FLAG_RQCP0. + (++) CAN_FLAG_RQCP1. + (++) CAN_FLAG_RQCP2: Request completed MailBoxes 0, 1 and 2 Flags + Set when when the last request (transmit or abort) has + been performed. + (+) Receive Flags: + (++) CAN_FLAG_FMP0. + (++) CAN_FLAG_FMP1: FIFO 0 and 1 Message Pending Flags; + Set to signal that messages are pending in the receive FIFO. + These Flags are cleared only by hardware. + (++) CAN_FLAG_FF0. + (++) CAN_FLAG_FF1: FIFO 0 and 1 Full Flags; + Set when three messages are stored in the selected FIFO. + (++) CAN_FLAG_FOV0. + (++) CAN_FLAG_FOV1: FIFO 0 and 1 Overrun Flags; + Set when a new message has been received and passed the filter + while the FIFO was full. + (+) Operating Mode Flags: + (++) CAN_FLAG_WKU: Wake up Flag; + Set to signal that a SOF bit has been detected while the CAN + hardware was in Sleep mode. + (++) CAN_FLAG_SLAK: Sleep acknowledge Flag; + Set to signal that the CAN has entered Sleep Mode. + (+) Error Flags: + (++) CAN_FLAG_EWG: Error Warning Flag; + Set when the warning limit has been reached (Receive Error Counter + or Transmit Error Counter greater than 96). + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + (++) CAN_FLAG_EPV: Error Passive Flag; + Set when the Error Passive limit has been reached (Receive Error + Counter or Transmit Error Counter greater than 127). + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + (++) CAN_FLAG_BOF: Bus-Off Flag; + Set when CAN enters the bus-off state. The bus-off state is + entered on TEC overflow, greater than 255. + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + (++) CAN_FLAG_LEC: Last error code Flag; + Set If a message has been transferred (reception or transmission) + with error, and the error code is hold. + + *** Interrupts *** + ================== + [..] The 14 interrupts can be divided on 4 groups: + (+) Transmit interrupt: + (++) CAN_IT_TME: Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt; + If enabled, this interrupt source is pending when no transmit + request are pending for Tx mailboxes. + (+) Receive Interrupts: + (++) CAN_IT_FMP0. + (++) CAN_IT_FMP1: FIFO 0 and FIFO1 message pending Interrupts; + If enabled, these interrupt sources are pending when messages + are pending in the receive FIFO. + The corresponding interrupt pending bits are cleared only by hardware. + (++) CAN_IT_FF0. + (++) CAN_IT_FF1: FIFO 0 and FIFO1 full Interrupts; + If enabled, these interrupt sources are pending when three messages + are stored in the selected FIFO. + (++) CAN_IT_FOV0. + (++) CAN_IT_FOV1: FIFO 0 and FIFO1 overrun Interrupts; + If enabled, these interrupt sources are pending when a new message + has been received and passed the filter while the FIFO was full. + (+) Operating Mode Interrupts: + (++) CAN_IT_WKU: Wake-up Interrupt; + If enabled, this interrupt source is pending when a SOF bit has + been detected while the CAN hardware was in Sleep mode. + (++) CAN_IT_SLK: Sleep acknowledge Interrupt: + If enabled, this interrupt source is pending when the CAN has + entered Sleep Mode. + (+) Error Interrupts: + (++) CAN_IT_EWG: Error warning Interrupt; + If enabled, this interrupt source is pending when the warning limit + has been reached (Receive Error Counter or Transmit Error Counter=96). + (++) CAN_IT_EPV: Error passive Interrupt; + If enabled, this interrupt source is pending when the Error Passive + limit has been reached (Receive Error Counter or Transmit Error Counter>127). + (++) CAN_IT_BOF: Bus-off Interrupt; + If enabled, this interrupt source is pending when CAN enters + the bus-off state. The bus-off state is entered on TEC overflow, + greater than 255. + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + (++) CAN_IT_LEC: Last error code Interrupt; + If enabled, this interrupt source is pending when a message has + been transferred (reception or transmission) with error and the + error code is hold. + (++) CAN_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt; + If enabled, this interrupt source is pending when an error condition + is pending. + [..] Managing the CAN controller events: + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the CAN controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + (+) In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (++) CAN_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. + (++) CAN_ClearFlag() : to clear the flags events. + (+) In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (++) CAN_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. + (++) CAN_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. + (++) CAN_ClearITPendingBit() : to clear the Interrupt pending Bit + (corresponding Flag). + This function has no impact on CAN_IT_FMP0 and CAN_IT_FMP1 Interrupts + pending bits since there are cleared only by hardware. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified CANx interrupts. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_IT: specifies the CAN interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg CAN_IT_TME: Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FMP0: FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF0: FIFO 0 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV0: FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FMP1: FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF1: FIFO 1 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV1: FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_WKU: Wake-up Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_SLK: Sleep acknowledge Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EWG: Error warning Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EPV: Error passive Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_BOF: Bus-off Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_LEC: Last error code Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the CAN interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_ITConfig(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_IT(CAN_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected CANx interrupt */ + CANx->IER |= CAN_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected CANx interrupt */ + CANx->IER &= ~CAN_IT; + } +} +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified CAN flag is set or not. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP0: Request MailBox0 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP1: Request MailBox1 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP2: Request MailBox2 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FMP0: FIFO 0 Message Pending Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF0: FIFO 0 Full Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV0: FIFO 0 Overrun Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FMP1: FIFO 1 Message Pending Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF1: FIFO 1 Full Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV1: FIFO 1 Overrun Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_WKU: Wake up Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_SLAK: Sleep acknowledge Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_EWG: Error Warning Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_EPV: Error Passive Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_BOF: Bus-Off Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_LEC: Last error code Flag + * @retval The new state of CAN_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus CAN_GetFlagStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_GET_FLAG(CAN_FLAG)); + + + if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_ESR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((CANx->ESR & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_MSR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((CANx->MSR & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_TSR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((CANx->TSR & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF0R) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((CANx->RF0R & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else /* If(CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF1R != (uint32_t)RESET) */ + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((uint32_t)(CANx->RF1R & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + /* Return the CAN_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the CAN's pending flags. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP0: Request MailBox0 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP1: Request MailBox1 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP2: Request MailBox2 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF0: FIFO 0 Full Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV0: FIFO 0 Overrun Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF1: FIFO 1 Full Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV1: FIFO 1 Overrun Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_WKU: Wake up Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_SLAK: Sleep acknowledge Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_LEC: Last error code Flag + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_ClearFlag(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t flagtmp=0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(CAN_FLAG)); + + if (CAN_FLAG == CAN_FLAG_LEC) /* ESR register */ + { + /* Clear the selected CAN flags */ + CANx->ESR = (uint32_t)RESET; + } + else /* MSR or TSR or RF0R or RF1R */ + { + flagtmp = CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF; + + if ((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF0R)!=(uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Receive Flags */ + CANx->RF0R = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); + } + else if ((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF1R)!=(uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Receive Flags */ + CANx->RF1R = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); + } + else if ((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_TSR)!=(uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Transmit Flags */ + CANx->TSR = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); + } + else /* If((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_MSR)!=(uint32_t)RESET) */ + { + /* Operating mode Flags */ + CANx->MSR = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified CANx interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_IT: specifies the CAN interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CAN_IT_TME: Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FMP0: FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF0: FIFO 0 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV0: FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FMP1: FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF1: FIFO 1 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV1: FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_WKU: Wake-up Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_SLK: Sleep acknowledge Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EWG: Error warning Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EPV: Error passive Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_BOF: Bus-off Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_LEC: Last error code Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt + * @retval The current state of CAN_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus CAN_GetITStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT) +{ + ITStatus itstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_IT(CAN_IT)); + + /* check the interrupt enable bit */ + if((CANx->IER & CAN_IT) != RESET) + { + /* in case the Interrupt is enabled, .... */ + switch (CAN_IT) + { + case CAN_IT_TME: + /* Check CAN_TSR_RQCPx bits */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->TSR, CAN_TSR_RQCP0|CAN_TSR_RQCP1|CAN_TSR_RQCP2); + break; + case CAN_IT_FMP0: + /* Check CAN_RF0R_FMP0 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FMP0); + break; + case CAN_IT_FF0: + /* Check CAN_RF0R_FULL0 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FULL0); + break; + case CAN_IT_FOV0: + /* Check CAN_RF0R_FOVR0 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FOVR0); + break; + case CAN_IT_FMP1: + /* Check CAN_RF1R_FMP1 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FMP1); + break; + case CAN_IT_FF1: + /* Check CAN_RF1R_FULL1 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FULL1); + break; + case CAN_IT_FOV1: + /* Check CAN_RF1R_FOVR1 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FOVR1); + break; + case CAN_IT_WKU: + /* Check CAN_MSR_WKUI bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->MSR, CAN_MSR_WKUI); + break; + case CAN_IT_SLK: + /* Check CAN_MSR_SLAKI bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->MSR, CAN_MSR_SLAKI); + break; + case CAN_IT_EWG: + /* Check CAN_ESR_EWGF bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_EWGF); + break; + case CAN_IT_EPV: + /* Check CAN_ESR_EPVF bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_EPVF); + break; + case CAN_IT_BOF: + /* Check CAN_ESR_BOFF bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_BOFF); + break; + case CAN_IT_LEC: + /* Check CAN_ESR_LEC bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_LEC); + break; + case CAN_IT_ERR: + /* Check CAN_MSR_ERRI bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->MSR, CAN_MSR_ERRI); + break; + default: + /* in case of error, return RESET */ + itstatus = RESET; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* in case the Interrupt is not enabled, return RESET */ + itstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the CAN_IT status */ + return itstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the CANx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CAN_IT_TME: Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF0: FIFO 0 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV0: FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF1: FIFO 1 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV1: FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_WKU: Wake-up Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_SLK: Sleep acknowledge Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EWG: Error warning Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EPV: Error passive Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_BOF: Bus-off Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_LEC: Last error code Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_ClearITPendingBit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_CLEAR_IT(CAN_IT)); + + switch (CAN_IT) + { + case CAN_IT_TME: + /* Clear CAN_TSR_RQCPx (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->TSR = CAN_TSR_RQCP0|CAN_TSR_RQCP1|CAN_TSR_RQCP2; + break; + case CAN_IT_FF0: + /* Clear CAN_RF0R_FULL0 (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->RF0R = CAN_RF0R_FULL0; + break; + case CAN_IT_FOV0: + /* Clear CAN_RF0R_FOVR0 (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->RF0R = CAN_RF0R_FOVR0; + break; + case CAN_IT_FF1: + /* Clear CAN_RF1R_FULL1 (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->RF1R = CAN_RF1R_FULL1; + break; + case CAN_IT_FOV1: + /* Clear CAN_RF1R_FOVR1 (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->RF1R = CAN_RF1R_FOVR1; + break; + case CAN_IT_WKU: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_WKUI (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_WKUI; + break; + case CAN_IT_SLK: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_SLAKI (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_SLAKI; + break; + case CAN_IT_EWG: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + /* @note the corresponding Flag is cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ + break; + case CAN_IT_EPV: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + /* @note the corresponding Flag is cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ + break; + case CAN_IT_BOF: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + /* @note the corresponding Flag is cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ + break; + case CAN_IT_LEC: + /* Clear LEC bits */ + CANx->ESR = RESET; + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + break; + case CAN_IT_ERR: + /*Clear LEC bits */ + CANx->ESR = RESET; + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + /* @note BOFF, EPVF and EWGF Flags are cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ + break; + default: + break; + } +} + /** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the CAN interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param CAN_Reg: specifies the CAN interrupt register to check. + * @param It_Bit: specifies the interrupt source bit to check. + * @retval The new state of the CAN Interrupt (SET or RESET). + */ +static ITStatus CheckITStatus(uint32_t CAN_Reg, uint32_t It_Bit) +{ + ITStatus pendingbitstatus = RESET; + + if ((CAN_Reg & It_Bit) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_IT is set */ + pendingbitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_IT is reset */ + pendingbitstatus = RESET; + } + return pendingbitstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_comp.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_comp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e04bb24 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_comp.c @@ -0,0 +1,503 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_comp.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the 7 analog comparators (COMP1, COMP2...COMP7) peripheral: + * + Comparators configuration + * + Window mode control + * + @verbatim + + ============================================================================== + ##### COMP Peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The device integrates 7 analog comparators COMP1, COMP2...COMP7: + (#) The non inverting input and inverting input can be set to GPIO pins + as shown in table1. COMP Inputs below. + + (#) The COMP output is internally is available using COMP_GetOutputLevel() + and can be set on GPIO pins. Refer to table 2. COMP Outputs below. + + (#) The COMP output can be redirected to embedded timers (TIM1, TIM2, TIM3...) + Refer to table 3. COMP Outputs redirection to embedded timers below. + + (#) The comparators COMP1 and COMP2, COMP3 and COMP4, COMP5 and COMP6 can be combined in window + mode and only COMP1, COMP3 and COMP5 non inverting input can be used as non-inverting input. + + (#) The seven comparators have interrupt capability with wake-up + from Sleep and Stop modes (through the EXTI controller): + (++) COMP1 is internally connected to EXTI Line 21 + (++) COMP2 is internally connected to EXTI Line 22 + (++) COMP3 is internally connected to EXTI Line 29 + (++) COMP4 is internally connected to EXTI Line 30 + (++) COMP5 is internally connected to EXTI Line 31 + (++) COMP6 is internally connected to EXTI Line 32 + (++) COMP7 is internally connected to EXTI Line 33 + + [..] Table 1. COMP Inputs + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | | | COMP1 | COMP2 | COMP3 | COMP4 | COMP5 | COMP6 | COMP7 | + |-----------------|----------------|---------------|---------------------------------------| + | | 1/4 VREFINT | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | + | | 1/2 VREFINT | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | + | | 3/4 VREFINT | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | + | Inverting Input | VREFINT | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | + | | DAC1 OUT (PA4) | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | + | | DAC2 OUT (PA5) | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | + | | IO1 | PA0 | PA2 | PD15 | PE8 | PD13 | PD10 | PC0 | + | | IO2 | --- | --- | PB12 | PB2 | PB10 | PB15 | --- | + |-----------------|----------------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------| + | Non Inverting | IO1 | PA1 | PA7 | PB14 | PB0 | PD12 | PD11 | PA0 | + | Input | IO2 | --- | PA3 | PD14 | PE7 | PB13 | PB11 | PC1 | + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + [..] Table 2. COMP Outputs + +-------------------------------------------------------+ + | COMP1 | COMP2 | COMP3 | COMP4 | COMP5 | COMP6 | COMP7 | + |-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------| + | PA0 | PA2 | PB1 | PC8 | PC7 | PA10 | PC2 | + | PF4 | PA7 | --- | PA8 | PA9 | PC6 | --- | + | PA6 | PA12 | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | + | PA11 | PB9 | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | + | PB8 | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | + +-------------------------------------------------------+ + + [..] Table 3. COMP Outputs redirection to embedded timers + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | COMP1 | COMP2 | COMP3 | COMP4 | COMP5 | COMP6 | COMP7 | + |----------------|----------------|----------------|----------------|----------------|----------------|----------------| + | TIM1 BKIN | TIM1 BKIN | TIM1 BKIN | TIM1 BKIN | TIM1 BKIN | TIM1 BKIN | TIM1 BKIN | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM8 BKIN | TIM8 BKIN | TIM8 BKIN | TIM8 BKIN | TIM8 BKIN | TIM8 BKIN | TIM8 BKIN | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM8 BKIN2 | TIM8 BKIN2 | TIM8 BKIN2 | TIM8 BKIN2 | TIM8 BKIN2 | TIM8 BKIN2 | TIM8 BKIN2 | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | TIM1 BKIN2 | + | + | + | + | + | + | + | + | + | TIM8BKIN2 | TIM8BKIN2 | TIM8BKIN2 | TIM8BKIN2 | TIM8BKIN2 | TIM8BKIN2 | TIM8BKIN2 | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM1 OCREFCLR | TIM1 OCREFCLR | TIM1 OCREFCLR | TIM8 OCREFCLR | TIM8 OCREFCLR | TIM8 OCREFCLR | TIM1 OCREFCLR | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM1 IC1 | TIM1 IC1 | TIM2 OCREFCLR | TIM3 IC3 | TIM2 IC1 | TIM2 IC2 | TIM8 OCREFCLR | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM2 IC4 | TIM2 IC4 | TIM3 IC2 | TIM3 OCREFCLR | TIM3 OCREFCLR | TIM2 OCREFCLR | TIM2 IC3 | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM2 OCREFCLR | TIM2 OCREFCLR | TIM4 IC1 | TIM4 IC2 | TIM4 IC3 | TIM16 OCREFCLR| TIM1 IC2 | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM3 IC1 | TIM3 IC1 | TIM15 IC1 | TIM15 OCREFCLR| TIM16 BKIN | TIM16 IC1 | TIM17 OCREFCLR| + | | | | | | | | + | TIM3 OCREFCLR | TIM3 OCREFCLR | TIM15 BKIN | TIM15 IC2 | TIM17 IC1 | TIM4 IC4 | TIM17 BKIN | + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + [..] Table 4. COMP Outputs blanking sources + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | COMP1 | COMP2 | COMP3 | COMP4 | COMP5 | COMP6 | COMP7 | + |----------------|----------------|----------------|----------------|----------------|----------------|----------------| + | TIM1 OC5 | TIM1 OC5 | TIM1 OC5 | TIM3 OC4 | TIM3 OC3 | TIM2 OC4 | TIM1 OC5 | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM2 OC3 | TIM2 OC3 | -------- | TIM8 OC5 | TIM8 OC5 | TIM8 OC5 | TIM8 OC5 | + | | | | | | | | + | TIM3 OC3 | TIM3 OC3 | TIM2 OC4 | TIM15 OC1 | TIM8 BKIN | TIM15 OC2 | TIM15 OC2 | + | | | | | | | | + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver provides functions to configure and program the Comparators + of all STM32F30x devices. + + To use the comparator, perform the following steps: + + (#) Enable the SYSCFG APB clock to get write access to comparator + register using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + + (#) Configure the comparator input in analog mode using GPIO_Init() + + (#) Configure the comparator output in alternate function mode + using GPIO_Init() and use GPIO_PinAFConfig() function to map the + comparator output to the GPIO pin + + (#) Configure the comparator using COMP_Init() function: + (++) Select the inverting input + (++) Select the non-inverting input + (++) Select the output polarity + (++) Select the output redirection + (++) Select the hysteresis level + (++) Select the power mode + + (#) Enable the comparator using COMP_Cmd() function + + (#) If required enable the COMP interrupt by configuring and enabling + EXTI line in Interrupt mode and selecting the desired sensitivity + level using EXTI_Init() function. After that enable the comparator + interrupt vector using NVIC_Init() function. + + @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_comp.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP + * @brief COMP driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* CSR register Mask */ +#define COMP_CSR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000003) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes COMP peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @note Deinitialization can't be performed if the COMP configuration is locked. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param COMP_Selection: the selected comparator. + * This parameter can be COMP_Selection_COMPx where x can be 1 to 7 + * to select the COMP peripheral. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_DeInit(uint32_t COMP_Selection) +{ + /*!< Set COMP_CSR register to reset value */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the COMP peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in COMP_InitStruct + * @note If the selected comparator is locked, initialization can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @note By default, PA1 is selected as COMP1 non inverting input. + * To use PA4 as COMP1 non inverting input call COMP_SwitchCmd() after COMP_Init() + * @param COMP_Selection: the selected comparator. + * This parameter can be COMP_Selection_COMPx where x can be 1 to 7 + * to select the COMP peripheral. + * @param COMP_InitStruct: pointer to an COMP_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified COMP peripheral. + * - COMP_InvertingInput specifies the inverting input of COMP + * - COMP_NonInvertingInput specifies the non inverting input of COMP + * - COMP_Output connect COMP output to selected timer + * input (Input capture / Output Compare Reference Clear / Break Input) + * - COMP_BlankingSrce specifies the blanking source of COMP + * - COMP_OutputPol select output polarity + * - COMP_Hysteresis configures COMP hysteresis value + * - COMP_Mode configures COMP power mode + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_Init(uint32_t COMP_Selection, COMP_InitTypeDef* COMP_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(COMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_INVERTING_INPUT(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_InvertingInput)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_NONINVERTING_INPUT(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_NonInvertingInput)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUT(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Output)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_BLANKING_SOURCE(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_BlankingSrce)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUT_POL(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_OutputPol)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_HYSTERESIS(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Hysteresis)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_MODE(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Mode)); + + /*!< Get the COMPx_CSR register value */ + tmpreg = *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection); + + /*!< Clear the COMP1SW1, COMPxINSEL, COMPxOUTSEL, COMPxPOL, COMPxHYST and COMPxMODE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t) (COMP_CSR_CLEAR_MASK); + + /*!< Configure COMP: inverting input, output redirection, hysteresis value and power mode */ + /*!< Set COMPxINSEL bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_InvertingInput value */ + /*!< Set COMPxNONINSEL bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_NonInvertingInput value */ + /*!< Set COMPxBLANKING bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_BlankingSrce value */ + /*!< Set COMPxOUTSEL bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Output value */ + /*!< Set COMPxPOL bit according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_OutputPol value */ + /*!< Set COMPxHYST bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Hysteresis value */ + /*!< Set COMPxMODE bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Mode value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_InvertingInput | COMP_InitStruct->COMP_NonInvertingInput | + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Output | COMP_InitStruct->COMP_OutputPol | COMP_InitStruct->COMP_BlankingSrce | + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Hysteresis | COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Mode); + + /*!< Write to COMPx_CSR register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each COMP_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param COMP_InitStruct: pointer to an COMP_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_StructInit(COMP_InitTypeDef* COMP_InitStruct) +{ + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_InvertingInput = COMP_InvertingInput_1_4VREFINT; + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_NonInvertingInput = COMP_NonInvertingInput_IO1; + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Output = COMP_Output_None; + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_BlankingSrce = COMP_BlankingSrce_None; + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_OutputPol = COMP_OutputPol_NonInverted; + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Hysteresis = COMP_Hysteresis_No; + COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Mode = COMP_Mode_UltraLowPower; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable or disable the COMP peripheral. + * @note If the selected comparator is locked, enable/disable can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param COMP_Selection: the selected comparator. + * This parameter can be COMP_Selection_COMPx where x can be 1 to 7 + * to select the COMP peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the COMP peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * When enabled, the comparator compares the non inverting input with + * the inverting input and the comparison result is available + * on comparator output. + * When disabled, the comparator doesn't perform comparison and the + * output level is low. + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_Cmd(uint32_t COMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(COMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected COMPx peripheral */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) (COMP_CSR_COMPxEN); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected COMP peripheral */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) &= (uint32_t)(~COMP_CSR_COMPxEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Close or Open the SW1 switch. + * @note If the COMP1 is locked, Close/Open the SW1 switch can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @note This switch is solely intended to redirect signals onto high + * impedance input, such as COMP1 non-inverting input (highly resistive switch) + * @param NewState: New state of the analog switch. + * This parameter can be + * ENABLE so the SW1 is closed; PA1 is connected to PA4 + * or DISABLE so the SW1 switch is open; PA1 is disconnected from PA4 + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_SwitchCmd(uint32_t COMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Close SW1 switch */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) (COMP_CSR_COMP1SW1); + } + else + { + /* Open SW1 switch */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) &= (uint32_t)(~COMP_CSR_COMP1SW1); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Return the output level (high or low) of the selected comparator. + * The output level depends on the selected polarity. + * If the polarity is not inverted: + * - Comparator output is low when the non-inverting input is at a lower + * voltage than the inverting input + * - Comparator output is high when the non-inverting input is at a higher + * voltage than the inverting input + * If the polarity is inverted: + * - Comparator output is high when the non-inverting input is at a lower + * voltage than the inverting input + * - Comparator output is low when the non-inverting input is at a higher + * voltage than the inverting input + * @param COMP_Selection: the selected comparator. + * This parameter can be COMP_Selection_COMPx where x can be 1 to 7 + * to select the COMP peripheral. + * @retval Returns the selected comparator output level: low or high. + * + */ +uint32_t COMP_GetOutputLevel(uint32_t COMP_Selection) +{ + uint32_t compout = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(COMP_Selection)); + + /* Check if selected comparator output is high */ + if ((*(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) & (COMP_CSR_COMPxOUT)) != 0) + { + compout = COMP_OutputLevel_High; + } + else + { + compout = COMP_OutputLevel_Low; + } + + /* Return the comparator output level */ + return (uint32_t)(compout); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Group2 Window mode control function + * @brief Window mode control function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Window mode control function ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the window mode. + * Window mode for comparators makes use of two comparators: + * COMP1 and COM2, COMP3 and COMP4, COMP5 and COMP6. + * In window mode, COMPx and COMPx-1 (where x can be 2, 4 or 6) + * non inverting inputs are connected together and only COMPx-1 non + * inverting input can be used. + * e.g When window mode enabled for COMP4, COMP3 non inverting input (PB14 or PD14) + * is to be used. + * @note If the COMPx is locked, ENABLE/DISABLE the window mode can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param COMP_Selection: the selected comparator. + * This parameter can be COMP_Selection_COMPx where x can be 2, 4 or 6 + * to select the COMP peripheral. + * param NewState: new state of the window mode. + * This parameter can be ENABLE or DISABLE. + * When enbaled, COMPx and COMPx-1 non inverting inputs are connected together. + * When disabled, COMPx and COMPx-1 non inverting inputs are disconnected. + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_WindowCmd(uint32_t COMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_WINDOW(COMP_Selection)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the window mode */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) COMP_CSR_COMPxWNDWEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the window mode */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) &= (uint32_t)(~COMP_CSR_COMPxWNDWEN); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Group3 COMP configuration locking function + * @brief COMP1, COMP2,...COMP7 configuration locking function + * COMP1, COMP2,...COMP7 configuration can be locked each separately. + * Unlocking is performed by system reset. + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Configuration Lock function ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Lock the selected comparator (COMP1/COMP2) configuration. + * @note Locking the configuration means that all control bits are read-only. + * To unlock the comparator configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param COMP_Selection: the selected comparator. + * This parameter can be COMP_Selection_COMPx where x can be 1 to 7 + * to select the COMP peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_LockConfig(uint32_t COMP_Selection) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(COMP_Selection)); + + /* Set the lock bit corresponding to selected comparator */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (COMP_BASE + COMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) (COMP_CSR_COMPxLOCK); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_crc.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_crc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..51e9f3c --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_crc.c @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_crc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of CRC computation unit peripheral: + * + Configuration of the CRC computation unit + * + CRC computation of one/many 32-bit data + * + CRC Independent register (IDR) access + * + @verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable CRC AHB clock using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC, ENABLE) + function. + (#) Select the polynomial size: 7-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit or 32-bit. + (#) Set the polynomial coefficients using CRC_SetPolynomial(); + (#) If required, select the reverse operation on input data + using CRC_ReverseInputDataSelect(); + (#) If required, enable the reverse operation on output data + using CRC_ReverseOutputDataCmd(Enable); + (#) If required, set the initialization remainder value using + CRC_SetInitRegister(); + (#) use CRC_CalcCRC() function to compute the CRC of a 32-bit data + or use CRC_CalcBlockCRC() function to compute the CRC if a 32-bit + data buffer. + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_crc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC + * @brief CRC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Group1 Configuration of the CRC computation unit functions + * @brief Configuration of the CRC computation unit functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CRC configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes CRC peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Set DR register to reset value */ + CRC->DR = 0xFFFFFFFF; + /* Set the POL register to the reset value: 0x04C11DB7 */ + CRC->POL = 0x04C11DB7; + /* Reset IDR register */ + CRC->IDR = 0x00; + /* Set INIT register to reset value */ + CRC->INIT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + /* Reset the CRC calculation unit */ + CRC->CR = CRC_CR_RESET; +} + +/** + * @brief Resets the CRC calculation unit and sets INIT register content in DR register. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_ResetDR(void) +{ + /* Reset CRC generator */ + CRC->CR |= CRC_CR_RESET; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the polynomial size. + * @param CRC_PolSize: Specifies the polynomial size. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg CRC_PolSize_7: 7-bit polynomial for CRC calculation + * @arg CRC_PolSize_8: 8-bit polynomial for CRC calculation + * @arg CRC_PolSize_16: 16-bit polynomial for CRC calculation + * @arg CRC_PolSize_32: 32-bit polynomial for CRC calculation + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_PolynomialSizeSelect(uint32_t CRC_PolSize) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_CRC_POL_SIZE(CRC_PolSize)); + + /* Get CR register value */ + tmpcr = CRC->CR; + + /* Reset POL_SIZE bits */ + tmpcr &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CRC_CR_POLSIZE); + /* Set the polynomial size */ + tmpcr |= (uint32_t)CRC_PolSize; + + /* Write to CR register */ + CRC->CR = (uint32_t)tmpcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the reverse operation to be performed on input data. + * @param CRC_ReverseInputData: Specifies the reverse operation on input data. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg CRC_ReverseInputData_No: No reverse operation is performed + * @arg CRC_ReverseInputData_8bits: reverse operation performed on 8 bits + * @arg CRC_ReverseInputData_16bits: reverse operation performed on 16 bits + * @arg CRC_ReverseInputData_32bits: reverse operation performed on 32 bits + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_ReverseInputDataSelect(uint32_t CRC_ReverseInputData) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_CRC_REVERSE_INPUT_DATA(CRC_ReverseInputData)); + + /* Get CR register value */ + tmpcr = CRC->CR; + + /* Reset REV_IN bits */ + tmpcr &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CRC_CR_REV_IN); + /* Set the reverse operation */ + tmpcr |= (uint32_t)CRC_ReverseInputData; + + /* Write to CR register */ + CRC->CR = (uint32_t)tmpcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disable the reverse operation on output data. + * The reverse operation on output data is performed on 32-bit. + * @param NewState: new state of the reverse operation on output data. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_ReverseOutputDataCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable reverse operation on output data */ + CRC->CR |= CRC_CR_REV_OUT; + } + else + { + /* Disable reverse operation on output data */ + CRC->CR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CRC_CR_REV_OUT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the INIT register. + * @note After resetting CRC calculation unit, CRC_InitValue is stored in DR register + * @param CRC_InitValue: Programmable initial CRC value + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_SetInitRegister(uint32_t CRC_InitValue) +{ + CRC->INIT = CRC_InitValue; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the polynomail coefficients. + * @param CRC_Pol: Polynomial to be used for CRC calculation. + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_SetPolynomial(uint32_t CRC_Pol) +{ + CRC->POL = CRC_Pol; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Group2 CRC computation of one/many 32-bit data functions + * @brief CRC computation of one/many 32-bit data functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CRC computation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given data word(32-bit). + * @param CRC_Data: data word(32-bit) to compute its CRC + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t CRC_Data) +{ + CRC->DR = CRC_Data; + + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Computes the 16-bit CRC of a given 16-bit data. + * @param CRC_Data: data half-word(16-bit) to compute its CRC + * @retval 16-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC16bits(uint16_t CRC_Data) +{ + *(uint16_t*)(CRC_BASE) = (uint16_t) CRC_Data; + + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Computes the 8-bit CRC of a given 8-bit data. + * @param CRC_Data: 8-bit data to compute its CRC + * @retval 8-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC8bits(uint8_t CRC_Data) +{ + *(uint8_t*)(CRC_BASE) = (uint8_t) CRC_Data; + + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given buffer of data word(32-bit). + * @param pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed + * @param BufferLength: length of the buffer to be computed + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength) +{ + uint32_t index = 0; + + for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++) + { + CRC->DR = pBuffer[index]; + } + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current CRC value. + * @param None + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void) +{ + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Group3 CRC Independent Register (IDR) access functions + * @brief CRC Independent Register (IDR) access (write/read) functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CRC Independent Register (IDR) access functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Stores an 8-bit data in the Independent Data(ID) register. + * @param CRC_IDValue: 8-bit value to be stored in the ID register + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t CRC_IDValue) +{ + CRC->IDR = CRC_IDValue; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the 8-bit data stored in the Independent Data(ID) register + * @param None + * @retval 8-bit value of the ID register + */ +uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void) +{ + return (CRC->IDR); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_dac.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_dac.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..13dfd36 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_dac.c @@ -0,0 +1,681 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_dac.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) peripheral: + * + DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format + * + DMA management + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### DAC Peripheral features ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] The device integrates two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters that can + be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode): + (#) DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 as output + (#) DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 as output + [..] Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_Trigger_None + and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register using + DAC_SetChannel1Data()/DAC_SetChannel2Data. + [..] Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by: + (#) External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_Pin9) using DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9. + The used pin (GPIOx_Pin9) must be configured in input mode. + (#) Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM8/TIM3, TIM4, TIM6, TIM7, and TIM15 + (DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO, DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO...) + The timer TRGO event should be selected using TIM_SelectOutputTrigger() + (++) To trigger DAC conversions by TIM3 instead of TIM8 follow + this sequence: + (+++) Enable SYSCFG APB clock by calling + RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + (+++) Select DAC_Trigger_T3_TRGO when calling DAC_Init() + (+++) Remap the DAC trigger from TIM8 to TIM3 by calling + SYSCFG_TriggerRemapConfig(SYSCFG_TriggerRemap_DACTIM3, ENABLE) + (#) Software using DAC_Trigger_Software + [..] Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to + reduce the output impedance, and to drive external loads directly + without having to add an external operational amplifier. + To enable, the output buffer use + DAC_InitStructure.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable; + [..] Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output impedance + value with and without output buffer. + [..] Both DAC channels can be used to generate: + (+) Noise wave using DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise + (+) Triangle wave using DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle + [..] Wave generation can be disabled using DAC_WaveGeneration_None + [..] The DAC data format can be: + (+) 8-bit right alignment using DAC_Align_8b_R + (+) 12-bit left alignment using DAC_Align_12b_L + (+) 12-bit right alignment using DAC_Align_12b_R + [..] The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined + by the following equation: + (+) DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095 with DOR is the Data Output Register. + VREF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet) + e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use DAC_SetChannel1Data(DAC_Align_12b_R, 868); + Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V + [..] A DMA request can be generated when an external trigger (but not + a software trigger) occurs if DMA2 requests are enabled using + DAC_DMACmd(); + DMA requests are mapped as following: + (+) DAC channel1 is mapped on DMA2 channel3 which must be already + configured. + (+) DAC channel2 is mapped on DMA2 channel4 which must be already + configured. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (+) DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC + registers using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, ENABLE); + (+) Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode. + (+) Configure the DAC channel using DAC_Init(); + (+) Enable the DAC channel using DAC_Cmd(); + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_dac.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC + * @brief DAC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* CR register Mask */ +#define CR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFE) + +/* DAC Dual Channels SWTRIG masks */ +#define DUAL_SWTRIG_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC) + +/* DHR registers offsets */ +#define DHR12R1_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DHR12R2_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000014) +#define DHR12RD_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000020) + +/* DOR register offset */ +#define DOR_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x0000002C) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Group1 DAC channels configuration + * @brief DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable DAC reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, ENABLE); + /* Release DAC from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the DAC_InitStruct. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_InitStruct: pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC channel. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; + + /* Check the DAC parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer)); + +/*---------------------------- DAC CR Configuration --------------------------*/ + /* Get the DAC CR value */ + tmpreg1 = DAC->CR; + /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(CR_CLEAR_MASK << DAC_Channel); + /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger, + wave generation, mask/amplitude for wave generation */ + /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */ + /* Set WAVEx bits according to DAC_WaveGeneration value */ + /* Set MAMPx bits according to DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude value */ + /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */ + tmpreg2 = (DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration | + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude | \ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer); + /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << DAC_Channel; + /* Write to DAC CR */ + DAC->CR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DAC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param DAC_InitStruct: pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------------- Reset DAC init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + /* Initialize the DAC_Trigger member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger = DAC_Trigger_None; + /* Initialize the DAC_WaveGeneration member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration = DAC_WaveGeneration_None; + /* Initialize the DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude = DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0; + /* Initialize the DAC_OutputBuffer member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC channel. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the DAC channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note When the DAC channel is enabled the trigger source can no more be modified. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR |= (DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR &= (~(DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel software trigger. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel software trigger. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4); + } + else + { + /* Disable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->SWTRIGR &= ~((uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables simultaneously the two DAC channels software triggers. + * @param NewState: new state of the DAC channels software triggers. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable software trigger for both DAC channels */ + DAC->SWTRIGR |= DUAL_SWTRIG_SET; + } + else + { + /* Disable software trigger for both DAC channels */ + DAC->SWTRIGR &= DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_Wave: specifies the wave type to enable or disable. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_Wave_Noise: noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_Wave_Triangle: triangle wave generation + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_WAVE(DAC_Wave)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR |= DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR &= ~(DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified data holding register value for DAC channel1. + * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel1. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; + tmp += DHR12R1_OFFSET + DAC_Align; + + /* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified data holding register value for DAC channel2. + * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel2. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; + tmp += DHR12R2_OFFSET + DAC_Align; + + /* Set the DAC channel2 selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified data holding register value for dual channel DAC. + * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data2: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @param Data1: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both + * DAC channels at the same time. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1) +{ + uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2)); + + /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */ + if (DAC_Align == DAC_Align_8b_R) + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1; + } + else + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1; + } + + tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; + tmp += DHR12RD_OFFSET + DAC_Align; + + /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. + */ +uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + + tmp = (uint32_t) DAC_BASE ; + tmp += DOR_OFFSET + ((uint32_t)DAC_Channel >> 2); + + /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ + return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Group2 DMA management functions + * @brief DMA management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DMA management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC channel DMA request. + * @note When enabled DMA1 is generated when an external trigger (EXTI Line9, + * TIM2, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 or TIM8 but not a software trigger) occurs. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel DMA request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note The DAC channel1 is mapped on DMA1 Stream 5 channel7 which must be + * already configured. + * @note The DAC channel2 is mapped on DMA1 Stream 6 channel7 which must be + * already configured. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ + DAC->CR |= (DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ + DAC->CR &= (~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel)); + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC interrupts. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be the following values: + * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before the + * acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @param NewState: new state of the specified DAC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_ITConfig(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC interrupts */ + DAC->CR |= (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DAC interrupts */ + DAC->CR &= (~(uint32_t)(DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DAC flag is set or not. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be only of the following value: + * @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before the + * acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @retval The new state of DAC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified DAC flag */ + if ((DAC->SR & (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel)) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* DAC_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DAC_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DAC_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DAC channel's pending flags. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be of the following value: + * @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_ClearFlag(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected DAC flags */ + DAC->SR = (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DAC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be the following values: + * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before the + * acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @retval The new state of DAC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); + + /* Get the DAC_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (DAC->CR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) ; + + /* Check the status of the specified DAC interrupt */ + if (((DAC->SR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* DAC_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DAC_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DAC_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DAC channel's interrupt pending bits. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be the following values: + * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected DAC interrupt pending bits */ + DAC->SR = (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_dbgmcu.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_dbgmcu.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..948d46c --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_dbgmcu.c @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_dbgmcu.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Debug MCU (DBGMCU) peripheral: + * + Device and Revision ID management + * + Peripherals Configuration + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_dbgmcu.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU + * @brief DBGMCU driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Group1 Device and Revision ID management functions + * @brief Device and Revision ID management functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Device and Revision ID management functions ##### + ============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the device revision identifier. + * @param None + * @retval Device revision identifier + */ +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void) +{ + return(DBGMCU->IDCODE >> 16); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the device identifier. + * @param None + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void) +{ + return(DBGMCU->IDCODE & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Group2 Peripherals Configuration functions + * @brief Peripherals Configuration + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripherals Configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures low power mode behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. + * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the low power mode. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DBGMCU_SLEEP: Keep debugger connection during SLEEP mode. + * @arg DBGMCU_STOP: Keep debugger connection during STOP mode. + * @arg DBGMCU_STANDBY: Keep debugger connection during STANDBY mode. + * @param NewState: new state of the specified low power mode in Debug mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + DBGMCU->CR |= DBGMCU_Periph; + } + else + { + DBGMCU->CR &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures APB1 peripheral behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. + * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP: TIM2 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP: TIM3 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP: TIM4 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP: TIM6 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP: TIM7 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_RTC_STOP: RTC Calendar and Wakeup counter are stopped when + * Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP: Debug WWDG stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP: Debug IWDG stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C1 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when + * Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C2 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when + * Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_CAN1_STOP: Debug CAN2 stopped when Core is halted. + * @param NewState: new state of the specified APB1 peripheral in Debug mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DBGMCU_APB1PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_APB1PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= DBGMCU_Periph; + } + else + { + DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures APB2 peripheral behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. + * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM1_STOP: TIM1 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM8_STOP: TIM8 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM15_STOP: TIM15 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM16_STOP: TIM16 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM17_STOP: TIM17 counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @param NewState: new state of the specified APB2 peripheral in Debug mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DBGMCU_APB2PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_APB2PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= DBGMCU_Periph; + } + else + { + DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_dma.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_dma.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e9e907 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_dma.c @@ -0,0 +1,866 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_dma.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access controller (DMA): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Data Counter + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable The DMA controller clock using + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1, ENABLE) function for DMA1 or + using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2, ENABLE) function for DMA2. + (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA channel + (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is necessary). + (#) For a given Channel, program the Source and Destination addresses, + the transfer Direction, the Buffer Size, the Peripheral and Memory + Incrementation mode and Data Size, the Circular or Normal mode, + the channel transfer Priority and the Memory-to-Memory transfer + mode (if needed) using the DMA_Init() function. + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt(s) using the function + DMA_ITConfig() if you need to use DMA interrupts. + (#) Enable the DMA channel using the DMA_Cmd() function. + (#) Activate the needed channel Request using PPP_DMACmd() function for + any PPP peripheral except internal SRAM and FLASH (ie. SPI, USART ...) + The function allowing this operation is provided in each PPP peripheral + driver (ie. SPI_DMACmd for SPI peripheral). + (#) Optionally, you can configure the number of data to be transferred + when the channel is disabled (ie. after each Transfer Complete event + or when a Transfer Error occurs) using the function DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(). + And you can get the number of remaining data to be transferred using + the function DMA_GetCurrDataCounter() at run time (when the DMA channel is + enabled and running). + (#) To control DMA events you can use one of the following two methods: + (##) Check on DMA channel flags using the function DMA_GetFlagStatus(). + (##) Use DMA interrupts through the function DMA_ITConfig() at initialization + phase and DMA_GetITStatus() function into interrupt routines in + communication phase. + After checking on a flag you should clear it using DMA_ClearFlag() + function. And after checking on an interrupt event you should + clear it using DMA_ClearITPendingBit() function. + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_dma.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA + * @brief DMA driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define CCR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF800F) /* DMA Channel config registers Masks */ +#define FLAG_Mask ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /* DMA2 FLAG mask */ + + +/* DMA1 Channelx interrupt pending bit masks */ +#define DMA1_CHANNEL1_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF1 | DMA_ISR_TCIF1 | DMA_ISR_HTIF1 | DMA_ISR_TEIF1)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL2_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF2 | DMA_ISR_TCIF2 | DMA_ISR_HTIF2 | DMA_ISR_TEIF2)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL3_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF3 | DMA_ISR_TCIF3 | DMA_ISR_HTIF3 | DMA_ISR_TEIF3)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL4_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF4 | DMA_ISR_TCIF4 | DMA_ISR_HTIF4 | DMA_ISR_TEIF4)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL5_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF5 | DMA_ISR_TCIF5 | DMA_ISR_HTIF5 | DMA_ISR_TEIF5)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL6_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF6 | DMA_ISR_TCIF6 | DMA_ISR_HTIF6 | DMA_ISR_TEIF6)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL7_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF7 | DMA_ISR_TCIF7 | DMA_ISR_HTIF7 | DMA_ISR_TEIF7)) + +/* DMA2 Channelx interrupt pending bit masks */ +#define DMA2_CHANNEL1_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF1 | DMA_ISR_TCIF1 | DMA_ISR_HTIF1 | DMA_ISR_TEIF1)) +#define DMA2_CHANNEL2_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF2 | DMA_ISR_TCIF2 | DMA_ISR_HTIF2 | DMA_ISR_TEIF2)) +#define DMA2_CHANNEL3_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF3 | DMA_ISR_TCIF3 | DMA_ISR_HTIF3 | DMA_ISR_TEIF3)) +#define DMA2_CHANNEL4_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF4 | DMA_ISR_TCIF4 | DMA_ISR_HTIF4 | DMA_ISR_TEIF4)) +#define DMA2_CHANNEL5_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF5 | DMA_ISR_TCIF5 | DMA_ISR_HTIF5 | DMA_ISR_TEIF5)) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA channel + source and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer + direction, buffer size, circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory + mode selection and channel priority value. + [..] The DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described + in reference manual (RM00316). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the DMAy Channelx registers to their default reset + * values. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + + /* Disable the selected DMAy Channelx */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= (uint16_t)(~DMA_CCR_EN); + + /* Reset DMAy Channelx control register */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Channelx remaining bytes register */ + DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Channelx peripheral address register */ + DMAy_Channelx->CPAR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Channelx memory address register */ + DMAy_Channelx->CMAR = 0; + + if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel1) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel1 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL1_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel2) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel2 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL2_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel3) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel3 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL3_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel4) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel4 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL4_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel5) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel5 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL5_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel6) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel6 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL6_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel7) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel7 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL7_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel1) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel1 */ + DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL1_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel2) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel2 */ + DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL2_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel3) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel3 */ + DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL3_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel4) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel4 */ + DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL4_IT_MASK; + } + else + { + if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel5) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel5 */ + DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_CHANNEL5_IT_MASK; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DMAy Channelx according to the specified parameters + * in the DMA_InitStruct. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel. + * @param DMA_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_Init(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_DIR(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_M2M_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M)); + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CCR Configuration ----------------*/ + /* Get the DMAy_Channelx CCR value */ + tmpreg = DMAy_Channelx->CCR; + + /* Clear MEM2MEM, PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC and DIR bits */ + tmpreg &= CCR_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Configure DMAy Channelx: data transfer, data size, priority level and mode */ + /* Set DIR bit according to DMA_DIR value */ + /* Set CIRC bit according to DMA_Mode value */ + /* Set PINC bit according to DMA_PeripheralInc value */ + /* Set MINC bit according to DMA_MemoryInc value */ + /* Set PSIZE bits according to DMA_PeripheralDataSize value */ + /* Set MSIZE bits according to DMA_MemoryDataSize value */ + /* Set PL bits according to DMA_Priority value */ + /* Set the MEM2MEM bit according to DMA_M2M value */ + tmpreg |= DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M; + + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CCR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR = tmpreg; + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CNDTR Configuration --------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CNDTR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize; + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CPAR Configuration ---------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CPAR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CPAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr; + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CMAR Configuration ---------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CMAR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CMAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBaseAddr; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DMA_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param DMA_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct) +{ +/*-------------- Reset DMA init structure parameters values ------------------*/ + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = 0; + /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryBaseAddr member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = 0; + /* Initialize the DMA_DIR member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC; + /* Initialize the DMA_BufferSize member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize = 0; + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralInc member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc = DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable; + /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryInc member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Disable; + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralDataSize member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte; + /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryDataSize member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize = DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte; + /* Initialize the DMA_Mode member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode = DMA_Mode_Normal; + /* Initialize the DMA_Priority member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority = DMA_Priority_Low; + /* Initialize the DMA_M2M member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M = DMA_M2M_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DMAy Channelx. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel. + * @param NewState: new state of the DMAy Channelx. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DMAy Channelx */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR |= DMA_CCR_EN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DMAy Channelx */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= (uint16_t)(~DMA_CCR_EN); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group2 Data Counter functions + * @brief Data Counter functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data Counter functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides function allowing to configure and read the buffer + size (number of data to be transferred).The DMA data counter can be written + only when the DMA channel is disabled (ie. after transfer complete event). + [..] The following function can be used to write the Channel data counter value: + (+) void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber). + [..] + (@) It is advised to use this function rather than DMA_Init() in situations + where only the Data buffer needs to be reloaded. + [..] The DMA data counter can be read to indicate the number of remaining transfers + for the relative DMA channel. This counter is decremented at the end of each + data transfer and when the transfer is complete: + (+) If Normal mode is selected: the counter is set to 0. + (+) If Circular mode is selected: the counter is reloaded with the initial + value(configured before enabling the DMA channel). + [..] The following function can be used to read the Channel data counter value: + (+) uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the number of data units in the current DMAy Channelx transfer. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel. + * @param DataNumber: The number of data units in the current DMAy Channelx + * transfer. + * @note This function can only be used when the DMAy_Channelx is disabled. + * @retval None. + */ +void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CNDTR Configuration --------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CNDTR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = DataNumber; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the number of remaining data units in the current + * DMAy Channelx transfer. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel. + * @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Channelx + * transfer. + */ +uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + /* Return the number of remaining data units for DMAy Channelx */ + return ((uint16_t)(DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides functions allowing to configure the DMA Interrupt + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the DMA controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + *** Polling Mode *** + ==================== + [..] Each DMA channel can be managed through 4 event Flags (y : DMA Controller + number, x : DMA channel number): + (#) DMAy_FLAG_TCx : to indicate that a Transfer Complete event occurred. + (#) DMAy_FLAG_HTx : to indicate that a Half-Transfer Complete event occurred. + (#) DMAy_FLAG_TEx : to indicate that a Transfer Error occurred. + (#) DMAy_FLAG_GLx : to indicate that at least one of the events described + above occurred. + [..] + (@) Clearing DMAy_FLAG_GLx results in clearing all other pending flags of the + same channel (DMAy_FLAG_TCx, DMAy_FLAG_HTx and DMAy_FLAG_TEx). + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMA_FLAG); + (+) void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMA_FLAG); + + *** Interrupt Mode *** + ====================== + [..] Each DMA channel can be managed through 4 Interrupts: + (+) Interrupt Source + (##) DMA_IT_TC: specifies the interrupt source for the Transfer Complete + event. + (##) DMA_IT_HT: specifies the interrupt source for the Half-transfer Complete + event. + (##) DMA_IT_TE: specifies the interrupt source for the transfer errors event. + (##) DMA_IT_GL: to indicate that at least one of the interrupts described + above occurred. + -@@- Clearing DMA_IT_GL interrupt results in clearing all other interrupts of + the same channel (DMA_IT_TCx, DMA_IT_HT and DMA_IT_TE). + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + (+) ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMA_IT); + (+) void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMA_IT); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DMAy Channelx interrupts. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel. + * @param DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupts sources to be enabled + * or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask + * @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer interrupt mask + * @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified DMA interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(DMA_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DMA interrupts */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR |= DMA_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DMA interrupts */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= ~DMA_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DMAy Channelx flag is set or not. + * @param DMAy_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error flag. + * + * @note + * The Global flag (DMAy_FLAG_GLx) is set whenever any of the other flags + * relative to the same channel is set (Transfer Complete, Half-transfer + * Complete or Transfer Error flags: DMAy_FLAG_TCx, DMAy_FLAG_HTx or + * DMAy_FLAG_TEx). + * + * @retval The new state of DMAy_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(DMAy_FLAG)); + + /* Calculate the used DMAy */ + if ((DMAy_FLAG & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Get DMA2 ISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMA2->ISR ; + } + else + { + /* Get DMA1 ISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMA1->ISR ; + } + + /* Check the status of the specified DMAy flag */ + if ((tmpreg & DMAy_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* DMAy_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DMAy_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the DMAy_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DMAy Channelx's pending flags. + * @param DMAy_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination (for the same DMA) of the following values: + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error flag. + * + * @note + * Clearing the Global flag (DMAy_FLAG_GLx) results in clearing all other flags + * relative to the same channel (Transfer Complete, Half-transfer Complete and + * Transfer Error flags: DMAy_FLAG_TCx, DMAy_FLAG_HTx and DMAy_FLAG_TEx). + * + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(DMAy_FLAG)); + +/* Calculate the used DMAy */ + if ((DMAy_FLAG & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Clear the selected DMAy flags */ + DMA2->IFCR = DMAy_FLAG; + } + else + { + /* Clear the selected DMAy flags */ + DMA1->IFCR = DMAy_FLAG; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DMAy Channelx interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DMAy_IT: specifies the DMAy interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error interrupt. + * + * @note + * The Global interrupt (DMAy_FLAG_GLx) is set whenever any of the other + * interrupts relative to the same channel is set (Transfer Complete, + * Half-transfer Complete or Transfer Error interrupts: DMAy_IT_TCx, + * DMAy_IT_HTx or DMAy_IT_TEx). + * + * @retval The new state of DMAy_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMAy_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_IT(DMAy_IT)); + + /* Calculate the used DMA */ + if ((DMAy_IT & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Get DMA2 ISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMA2->ISR; + } + else + { + /* Get DMA1 ISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMA1->ISR; + } + + /* Check the status of the specified DMAy interrupt */ + if ((tmpreg & DMAy_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* DMAy_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DMAy_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DMAy_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DMAy Channelx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param DMAy_IT: specifies the DMAy interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination (for the same DMA) of the following values: + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA2_IT_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error interrupt. + * + * @note + * Clearing the Global interrupt (DMAy_IT_GLx) results in clearing all other + * interrupts relative to the same channel (Transfer Complete, Half-transfer + * Complete and Transfer Error interrupts: DMAy_IT_TCx, DMAy_IT_HTx and + * DMAy_IT_TEx). + * + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMAy_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(DMAy_IT)); + + /* Calculate the used DMAy */ + if ((DMAy_IT & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Clear the selected DMAy interrupt pending bits */ + DMA2->IFCR = DMAy_IT; + } + else + { + /* Clear the selected DMAy interrupt pending bits */ + DMA1->IFCR = DMAy_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_exti.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_exti.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..490d603 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_exti.c @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_exti.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the EXTI peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### EXTI features ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] External interrupt/event lines are mapped as following: + (#) All available GPIO pins are connected to the 16 external + interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15. + (#) EXTI line 16 is connected to the PVD output + (#) EXTI line 17 is connected to the RTC Alarm event + (#) EXTI line 18 is connected to USB Device wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 19 is connected to the RTC Tamper and TimeStamp events + (#) EXTI line 20 is connected to the RTC wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 21 is connected to the Comparator 1 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 22 is connected to the Comparator 2 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 23 is connected to the I2C1 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 24 is connected to the I2C2 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 25 is connected to the USART1 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 26 is connected to the USART2 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 27 is reserved + (#) EXTI line 28 is connected to the USART3 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 29 is connected to the Comparator 3 event + (#) EXTI line 30 is connected to the Comparator 4 event + (#) EXTI line 31 is connected to the Comparator 5 event + (#) EXTI line 32 is connected to the Comparator 6 event + (#) EXTI line 33 is connected to the Comparator 7 event + (#) EXTI line 34 is connected for thr UART4 wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 35 is connected for the UART5 wakeup event + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] In order to use an I/O pin as an external interrupt source, + follow steps below: + (#) Configure the I/O in input mode using GPIO_Init(). + (#) Select the input source pin for the EXTI line using + SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(). + (#) Select the mode(interrupt, event) and configure the trigger + selection (Rising, falling or both) using EXTI_Init(). For the + internal interrupt, the trigger selection is not needed + (the active edge is always the rising one). + (#) Configure NVIC IRQ channel mapped to the EXTI line using NVIC_Init(). + (#) Optionally, you can generate a software interrupt using the function + EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(). + [..] + (@) SYSCFG APB clock must be enabled to get write access to SYSCFG_EXTICRx + registers using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_exti.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI + * @brief EXTI driver modules + * @{ + */ + + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define EXTI_LINENONE ((uint32_t)0x00000) /* No interrupt selected */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the EXTI peripheral registers to their default reset + * values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_DeInit(void) +{ + EXTI->IMR = 0x1F800000; + EXTI->EMR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->RTSR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->FTSR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->SWIER = 0x00000000; + EXTI->PR = 0xE07FFFFF; + EXTI->IMR2 = 0x0000000C; + EXTI->EMR2 = 0x00000000; + EXTI->RTSR2 = 0x00000000; + EXTI->FTSR2 = 0x00000000; + EXTI->SWIER2 = 0x00000000; + EXTI->PR2 = 0x00000003; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the EXTI peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the EXTI_InitStruct. + * EXTI_Line specifies the EXTI line (EXTI0....EXTI35). + * EXTI_Mode specifies which EXTI line is used as interrupt or an event. + * EXTI_Trigger selects the trigger. When the trigger occurs, interrupt + * pending bit will be set. + * EXTI_LineCmd controls (Enable/Disable) the EXTI line. + * @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the EXTI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ + + +void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE_ALL(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE; + + if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd != DISABLE) + { + /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->IMR)) + ((EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) &= ~(uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->EMR)) + ((EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) &= ~(uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + + tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode + (((EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE; + + /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->RTSR)) + ((EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) &= ~(uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->FTSR)) + ((EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) &= ~(uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + + /* Select the trigger for the selected interrupts */ + if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling) + { + /* Rising Falling edge */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->RTSR)) + ((EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) |= (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->FTSR)) + ((EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) |= (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + } + else + { + tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger + (((EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + } + } + + else + { + tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode + (((EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20); + + /* Disable the selected external lines */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= ~(uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + } + +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each EXTI_InitStruct member with its reset value. + * @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct) +{ + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line = EXTI_LINENONE; + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode = EXTI_Mode_Interrupt; + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling; + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd = DISABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Generates a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line on which the software interrupt + * will be generated. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..20). + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE_EXT(EXTI_Line)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->SWIER)) + ((EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) |= (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Group2 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief EXTI Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to configure the EXTI Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line flag to check. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..20). + * @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + if ((*(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->PR)) + ((EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20)& (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F))) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending flags. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines flags to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..20). + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE_EXT(EXTI_Line)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->PR)) + ((EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) = (1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line is asserted or not. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line to check. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..20). + * @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + enablestatus = *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->IMR)) + ((EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) & (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); + + if ( (((*(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->PR)) + (((EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) )) & (uint32_t)(1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F))) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; + +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending bits. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..20). + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE_EXT(EXTI_Line)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) (((uint32_t) &(EXTI->PR)) + ((EXTI_Line) >> 5 ) * 0x20) = (1 << (EXTI_Line & 0x1F)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_flash.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_flash.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fefb4cb --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_flash.c @@ -0,0 +1,1172 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_flash.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the FLASH peripheral: + * + FLASH Interface configuration + * + FLASH Memory Programming + * + Option Bytes Programming + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH + memory of all STM32F30x devices. These functions are split in 4 groups: + (#) FLASH Interface configuration functions: this group includes the + management of following features: + (++) Set the latency. + (++) Enable/Disable the Half Cycle Access. + (++) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer. + (#) FLASH Memory Programming functions: this group includes all needed + functions to erase and program the main memory: + (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface. + (++) Erase function: Erase page, erase all pages. + (++) Program functions: Half Word and Word write. + (#) FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all + needed functions to manage the Option Bytes: + (++) Lock and Unlock the Flash Option bytes. + (++) Launch the Option Bytes loader + (++) Erase the Option Bytes + (++) Set/Reset the write protection + (++) Set the Read protection Level + (++) Program the user option Bytes + (++) Set/Reset the BOOT1 bit + (++) Enable/Disable the VDDA Analog Monitoring + (++) Enable/Disable the SRAM parity + (++) Get the user option bytes + (++) Get the Write protection + (++) Get the read protection status + (#) FLASH Interrupts and flags management functions: this group includes + all needed functions to: + (++) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupt sources. + (++) Get flags status. + (++) Clear flags. + (++) Get FLASH operation status. + (++) Wait for last FLASH operation. + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_flash.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH + * @brief FLASH driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* FLASH Mask */ +#define RDPRT_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define WRP01_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) +#define WRP23_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF0000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group1 FLASH Interface configuration functions + * @brief FLASH Interface configuration functions + * + +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### FLASH Interface configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This group includes the following functions: + (+) void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency); + (+) void FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd(uint32_t FLASH_HalfCycleAccess); + (+) void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + [..] The unlock sequence is not needed for these functions. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the code latency value. + * @param FLASH_Latency: specifies the FLASH Latency value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_Latency_0: FLASH Zero Latency cycle + * @arg FLASH_Latency_1: FLASH One Latency cycle + * @arg FLASH_Latency_2: FLASH Two Latency cycles + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLASH_Latency)); + + /* Read the ACR register */ + tmpreg = FLASH->ACR; + + /* Sets the Latency value */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t) (~((uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)); + tmpreg |= FLASH_Latency; + + /* Write the ACR register */ + FLASH->ACR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Half cycle flash access. + * @param FLASH_HalfCycleAccess: specifies the FLASH Half cycle Access mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Enable: FLASH Half Cycle Enable + * @arg FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Disable: FLASH Half Cycle Disable + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_HLFCYA; + } + else + { + FLASH->ACR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_HLFCYA)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Prefetch Buffer. + * @param NewState: new state of the Prefetch Buffer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_PRFTBE; + } + else + { + FLASH->ACR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_PRFTBE)); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group2 FLASH Memory Programming functions + * @brief FLASH Memory Programming functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### FLASH Memory Programming functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This group includes the following functions: + (+) void FLASH_Unlock(void); + (+) void FLASH_Lock(void); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllPages(void); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data); + [..] Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps: + (#) Call the FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the FLASH control register + program memory access. + (#) Call the desired function to erase page or program data. + (#) Call the FLASH_Lock() function to disable the FLASH control register + access (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible + unwanted operation). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Unlocks the FLASH control register access + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_Unlock(void) +{ + if((FLASH->CR & FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET) + { + /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */ + FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Locks the FLASH control register access + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_LOCK; +} + +/** + * @brief Erases a specified page in program memory. + * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * @note Call the FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param Page_Address: The page address in program memory to be erased. + * @note A Page is erased in the Program memory only if the address to load + * is the start address of a page (multiple of 1024 bytes). + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Page_Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the page */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PER; + FLASH->AR = Page_Address; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + /* Disable the PER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_PER; + } + + /* Return the Erase Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Erases all FLASH pages. + * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * all the FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllPages(void) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all pages */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_MER; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + /* Disable the MER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_MER; + } + + /* Return the Erase Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a word at a specified address. + * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new first + half word */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; + + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = (uint16_t)Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new second + half word */ + tmp = Address + 2; + + *(__IO uint16_t*) tmp = Data >> 16; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_PG; + } + else + { + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_PG; + } + } + + /* Return the Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a half word at a specified address. + * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; + + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_PG; + } + + /* Return the Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group3 Option Bytes Programming functions + * @brief Option Bytes Programming functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Option Bytes Programming functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This group includes the following functions: + (+) void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void); + (+) void FLASH_OB_Lock(void); + (+) void FLASH_OB_Erase(void); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_BOOTConfig(uint8_t OB_BOOT1); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_VDDAConfig(uint8_t OB_VDDA_ANALOG); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_SRMParityConfig(uint8_t OB_SRAM_Parity); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WriteUser(uint8_t OB_USER); + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_Launch(void); + (+) uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void); + (+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void); + (+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void); + [..] Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps: + (#) Call the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function to enable the FLASH option control + register access. + (#) Call one or several functions to program the desired Option Bytes: + (++) void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState); + => to Enable/Disable the desired sector write protection. + (++) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP) => to set the + desired read Protection Level. + (++) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY); + => to configure the user Option Bytes. + (++) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_BOOTConfig(uint8_t OB_BOOT1); + => to set the boot1 mode + (++) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_VDDAConfig(uint8_t OB_VDDA_ANALOG); + => to Enable/Disable the VDDA monotoring. + (++) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_SRMParityConfig(uint8_t OB_SRAM_Parity); + => to Enable/Disable the SRAM Parity check. + (++) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WriteUser(uint8_t OB_USER); + => to write all user option bytes: OB_IWDG, OB_STOP, OB_STDBY, + OB_BOOT1, OB_VDDA_ANALOG and OB_VDD_SD12. + (#) Once all needed Option Bytes to be programmed are correctly written, + call the FLASH_OB_Launch() function to launch the Option Bytes + programming process. + (#@) When changing the IWDG mode from HW to SW or from SW to HW, a system + reset is needed to make the change effective. + (#) Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() function to disable the FLASH option control + register access (recommended to protect the Option Bytes against + possible unwanted operations). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Unlocks the option bytes block access. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void) +{ + if((FLASH->CR & FLASH_CR_OPTWRE) == RESET) + { + /* Unlocking the option bytes block access */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPTKEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPTKEY2; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Locks the option bytes block access. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the OPTWREN Bit to lock the option bytes block access */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTWRE; +} + +/** + * @brief Launch the option byte loading. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_Launch(void) +{ + /* Set the OBL_Launch bit to launch the option byte loading */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH; +} + +/** + * @brief Erases the FLASH option bytes. + * @note This functions erases all option bytes except the Read protection (RDP). + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_Erase(void) +{ + uint16_t rdptmp = OB_RDP_Level_0; + + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Get the actual read protection Option Byte value */ + if(FLASH_OB_GetRDP() != RESET) + { + rdptmp = 0x00; + } + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTER; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTER; + + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + + /* Restore the last read protection Option Byte value */ + OB->RDP = (uint16_t)rdptmp; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + else + { + if (status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + } + /* Return the erase status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Write protects the desired pages + * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * @note Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the flash control register access and the option bytes + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param OB_WRP: specifies the address of the pages to be write protected. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg value between OB_WRP_Pages0to35 and OB_WRP_Pages60to63 + * @arg OB_WRP_AllPages + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t OB_WRP) +{ + uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF; + + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(OB_WRP)); + + OB_WRP = (uint32_t)(~OB_WRP); + WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(OB_WRP & OB_WRP0_WRP0); + WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((OB_WRP & OB_WRP0_nWRP0) >> 8); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + + if(WRP0_Data != 0xFF) + { + OB->WRP0 = WRP0_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + } + if((status == FLASH_COMPLETE) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFF)) + { + OB->WRP1 = WRP1_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + } + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + /* Return the write protection operation Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the read out protection. + * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * @note Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the flash control register access and the option bytes + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param FLASH_ReadProtection_Level: specifies the read protection level. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg OB_RDP_Level_0: No protection + * @arg OB_RDP_Level_1: Read protection of the memory + * @arg OB_RDP_Level_2: Chip protection + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_RDP(OB_RDP)); + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTER; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTER; + + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + + OB->RDP = OB_RDP; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + else + { + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Disable the OPTER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTER; + } + } + } + /* Return the protection operation Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY. + * @param OB_IWDG: Selects the IWDG mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_IWDG_SW: Software IWDG selected + * @arg OB_IWDG_HW: Hardware IWDG selected + * @param OB_STOP: Reset event when entering STOP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_STOP_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STOP + * @arg OB_STOP_RST: Reset generated when entering in STOP + * @param OB_STDBY: Reset event when entering Standby mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_STDBY_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STANDBY + * @arg OB_STDBY_RST: Reset generated when entering in STANDBY + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(OB_IWDG)); + assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(OB_STOP)); + assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(OB_STDBY)); + + /* Authorize the small information block programming */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + + OB->USER = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(OB_IWDG | OB_STOP) | (uint8_t)(OB_STDBY |0xF8)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + /* Return the Option Byte program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or resets the BOOT1. + * @param OB_BOOT1: Set or Reset the BOOT1. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_BOOT1_RESET: BOOT1 Reset + * @arg OB_BOOT1_SET: BOOT1 Set + * @retval None + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_BOOTConfig(uint8_t OB_BOOT1) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT1(OB_BOOT1)); + + /* Authorize the small information block programming */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + + OB->USER = OB_BOOT1|0xEF; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + /* Return the Option Byte program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or resets the analogue monitoring on VDDA Power source. + * @param OB_VDDA_ANALOG: Selects the analog monitoring on VDDA Power source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON: Analog monitoring on VDDA Power source ON + * @arg OB_VDDA_ANALOG_OFF: Analog monitoring on VDDA Power source OFF + * @retval None + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_VDDAConfig(uint8_t OB_VDDA_ANALOG) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_VDDA_ANALOG(OB_VDDA_ANALOG)); + + /* Authorize the small information block programming */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + + OB->USER = OB_VDDA_ANALOG |0xDF; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + /* Return the Option Byte program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or resets the SRAM partiy. + * @param OB_SRAM_Parity: Set or Reset the SRAM partiy enable bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_SRAM_PARITY_SET: Set SRAM partiy. + * @arg OB_SRAM_PARITY_RESET: Reset SRAM partiy. + * @retval None + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_SRAMParityConfig(uint8_t OB_SRAM_Parity) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_SRAM_PARITY(OB_SRAM_Parity)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + + OB->USER = OB_SRAM_Parity | 0xBF; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + /* Return the Option Byte program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY/ BOOT1 and OB_VDDA_ANALOG. + * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * @note Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the flash control register access and the option bytes + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param OB_USER: Selects all user option bytes + * This parameter is a combination of the following values: + * @arg OB_IWDG_SW / OB_IWDG_HW: Software / Hardware WDG selected + * @arg OB_STOP_NoRST / OB_STOP_RST: No reset / Reset generated when entering in STOP + * @arg OB_STDBY_NoRST / OB_STDBY_RST: No reset / Reset generated when entering in STANDBY + * @arg OB_BOOT1_RESET / OB_BOOT1_SET: BOOT1 Reset / Set + * @arg OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON / OB_VDDA_ANALOG_OFF: Analog monitoring on VDDA Power source ON / OFF + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WriteUser(uint8_t OB_USER) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Authorize the small information block programming */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + + OB->USER = OB_USER | 0x88; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + /* Return the Option Byte program Status */ + return status; + +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a half word at a specified Option Byte Data address. + * @note To correctly run this function, the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the flash control register access and the option bytes + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * This parameter can be 0x1FFFF804 or 0x1FFFF806. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramOptionByteData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(Address)); + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Enables the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* If the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~FLASH_CR_OPTPG; + } + } + /* Return the Option Byte Data Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH User Option Bytes values. + * @param None + * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes . + */ +uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void) +{ + /* Return the User Option Byte */ + return (uint8_t)(FLASH->OBR >> 8); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. + * @param None + * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value + */ +uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void) +{ + /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ + return (uint32_t)(FLASH->WRPR); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the FLASH Read out Protection Status is set or not. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status(SET or RESET) + */ +FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void) +{ + FlagStatus readstatus = RESET; + + if ((uint8_t)(FLASH->OBR & (FLASH_OBR_RDPRT1 | FLASH_OBR_RDPRT2)) != RESET) + { + readstatus = SET; + } + else + { + readstatus = RESET; + } + return readstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts. + * @param FLASH_IT: specifies the FLASH interrupt sources to be enabled or + * disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: FLASH end of programming Interrupt + * @arg FLASH_IT_ERR: FLASH Error Interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_IT(FLASH_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the interrupt sources */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the interrupt sources */ + FLASH->CR &= ~(uint32_t)FLASH_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified FLASH flag is set or not. + * @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_BSY: FLASH write/erase operations in progress flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGERR: FLASH Programming error flag flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Programming flag + * @retval The new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)); + + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET) */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the FLASH's pending flags. + * @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flags to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGERR: FLASH Programming error flag flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Programming flag + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the flags */ + FLASH->SR = FLASH_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Status. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void) +{ + FLASH_Status FLASHstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) + { + FLASHstatus = FLASH_BUSY; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & (uint32_t)FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR)!= (uint32_t)0x00) + { + FLASHstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & (uint32_t)(FLASH_SR_PGERR)) != (uint32_t)0x00) + { + FLASHstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM; + } + else + { + FLASHstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; + } + } + } + /* Return the FLASH Status */ + return FLASHstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Waits for a FLASH operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur. + * @param Timeout: FLASH programming Timeout + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check for the FLASH Status */ + status = FLASH_GetStatus(); + + /* Wait for a FLASH operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur */ + while((status == FLASH_BUSY) && (Timeout != 0x00)) + { + status = FLASH_GetStatus(); + Timeout--; + } + + if(Timeout == 0x00 ) + { + status = FLASH_TIMEOUT; + } + /* Return the operation status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_gpio.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_gpio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7bc5987 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_gpio.c @@ -0,0 +1,530 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_gpio.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the GPIO peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration functions + * + GPIO Read and Write functions + * + GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions + * + * @verbatim + + + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() + (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using GPIO_Init() + Four possible configuration are available for each pin: + (++) Input: Floating, Pull-up, Pull-down. + (++) Output: Push-Pull (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull), + Open Drain (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull). + In output mode, the speed is configurable: Low, Medium, Fast or High. + (++) Alternate Function: Push-Pull (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull), + Open Drain (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull). + (++) Analog: required mode when a pin is to be used as ADC channel, + DAC output or comparator input. + (#) Peripherals alternate function: + (++) For ADC, DAC and comparators, configure the desired pin in + analog mode using GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AN + (++) For other peripherals (TIM, USART...): + (+++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. + (+++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function mode using + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + (+++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members. + (+++) Call GPIO_Init() function. + (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use GPIO_ReadInputDataBit() + (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use + GPIO_SetBits()/GPIO_ResetBits() + (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not active + and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG pins). + (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as + general-purpose (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE + oscillator is off. The LSE has priority over the GPIO function. + (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as general-purpose + (PF0 and PF1 respectively) when the HSE oscillator is off. The HSE has + the priority over the GPIO function. + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_gpio.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO + * @brief GPIO driver modules + * @{ + */ + + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Group1 Initialization and Configuration + * @brief Initialization and Configuration + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset + * values. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + if(GPIOx == GPIOA) + { + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA, DISABLE); + } + else if(GPIOx == GPIOB) + { + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB, DISABLE); + } + else if(GPIOx == GPIOC) + { + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC, DISABLE); + } + else if(GPIOx == GPIOD) + { + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD, DISABLE); + } + else if(GPIOx == GPIOE) + { + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if(GPIOx == GPIOF) + { + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the GPIO_InitStruct. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO + * peripheral. + * @note GPIO_Pin: selects the pin to be configured: + * GPIO_Pin_0->GPIO_Pin_15 for GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, GPIOD and GPIOE; + * GPIO_Pin_0->GPIO_Pin_2, GPIO_Pin_4, GPIO_Pin_6, GPIO_Pin_9 + * and GPIO_Pin_10 for GPIOF. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t pinpos = 0x00, pos = 0x00 , currentpin = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PUPD(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd)); + + /*-------------------------- Configure the port pins -----------------------*/ + /*-- GPIO Mode Configuration --*/ + for (pinpos = 0x00; pinpos < 0x10; pinpos++) + { + pos = ((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos; + + /* Get the port pins position */ + currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin) & pos; + + if (currentpin == pos) + { + if ((GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_OUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_AF)) + { + /* Check Speed mode parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed)); + + /* Speed mode configuration */ + GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (pinpos * 2)); + GPIOx->OSPEEDR |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed) << (pinpos * 2)); + + /* Check Output mode parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_OTYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType)); + + /* Output mode configuration */ + GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~((GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0) << ((uint16_t)pinpos)); + GPIOx->OTYPER |= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType) << ((uint16_t)pinpos)); + } + + GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (pinpos * 2)); + + GPIOx->MODER |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode) << (pinpos * 2)); + + /* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration */ + GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << ((uint16_t)pinpos * 2)); + GPIOx->PUPDR |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd) << (pinpos * 2)); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each GPIO_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct) +{ + /* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */ + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_All; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IN; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_2MHz; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType = GPIO_OType_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd = GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL; +} + +/** + * @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers. + * The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR, + * GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH. + * @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified + * until the next reset. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A or B or D) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0x00010000; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_LIST_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + tmp |= GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKK bit */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Reset LCKK bit */ + GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKK bit */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Read LCKK bit */ + tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; + /* Read LCKK bit */ + tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Group2 GPIO Read and Write + * @brief GPIO Read and Write + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### GPIO Read and Write ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified input port pin. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. + * @note This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be : + * (0..15) for GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, GPIOD or GPIOE; + * (0..2, 4, 6, 9..10) for GPIOF. + * @retval The input port pin value. + */ +uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET) + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified input port pin. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @retval The input port pin value. + */ +uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->IDR); +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified output data port bit. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the port bit to read. + * @note This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be : + * (0..15) for GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, GPIOD or GPIOE; + * (0..2, 4, 6, 9..10) for GPIOF. + * @retval The output port pin value. + */ +uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + if ((GPIOx->ODR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET) + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified GPIO output data port. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @retval GPIO output data port value. + */ +uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->ODR); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the selected data port bits. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written. + * @note This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be : + * (0..15) for GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, GPIOD or GPIOE; + * (0..2, 4, 6, 9..10) for GPIOF. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the selected data port bits. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written. + * @note This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be : + * (0..15) for GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, GPIOD or GPIOE; + * (0..2, 4, 6, 9..10) for GPIOF. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + GPIOx->BRR = GPIO_Pin; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. + * @note This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be : + * (0..15) for GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, GPIOD or GPIOE; + * (0..2, 4, 6, 9..10) for GPIOF. + * @param BitVal: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit. + * This parameter can be one of the BitAction enumeration values: + * @arg Bit_RESET: to clear the port pin + * @arg Bit_SET: to set the port pin + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(BitVal)); + + if (BitVal != Bit_RESET) + { + GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin; + } + else + { + GPIOx->BRR = GPIO_Pin ; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Writes data to the specified GPIO data port. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param PortVal: specifies the value to be written to the port output data + * register. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + GPIOx->ODR = PortVal; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Group3 GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions + * @brief GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Writes data to the specified GPIO data port. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_PinSource: specifies the pin for the Alternate function. + * This parameter can be GPIO_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15). + * @param GPIO_AF: selects the pin to be used as Alternate function. + * This parameter can be one of the following value: + * @arg GPIO_AF_0: JTCK-SWCLK, JTDI, JTDO/TRACESW0, JTMS-SWDAT, MCO, NJTRST, + * TRACED, TRACECK. + * @arg GPIO_AF_1: OUT, TIM2, TIM15, TIM16, TIM17. + * @arg GPIO_AF_2: COMP1_OUT, TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM8, TIM15. + * @arg GPIO_AF_3: COMP7_OUT, TIM8, TIM15, Touch. + * @arg GPIO_AF_4: I2C1, I2C2, TIM1, TIM8, TIM16, TIM17. + * @arg GPIO_AF_5: IR_OUT, I2S2, I2S3, SPI1, SPI2, TIM8, USART4, USART5 + * @arg GPIO_AF_6: IR_OUT, I2S2, I2S3, SPI2, SPI3, TIM1, TIM8 + * @arg GPIO_AF_7: AOP2_OUT, CAN, COMP3_OUT, COMP5_OUT, COMP6_OUT, USART1, + * USART2, USART3. + * @arg GPIO_AF_8: COMP1_OUT, COMP2_OUT, COMP3_OUT, COMP4_OUT, COMP5_OUT, + * COMP6_OUT. + * @arg GPIO_AF_9: AOP4_OUT, CAN, TIM1, TIM8, TIM15. + * @arg GPIO_AF_10: AOP1_OUT, AOP3_OUT, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM8, TIM17. + * @arg GPIO_AF_11: TIM1, TIM8. + * @arg GPIO_AF_12: TIM1. + * @arg GPIO_AF_14: USBDM, USBDP. + * @arg GPIO_AF_15: OUT. + * @note The pin should already been configured in Alternate Function mode(AF) + * using GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + * @note Refer to the Alternate function mapping table in the device datasheet + * for the detailed mapping of the system and peripherals alternate + * function I/O pins. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_PinSource, uint8_t GPIO_AF) +{ + uint32_t temp = 0x00; + uint32_t temp_2 = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(GPIO_PinSource)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_AF)); + + temp = ((uint32_t)(GPIO_AF) << ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)GPIO_PinSource & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)); + GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)GPIO_PinSource & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)); + temp_2 = GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] | temp; + GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] = temp_2; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_i2c.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_i2c.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1fd058c --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_i2c.c @@ -0,0 +1,1585 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_i2c.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Inter-Integrated circuit (I2C): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Communications handling + * + SMBUS management + * + I2C registers management + * + Data transfers management + * + DMA transfers management + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + ============================================================================ + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================ + [..] + (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2Cx, ENABLE) + function for I2C1 or I2C2. + (#) Enable SDA, SCL and SMBA (when used) GPIO clocks using + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() function. + (#) Peripherals alternate function: + (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. + (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + (++) Select the type, OpenDrain and speed via + GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + (++) Call GPIO_Init() function. + (#) Program the Mode, Timing , Own address, Ack and Acknowledged Address + using the I2C_Init() function. + (#) Optionally you can enable/configure the following parameters without + re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again I2C_Init() function): + (++) Enable the acknowledge feature using I2C_AcknowledgeConfig() function. + (++) Enable the dual addressing mode using I2C_DualAddressCmd() function. + (++) Enable the general call using the I2C_GeneralCallCmd() function. + (++) Enable the clock stretching using I2C_StretchClockCmd() function. + (++) Enable the PEC Calculation using I2C_CalculatePEC() function. + (++) For SMBus Mode: + (+++) Enable the SMBusAlert pin using I2C_SMBusAlertCmd() function. + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + I2C_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + (#) When using the DMA mode + (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function. + (++) Active the needed channel Request using I2C_DMACmd() function. + (#) Enable the I2C using the I2C_Cmd() function. + (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode in the + transfers. + [..] + (@) When using I2C in Fast Mode Plus, SCL and SDA pin 20mA current drive capability + must be enabled by setting the driving capability control bit in SYSCFG. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_i2c.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C + * @brief I2C driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00CFE0FF) /*I2C_AnalogFilter)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DigitalFilter)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ACK(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress)); + + /* Disable I2Cx Peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_PE); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx FILTERS Configuration ------------------*/ + /* Get the I2Cx CR1 value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR1; + /* Clear I2Cx CR1 register */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure I2Cx: analog and digital filter */ + /* Set ANFOFF bit according to I2C_AnalogFilter value */ + /* Set DFN bits according to I2C_DigitalFilter value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AnalogFilter |(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DigitalFilter << 8); + + /* Write to I2Cx CR1 */ + I2Cx->CR1 = tmpreg; + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMING Configuration -------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Timing */ + /* Set TIMINGR bits according to I2C_Timing */ + /* Write to I2Cx TIMING */ + I2Cx->TIMINGR = I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Timing & TIMING_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Enable I2Cx Peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE; + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Clear tmpreg local variable */ + tmpreg = 0; + /* Clear OAR1 register */ + I2Cx->OAR1 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + /* Clear OAR2 register */ + I2Cx->OAR2 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + /* Configure I2Cx: Own Address1 and acknowledged address */ + /* Set OA1MODE bit according to I2C_AcknowledgedAddress value */ + /* Set OA1 bits according to I2C_OwnAddress1 value */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress | \ + (uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1); + /* Write to I2Cx OAR1 */ + I2Cx->OAR1 = tmpreg; + /* Enable Own Address1 acknowledgement */ + I2Cx->OAR1 |= I2C_OAR1_OA1EN; + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx MODE Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: mode */ + /* Set SMBDEN and SMBHEN bits according to I2C_Mode value */ + tmpreg = I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode; + /* Write to I2Cx CR1 */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= tmpreg; + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx ACK Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Get the I2Cx CR2 value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2; + /* Clear I2Cx CR2 register */ + tmpreg &= CR2_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure I2Cx: acknowledgement */ + /* Set NACK bit according to I2C_Ack value */ + tmpreg |= I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack; + /* Write to I2Cx CR2 */ + I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each I2C_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param I2C_InitStruct: pointer to an I2C_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct) +{ + /*---------------- Reset I2C init structure parameters values --------------*/ + /* Initialize the I2C_Timing member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Timing = 0; + /* Initialize the I2C_AnalogFilter member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AnalogFilter = I2C_AnalogFilter_Enable; + /* Initialize the I2C_DigitalFilter member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DigitalFilter = 0; + /* Initialize the I2C_Mode member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode = I2C_Mode_I2C; + /* Initialize the I2C_OwnAddress1 member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1 = 0; + /* Initialize the I2C_Ack member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack = I2C_Ack_Disable; + /* Initialize the I2C_AcknowledgedAddress member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress = I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_PE); + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C software reset. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Disable peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_PE); + + /* Perform a dummy read to delay the disable of peripheral for minimum + 3 APB clock cycles to perform the software reset functionality */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)(uint32_t)I2Cx; + + /* Enable peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C interrupts. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the I2C interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_ERRI: Error interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_TCI: Transfer Complete interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_STOPI: Stop Detection interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_NACKI: Not Acknowledge received interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_ADDRI: Address Match interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_RXI: RX interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_TXI: TX interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified I2C interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(I2C_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C interrupts */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C interrupts */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_IT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C Clock stretching. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx Clock stretching. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable clock stretching */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH); + } + else + { + /* Disable clock stretching */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C wakeup from stop mode. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx stop mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_StopModeCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable wakeup from stop mode */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_WUPEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C own address 2. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C own address 2. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable own address 2 */ + I2Cx->OAR2 |= I2C_OAR2_OA2EN; + } + else + { + /* Disable own address 2 */ + I2Cx->OAR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_OAR2_OA2EN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the I2C slave own address 2 and mask. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the slave address to be programmed. + * @param Mask: specifies own address 2 mask to be programmed. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_OA2_NoMask: no mask. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask01: OA2[1] is masked and don't care. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask02: OA2[2:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask03: OA2[3:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask04: OA2[4:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask05: OA2[5:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask06: OA2[6:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg I2C_OA2_Mask07: OA2[7:1] are masked and don't care. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Address, uint8_t Mask) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(Address)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(Mask)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->OAR2; + + /* Reset I2Cx OA2 bit [7:1] and OA2MSK bit [1:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(I2C_OAR2_OA2 | I2C_OAR2_OA2MSK)); + + /* Set I2Cx SADD */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Address & I2C_OAR2_OA2) | \ + (((uint32_t)Mask << 8) & I2C_OAR2_OA2MSK)) ; + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->OAR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C general call mode. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C general call mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable general call mode */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_GCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable general call mode */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_GCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C slave byte control. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C slave byte control. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SlaveByteControlCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable slave byte control */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_SBC; + } + else + { + /* Disable slave byte control */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_SBC); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the slave address to be transmitted after start generation. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the slave address to be programmed. + * @note This function should be called before generating start condition. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SlaveAddressConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Address) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2; + + /* Reset I2Cx SADD bit [9:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_SADD); + + /* Set I2Cx SADD */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)Address & I2C_CR2_SADD); + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C 10-bit addressing mode for the master. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C 10-bit addressing mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This function should be called before generating start condition. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_10BitAddressingModeCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable 10-bit addressing mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_ADD10; + } + else + { + /* Disable 10-bit addressing mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_ADD10); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group2 Communications handling functions + * @brief Communications handling functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Communications handling functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions that handles I2C communication. + + [..] Automatic End mode is enabled using I2C_AutoEndCmd() function. When Reload + mode is enabled via I2C_ReloadCmd() AutoEnd bit has no effect. + + [..] I2C_NumberOfBytesConfig() function set the number of bytes to be transferred, + this configuration should be done before generating start condition in master + mode. + + [..] When switching from master write operation to read operation in 10Bit addressing + mode, master can only sends the 1st 7 bits of the 10 bit address, followed by + Read direction by enabling HEADR bit using I2C_10BitAddressHeader() function. + + [..] In master mode, when transferring more than 255 bytes Reload mode should be used + to handle communication. In the first phase of transfer, Nbytes should be set to + 255. After transferring these bytes TCR flag is set and I2C_TransferHandling() + function should be called to handle remaining communication. + + [..] In master mode, when software end mode is selected when all data is transferred + TC flag is set I2C_TransferHandling() function should be called to generate STOP + or generate ReStart. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C automatic end mode (stop condition is + * automatically sent when nbytes data are transferred). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C automatic end mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This function has effect if Reload mode is disabled. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_AutoEndCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Auto end mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_AUTOEND; + } + else + { + /* Disable Auto end mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_AUTOEND); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C nbytes reload mode. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the nbytes reload mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ReloadCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Auto Reload mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_RELOAD; + } + else + { + /* Disable Auto Reload mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_RELOAD); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the number of bytes to be transmitted/received. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Number_Bytes: specifies the number of bytes to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_NumberOfBytesConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Number_Bytes) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2; + + /* Reset I2Cx Nbytes bit [7:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_NBYTES); + + /* Set I2Cx Nbytes */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Number_Bytes << 16 ) & I2C_CR2_NBYTES); + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the type of transfer request for the master. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_Direction: specifies the transfer request direction to be programmed. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_Direction_Transmitter: Master request a write transfer + * @arg I2C_Direction_Receiver: Master request a read transfer + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_MasterRequestConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_Direction) +{ +/* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DIRECTION(I2C_Direction)); + + /* Test on the direction to set/reset the read/write bit */ + if (I2C_Direction == I2C_Direction_Transmitter) + { + /* Request a write Transfer */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_RD_WRN); + } + else + { + /* Request a read Transfer */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_RD_WRN; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates I2Cx communication START condition. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Generate a START condition */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_START; + } + else + { + /* Disable the START condition generation */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_START); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates I2Cx communication STOP condition. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C STOP condition generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Generate a STOP condition */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the STOP condition generation */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_STOP); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C 10-bit header only mode with read direction. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C 10-bit header only mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This mode can be used only when switching from master transmitter mode + * to master receiver mode. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_10BitAddressHeaderCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable 10-bit header only mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_HEAD10R; + } + else + { + /* Disable 10-bit header only mode */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_HEAD10R); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates I2C communication Acknowledge. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the Acknowledge. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable ACK generation */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_NACK); + } + else + { + /* Enable NACK generation */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the I2C slave matched address . + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the slave matched address . + */ +uint8_t I2C_GetAddressMatched(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Return the slave matched address in the SR1 register */ + return (uint8_t)(((uint32_t)I2Cx->ISR & I2C_ISR_ADDCODE) >> 16) ; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the I2C slave received request. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received request. + */ +uint16_t I2C_GetTransferDirection(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + uint16_t direction = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Return the slave matched address in the SR1 register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(I2Cx->ISR & I2C_ISR_DIR); + + /* If write transfer is requested */ + if (tmpreg == 0) + { + /* write transfer is requested */ + direction = I2C_Direction_Transmitter; + } + else + { + /* Read transfer is requested */ + direction = I2C_Direction_Receiver; + } + return direction; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles I2Cx communication when starting transfer or during transfer (TC or TCR flag are set). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the slave address to be programmed. + * @param Number_Bytes: specifies the number of bytes to be programmed. + * This parameter must be a value between 0 and 255. + * @param ReloadEndMode: new state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_Reload_Mode: Enable Reload mode . + * @arg I2C_AutoEnd_Mode: Enable Automatic end mode. + * @arg I2C_SoftEnd_Mode: Enable Software end mode. + * @param StartStopMode: new state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_No_StartStop: Don't Generate stop and start condition. + * @arg I2C_Generate_Stop: Generate stop condition (Number_Bytes should be set to 0). + * @arg I2C_Generate_Start_Read: Generate Restart for read request. + * @arg I2C_Generate_Start_Write: Generate Restart for write request. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_TransferHandling(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Address, uint8_t Number_Bytes, uint32_t ReloadEndMode, uint32_t StartStopMode) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS(Address)); + assert_param(IS_RELOAD_END_MODE(ReloadEndMode)); + assert_param(IS_START_STOP_MODE(StartStopMode)); + + /* Get the CR2 register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2; + + /* clear tmpreg specific bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(I2C_CR2_SADD | I2C_CR2_NBYTES | I2C_CR2_RELOAD | I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | I2C_CR2_RD_WRN | I2C_CR2_START | I2C_CR2_STOP)); + + /* update tmpreg */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Address & I2C_CR2_SADD) | (((uint32_t)Number_Bytes << 16 ) & I2C_CR2_NBYTES) | \ + (uint32_t)ReloadEndMode | (uint32_t)StartStopMode); + + /* update CR2 register */ + I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group3 SMBUS management functions + * @brief SMBUS management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### SMBUS management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions that handles SMBus communication + and timeouts detection. + + [..] The SMBus Device default address (0b1100 001) is enabled by calling I2C_Init() + function and setting I2C_Mode member of I2C_InitTypeDef() structure to + I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice. + + [..] The SMBus Host address (0b0001 000) is enabled by calling I2C_Init() + function and setting I2C_Mode member of I2C_InitTypeDef() structure to + I2C_Mode_SMBusHost. + + [..] The Alert Response Address (0b0001 100) is enabled using I2C_SMBusAlertCmd() + function. + + [..] To detect cumulative SCL stretch in master and slave mode, TIMEOUTB should be + configured (in accordance to SMBus specification) using I2C_TimeoutBConfig() + function then I2C_ExtendedClockTimeoutCmd() function should be called to enable + the detection. + + [..] SCL low timeout is detected by configuring TIMEOUTB using I2C_TimeoutBConfig() + function followed by the call of I2C_ClockTimeoutCmd(). When adding to this + procedure the call of I2C_IdleClockTimeoutCmd() function, Bus Idle condition + (both SCL and SDA high) is detected also. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C SMBus alert. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx SMBus alert. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SMBusAlertCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable SMBus alert */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ALERTEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable SMBus alert */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_ALERTEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C Clock Timeout (SCL Timeout detection). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx clock Timeout. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ClockTimeoutCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Clock Timeout */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR |= I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMOUTEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable Clock Timeout */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMOUTEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C Extended Clock Timeout (SCL cumulative Timeout detection). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx Extended clock Timeout. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ExtendedClockTimeoutCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Clock Timeout */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR |= I2C_TIMEOUTR_TEXTEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable Clock Timeout */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_TIMEOUTR_TEXTEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C Idle Clock Timeout (Bus idle SCL and SDA + * high detection). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx Idle clock Timeout. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_IdleClockTimeoutCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Clock Timeout */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR |= I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIDLE; + } + else + { + /* Disable Clock Timeout */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIDLE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the I2C Bus Timeout A (SCL Timeout when TIDLE = 0 or Bus + * idle SCL and SDA high when TIDLE = 1). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Timeout: specifies the TimeoutA to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_TimeoutAConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_TIMEOUT(Timeout)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->TIMEOUTR; + + /* Reset I2Cx TIMEOUTA bit [11:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTA); + + /* Set I2Cx TIMEOUTA */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)Timeout & I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTA) ; + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the I2C Bus Timeout B (SCL cumulative Timeout). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Timeout: specifies the TimeoutB to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_TimeoutBConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_TIMEOUT(Timeout)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->TIMEOUTR; + + /* Reset I2Cx TIMEOUTB bit [11:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTB); + + /* Set I2Cx TIMEOUTB */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Timeout << 16) & I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTB) ; + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->TIMEOUTR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C PEC calculation. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx PEC calculation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable PEC calculation */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PECEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable PEC calculation */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR1_PECEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables I2C PEC transmission/reception request. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx PEC request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_PECRequestCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable PEC transmission/reception request */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR2_PECBYTE; + } + else + { + /* Disable PEC transmission/reception request */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)I2C_CR2_PECBYTE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the I2C PEC. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the PEC . + */ +uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Return the slave matched address in the SR1 register */ + return (uint8_t)((uint32_t)I2Cx->PECR & I2C_PECR_PEC); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group4 I2C registers management functions + * @brief I2C registers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### I2C registers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a functions that allow user the management of + I2C registers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + /** + * @brief Reads the specified I2C register and returns its value. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_Register: specifies the register to read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_Register_CR1: CR1 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_CR2: CR2 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_OAR1: OAR1 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_OAR2: OAR2 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_TIMINGR: TIMING register. + * @arg I2C_Register_TIMEOUTR: TIMEOUTR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_ISR: ISR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_ICR: ICR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_PECR: PECR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_RXDR: RXDR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_TXDR: TXDR register. + * @retval The value of the read register. + */ +uint32_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_REGISTER(I2C_Register)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)I2Cx; + tmp += I2C_Register; + + /* Return the selected register value */ + return (*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group5 Data transfers management functions + * @brief Data transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage + the I2C data transfers. + + [..] The read access of the I2C_RXDR register can be done using + the I2C_ReceiveData() function and returns the received value. + Whereas a write access to the I2C_TXDR can be done using I2C_SendData() + function and stores the written data into TXDR. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sends a data byte through the I2Cx peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Data: Byte to be transmitted.. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */ + I2Cx->TXDR = (uint8_t)Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the I2Cx peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Return the data in the DR register */ + return (uint8_t)I2Cx->RXDR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group6 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides two functions that can be used only in DMA mode. + [..] In DMA Mode, the I2C communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel + requests: + (#) I2C_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request. + (#) I2C_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: + (+) I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I2C DMA interface. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_DMAReq: specifies the I2C DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_DMAReq_Tx: Tx DMA transfer request + * @arg I2C_DMAReq_Rx: Rx DMA transfer request + * @param NewState: new state of the selected I2C DMA transfer request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DMA_REQ(I2C_DMAReq)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C DMA requests */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C DMA requests */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~I2C_DMAReq; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group7 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the I2C Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode(refer I2C_Group6) . + + *** Polling Mode *** + ==================== + [..] In Polling Mode, the I2C communication can be managed by 15 flags: + (#) I2C_FLAG_TXE: to indicate the status of Transmit data register empty flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_TXIS: to indicate the status of Transmit interrupt status flag . + (#) I2C_FLAG_RXNE: to indicate the status of Receive data register not empty flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_ADDR: to indicate the status of Address matched flag (slave mode). + (#) I2C_FLAG_NACKF: to indicate the status of NACK received flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_STOPF: to indicate the status of STOP detection flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_TC: to indicate the status of Transfer complete flag(master mode). + (#) I2C_FLAG_TCR: to indicate the status of Transfer complete reload flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_BERR: to indicate the status of Bus error flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_ARLO: to indicate the status of Arbitration lost flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_OVR: to indicate the status of Overrun/Underrun flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_PECERR: to indicate the status of PEC error in reception flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: to indicate the status of Timeout or Tlow detection flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_ALERT: to indicate the status of SMBus Alert flag. + (#) I2C_FLAG_BUSY: to indicate the status of Bus busy flag. + + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG); + (+) void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG); + + [..] + (@)Do not use the BUSY flag to handle each data transmission or reception.It is + better to use the TXIS and RXNE flags instead. + + *** Interrupt Mode *** + ====================== + [..] In Interrupt Mode, the I2C communication can be managed by 7 interrupt sources + and 15 pending bits: + [..] Interrupt Source: + (#) I2C_IT_ERRI: specifies the interrupt source for the Error interrupt. + (#) I2C_IT_TCI: specifies the interrupt source for the Transfer Complete interrupt. + (#) I2C_IT_STOPI: specifies the interrupt source for the Stop Detection interrupt. + (#) I2C_IT_NACKI: specifies the interrupt source for the Not Acknowledge received interrupt. + (#) I2C_IT_ADDRI: specifies the interrupt source for the Address Match interrupt. + (#) I2C_IT_RXI: specifies the interrupt source for the RX interrupt. + (#) I2C_IT_TXI: specifies the interrupt source for the TX interrupt. + + [..] Pending Bits: + (#) I2C_IT_TXIS: to indicate the status of Transmit interrupt status flag. + (#) I2C_IT_RXNE: to indicate the status of Receive data register not empty flag. + (#) I2C_IT_ADDR: to indicate the status of Address matched flag (slave mode). + (#) I2C_IT_NACKF: to indicate the status of NACK received flag. + (#) I2C_IT_STOPF: to indicate the status of STOP detection flag. + (#) I2C_IT_TC: to indicate the status of Transfer complete flag (master mode). + (#) I2C_IT_TCR: to indicate the status of Transfer complete reload flag. + (#) I2C_IT_BERR: to indicate the status of Bus error flag. + (#) I2C_IT_ARLO: to indicate the status of Arbitration lost flag. + (#) I2C_IT_OVR: to indicate the status of Overrun/Underrun flag. + (#) I2C_IT_PECERR: to indicate the status of PEC error in reception flag. + (#) I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: to indicate the status of Timeout or Tlow detection flag. + (#) I2C_IT_ALERT: to indicate the status of SMBus Alert flag. + + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT); + (+) ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TXIS: Transmit interrupt status + * @arg I2C_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_NACKF: NACK received flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_STOPF: STOP detection flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TC: Transfer complete (master mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TCR: Transfer complete reload + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost + * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun + * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ALERT: SMBus Alert + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy + * @retval The new state of I2C_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(I2C_FLAG)); + + /* Get the ISR register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->ISR; + + /* Get flag status */ + tmpreg &= I2C_FLAG; + + if(tmpreg != 0) + { + /* I2C_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* I2C_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the I2Cx's pending flags. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_NACKF: NACK received flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_STOPF: STOP detection flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost + * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun + * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ALERT: SMBus Alert + * @retval The new state of I2C_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(I2C_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected flag */ + I2Cx->ICR = I2C_FLAG; + } + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_TXIS: Transmit interrupt status + * @arg I2C_IT_RXNE: Receive data register not empty + * @arg I2C_IT_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_NACKF: NACK received flag + * @arg I2C_IT_STOPF: STOP detection flag + * @arg I2C_IT_TC: Transfer complete (master mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_TCR: Transfer complete reload + * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error + * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost + * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun + * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception + * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag + * @arg I2C_IT_ALERT: SMBus Alert + * @retval The new state of I2C_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_IT(I2C_IT)); + + /* Check if the interrupt source is enabled or not */ + /* If Error interrupt */ + if((uint32_t)(I2C_IT & ERROR_IT_MASK)) + { + enablestatus = (uint32_t)((I2C_CR1_ERRIE) & (I2Cx->CR1)); + } + /* If TC interrupt */ + else if((uint32_t)(I2C_IT & TC_IT_MASK)) + { + enablestatus = (uint32_t)((I2C_CR1_TCIE) & (I2Cx->CR1)); + } + else + { + enablestatus = (uint32_t)((I2C_IT) & (I2Cx->CR1)); + } + + /* Get the ISR register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->ISR; + + /* Get flag status */ + tmpreg &= I2C_IT; + + /* Check the status of the specified I2C flag */ + if((tmpreg != RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* I2C_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* I2C_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the I2C_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the I2Cx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_NACKF: NACK received flag + * @arg I2C_IT_STOPF: STOP detection flag + * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error + * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost + * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun + * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception + * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag + * @arg I2C_IT_ALERT: SMBus Alert + * @retval The new state of I2C_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(I2C_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected flag */ + I2Cx->ICR = I2C_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_iwdg.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_iwdg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..45320a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_iwdg.c @@ -0,0 +1,288 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_iwdg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Independent watchdog (IWDG) peripheral: + * + Prescaler and Counter configuration + * + IWDG activation + * + Flag management + * + @verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### IWDG features ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable + through option byte). + [..] The IWDG is clocked by its own dedicated low-speed clock (LSI) and + thus stays active even if the main clock fails. + Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and cannot be disabled + (LSI cannot be disabled too), and the counter starts counting down from + the reset value of 0xFFF. When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) + a system reset is generated. + The IWDG counter should be reloaded at regular intervals to prevent + an MCU reset. + [..] The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional + in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY). + [..] IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a IWDG + reset occurs. + [..] Min-max timeout value @41KHz (LSI): ~0.1ms / ~25.5s + The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32F30x + devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock + connected internally to TIM16 CH1 input capture). The measured value + can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy. + For more information, please refer to the STM32F30x Reference manual. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This driver allows to use IWDG peripheral with either window option enabled + or disabled. To do so follow one of the two procedures below. + (#) Window option is enabled: + (++) Start the IWDG using IWDG_Enable() function, when the IWDG is used + in software mode (no need to enable the LSI, it will be enabled + by hardware). + (++) Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers using + IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) function. + (++) Configure the IWDG prescaler using IWDG_SetPrescaler() function. + (++) Configure the IWDG counter value using IWDG_SetReload() function. + This value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the counter + is reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value. + (++) Wait for the IWDG registers to be updated using IWDG_GetFlagStatus() function. + (++) Configure the IWDG refresh window using IWDG_SetWindowValue() function. + + (#) Window option is disabled: + (++) Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers using + IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) function. + (++) Configure the IWDG prescaler using IWDG_SetPrescaler() function. + (++) Configure the IWDG counter value using IWDG_SetReload() function. + This value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the counter + is reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value. + (++) Wait for the IWDG registers to be updated using IWDG_GetFlagStatus() function. + (++) reload the IWDG counter at regular intervals during normal operation + to prevent an MCU reset, using IWDG_ReloadCounter() function. + (++) Start the IWDG using IWDG_Enable() function, when the IWDG is used + in software mode (no need to enable the LSI, it will be enabled + by hardware). + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_iwdg.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG + * @brief IWDG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* ---------------------- IWDG registers bit mask ----------------------------*/ +/* KR register bit mask */ +#define KR_KEY_RELOAD ((uint16_t)0xAAAA) +#define KR_KEY_ENABLE ((uint16_t)0xCCCC) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Group1 Prescaler and Counter configuration functions + * @brief Prescaler and Counter configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Prescaler and Counter configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers. + * @param IWDG_WriteAccess: new state of write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable: Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers + * @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable: Disable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(IWDG_WriteAccess)); + IWDG->KR = IWDG_WriteAccess; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets IWDG Prescaler value. + * @param IWDG_Prescaler: specifies the IWDG Prescaler value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_4: IWDG prescaler set to 4 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_8: IWDG prescaler set to 8 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_16: IWDG prescaler set to 16 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_32: IWDG prescaler set to 32 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_64: IWDG prescaler set to 64 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_128: IWDG prescaler set to 128 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_256: IWDG prescaler set to 256 + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(IWDG_Prescaler)); + IWDG->PR = IWDG_Prescaler; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets IWDG Reload value. + * @param Reload: specifies the IWDG Reload value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x0FFF. + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(Reload)); + IWDG->RLR = Reload; +} + +/** + * @brief Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register + * (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void) +{ + IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_RELOAD; +} + + +/** + * @brief Sets the IWDG window value. + * @param WindowValue: specifies the window value to be compared to the downcounter. + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_SetWindowValue(uint16_t WindowValue) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(WindowValue)); + IWDG->WINR = WindowValue; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Group2 IWDG activation function + * @brief IWDG activation function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IWDG activation function ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables IWDG (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_Enable(void) +{ + IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Group3 Flag management function + * @brief Flag management function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Flag management function ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified IWDG flag is set or not. + * @param IWDG_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg IWDG_FLAG_PVU: Prescaler Value Update on going + * @arg IWDG_FLAG_RVU: Reload Value Update on going + * @arg IWDG_FLAG_WVU: Counter Window Value Update on going + * @retval The new state of IWDG_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_FLAG(IWDG_FLAG)); + if ((IWDG->SR & IWDG_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_misc.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_misc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07c9a16 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_misc.c @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_misc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides all the miscellaneous firmware functions (add-on + * to CMSIS functions). + * + @verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### How to configure Interrupts using driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts + (IRQ). The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions. + (#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() + function according to the following table. + The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority + and subpriority according to the Priority Grouping configuration + performed by NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig function. + + (#) Enable and Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels. + [..] + (@) When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, it will no any nested interrupt, + the IRQ priority will be managed only by subpriority. + The sub-priority is only used to sort pending exception priorities, + and does not affect active exceptions. + (@) Lower priority values gives higher priority. + (@) Priority Order: + (#@) Lowest Preemption priority. + (#@) Lowest Subpriority. + (#@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQn position). + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_misc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC + * @brief MISC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK ((uint32_t)0x05FA0000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the priority grouping: pre-emption priority and subpriority. + * @param NVIC_PriorityGroup: specifies the priority grouping bits length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority. + * 4 bits for subpriority. + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority. + * 3 bits for subpriority. + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority. + * 2 bits for subpriority. + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority. + * 1 bits for subpriority. + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority. + * 0 bits for subpriority. + * @note When NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, it will no be any nested + * interrupt. This interrupts priority is managed only with subpriority. + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(NVIC_PriorityGroup)); + + /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to NVIC_PriorityGroup value */ + SCB->AIRCR = AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK | NVIC_PriorityGroup; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the NVIC peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the NVIC_InitStruct. + * @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() + * function should be called before. + * @param NVIC_InitStruct: pointer to a NVIC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified NVIC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmppriority = 0x00, tmppre = 0x00, tmpsub = 0x0F; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority)); + + if (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd != DISABLE) + { + /* Compute the Corresponding IRQ Priority --------------------------------*/ + tmppriority = (0x700 - ((SCB->AIRCR) & (uint32_t)0x700))>> 0x08; + tmppre = (0x4 - tmppriority); + tmpsub = tmpsub >> tmppriority; + + tmppriority = (uint32_t)NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority << tmppre; + tmppriority |= NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority & tmpsub; + tmppriority = tmppriority << 0x04; + + NVIC->IP[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel] = tmppriority; + + /* Enable the Selected IRQ Channels --------------------------------------*/ + NVIC->ISER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] = + (uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F); + } + else + { + /* Disable the Selected IRQ Channels -------------------------------------*/ + NVIC->ICER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] = + (uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the vector table location and Offset. + * @param NVIC_VectTab: specifies if the vector table is in RAM or FLASH memory. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_VectTab_RAM + * @arg NVIC_VectTab_FLASH + * @param Offset: Vector Table base offset field. This value must be a multiple of 0x200. + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(NVIC_VectTab)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_OFFSET(Offset)); + + SCB->VTOR = NVIC_VectTab | (Offset & (uint32_t)0x1FFFFF80); +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the condition for the system to enter low power mode. + * @param LowPowerMode: Specifies the new mode for the system to enter low power mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND + * @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP + * @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT + * @param NewState: new state of LP condition. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_LP(LowPowerMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + SCB->SCR |= LowPowerMode; + } + else + { + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)LowPowerMode); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the SysTick clock source. + * @param SysTick_CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source. + * @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source. + * @retval None + */ +void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SysTick_CLKSource)); + if (SysTick_CLKSource == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK) + { + SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK; + } + else + { + SysTick->CTRL &= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_opamp.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_opamp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d64ff23 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_opamp.c @@ -0,0 +1,575 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_opamp.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the operational amplifiers (OPAMP1,...OPAMP4) peripheral: + * + OPAMP Configuration + * + OPAMP calibration + * + @verbatim + + ============================================================================== + ##### OPAMP Peripheral Features ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] + The device integrates 4 operational amplifiers OPAMP1, OPAMP2, OPAMP3 and OPAMP4: + + (+) The OPAMPs non inverting input can be selected among the list shown by + table below. + + (+) The OPAMPs inverting input can be selected among the list shown by + table below. + + (+) The OPAMPs outputs can be internally connected to the inverting input + (follower mode) + (+) The OPAMPs outputs can be internally connected to resistor feedback + output (Programmable Gain Amplifier mode) + + (+) The OPAMPs outputs can be internally connected to ADC + + (+) The OPAMPs can be calibrated to compensate the offset compensation + + (+) Timer-controlled Mux for automatic switch of inverting and + non-inverting input + + OPAMPs inverting/non-inverting inputs: + +--------------------------------------------------------------+ + | | | OPAMP1 | OPAMP2 | OPAMP3 | OPAMP4 | + |-----------------|--------|--------|--------|--------|--------| + | | PGA | OK | OK | OK | OK | + | Inverting Input | Vout | OK | OK | OK | OK | + | | IO1 | PC5 | PC5 | PB10 | PB10 | + | | IO2 | PA3 | PA5 | PB2 | PD8 | + |-----------------|--------|--------|--------|--------|--------| + | | IO1 | PA7 | PD14 | PB13 | PD11 | + | Non Inverting | IO2 | PA5 | PB14 | PA5 | PB11 | + | Input | IO3 | PA3 | PB0 | PA1 | PA4 | + | | IO4 | PA1 | PA7 | PB0 | PB13 | + +--------------------------------------------------------------+ + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver provides functions to configure and program the OPAMP + of all STM32F30x devices. + + To use the OPAMP, perform the following steps: + + (#) Enable the SYSCFG APB clock to get write access to OPAMP + register using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + + (#) Configure the OPAMP input in analog mode using GPIO_Init() + + (#) Configure the OPAMP using OPAMP_Init() function: + (++) Select the inverting input + (++) Select the non-inverting inverting input + + (#) Enable the OPAMP using OPAMP_Cmd() function + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_opamp.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP + * @brief OPAMP driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define OPAMP_CSR_DEFAULT_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF93) +#define OPAMP_CSR_TIMERMUX_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFF8FF) +#define OPAMP_CSR_TRIMMING_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup OPAMP_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes OPAMP peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @note Deinitialization can't be performed if the OPAMP configuration is locked. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_DeInit(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection) +{ + /*!< Set OPAMP_CSR register to reset value */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the OPAMP peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in OPAMP_InitStruct + * @note If the selected OPAMP is locked, initialization can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param OPAMP_InitStruct: pointer to an OPAMP_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified OPAMP peripheral. + * - OPAMP_InvertingInput specifies the inverting input of OPAMP + * - OPAMP_NonInvertingInput specifies the non inverting input of OPAMP + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_Init(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, OPAMP_InitTypeDef* OPAMP_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_INVERTING_INPUT(OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_InvertingInput)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_NONINVERTING_INPUT(OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_NonInvertingInput)); + + /*!< Get the OPAMPx_CSR register value */ + tmpreg = *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection); + + /*!< Clear the inverting and non inverting bits selection bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t) (OPAMP_CSR_DEFAULT_MASK); + + /*!< Configure OPAMP: inverting and non inverting inputs */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_InvertingInput | OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_NonInvertingInput); + + /*!< Write to OPAMPx_CSR register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each OPAMP_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param OPAMP_InitStruct: pointer to an OPAMP_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_StructInit(OPAMP_InitTypeDef* OPAMP_InitStruct) +{ + OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_NonInvertingInput = OPAMP_NonInvertingInput_IO1; + OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_InvertingInput = OPAMP_InvertingInput_IO1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the feedback resistor gain. + * @note If the selected OPAMP is locked, gain configuration can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the OPAMP peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_PGAConfig(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, uint32_t OPAMP_PGAGain, uint32_t OPAMP_PGAConnect) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_PGAGAIN(OPAMP_PGAGain)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_PGACONNECT(OPAMP_PGAConnect)); + + /* Reset the configuration bits */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) &= (uint32_t)(~OPAMP_CSR_PGGAIN); + + /* Set the new configuration */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) (OPAMP_PGAGain | OPAMP_PGAConnect); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the OPAMP's internal reference. + * @note This feature is used when calibration enabled or OPAMP's reference + * connected to the non inverting input. + * @note If the selected OPAMP is locked, Vref configuration can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param OPAMP_Vref: This parameter can be: + * OPAMP_Vref_3VDDA: OPMAP Vref = 3.3% VDDA + * OPAMP_Vref_10VDDA: OPMAP Vref = 10% VDDA + * OPAMP_Vref_50VDDA: OPMAP Vref = 50% VDDA + * OPAMP_Vref_90VDDA: OPMAP Vref = 90% VDDA + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_VrefConfig(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, uint32_t OPAMP_Vref) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_VREF(OPAMP_Vref)); + + /*!< Get the OPAMPx_CSR register value */ + tmpreg = *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection); + + /*!< Clear the CALSEL bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t) (~OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL); + + /*!< Configure OPAMP reference */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(OPAMP_Vref); + + /*!< Write to OPAMPx_CSR register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Connnect the internal reference to the OPAMP's non inverting input. + * @note If the selected OPAMP is locked, Vref configuration can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the OPAMP peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_VrefConnectNonInvertingInput(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Connnect the internal reference to the OPAMP's non inverting input */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) (OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP); + } + else + { + /* Disconnnect the internal reference to the OPAMP's non inverting input */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) &= (uint32_t)(~OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables connecting the OPAMP's internal reference to ADC. + * @note If the selected OPAMP is locked, Vref connection can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param NewState: new state of the Vrefint output. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_VrefConnectADCCmd(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable output internal reference */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) (OPAMP_CSR_TSTREF); + } + else + { + /* Disable output internal reference */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) &= (uint32_t)(~OPAMP_CSR_TSTREF); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the OPAMP peripheral (secondary inputs) for timer-controlled + * mux mode according to the specified parameters in OPAMP_InitStruct. + * @note If the selected OPAMP is locked, timer-controlled mux configuration + * can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param OPAMP_InitStruct: pointer to an OPAMP_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified OPAMP peripheral. + * - OPAMP_InvertingInput specifies the inverting input of OPAMP + * - OPAMP_NonInvertingInput specifies the non inverting input of OPAMP + * @note PGA and Vout can't be selected as seconadry inverting input. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_TimerControlledMuxConfig(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, OPAMP_InitTypeDef* OPAMP_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_SECONDARY_INVINPUT(OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_InvertingInput)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_NONINVERTING_INPUT(OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_NonInvertingInput)); + + /*!< Get the OPAMPx_CSR register value */ + tmpreg = *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection); + + /*!< Clear the secondary inverting bit, secondary non inverting bit and TCMEN bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t) (OPAMP_CSR_TIMERMUX_MASK); + + /*!< Configure OPAMP: secondary inverting and non inverting inputs */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_InvertingInput<<3) | (uint32_t)(OPAMP_InitStruct->OPAMP_NonInvertingInput<<7)); + + /*!< Write to OPAMPx_CSR register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable or disable the timer-controlled mux mode. + * @note If the selected OPAMP is locked, enable/disable can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the OPAMP peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_TimerControlledMuxCmd(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the timer-controlled Mux mode */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) (OPAMP_CSR_TCMEN); + } + else + { + /* Disable the timer-controlled Mux mode */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) &= (uint32_t)(~OPAMP_CSR_TCMEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable or disable the OPAMP peripheral. + * @note If the selected OPAMP is locked, enable/disable can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the OPAMP peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_Cmd(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected OPAMPx peripheral */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) |= (uint32_t) (OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected OPAMPx peripheral */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) &= (uint32_t)(~OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Return the output level (high or low) during calibration of the selected OPAMP. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * - OPAMP output is low when the non-inverting input is at a lower + * voltage than the inverting input + * - OPAMP output is high when the non-inverting input is at a higher + * voltage than the inverting input + * @note OPAMP ouput level is provided only during calibration phase. + * @retval Returns the selected OPAMP output level: low or high. + * + */ +uint32_t OPAMP_GetOutputLevel(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection) +{ + uint32_t opampout = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + + /* Check if selected OPAMP output is high */ + if ((*(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) & (OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL)) != 0) + { + opampout = OPAMP_OutputLevel_High; + } + else + { + opampout = OPAMP_OutputLevel_Low; + } + + /* Return the OPAMP output level */ + return (uint32_t)(opampout); +} + +/** + * @brief Select the trimming mode. + * @param OffsetTrimming: the selected offset trimming mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OPAMP_Trimming_Factory: factory trimming values are used for offset + * calibration + * @arg OPAMP_Trimming_User: user trimming values are used for offset + * calibration + * @note When OffsetTrimming_User is selected, use OPAMP_OffsetTrimConfig() + * function or OPAMP_OffsetTrimLowPowerConfig() function to adjust + * trimming value. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_OffsetTrimModeSelect(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, uint32_t OPAMP_Trimming) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_TRIMMING(OPAMP_Trimming)); + + /* Reset USERTRIM bit */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) &= (~(uint32_t) (OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM)); + + /* Select trimming mode */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection) |= OPAMP_Trimming; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the trimming value of the OPAMP. + * @param OPAMP_Selection: the selected OPAMP. + * This parameter can be OPAMP_Selection_OPAMPx where x can be 1 to 4 + * to select the OPAMP peripheral. + * @param OPAMP_Input: the selected OPAMP input. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OPAMP_Input_Inverting: Inverting input is selected to configure the trimming value + * @arg OPAMP_Input_NonInverting: Non inverting input is selected to configure the trimming value + * @param OPAMP_TrimValue: the trimming value. This parameter can be any value lower + * or equal to 0x0000001F. + * @retval None + */ +void OPAMP_OffsetTrimConfig(uint32_t OPAMP_Selection, uint32_t OPAMP_Input, uint32_t OPAMP_TrimValue) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_PERIPH(OPAMP_Selection)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_INPUT(OPAMP_Input)); + assert_param(IS_OPAMP_TRIMMINGVALUE(OPAMP_TrimValue)); + + /*!< Get the OPAMPx_CSR register value */ + tmpreg = *(__IO uint32_t *) (OPAMP_BASE + OPAMP_Selection); + + /*!< Clear the trimming bits */ + tmpreg &= ((uint32_t)~(OPAMP_CSR_TRIMMING_MASK<
    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics
    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_pwr.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR + * @brief PWR driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* --------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------- */ +#define PWR_OFFSET (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* --- CR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of DBP bit */ +#define CR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x00) +#define DBP_BitNumber 0x08 +#define CR_DBP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (DBP_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */ +#define PVDE_BitNumber 0x04 +#define CR_PVDE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PVDE_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* ------------------ PWR registers bit mask ------------------------ */ + +/* CR register bit mask */ +#define CR_DS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC) +#define CR_PLS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF1F) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group1 Backup Domain Access function + * @brief Backup Domain Access function + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Backup Domain Access function ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] After reset, the Backup Domain Registers (RCC BDCR Register, RTC registers + and RTC backup registers) are protected against possible stray write accesses. + [..] To enable access to Backup domain use the PWR_BackupAccessCmd(ENABLE) function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables access to the RTC and backup registers. + * @note If the HSE divided by 32 is used as the RTC clock, the + * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. + * @param NewState: new state of the access to the RTC and backup registers. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group2 PVD configuration functions + * @brief PVD configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### PVD configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a threshold + selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR). + (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower than the + PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI line16 + and can generate an interrupt if enabled through the EXTI registers. + (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @param PWR_PVDLevel: specifies the PVD detection level + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_0: PVD detection level set to 2.18V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_1: PVD detection level set to 2.28V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2: PVD detection level set to 2.38V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_3: PVD detection level set to 2.48V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_4: PVD detection level set to 2.58V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_5: PVD detection level set to 2.68V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_6: PVD detection level set to 2.78V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_7: PVD detection level set to 2.88V + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(PWR_PVDLevel)); + + tmpreg = PWR->CR; + + /* Clear PLS[7:5] bits */ + tmpreg &= CR_PLS_MASK; + + /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PWR_PVDLevel value */ + tmpreg |= PWR_PVDLevel; + + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @param NewState: new state of the PVD. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group3 WakeUp pins configuration functions + * @brief WakeUp pins configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### WakeUp pins configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (+) WakeUp pins are used to wakeup the system from Standby mode. These pins are + forced in input pull down configuration and are active on rising edges. + (+) There are three WakeUp pins: WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00, WakeUp Pin 2 on PC.13 and + WakeUp Pin 3 on PE.06. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the WakeUp Pin functionality. + * @param PWR_WakeUpPin: specifies the WakeUpPin. + * This parameter can be: PWR_WakeUpPin_1, PWR_WakeUpPin_2 or PWR_WakeUpPin_3. + * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp Pin functionality. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(uint32_t PWR_WakeUpPin, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PWR_WakeUpPin)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the EWUPx pin */ + PWR->CSR |= PWR_WakeUpPin; + } + else + { + /* Disable the EWUPx pin */ + PWR->CSR &= ~PWR_WakeUpPin; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group4 Low Power modes configuration functions + * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Low Power modes configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] The devices feature three low-power modes: + (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running. + (+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator in low power mode + (+) Standby mode: VCORE domain powered off + + *** Sleep mode *** + ================== + [..] + (+) Entry: + (++) The Sleep mode is entered by executing the WFE() or WFI() instructions. + (+) Exit: + (++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt + controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode. + + *** Stop mode *** + ================= + [..] In Stop mode, all clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI, + and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register + contents are preserved. + The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode. + + (+) Entry: + (++) The Stop mode is entered using the PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_Regulator_LowPower,) + function with regulator in LowPower or with Regulator ON. + (+) Exit: + (++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode + or any internal IPs (I2C or UASRT) wakeup event. + + *** Standby mode *** + ==================== + [..] The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based + on the Cortex-M4 deepsleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. + The VCORE domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI, and the HSE + oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register + contents are lost except for the Backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup + registers and Standby circuitry). + + [..] The voltage regulator is OFF. + + (+) Entry: + (++) The Standby mode is entered using the PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function. + (+) Exit: + (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wakeup, + tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset. + + *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode *** + ============================================= + [..] The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, a tamper + event, a time-stamp event, or a comparator event, without depending on an + external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode). + + (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to: + (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 17 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt + or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + (+++) Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function + (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm() + and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it + is necessary to: + (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 19 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt + or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + (+++) Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() + function. + (+++) Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the + RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() + functions. + + (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Standby mode + (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to: + (+++) Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function. + (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm() + and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. + (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it + is necessary to: + (+++) Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() + function. + (+++) Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the + RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() + functions. + + (+) Comparator auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with a comparator wakeup event, it is necessary to: + (+++) Configure the correspondant comparator EXTI Line to be sensitive to + the selected edges (falling, rising or falling and rising) + (Interrupt or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + (+++) Configure the comparator to generate the event. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enters Sleep mode. + * @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @param PWR_SLEEPEntry: specifies if SLEEP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_EnterSleepMode(uint8_t PWR_SLEEPEntry) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(PWR_SLEEPEntry)); + + /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk); + + /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/ + if(PWR_SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __WFE(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enters STOP mode. + * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, + * the MSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock. + * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional + * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. + * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption + * is higher although the startup time is reduced. + * @param PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_Regulator_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON + * @arg PWR_Regulator_LowPower: STOP mode with regulator in low power mode + * @param PWR_STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(PWR_Regulator)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(PWR_STOPEntry)); + + /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/ + tmpreg = PWR->CR; + /* Clear PDDS and LPDSR bits */ + tmpreg &= CR_DS_MASK; + + /* Set LPDSR bit according to PWR_Regulator value */ + tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator; + + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR = tmpreg; + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk; + + /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ + if(PWR_STOPEntry == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __WFE(); + } + /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk); +} + +/** + * @brief Enters STANDBY mode. + * @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for: + * @note Reset pad (still available) + * @note RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured for Wakeup pin 2 (WKUP2), tamper, + * time-stamp, RTC Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out. + * @note WKUP pin 1 (PA0) and WKUP pin 3 (PE6), if enabled. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void) +{ + /* Clear Wakeup flag */ + PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_CWUF; + + /* Select STANDBY mode */ + PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_PDDS; + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk; + +/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */ +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) + __force_stores(); +#endif + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group5 Flags management functions + * @brief Flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified PWR flag is set or not. + * @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag. This flag indicates that a wakeup event + * was received from the WKUP pin or from the RTC alarm (Alarm A or Alarm B), + * RTC Tamper event, RTC TimeStamp event or RTC Wakeup. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag. This flag indicates that the system was + * resumed from StandBy mode. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output. This flag is valid only if PVD is enabled + * by the PWR_PVDCmd() function. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY: Internal Voltage Reference Ready flag. This + * flag indicates the state of the internal voltage reference, VREFINT. + * @retval The new state of PWR_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG)); + + if ((PWR->CSR & PWR_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the PWR's pending flags. + * @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag + * @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_FLAG)); + + PWR->CR |= PWR_FLAG << 2; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_rcc.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_rcc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad104ed --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_rcc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1771 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_rcc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Reset and clock control (RCC) peripheral: + * + Internal/external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration + * + System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration + * + Peripheral clocks configuration + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### RCC specific features ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] After reset the device is running from HSI (8 MHz) with Flash 0 WS, + all peripherals are off except internal SRAM, Flash and SWD. + (+) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) busses; + all peripherals mapped on these busses are running at HSI speed. + (+) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH. + (+) All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the SWD pins which + are assigned to be used for debug purpose. + [..] Once the device starts from reset, the user application has to: + (+) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock + (if the application needs higher frequency/performance). + (+) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings. + (+) Configure the AHB and APB busses prescalers. + (+) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used. + (+) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals which clocks are not + derived from the System clock (ADC, TIM, I2C, USART, RTC and IWDG). + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC + * @brief RCC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ +#define RCC_OFFSET (RCC_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* --- CR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of HSION bit */ +#define CR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x00) +#define HSION_BitNumber 0x00 +#define CR_HSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (HSION_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of PLLON bit */ +#define PLLON_BitNumber 0x18 +#define CR_PLLON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PLLON_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of CSSON bit */ +#define CSSON_BitNumber 0x13 +#define CR_CSSON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (CSSON_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CFGR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of USBPRE bit */ +#define CFGR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define USBPRE_BitNumber 0x16 +#define CFGR_USBPRE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (USBPRE_BitNumber * 4)) +/* Alias word address of I2SSRC bit */ +#define I2SSRC_BitNumber 0x17 +#define CFGR_I2SSRC_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (I2SSRC_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- BDCR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of RTCEN bit */ +#define BDCR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x20) +#define RTCEN_BitNumber 0x0F +#define BDCR_RTCEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (BDCR_OFFSET * 32) + (RTCEN_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of BDRST bit */ +#define BDRST_BitNumber 0x10 +#define BDCR_BDRST_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (BDCR_OFFSET * 32) + (BDRST_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CSR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of LSION bit */ +#define CSR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x24) +#define LSION_BitNumber 0x00 +#define CSR_LSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (LSION_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* ---------------------- RCC registers bit mask ------------------------ */ +/* RCC Flag Mask */ +#define FLAG_MASK ((uint8_t)0x1F) + +/* CFGR register byte 3 (Bits[31:23]) base address */ +#define CFGR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40021007) + +/* CIR register byte 2 (Bits[15:8]) base address */ +#define CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40021009) + +/* CIR register byte 3 (Bits[23:16]) base address */ +#define CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x4002100A) + +/* CR register byte 2 (Bits[23:16]) base address */ +#define CR_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40021002) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +static __I uint8_t APBAHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9}; +static __I uint16_t ADCPrescTable[13] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256}; + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group1 Internal and external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions + * @brief Internal and external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Internal-external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the internal/external + clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO. + (#) HSI (high-speed internal), 8 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly + or through the PLL as System clock source. + The HSI clock can be used also to clock the USART and I2C peripherals. + (#) LSI (low-speed internal), 40 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC + clock source. + (#) HSE (high-speed external), 4 to 32 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or + through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source. + (#) LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source. + LSE can be used also to clock the USART peripherals. + (#) PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), for System clock. + (#) CSS (Clock security system), once enabled and if a HSE clock failure occurs + (HSE used directly or through PLL as System clock source), the System clock + is automatically switched to HSI and an interrupt is generated if enabled. + The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) + exception vector. + (#) MCO (microcontroller clock output), used to output SYSCLK, HSI, HSE, LSI, LSE, + PLL clock on PA8 pin. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state. + * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below: + * @note HSI ON and used as system clock source + * @note HSE and PLL OFF + * @note AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescalers set to 1. + * @note CSS and MCO OFF + * @note All interrupts disabled + * @note However, this function doesn't modify the configuration of the + * @note Peripheral clocks + * @note LSI, LSE and RTC clocks + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Set HSION bit */ + RCC->CR |= (uint32_t)0x00000001; + + /* Reset SW[1:0], HPRE[3:0], PPRE[2:0] and MCOSEL[2:0] bits */ + RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0xF8FFC000; + + /* Reset HSEON, CSSON and PLLON bits */ + RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFEF6FFFF; + + /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ + RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFBFFFF; + + /* Reset PLLSRC, PLLXTPRE, PLLMUL and USBPRE bits */ + RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0xFF80FFFF; + + /* Reset PREDIV1[3:0] and ADCPRE[13:4] bits */ + RCC->CFGR2 &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFC000; + + /* Reset USARTSW[1:0], I2CSW and TIMSW bits */ + RCC->CFGR3 &= (uint32_t)0xF00FCCC; + + /* Disable all interrupts */ + RCC->CIR = 0x00000000; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External High Speed oscillator (HSE). + * @note After enabling the HSE (RCC_HSE_ON or RCC_HSE_Bypass), the application + * software should wait on HSERDY flag to be set indicating that HSE clock + * is stable and can be used to clock the PLL and/or system clock. + * @note HSE state can not be changed if it is used directly or through the + * PLL as system clock. In this case, you have to select another source + * of the system clock then change the HSE state (ex. disable it). + * @note The HSE is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @note This function resets the CSSON bit, so if the Clock security system(CSS) + * was previously enabled you have to enable it again after calling this + * function. + * @param RCC_HSE: specifies the new state of the HSE. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_HSE_OFF: turn OFF the HSE oscillator, HSERDY flag goes low after + * 6 HSE oscillator clock cycles. + * @arg RCC_HSE_ON: turn ON the HSE oscillator + * @arg RCC_HSE_Bypass: HSE oscillator bypassed with external clock + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_HSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_HSE) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_HSE)); + + /* Reset HSEON and HSEBYP bits before configuring the HSE ------------------*/ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CR_BYTE2_ADDRESS = RCC_HSE_OFF; + + /* Set the new HSE configuration -------------------------------------------*/ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CR_BYTE2_ADDRESS = RCC_HSE; + +} + +/** + * @brief Waits for HSE start-up. + * @note This function waits on HSERDY flag to be set and return SUCCESS if + * this flag is set, otherwise returns ERROR if the timeout is reached + * and this flag is not set. The timeout value is defined by the constant + * HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT in stm32f30x.h file. You can tailor it depending + * on the HSE crystal used in your application. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: HSE oscillator is stable and ready to use + * - ERROR: HSE oscillator not yet ready + */ +ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t StartUpCounter = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + FlagStatus HSEStatus = RESET; + + /* Wait till HSE is ready and if timeout is reached exit */ + do + { + HSEStatus = RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY); + StartUpCounter++; + } while((StartUpCounter != HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT) && (HSEStatus == RESET)); + + if (RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value. + * @note The calibration is used to compensate for the variations in voltage + * and temperature that influence the frequency of the internal HSI RC. + * Refer to the Application Note AN3300 for more details on how to + * calibrate the HSI. + * @param HSICalibrationValue: specifies the HSI calibration trimming value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x1F. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATION_VALUE(HSICalibrationValue)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CR; + + /* Clear HSITRIM[4:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CR_HSITRIM; + + /* Set the HSITRIM[4:0] bits according to HSICalibrationValue value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)HSICalibrationValue << 3; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). + * @note After enabling the HSI, the application software should wait on + * HSIRDY flag to be set indicating that HSI clock is stable and can + * be used to clock the PLL and/or system clock. + * @note HSI can not be stopped if it is used directly or through the PLL + * as system clock. In this case, you have to select another source + * of the system clock then stop the HSI. + * @note The HSI is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @note When the HSI is stopped, HSIRDY flag goes low after 6 HSI oscillator + * clock cycles. + * @param NewState: new state of the HSI. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_HSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External Low Speed oscillator (LSE). + * @note As the LSE is in the Backup domain and write access is denied to this + * domain after reset, you have to enable write access using + * PWR_BackupAccessCmd(ENABLE) function before to configure the LSE + * (to be done once after reset). + * @note After enabling the LSE (RCC_LSE_ON or RCC_LSE_Bypass), the application + * software should wait on LSERDY flag to be set indicating that LSE clock + * is stable and can be used to clock the RTC. + * @param RCC_LSE: specifies the new state of the LSE. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_LSE_OFF: turn OFF the LSE oscillator, LSERDY flag goes low after + * 6 LSE oscillator clock cycles. + * @arg RCC_LSE_ON: turn ON the LSE oscillator + * @arg RCC_LSE_Bypass: LSE oscillator bypassed with external clock + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_LSEConfig(uint32_t RCC_LSE) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_LSE)); + + /* Reset LSEON and LSEBYP bits before configuring the LSE ------------------*/ + /* Reset LSEON bit */ + RCC->BDCR &= ~(RCC_BDCR_LSEON); + + /* Reset LSEBYP bit */ + RCC->BDCR &= ~(RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP); + + /* Configure LSE */ + RCC->BDCR |= RCC_LSE; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External Low Speed oscillator (LSE) drive capability. + * @param RCC_LSEDrive: specifies the new state of the LSE drive capability. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_LSEDrive_Low: LSE oscillator low drive capability. + * @arg RCC_LSEDrive_MediumLow: LSE oscillator medium low drive capability. + * @arg RCC_LSEDrive_MediumHigh: LSE oscillator medium high drive capability. + * @arg RCC_LSEDrive_High: LSE oscillator high drive capability. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_LSEDriveConfig(uint32_t RCC_LSEDrive) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE_DRIVE(RCC_LSEDrive)); + + /* Clear LSEDRV[1:0] bits */ + RCC->BDCR &= ~(RCC_BDCR_LSEDRV); + + /* Set the LSE Drive */ + RCC->BDCR |= RCC_LSEDrive; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). + * @note After enabling the LSI, the application software should wait on + * LSIRDY flag to be set indicating that LSI clock is stable and can + * be used to clock the IWDG and/or the RTC. + * @note LSI can not be disabled if the IWDG is running. + * @note When the LSI is stopped, LSIRDY flag goes low after 6 LSI oscillator + * clock cycles. + * @param NewState: new state of the LSI. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_LSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the PLL clock source and multiplication factor. + * @note This function must be used only when the PLL is disabled. + * @note The minimum input clock frequency for PLL is 2 MHz (when using HSE as + * PLL source). + * @param RCC_PLLSource: specifies the PLL entry clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSI_Div2: HSI oscillator clock divided by 2 selected as + * PLL clock entry + * @arg RCC_PLLSource_PREDIV1: PREDIV1 clock selected as PLL clock source + * @param RCC_PLLMul: specifies the PLL multiplication factor, which drive the PLLVCO clock + * This parameter can be RCC_PLLMul_x where x:[2,16] + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t RCC_PLLMul) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(RCC_PLLSource)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(RCC_PLLMul)); + + /* Clear PLL Source [16] and Multiplier [21:18] bits */ + RCC->CFGR &= ~(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL | RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC); + + /* Set the PLL Source and Multiplier */ + RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)(RCC_PLLSource | RCC_PLLMul); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the PLL. + * @note After enabling the PLL, the application software should wait on + * PLLRDY flag to be set indicating that PLL clock is stable and can + * be used as system clock source. + * @note The PLL can not be disabled if it is used as system clock source + * @note The PLL is disabled by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @param NewState: new state of the PLL. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PLLON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the PREDIV1 division factor. + * @note This function must be used only when the PLL is disabled. + * @param RCC_PREDIV1_Div: specifies the PREDIV1 clock division factor. + * This parameter can be RCC_PREDIV1_Divx where x:[1,16] + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PREDIV1Config(uint32_t RCC_PREDIV1_Div) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PREDIV1(RCC_PREDIV1_Div)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR2; + /* Clear PREDIV1[3:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1); + + /* Set the PREDIV1 division factor */ + tmpreg |= RCC_PREDIV1_Div; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Clock Security System. + * @note If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator + * is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the + * software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI), + * allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to + * the Cortex-M4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. + * @param NewState: new state of the Clock Security System. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO pin (PA8). + * @note PA8 should be configured in alternate function mode. + * @note The MCOF flag is set once the MCO clock source switch is effective. + * @param RCC_MCOSource: specifies the clock source to output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_NoClock: No clock selected. + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_LSI: LSI oscillator clock selected. + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_LSE: LSE oscillator clock selected. + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_SYSCLK: System clock selected. + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_HSI: HSI oscillator clock selected. + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_HSE: HSE oscillator clock selected. + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_PLLCLK_Div2: PLL clock selected. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_MCOConfig(uint8_t RCC_MCOSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO_SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource)); + + /* Select MCO clock source and prescaler */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CFGR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_MCOSource; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group2 System AHB, APB1 and APB2 busses clocks configuration functions + * @brief System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### System, AHB, APB1 and APB2 busses clocks configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the System, AHB, APB1 and + APB2 busses clocks. + (#) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): HSI, + HSE and PLL. + The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable prescaler + and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped on AHB bus (DMA and GPIO). + APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived from AHB clock through + configurable prescalers and used to clock the peripherals mapped on these busses. + You can use "RCC_GetClocksFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks. + + (#) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 is 72 MHz. + Depending on the maximum frequency, the FLASH wait states (WS) should be + adapted accordingly: + +---------------------------------+ + | Wait states | HCLK clock | + | (Latency) | frequency (MHz) | + |-------------- |-----------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)| 0 < HCLK <= 24 | + |---------------|-----------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)|24 < HCLK <=48 | + |---------------|-----------------| + |2WS(3CPU cycle)|48 < HCLK <= 72 | + +---------------------------------+ + + (#) After reset, the System clock source is the HSI (8 MHz) with 0 WS and + prefetch is disabled. + [..] + (@) All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) + except: + (+@) The FLASH program/erase clock which is always HSI 8MHz clock. + (+@) The USB 48 MHz clock which is derived from the PLL VCO clock. + (+@) The USART clock which can be derived as well from HSI 8MHz, LSI or LSE. + (+@) The I2C clock which can be derived as well from HSI 8MHz clock. + (+@) The ADC clock which is derived from PLL output. + (+@) The RTC clock which is derived from the LSE, LSI or 1 MHz HSE_RTC + (HSE divided by a programmable prescaler). The System clock (SYSCLK) + frequency must be higher or equal to the RTC clock frequency. + (+@) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock. + [..] It is recommended to use the following software sequences to tune the number + of wait states needed to access the Flash memory with the CPU frequency (HCLK). + (+) Increasing the CPU frequency + (++) Program the Flash Prefetch buffer, using "FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(ENABLE)" + function + (++) Check that Flash Prefetch buffer activation is taken into account by + reading FLASH_ACR using the FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus() function + (++) Program Flash WS to 1 or 2, using "FLASH_SetLatency()" function + (++) Check that the new number of WS is taken into account by reading FLASH_ACR + (++) Modify the CPU clock source, using "RCC_SYSCLKConfig()" function + (++) If needed, modify the CPU clock prescaler by using "RCC_HCLKConfig()" function + (++) Check that the new CPU clock source is taken into account by reading + the clock source status, using "RCC_GetSYSCLKSource()" function + (+) Decreasing the CPU frequency + (++) Modify the CPU clock source, using "RCC_SYSCLKConfig()" function + (++) If needed, modify the CPU clock prescaler by using "RCC_HCLKConfig()" function + (++) Check that the new CPU clock source is taken into account by reading + the clock source status, using "RCC_GetSYSCLKSource()" function + (++) Program the new number of WS, using "FLASH_SetLatency()" function + (++) Check that the new number of WS is taken into account by reading FLASH_ACR + (++) Disable the Flash Prefetch buffer using "FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(DISABLE)" + function + (++) Check that Flash Prefetch buffer deactivation is taken into account by reading FLASH_ACR + using the FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the system clock (SYSCLK). + * @note The HSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after + * startup from Reset, wake-up from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case + * of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock + * (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled). + * @note A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target + * clock source is ready (clock stable after startup delay or PLL locked). + * If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will + * occur when the clock source will be ready. + * You can use RCC_GetSYSCLKSource() function to know which clock is + * currently used as system clock source. + * @param RCC_SYSCLKSource: specifies the clock source used as system clock source + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI: HSI selected as system clock source + * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE: HSE selected as system clock source + * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK: PLL selected as system clock source + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(RCC_SYSCLKSource)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear SW[1:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_SW; + + /* Set SW[1:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLKSource value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLKSource; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the clock source used as system clock. + * @param None + * @retval The clock source used as system clock. The returned value can be one + * of the following values: + * - 0x00: HSI used as system clock + * - 0x04: HSE used as system clock + * - 0x08: PLL used as system clock + */ +uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void) +{ + return ((uint8_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the AHB clock (HCLK). + * @note Depending on the device voltage range, the software has to set correctly + * these bits to ensure that the system frequency does not exceed the + * maximum allowed frequency (for more details refer to section above + * "CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions"). + * @param RCC_SYSCLK: defines the AHB clock divider. This clock is derived from + * the system clock (SYSCLK). + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div1: AHB clock = SYSCLK + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div2: AHB clock = SYSCLK/2 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div4: AHB clock = SYSCLK/4 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div8: AHB clock = SYSCLK/8 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div16: AHB clock = SYSCLK/16 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div64: AHB clock = SYSCLK/64 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div128: AHB clock = SYSCLK/128 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div256: AHB clock = SYSCLK/256 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div512: AHB clock = SYSCLK/512 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_SYSCLK)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear HPRE[3:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_HPRE; + + /* Set HPRE[3:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLK value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLK; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Low Speed APB clock (PCLK1). + * @param RCC_HCLK: defines the APB1 clock divider. This clock is derived from + * the AHB clock (HCLK). + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB1 clock = HCLK + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB1 clock = HCLK/2 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB1 clock = HCLK/4 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB1 clock = HCLK/8 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB1 clock = HCLK/16 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + /* Clear PPRE1[2:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_PPRE1; + + /* Set PPRE1[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the High Speed APB clock (PCLK2). + * @param RCC_HCLK: defines the APB2 clock divider. This clock is derived from + * the AHB clock (HCLK). + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB2 clock = HCLK + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB2 clock = HCLK/2 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB2 clock = HCLK/4 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB2 clock = HCLK/8 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB2 clock = HCLK/16 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + /* Clear PPRE2[2:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_PPRE2; + /* Set PPRE2[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK << 3; + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the frequencies of the System, AHB, APB2 and APB1 busses clocks. + * + * @note This function returns the frequencies of : + * System, AHB, APB2 and APB1 busses clocks, ADC1/2/3/4 clocks, + * USART1/2/3/4/5 clocks, I2C1/2 clocks and TIM1/8 Clocks. + * + * @note The frequency returned by this function is not the real frequency + * in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined constant and + * the source selected by RCC_SYSCLKConfig(). + * + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns constant HSI_VALUE(*) + * + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns constant HSE_VALUE(**) + * + * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns constant HSE_VALUE(**) + * or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied by the PLL factors. + * + * @note (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f30x.h file (default value + * 8 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations + * in voltage and temperature, refer to RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(). + * + * @note (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f30x.h file (default value + * 8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real + * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may + * return wrong result. + * + * @note The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional + * value for HSE crystal. + * + * @param RCC_Clocks: pointer to a RCC_ClocksTypeDef structure which will hold + * the clocks frequencies. + * + * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the + * baudrate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters. + * @note Each time SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and/or PCLK2 clock changes, this function + * must be called to update the structure's field. Otherwise, any + * configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0, pllmull = 0, pllsource = 0, prediv1factor = 0, presc = 0, pllclk = 0; + uint32_t apb2presc = 0, ahbpresc = 0; + + /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS; + + switch (tmp) + { + case 0x00: /* HSI used as system clock */ + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + break; + case 0x04: /* HSE used as system clock */ + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSE_VALUE; + break; + case 0x08: /* PLL used as system clock */ + /* Get PLL clock source and multiplication factor ----------------------*/ + pllmull = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL; + pllsource = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC; + pllmull = ( pllmull >> 18) + 2; + + if (pllsource == 0x00) + { + /* HSI oscillator clock divided by 2 selected as PLL clock entry */ + pllclk = (HSI_VALUE >> 1) * pllmull; + } + else + { + prediv1factor = (RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) + 1; + /* HSE oscillator clock selected as PREDIV1 clock entry */ + pllclk = (HSE_VALUE / prediv1factor) * pllmull; + } + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = pllclk; + break; + default: /* HSI used as system clock */ + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + break; + } + /* Compute HCLK, PCLK clocks frequencies -----------------------------------*/ + /* Get HCLK prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE; + tmp = tmp >> 4; + ahbpresc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; + /* HCLK clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency >> ahbpresc; + + /* Get PCLK1 prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1; + tmp = tmp >> 8; + presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; + /* PCLK1 clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> presc; + + /* Get PCLK2 prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2; + tmp = tmp >> 11; + apb2presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; + /* PCLK2 clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> apb2presc; + + /* Get ADC12CLK prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_ADCPRE12; + tmp = tmp >> 4; + presc = ADCPrescTable[tmp]; + if ((presc & 0x10) != 0) + { + /* ADC12CLK clock frequency is derived from PLL clock */ + RCC_Clocks->ADC12CLK_Frequency = pllclk / presc; + } + else + { + /* ADC12CLK clock frequency is AHB clock */ + RCC_Clocks->ADC12CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency; + } + + /* Get ADC34CLK prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_ADCPRE34; + tmp = tmp >> 9; + presc = ADCPrescTable[tmp]; + if ((presc & 0x10) != 0) + { + /* ADC34CLK clock frequency is derived from PLL clock */ + RCC_Clocks->ADC34CLK_Frequency = pllclk / presc; + } + else + { + /* ADC34CLK clock frequency is AHB clock */ + RCC_Clocks->ADC34CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency; + } + + /* I2C1CLK clock frequency */ + if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_I2C1SW) != RCC_CFGR3_I2C1SW) + { + /* I2C1 Clock is HSI Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->I2C1CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + else + { + /* I2C1 Clock is System Clock */ + RCC_Clocks->I2C1CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency; + } + + /* I2C2CLK clock frequency */ + if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_I2C2SW) != RCC_CFGR3_I2C2SW) + { + /* I2C2 Clock is HSI Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->I2C2CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + else + { + /* I2C2 Clock is System Clock */ + RCC_Clocks->I2C2CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency; + } + + /* TIM1CLK clock frequency */ + if(((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_TIM1SW) == RCC_CFGR3_TIM1SW)&& (RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency == pllclk) \ + && (apb2presc == ahbpresc)) + { + /* TIM1 Clock is 2 * pllclk */ + RCC_Clocks->TIM1CLK_Frequency = pllclk * 2; + } + else + { + /* TIM1 Clock is APB2 clock. */ + RCC_Clocks->TIM1CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency; + } + + /* TIM8CLK clock frequency */ + if(((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_TIM8SW) == RCC_CFGR3_TIM8SW)&& (RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency == pllclk) \ + && (apb2presc == ahbpresc)) + { + /* TIM8 Clock is 2 * pllclk */ + RCC_Clocks->TIM8CLK_Frequency = pllclk * 2; + } + else + { + /* TIM8 Clock is APB2 clock. */ + RCC_Clocks->TIM8CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency; + } + + /* USART1CLK clock frequency */ + if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW) == 0x0) + { + /* USART Clock is PCLK */ + RCC_Clocks->USART1CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW_0) + { + /* USART Clock is System Clock */ + RCC_Clocks->USART1CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW_1) + { + /* USART Clock is LSE Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->USART1CLK_Frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW) + { + /* USART Clock is HSI Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->USART1CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + + /* USART2CLK clock frequency */ + if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) == 0x0) + { + /* USART Clock is PCLK */ + RCC_Clocks->USART2CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW_0) + { + /* USART Clock is System Clock */ + RCC_Clocks->USART2CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW_1) + { + /* USART Clock is LSE Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->USART2CLK_Frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) + { + /* USART Clock is HSI Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->USART2CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + + /* USART3CLK clock frequency */ + if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) == 0x0) + { + /* USART Clock is PCLK */ + RCC_Clocks->USART3CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW_0) + { + /* USART Clock is System Clock */ + RCC_Clocks->USART3CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW_1) + { + /* USART Clock is LSE Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->USART3CLK_Frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) + { + /* USART Clock is HSI Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->USART3CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + + /* UART4CLK clock frequency */ + if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_UART4SW) == 0x0) + { + /* USART Clock is PCLK */ + RCC_Clocks->UART4CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_UART4SW) == RCC_CFGR3_UART4SW_0) + { + /* USART Clock is System Clock */ + RCC_Clocks->UART4CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_UART4SW) == RCC_CFGR3_UART4SW_1) + { + /* USART Clock is LSE Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->UART4CLK_Frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_UART4SW) == RCC_CFGR3_UART4SW) + { + /* USART Clock is HSI Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->UART4CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + + /* UART5CLK clock frequency */ + if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_UART5SW) == 0x0) + { + /* USART Clock is PCLK */ + RCC_Clocks->UART5CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_UART5SW) == RCC_CFGR3_UART5SW_0) + { + /* USART Clock is System Clock */ + RCC_Clocks->UART5CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_UART5SW) == RCC_CFGR3_UART5SW_1) + { + /* USART Clock is LSE Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->UART5CLK_Frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_UART5SW) == RCC_CFGR3_UART5SW) + { + /* USART Clock is HSI Osc. */ + RCC_Clocks->UART5CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group3 Peripheral clocks configuration functions + * @brief Peripheral clocks configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral clocks configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the Peripheral clocks. + (#) The RTC clock which is derived from the LSE, LSI or HSE_Div32 + (HSE divided by 32). + (#) After restart from Reset or wakeup from STANDBY, all peripherals are + off except internal SRAM, Flash and SWD. Before to start using + a peripheral you have to enable its interface clock. You can do this + using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(), RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd() + and RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() functions. + (#) To reset the peripherals configuration (to the default state after + device reset) you can use RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(), RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd() + and RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd() functions. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the ADC clock (ADCCLK). + * @param RCC_PLLCLK: defines the ADC clock divider. This clock is derived from + * the PLL Clock. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_OFF: ADC12 clock disabled + * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div1: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/1 + * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div2: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/2 + * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div4: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/4 + * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div6: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/6 + * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div8: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/8 + * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div10: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/10 + * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div12: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/12 + * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div16: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/16 + * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div32: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/32 + * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div64: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/64 + * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div128: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/128 + * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div256: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/256 + * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_OFF: ADC34 clock disabled + * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div1: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/1 + * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div2: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/2 + * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div4: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/4 + * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div6: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/6 + * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div8: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/8 + * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div10: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/10 + * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div12: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/12 + * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div16: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/16 + * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div32: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/32 + * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div64: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/64 + * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div128: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/128 + * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div256: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/256 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ADCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_ADCCLK(RCC_PLLCLK)); + + tmp = (RCC_PLLCLK >> 28); + + /* Clears ADCPRE34 bits */ + if (tmp != 0) + { + RCC->CFGR2 &= ~RCC_CFGR2_ADCPRE34; + } + /* Clears ADCPRE12 bits */ + else + { + RCC->CFGR2 &= ~RCC_CFGR2_ADCPRE12; + } + /* Set ADCPRE bits according to RCC_PLLCLK value */ + RCC->CFGR2 |= RCC_PLLCLK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the I2C clock (I2CCLK). + * @param RCC_I2CCLK: defines the I2C clock source. This clock is derived + * from the HSI or System clock. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_I2CxCLK_HSI: I2Cx clock = HSI + * @arg RCC_I2CxCLK_SYSCLK: I2Cx clock = System Clock + * (x can be 1 or 2). + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_I2CCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2CCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2CCLK(RCC_I2CCLK)); + + tmp = (RCC_I2CCLK >> 28); + + /* Clear I2CSW bit */ + if (tmp != 0) + { + RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_I2C2SW; + } + else + { + RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_I2C1SW; + } + /* Set I2CSW bits according to RCC_I2CCLK value */ + RCC->CFGR3 |= RCC_I2CCLK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM1 and TIM8 clock sources(TIMCLK). + * @note The configuration of the TIMx clock source is only possible when the + * SYSCLK = PLL and HCLK and PCLK2 clocks are not divided in respect to SYSCLK + * @note If one of the previous conditions is missed, the TIM clock source + * configuration is lost and calling again this function becomes mandatory. + * @param RCC_TIMCLK: defines the TIMx clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_TIMxCLK_HCLK: TIMx clock = APB high speed clock (doubled frequency + * when prescaled) + * @arg RCC_TIMxCLK_PLLCLK: TIMx clock = PLL output (running up to 144 MHz) + * (x can be 1 or 8). + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_TIMCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_TIMCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_TIMCLK(RCC_TIMCLK)); + + tmp = (RCC_TIMCLK >> 28); + + /* Clear I2CSW bit */ + if (tmp != 0) + { + RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_TIM8SW; + } + else + { + RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_TIM1SW; + } + /* Set I2CSW bits according to RCC_TIMCLK value */ + RCC->CFGR3 |= RCC_TIMCLK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the USART clock (USARTCLK). + * @param RCC_USARTCLK: defines the USART clock source. This clock is derived + * from the HSI or System clock. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_USARTxCLK_PCLK: USART clock = APB Clock (PCLK) + * @arg RCC_USARTxCLK_SYSCLK: USART clock = System Clock + * @arg RCC_USARTxCLK_LSE: USART clock = LSE Clock + * @arg RCC_USARTxCLK_HSI: USART clock = HSI Clock + * (x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5). + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_USARTCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_USARTCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USARTCLK(RCC_USARTCLK)); + + tmp = (RCC_USARTCLK >> 28); + + /* Clear USARTSW[1:0] bit */ + switch (tmp) + { + case 0x01: /* clear USART1SW */ + RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW; + break; + case 0x02: /* clear USART2SW */ + RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW; + break; + case 0x03: /* clear USART3SW */ + RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW; + break; + case 0x04: /* clear UART4SW */ + RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_UART4SW; + break; + case 0x05: /* clear UART5SW */ + RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_UART5SW; + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* Set USARTSW bits according to RCC_USARTCLK value */ + RCC->CFGR3 |= RCC_USARTCLK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the USB clock (USBCLK). + * @param RCC_USBCLKSource: specifies the USB clock source. This clock is + * derived from the PLL output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_1Div5: PLL clock divided by 1,5 selected as USB + * clock source + * @arg RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_Div1: PLL clock selected as USB clock source + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_USBCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_USBCLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USBCLK_SOURCE(RCC_USBCLKSource)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR_USBPRE_BB = RCC_USBCLKSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC clock (RTCCLK). + * @note As the RTC clock configuration bits are in the Backup domain and write + * access is denied to this domain after reset, you have to enable write + * access using PWR_BackupAccessCmd(ENABLE) function before to configure + * the RTC clock source (to be done once after reset). + * @note Once the RTC clock is configured it can't be changed unless the RTC + * is reset using RCC_BackupResetCmd function, or by a Power On Reset (POR) + * + * @param RCC_RTCCLKSource: specifies the RTC clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE: LSE selected as RTC clock + * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI: LSI selected as RTC clock + * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div32: HSE divided by 32 selected as RTC clock + * + * @note If the LSE or LSI is used as RTC clock source, the RTC continues to + * work in STOP and STANDBY modes, and can be used as wakeup source. + * However, when the HSE clock is used as RTC clock source, the RTC + * cannot be used in STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @note The maximum input clock frequency for RTC is 2MHz (when using HSE as + * RTC clock source). + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(RCC_RTCCLKSource)); + + /* Select the RTC clock source */ + RCC->BDCR |= RCC_RTCCLKSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the I2S clock source (I2SCLK). + * @note This function must be called before enabling the SPI2 and SPI3 clocks. + * @param RCC_I2SCLKSource: specifies the I2S clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_I2S2CLKSource_SYSCLK: SYSCLK clock used as I2S clock source + * @arg RCC_I2S2CLKSource_Ext: External clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin + * used as I2S clock source + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_I2SCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2SCLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2SCLK_SOURCE(RCC_I2SCLKSource)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR_I2SSRC_BB = RCC_I2SCLKSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC clock. + * @note This function must be used only after the RTC clock source was selected + * using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig function. + * @param NewState: new state of the RTC clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) BDCR_RTCEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases the Backup domain reset. + * @note This function resets the RTC peripheral (including the backup registers) + * and the RTC clock source selection in RCC_BDCR register. + * @param NewState: new state of the Backup domain reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_BackupResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) BDCR_BDRST_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the AHB peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_TS + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF (has effect only when the Flash memory is in power down mode) + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_SRAM + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2 + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1 + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_ADC34 + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_ADC12 + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH(RCC_AHBPeriph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHBENR |= RCC_AHBPeriph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHBENR &= ~RCC_AHBPeriph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8 + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB2ENR |= RCC_APB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB2ENR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART4 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART5 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USB + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB1ENR |= RCC_APB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB1ENR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases AHB peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB peripheral to reset. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_TS + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_ADC34 + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_ADC12 + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB_RST_PERIPH(RCC_AHBPeriph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHBRSTR |= RCC_AHBPeriph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHBRSTR &= ~RCC_AHBPeriph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to reset. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8 + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB2RSTR |= RCC_APB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB2RSTR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to reset. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART4 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART5 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USB + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB1RSTR |= RCC_APB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB1RSTR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified RCC interrupts. + * @note The CSS interrupt doesn't have an enable bit; once the CSS is enabled + * and if the HSE clock fails, the CSS interrupt occurs and an NMI is + * automatically generated. The NMI will be executed indefinitely, and + * since NMI has higher priority than any other IRQ (and main program) + * the application will be stacked in the NMI ISR unless the CSS interrupt + * pending bit is cleared. + * @param RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the specified RCC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_IT(RCC_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[13:8] bits to enable the selected interrupts */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= RCC_IT; + } + else + { + /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[13:8] bits to disable the selected interrupts */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (uint8_t)~RCC_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RCC flag is set or not. + * @param RCC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY: HSI oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_HSERDY: HSE oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY: PLL clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_MCOF: MCO Flag + * @arg RCC_FLAG_LSERDY: LSE oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY: LSI oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_OBLRST: Option Byte Loader (OBL) reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_PINRST: Pin reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_PORRST: POR/PDR reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_SFTRST: Software reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST: Independent Watchdog reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST: Window Watchdog reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST: Low Power reset + * @retval The new state of RCC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + uint32_t statusreg = 0; + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_FLAG(RCC_FLAG)); + + /* Get the RCC register index */ + tmp = RCC_FLAG >> 5; + + if (tmp == 0) /* The flag to check is in CR register */ + { + statusreg = RCC->CR; + } + else if (tmp == 1) /* The flag to check is in BDCR register */ + { + statusreg = RCC->BDCR; + } + else if (tmp == 4) /* The flag to check is in CFGR register */ + { + statusreg = RCC->CFGR; + } + else /* The flag to check is in CSR register */ + { + statusreg = RCC->CSR; + } + + /* Get the flag position */ + tmp = RCC_FLAG & FLAG_MASK; + + if ((statusreg & ((uint32_t)1 << tmp)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RCC reset flags. + * The reset flags are: RCC_FLAG_OBLRST, RCC_FLAG_PINRST, RCC_FLAG_PORRST, + * RCC_FLAG_SFTRST, RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ClearFlag(void) +{ + /* Set RMVF bit to clear the reset flags */ + RCC->CSR |= RCC_CSR_RMVF; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RCC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt + * @retval The new state of RCC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT)); + + /* Check the status of the specified RCC interrupt */ + if ((RCC->CIR & RCC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the RCC_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RCC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param RCC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT)); + + /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[23:16] bits to clear the selected interrupt + pending bits */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_rtc.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_rtc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57d60fd --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_rtc.c @@ -0,0 +1,2596 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_rtc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Real-Time Clock (RTC) peripheral: + * + Initialization + * + Calendar (Time and Date) configuration + * + Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration + * + WakeUp Timer configuration + * + Daylight Saving configuration + * + Output pin Configuration + * + Smooth digital Calibration configuration + * + TimeStamp configuration + * + Tampers configuration + * + Backup Data Registers configuration + * + Output Type Config configuration + * + Shift control synchronisation + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### RTC Operating Condition ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] The real-time clock (RTC) and the RTC backup registers can be powered + from the VBAT voltage when the main VDD supply is powered off. + To retain the content of the RTC backup registers and supply the RTC + when VDD is turned off, VBAT pin can be connected to an optional + standby voltage supplied by a battery or by another source. + + [..] To allow the RTC to operate even when the main digital supply (VDD) + is turned off, the VBAT pin powers the following blocks: + (#) The RTC + (#) The LSE oscillator + (#) PC13 to PC15 I/Os (when available) + + [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected + to VDD), the following functions are available: + (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as either GPIO or LSE pins + (#) PC13 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF1 pin + + [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VBAT (analog switch connected + to VBAT because VDD is not present), the following functions are available: + (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as LSE pins only + (#) PC13 can be used as the RTC_AF1 pin + + ##### Backup Domain Reset ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] The backup domain reset sets all RTC registers and the RCC_BDCR + register to their reset values. + A backup domain reset is generated when one of the following events + occurs: + (#) Software reset, triggered by setting the BDRST bit in the + RCC Backup domain control register (RCC_BDCR). You can use the + RCC_BackupResetCmd(). + (#) VDD or VBAT power on, if both supplies have previously been + powered off. + + ##### Backup Domain Access ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers and RTC backup data + registers) is protected against possible unwanted write accesses. + [..] To enable access to the Backup Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: + (#) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the + RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() function. + (#) Enable access to Backup domain using the PWR_BackupAccessCmd() function. + (#) Select the RTC clock source using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig() function. + (#) Enable RTC Clock using the RCC_RTCCLKCmd() function. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (+) Enable the backup domain access (see description in the section above) + (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and + RTC hour format using the RTC_Init() function. + + *** Time and Date configuration *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the RTC_SetTime() + and RTC_SetDate() functions. + (+) To read the RTC Calendar, use the RTC_GetTime() and RTC_GetDate() + functions. + (+) To read the RTC subsecond, use the RTC_GetSubSecond() function. + (+) Use the RTC_DayLightSavingConfig() function to add or sub one + hour to the RTC Calendar. + + *** Alarm configuration *** + =========================== + [..] + (+) To configure the RTC Alarm use the RTC_SetAlarm() function. + (+) Enable the selected RTC Alarm using the RTC_AlarmCmd() function. + (+) To read the RTC Alarm, use the RTC_GetAlarm() function. + (+) To read the RTC alarm SubSecond, use the RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond() function. + + *** RTC Wakeup configuration *** + ================================ + [..] + (+) Configure the RTC Wakeup Clock source use the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig() + function. + (+) Configure the RTC WakeUp Counter using the RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() + function + (+) Enable the RTC WakeUp using the RTC_WakeUpCmd() function + (+) To read the RTC WakeUp Counter register, use the RTC_GetWakeUpCounter() + function. + + *** Outputs configuration *** + ============================= + [..] The RTC has 2 different outputs: + (+) AFO_ALARM: this output is used to manage the RTC Alarm A, Alarm B + and WaKeUp signals. + To output the selected RTC signal on RTC_AF1 pin, use the + RTC_OutputConfig() function. + (+) AFO_CALIB: this output is 512Hz signal or 1Hz . + To output the RTC Clock on RTC_AF1 pin, use the RTC_CalibOutputCmd() + function. + + *** Smooth digital Calibration configuration *** + ================================================ + [..] + (+) Configure the RTC Original Digital Calibration Value and the corresponding + calibration cycle period (32s,16s and 8s) using the RTC_SmoothCalibConfig() + function. + + *** TimeStamp configuration *** + =============================== + [..] + (+) Configure the RTC_AF1 trigger and enables the RTC TimeStamp + using the RTC_TimeStampCmd() function. + (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the + RTC_GetTimeStamp() function. + (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp SubSecond register, use the + RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond() function. + + *** Tamper configuration *** + ============================ + [..] + (+) Configure the Tamper filter count using RTC_TamperFilterConfig() + function. + (+) Configure the RTC Tamper trigger Edge or Level according to the Tamper + filter (if equal to 0 Edge else Level) value using the RTC_TamperConfig() function. + (+) Configure the Tamper sampling frequency using RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig() + function. + (+) Configure the Tamper precharge or discharge duration using + RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration() function. + (+) Enable the Tamper Pull-UP using RTC_TamperPullUpDisableCmd() function. + (+) Enable the RTC Tamper using the RTC_TamperCmd() function. + (+) Enable the Time stamp on Tamper detection event using + RTC_TSOnTamperDetecCmd() function. + + *** Backup Data Registers configuration *** + =========================================== + [..] + (+) To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the RTC_WriteBackupRegister() + function. + (+) To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the RTC_ReadBackupRegister() + function. + + ##### RTC and low power modes ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate + function. + [..] The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B), + RTC wakeup, RTC tamper event detection and RTC time stamp event detection. + These RTC alternate functions can wake up the system from the Stop + and Standby lowpower modes. + The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending + on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode), by using the RTC alarm + or the RTC wakeup events. + [..] The RTC provides a programmable time base for waking up from the + Stop or Standby mode at regular intervals. + Wakeup from STOP and Standby modes is possible only when the RTC + clock source is LSE or LSI. + + ##### Selection of RTC_AF1 alternate functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] The RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) can be used for the following purposes: + (+) Wakeup pin 2 (WKUP2) using the PWR_WakeUpPinCmd() function. + (+) AFO_ALARM output + (+) AFO_CALIB output + (+) AFI_TAMPER + (+) AFI_TIMESTAMP + + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Pin |AFO_ALARM |AFO_CALIB |AFI_TAMPER |AFI_TIMESTAMP | WKUP2 |ALARMOUTTYPE | + | configuration | ENABLED | ENABLED | ENABLED | ENABLED |ENABLED | AFO_ALARM | + | and function | | | | | |Configuration | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | Alarm out | | | | | Don't | | + | output OD | 1 | 0 |Don't care | Don't care | care | 0 | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | Alarm out | | | | | Don't | | + | output PP | 1 | 0 |Don't care | Don't care | care | 1 | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | Calibration out | | | | | Don't | | + | output PP | 0 | 1 |Don't care | Don't care | care | Don't care | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | TAMPER input | | | | | Don't | | + | floating | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | care | Don't care | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | TIMESTAMP and | | | | | Don't | | + | TAMPER input | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | care | Don't care | + | floating | | | | | | | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | TIMESTAMP input | | | | | Don't | | + | floating | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | care | Don't care | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | Wakeup Pin 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | Don't care | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + | Standard GPIO | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | Don't care | + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_rtc.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC + * @brief RTC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Masks Definition */ +#define RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x007F7F7F) +#define RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00FFFF3F) +#define RTC_INIT_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) +#define RTC_RSF_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF5F) +#define RTC_FLAGS_MASK ((uint32_t)(RTC_FLAG_TSOVF | RTC_FLAG_TSF | RTC_FLAG_WUTF | \ + RTC_FLAG_ALRBF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAF | RTC_FLAG_INITF | \ + RTC_FLAG_RSF | RTC_FLAG_INITS | RTC_FLAG_WUTWF | \ + RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF | RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F | \ + RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F | RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F | RTC_FLAG_RECALPF | \ + RTC_FLAG_SHPF)) + +#define INITMODE_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00002000) +#define SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00008000) +#define RECALPF_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00001000) +#define SHPF_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00002000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value); +static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value); + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provide functions allowing to initialize and configure the RTC + Prescaler (Synchronous and Asynchronous), RTC Hour format, disable RTC registers + Write protection, enter and exit the RTC initialization mode, RTC registers + synchronization check and reference clock detection enable. + (#) The RTC Prescaler is programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base. It is + split into 2 programmable prescalers to minimize power consumption. + (++) A 7-bit asynchronous prescaler and A 13-bit synchronous prescaler. + (++) When both prescalers are used, it is recommended to configure the + asynchronous prescaler to a high value to minimize consumption. + (#) All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers + is enabled by writing a key into the Write Protection register, RTC_WPR. + (#) To Configure the RTC Calendar, user application should enter initialization + mode. In this mode, the calendar counter is stopped and its value + can be updated. When the initialization sequence is complete, the + calendar restarts counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. + (#) To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar + initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes + the software must first clear the RSF flag. The software must then + wait until it is set again before reading the calendar, which means + that the calendar registers have been correctly copied into the RTC_TR + and RTC_DR shadow registers. The RTC_WaitForSynchro() function + implements the above software sequence (RSF clear and RSF check). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the RTC registers to their default reset values. + * @note This function doesn't reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data + * registers. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are deinitialized + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not deinitialized + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_DeInit(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t wutcounter = 0x00; + uint32_t wutwfstatus = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */ + RTC->TR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->DR = (uint32_t)0x00002101; + + /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000007; + + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + wutwfstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF; + wutcounter++; + } while((wutcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (wutwfstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Reset all RTC CR register bits */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->WUTR = (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF; + RTC->PRER = (uint32_t)0x007F00FF; + RTC->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->CALR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->ALRMASSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->ALRMBSSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + + /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + + /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */ + RTC->TAFCR = 0x00000000; + + /* Wait till the RTC RSF flag is set */ + if (RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters + * in RTC_InitStruct. + * @param RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the RTC peripheral. + * @note The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in + * initialization mode only. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_Init(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Clear RTC CR FMT Bit */ + RTC->CR &= ((uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_FMT)); + /* Set RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= ((uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat)); + + /* Configure the RTC PRER */ + RTC->PRER = (uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv); + RTC->PRER |= (uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv << 16); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be + * initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_StructInit(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Initialize the RTC_HourFormat member */ + RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat = RTC_HourFormat_24; + + /* Initialize the RTC_AsynchPrediv member */ + RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv = (uint32_t)0x7F; + + /* Initialize the RTC_SynchPrediv member */ + RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv = (uint32_t)0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC registers write protection. + * @note All the RTC registers are write protected except for RTC_ISR[13:8], + * RTC_TAFCR and RTC_BKPxR. + * @note Writing a wrong key reactivates the write protection. + * @note The protection mechanism is not affected by system reset. + * @param NewState: new state of the write protection. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + } + else + { + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode. + * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the + * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode + * - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_EnterInitMode(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t initcounter = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t initstatus = 0x00; + + /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Set the Initialization mode */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK; + + /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + initstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF; + initcounter++; + } while((initcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (initstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) != RESET) + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Exits the RTC Initialization mode. + * @note When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts + * counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. + * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the + * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ExitInitMode(void) +{ + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; +} + +/** + * @brief Waits until the RTC Time and Date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are + * synchronized with RTC APB clock. + * @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the + * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. + * @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar + * initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes + * the software must first clear the RSF flag. + * The software must then wait until it is set again before reading + * the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been + * correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_WaitForSynchro(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t synchrocounter = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t synchrostatus = 0x00; + + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) != RESET) + { + /* Bypass shadow mode */ + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear RSF flag */ + RTC->ISR &= (uint32_t)RTC_RSF_MASK; + + /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */ + do + { + synchrostatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF; + synchrocounter++; + } while((synchrocounter != SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT) && (synchrostatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF) != RESET) + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + } + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC reference clock detection. + * @param NewState: new state of the RTC reference clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC reference clock detection is enabled + * - ERROR: RTC reference clock detection is disabled + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_RefClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the RTC reference clock detection */ + RTC->CR |= RTC_CR_REFCKON; + } + else + { + /* Disable the RTC reference clock detection */ + RTC->CR &= ~RTC_CR_REFCKON; + } + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the Bypass Shadow feature. + * @note When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken + * directly from the Calendar counter. + * @param NewState: new state of the Bypass Shadow feature. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None +*/ +void RTC_BypassShadowCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the BYPSHAD bit */ + RTC->CR |= (uint8_t)RTC_CR_BYPSHAD; + } + else + { + /* Reset the BYPSHAD bit */ + RTC->CR &= (uint8_t)~RTC_CR_BYPSHAD; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group2 Time and Date configuration functions + * @brief Time and Date configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Time and Date configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC Calendar + (Time and Date). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set the RTC current time. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains + * the time configuration information for the RTC. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured + * - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_SetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds)); + } + else + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours))); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds))); + } + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12) << 16)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds)) | \ + (((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12) << 16)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the RTC_TR register */ + RTC->TR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) + { + if (RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_TimeStruct member with its default value + * (Time = 00h:00min:00sec). + * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be + * initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TimeStructInit(RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + /* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */ + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = RTC_H12_AM; + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = 0; + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = 0; + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC current Time. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that will + * contain the returned current time configuration. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + /* Get the RTC_TR register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->TR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >>8); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + /* Convert the structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the RTC current Calendar Subseconds value. + * @note This function freeze the Time and Date registers after reading the + * SSR register. + * @param None + * @retval RTC current Calendar Subseconds value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetSubSecond(void) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Get subseconds values from the correspondent registers*/ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->SSR); + + /* Read DR register to unfroze calendar registers */ + (void) (RTC->DR); + + return (tmpreg); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the RTC current date. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains + * the date configuration information for the RTC. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Date register is configured + * - ERROR: RTC Date register is not configured + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_SetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + if ((RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) && ((RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month & 0x10) == 0x10)) + { + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month & (uint32_t)~(0x10)) + 0x0A; + } + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year))); + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(tmpreg)); + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(tmpreg)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay)); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) + { + tmpreg = ((((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year) << 16) | \ + (((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date) | \ + (((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay) << 13)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date)) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay << 13)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the RTC_DR register */ + RTC->DR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) + { + if (RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_DateStruct member with its default value + * (Monday, January 01 xx00). + * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be + * initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_DateStructInit(RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) +{ + /* Monday, January 01 xx00 */ + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = RTC_Weekday_Monday; + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = 1; + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = RTC_Month_January; + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC current date. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that will + * contain the returned current date configuration. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + /* Get the RTC_TR register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->DR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_YT | RTC_DR_YU)) >> 16); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + /* Convert the structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group3 Alarms configuration functions + * @brief Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to program and read the RTC Alarms. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set the specified RTC Alarm. + * @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm + * is disabled (Use the RTC_AlarmCmd(DISABLE)). + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that + * contains the alarm configuration parameters. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_ALARM_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel)); + + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds)); + + if(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + } + else + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours))); + } + + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds))); + + if(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg)); + } + } + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds)) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Alarm register */ + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + RTC->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + } + else + { + RTC->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_AlarmStruct member with its default value + * (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec / Date = 1st day of the month/Mask = + * all fields are masked). + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a @ref RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which + * will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_AlarmStructInit(RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + /* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = RTC_H12_AM; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = 0; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = 0; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = 0; + + /* Alarm Date Settings : Date = 1st day of the month */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel = RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = 1; + + /* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask = RTC_AlarmMask_None; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC Alarm value and masks. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the output parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that will + * contains the output alarm configuration values. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + + /* Get the RTC_ALRMxR register */ + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ALRMAR); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ALRMBR); + } + + /* Fill the structure with the read parameters */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_HT | \ + RTC_ALRMAR_HU)) >> 16); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_MNT | \ + RTC_ALRMAR_MNU)) >> 8); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_ST | \ + RTC_ALRMAR_SU)); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_PM) >> 16); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_DT | RTC_ALRMAR_DU)) >> 24); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_WDSEL); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_AlarmMask_All); + + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ + RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ + RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ + RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC Alarm. + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param NewState: new state of the specified alarm. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Alarm is enabled/disabled + * - ERROR: RTC Alarm is not enabled/disabled + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_AlarmCmd(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + __IO uint32_t alarmcounter = 0x00; + uint32_t alarmstatus = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CMD_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Alarm state */ + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_Alarm; + + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Alarm in RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_Alarm; + + /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + alarmstatus = RTC->ISR & (RTC_Alarm >> 8); + alarmcounter++; + } while((alarmcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (alarmstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & (RTC_Alarm >> 8)) == RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC AlarmA/B Subseconds value and mask. + * @note This function is performed only when the Alarm is disabled. + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue: specifies the Subseconds value. + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 0x00007FFF. + * @param RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask: specifies the Subseconds Mask. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_All : All Alarm SS fields are masked. + * There is no comparison on sub seconds for Alarm. + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_1 : SS[14:1] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[0] is compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_2 : SS[14:2] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[1:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_3 : SS[14:3] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[2:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_4 : SS[14:4] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[3:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_5 : SS[14:5] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[4:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_6 : SS[14:6] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[5:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_7 : SS[14:7] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[6:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_8 : SS[14:8] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[7:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_9 : SS[14:9] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[8:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_10: SS[14:10] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[9:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_11: SS[14:11] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[10:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_12: SS[14:12] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[11:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_13: SS[14:13] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[12:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14 : SS[14] is don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[13:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_None : SS[14:0] are compared and must match + * to activate alarm + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_AlarmSubSecondConfig(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Alarm A or Alarm B SubSecond registers */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t) (uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue) | (uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask); + + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + /* Configure the AlarmA SubSecond register */ + RTC->ALRMASSR = tmpreg; + } + else + { + /* Configure the Alarm B SubSecond register */ + RTC->ALRMBSSR = tmpreg; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the RTC Alarm Subseconds value. + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param None + * @retval RTC Alarm Subseconds value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond(uint32_t RTC_Alarm) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Get the RTC_ALRMxR register */ + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ALRMASSR) & RTC_ALRMASSR_SS); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ALRMBSSR) & RTC_ALRMBSSR_SS); + } + + return (tmpreg); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group4 WakeUp Timer configuration functions + * @brief WakeUp Timer configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### WakeUp Timer configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC WakeUp. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC Wakeup clock source. + * @note The WakeUp Clock source can only be changed when the RTC WakeUp + * is disabled (Use the RTC_WakeUpCmd(DISABLE)). + * @param RTC_WakeUpClock: Wakeup Clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/16 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/8 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/4 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/2 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = CK_SPRE + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = CK_SPRE + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpClock) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(RTC_WakeUpClock)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear the Wakeup Timer clock source bits in CR register */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL; + + /* Configure the clock source */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_WakeUpClock; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC Wakeup counter. + * @note The RTC WakeUp counter can only be written when the RTC WakeUp + * is disabled (Use the RTC_WakeUpCmd(DISABLE)). + * @param RTC_WakeUpCounter: specifies the WakeUp counter. + * This parameter can be a value from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_SetWakeUpCounter(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpCounter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(RTC_WakeUpCounter)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Wakeup Timer counter */ + RTC->WUTR = (uint32_t)RTC_WakeUpCounter; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the RTC WakeUp timer counter value. + * @param None + * @retval The RTC WakeUp Counter value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetWakeUpCounter(void) +{ + /* Get the counter value */ + return ((uint32_t)(RTC->WUTR & RTC_WUTR_WUT)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the RTC WakeUp timer. + * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp timer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_WakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + __IO uint32_t wutcounter = 0x00; + uint32_t wutwfstatus = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Wakeup Timer */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_WUTE; + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Wakeup Timer */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUTE; + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + wutwfstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF; + wutcounter++; + } while((wutcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (wutwfstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group5 Daylight Saving configuration functions + * @brief Daylight Saving configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Daylight Saving configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the RTC DayLight Saving. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Adds or substract one hour from the current time. + * @param RTC_DayLightSaveOperation: the value of hour adjustment. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H: Substract one hour (winter time) + * @arg RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H: Add one hour (summer time) + * @param RTC_StoreOperation: Specifies the value to be written in the BCK bit + * in CR register to store the operation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_StoreOperation_Reset: BCK Bit Reset + * @arg RTC_StoreOperation_Set: BCK Bit Set + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_DayLightSavingConfig(uint32_t RTC_DayLightSaving, uint32_t RTC_StoreOperation) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(RTC_DayLightSaving)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(RTC_StoreOperation)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear the bits to be configured */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_BCK); + + /* Configure the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_DayLightSaving | RTC_StoreOperation); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the RTC Day Light Saving stored operation. + * @param None + * @retval RTC Day Light Saving stored operation. + * - RTC_StoreOperation_Reset + * - RTC_StoreOperation_Set + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetStoreOperation(void) +{ + return (RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BCK); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group6 Output pin Configuration function + * @brief Output pin Configuration function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Output pin Configuration function ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the RTC Output source. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC output source (AFO_ALARM). + * @param RTC_Output: Specifies which signal will be routed to the RTC output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Output_Disable: No output selected + * @arg RTC_Output_AlarmA: signal of AlarmA mapped to output + * @arg RTC_Output_AlarmB: signal of AlarmB mapped to output + * @arg RTC_Output_WakeUp: signal of WakeUp mapped to output + * @param RTC_OutputPolarity: Specifies the polarity of the output signal. + * This parameter can be one of the following: + * @arg RTC_OutputPolarity_High: The output pin is high when the + * ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is high (depending on OSEL) + * @arg RTC_OutputPolarity_Low: The output pin is low when the + * ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is high (depending on OSEL) + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_OutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_Output, uint32_t RTC_OutputPolarity) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT(RTC_Output)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(RTC_OutputPolarity)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear the bits to be configured */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_OSEL | RTC_CR_POL); + + /* Configure the output selection and polarity */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_Output | RTC_OutputPolarity); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group7 Digital Calibration configuration functions + * @brief Digital Calibration configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Digital Calibration configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC clock to be output through the relative + * pin. + * @param NewState: new state of the digital calibration Output. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_CalibOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the RTC clock output */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_COE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the RTC clock output */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_COE; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz). + * @param RTC_CalibOutput : Select the Calibration output Selection . + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_CalibOutput_512Hz: A signal has a regular waveform at 512Hz. + * @arg RTC_CalibOutput_1Hz : A signal has a regular waveform at 1Hz. + * @retval None +*/ +void RTC_CalibOutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibOutput) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(RTC_CalibOutput)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /*clear flags before config*/ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_COSEL); + + /* Configure the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CalibOutput; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Smooth Calibration Settings. + * @param RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod : Select the Smooth Calibration Period. + * This parameter can be can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_32sec : The smooth calibration periode is 32s. + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_16sec : The smooth calibration periode is 16s. + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_8sec : The smooth calibartion periode is 8s. + * @param RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses : Select to Set or reset the CALP bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Set : Add one RTCCLK puls every 2**11 pulses. + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Reset: No RTCCLK pulses are added. + * @param RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue: Select the value of CALM[8:0] bits. + * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x000001FF. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Calib registers are configured + * - ERROR: RTC Calib registers are not configured +*/ +ErrorStatus RTC_SmoothCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod, + uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses, + uint32_t RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t recalpfcount = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD(RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS(RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* check if a calibration is pending*/ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET) + { + /* wait until the Calibration is completed*/ + while (((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET) && (recalpfcount != RECALPF_TIMEOUT)) + { + recalpfcount++; + } + } + + /* check if the calibration pending is completed or if there is no calibration operation at all*/ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) == RESET) + { + /* Configure the Smooth calibration settings */ + RTC->CALR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod | (uint32_t)RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses | (uint32_t)RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return (ErrorStatus)(status); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group8 TimeStamp configuration functions + * @brief TimeStamp configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### TimeStamp configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the RTC TimeStamp functionality with the + * specified time stamp pin stimulating edge. + * @param RTC_TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is + * activated. + * This parameter can be one of the following: + * @arg RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising: the Time stamp event occurs on the rising + * edge of the related pin. + * @arg RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling: the Time stamp event occurs on the + * falling edge of the related pin. + * @param NewState: new state of the TimeStamp. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TimeStampCmd(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampEdge, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(RTC_TimeStampEdge)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE)); + + /* Get the new configuration */ + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampEdge | RTC_CR_TSE); + } + else + { + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampEdge); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */ + RTC->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the RTC TimeStamp value and masks. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the output parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_StampTimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that will + * contains the TimeStamp time values. + * @param RTC_StampDateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that will + * contains the TimeStamp date values. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetTimeStamp(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_StampTimeStruct, + RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_StampDateStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmptime = 0, tmpdate = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + /* Get the TimeStamp time and date registers values */ + tmptime = (uint32_t)(RTC->TSTR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + tmpdate = (uint32_t)(RTC->TSDR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the Time structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >> 8); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmptime & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_H12 = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16); + + /* Fill the Date structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Year = 0; + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)(tmpdate & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + /* Convert the Time structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds); + + /* Convert the Date structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the RTC timestamp Subseconds value. + * @param None + * @retval RTC current timestamp Subseconds value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond(void) +{ + /* Get timestamp subseconds values from the correspondent registers */ + return (uint32_t)(RTC->TSSSR); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group9 Tampers configuration functions + * @brief Tampers configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Tampers configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the select Tamper pin edge. + * @param RTC_Tamper: Selected tamper pin. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Tamper_1: Select Tamper 1. + * @arg RTC_Tamper_2: Select Tamper 2. + * @arg RTC_Tamper_3: Select Tamper 3. + * @param RTC_TamperTrigger: Specifies the trigger on the tamper pin that + * stimulates tamper event. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge: Rising Edge of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge: Falling Edge of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_LowLevel: Low Level of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_HighLevel: High Level of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperTriggerConfig(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, uint32_t RTC_TamperTrigger) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(RTC_Tamper)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(RTC_TamperTrigger)); + + /* Check if the active level for Tamper is rising edge (Low level)*/ + if (RTC_TamperTrigger == RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge) + { + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RTC_Tamper << 1)); + } + else + { + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_Tamper << 1); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the Tamper detection. + * @param RTC_Tamper: Selected tamper pin. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Tamper_1: Select Tamper 1. + * @arg RTC_Tamper_2: Select Tamper 2. + * @arg RTC_Tamper_3: Select Tamper 3. + * @param NewState: new state of the tamper pin. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperCmd(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(RTC_Tamper)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_Tamper; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_Tamper; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Tampers Filter. + * @param RTC_TamperFilter: Specifies the tampers filter. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_Disable: Tamper filter is disabled. + * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_2Sample: Tamper is activated after 2 consecutive + * samples at the active level + * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_4Sample: Tamper is activated after 4 consecutive + * samples at the active level + * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_8Sample: Tamper is activated after 8 consecutive + * samples at the active level + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperFilterConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(RTC_TamperFilter)); + + /* Clear TAMPFLT[1:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFLT); + + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperFilter; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Tampers Sampling Frequency. + * @param RTC_TamperSamplingFreq: Specifies the tampers Sampling Frequency. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div32768: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 32768 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div16384: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 16384 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div8192: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 8192 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div4096: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 4096 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div2048: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 2048 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div1024: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 1024 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div512: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 512 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div256: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 256 + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperSamplingFreq) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(RTC_TamperSamplingFreq)); + + /* Clear TAMPFREQ[2:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFREQ); + + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperSamplingFreq; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Tampers Pins input Precharge Duration. + * @param RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration: Specifies the Tampers Pins input + * Precharge Duration. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_1RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 1 RTCCLK cycle + * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_2RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 2 RTCCLK cycle + * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_4RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 4 RTCCLK cycle + * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_8RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 8 RTCCLK cycle + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration(uint32_t RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration)); + + /* Clear TAMPPRCH[1:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPRCH); + + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the TimeStamp on Tamper Detection Event. + * @note The timestamp is valid even the TSE bit in tamper control register + * is reset. + * @param NewState: new state of the timestamp on tamper event. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TimeStampOnTamperDetectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Save timestamp on tamper detection event */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS; + } + else + { + /* Tamper detection does not cause a timestamp to be saved */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the Precharge of Tamper pin. + * @param NewState: new state of tamper pull up. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperPullUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable precharge of the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS; + } + else + { + /* Disable precharge of the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group10 Backup Data Registers configuration functions + * @brief Backup Data Registers configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Backup Data Registers configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register. + * @param RTC_BKP_DR: RTC Backup data Register number. + * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to + * specify the register. + * @param Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WriteBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR, uint32_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(RTC_BKP_DR)); + + tmp = RTC_BASE + 0x50; + tmp += (RTC_BKP_DR * 4); + + /* Write the specified register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = (uint32_t)Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register. + * @param RTC_BKP_DR: RTC Backup data Register number. + * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to + * specify the register. + * @retval None + */ +uint32_t RTC_ReadBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(RTC_BKP_DR)); + + tmp = RTC_BASE + 0x50; + tmp += (RTC_BKP_DR * 4); + + /* Read the specified register */ + return (*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group11 Output Type Config configuration functions + * @brief Output Type Config configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Output Type Config configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC Output Pin mode. + * @param RTC_OutputType: specifies the RTC Output (PC13) pin mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain: RTC Output (PC13) is configured in + * Open Drain mode. + * @arg RTC_OutputType_PushPull: RTC Output (PC13) is configured in + * Push Pull mode. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_OutputTypeConfig(uint32_t RTC_OutputType) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(RTC_OutputType)); + + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_ALARMOUTTYPE); + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_OutputType); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group12 Shift control synchronisation functions + * @brief Shift control synchronisation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Shift control synchronisation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the Synchronization Shift Control Settings. + * @note When REFCKON is set, firmware must not write to Shift control register + * @param RTC_ShiftAdd1S : Select to add or not 1 second to the time Calendar. + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Set : Add one second to the clock calendar. + * @arg RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Reset: No effect. + * @param RTC_ShiftSubFS: Select the number of Second Fractions to Substitute. + * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x7FFF. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Shift registers are configured + * - ERROR: RTC Shift registers are not configured +*/ +ErrorStatus RTC_SynchroShiftConfig(uint32_t RTC_ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t RTC_ShiftSubFS) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t shpfcount = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S(RTC_ShiftAdd1S)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS(RTC_ShiftSubFS)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Check if a Shift is pending*/ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET) + { + /* Wait until the shift is completed*/ + while (((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET) && (shpfcount != SHPF_TIMEOUT)) + { + shpfcount++; + } + } + + /* Check if the Shift pending is completed or if there is no Shift operation at all*/ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) == RESET) + { + /* check if the reference clock detection is disabled */ + if((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_REFCKON) == RESET) + { + /* Configure the Shift settings */ + RTC->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)(uint32_t)(RTC_ShiftSubFS) | (uint32_t)(RTC_ShiftAdd1S); + + if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return (ErrorStatus)(status); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group13 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] All RTC interrupts are connected to the EXTI controller. + (+) To enable the RTC Alarm interrupt, the following sequence is required: + (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 17 in interrupt mode and select + the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + (++) Configure and enable the RTC_Alarm IRQ channel in the NVIC using + the NVIC_Init() function. + (++) Configure the RTC to generate RTC alarms (Alarm A and/or Alarm B) + using the RTC_SetAlarm() and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. + (+) To enable the RTC Wakeup interrupt, the following sequence is required: + (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 20 in interrupt mode and select + the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + (++) Configure and enable the RTC_WKUP IRQ channel in the NVIC using + the NVIC_Init() function. + (++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC wakeup timer event using the + RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() + functions. + (+) To enable the RTC Tamper interrupt, the following sequence is required: + (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 19 in interrupt mode and select + the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + (++) Configure and enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC using + the NVIC_Init() function. + (++) Configure the RTC to detect the RTC tamper event using the + RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() functions. + (+) To enable the RTC TimeStamp interrupt, the following sequence is required: + (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 19 in interrupt mode and select + the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + (++) Configure and enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC using + the NVIC_Init() function. + (++) Configure the RTC to detect the RTC time-stamp event using the + RTC_TimeStampCmd() functions. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC interrupts. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP: Tamper event interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified RTC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ITConfig(uint32_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CONFIG_IT(RTC_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Configure the Interrupts in the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_IT & ~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_IT & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + } + else + { + /* Configure the Interrupts in the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT & (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC flag is set or not. + * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RECALPF: RECALPF event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F: Tamper 3 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F: Tamper 2 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper 1 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSOVF: Time Stamp OverFlow flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSF: Time Stamp event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTF: WakeUp Timer flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF: Alarm B flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF: Alarm A flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_INITF: Initialization mode flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_INITS: Registers Configured flag + * @argRTC_FLAG_SHPF : Shift operation pending flag. + * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTWF: WakeUp Timer Write flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF: Alarm B Write flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF: Alarm A write flag + * @retval The new state of RTC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t RTC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); + + /* Get all the flags */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_FLAGS_MASK); + + /* Return the status of the flag */ + if ((tmpreg & RTC_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RTC's pending flags. + * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the RTC flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F: Tamper 3 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F: Tamper 2 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper 1 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSOVF: Time Stamp Overflow flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSF: Time Stamp event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTF: WakeUp Timer flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF: Alarm B flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF: Alarm A flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ClearFlag(uint32_t RTC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the Flags in the RTC_ISR register */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(~((RTC_FLAG | RTC_ISR_INIT)& 0x0001FFFF) | (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT))); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper1 event interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP2: Tamper2 event interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP3: Tamper3 event interrupt + * @retval The new state of RTC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint32_t RTC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0, enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_IT(RTC_IT)); + + /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->TAFCR & (RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE)); + + /* Get the Interrupt enable Status */ + enablestatus = (uint32_t)((RTC->CR & RTC_IT) | (tmpreg & ((RTC_IT >> (RTC_IT >> 18)) >> 15))); + + /* Get the Interrupt pending bit */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ISR & (uint32_t)(RTC_IT >> 4))); + + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + if ((enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET) && ((tmpreg & 0x0000FFFF) != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RTC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper1 event interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP2: Tamper2 event interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP3: Tamper3 event interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t RTC_IT) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_IT(RTC_IT)); + + /* Get the RTC_ISR Interrupt pending bits mask */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC_IT >> 4); + + /* Clear the interrupt pending bits in the RTC_ISR register */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(~((tmpreg | RTC_ISR_INIT)& 0x0000FFFF) | (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT))); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Converts a 2 digit decimal to BCD format. + * @param Value: Byte to be converted. + * @retval Converted byte + */ +static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value) +{ + uint8_t bcdhigh = 0; + + while (Value >= 10) + { + bcdhigh++; + Value -= 10; + } + + return ((uint8_t)(bcdhigh << 4) | Value); +} + +/** + * @brief Convert from 2 digit BCD to Binary. + * @param Value: BCD value to be converted. + * @retval Converted word + */ +static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value) +{ + uint8_t tmp = 0; + tmp = ((uint8_t)(Value & (uint8_t)0xF0) >> (uint8_t)0x4) * 10; + return (tmp + (Value & (uint8_t)0x0F)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_spi.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_spi.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2617e77 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_spi.c @@ -0,0 +1,1410 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_spi.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Serial peripheral interface (SPI): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Data transfers functions + * + Hardware CRC Calculation + * + DMA transfers management + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + + + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE) + function for SPI1 or using RCC_APBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE) + function for SPI2. + (#) Enable SCK, MOSI, MISO and NSS GPIO clocks using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() + function. + (#) Peripherals alternate function: + (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. + (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF. + (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members. + (++) Call GPIO_Init() function. + (#) Program the Polarity, Phase, First Data, Baud Rate Prescaler, Slave + Management, Peripheral Mode and CRC Polynomial values using the SPI_Init() + function in SPI mode. In I2S mode, program the Mode, Standard, Data Format, + MCLK Output, Audio frequency and Polarity using I2S_Init() function. + (#) Configure the FIFO threshold using SPI_RxFIFOThresholdConfig() to select + at which threshold the RXNE event is generated. + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + SPI_I2S_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + (#) When using the DMA mode + (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function. + (++) Active the needed channel Request using SPI_I2S_DMACmd() function. + (#) Enable the SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function or enable the I2S using + I2S_Cmd(). + (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode. + (#) Optionally you can enable/configure the following parameters without + re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again SPI_Init() function): + (++) When bidirectional mode (SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx or SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx) + is programmed as Data direction parameter using the SPI_Init() function + it can be possible to switch between SPI_Direction_Tx or SPI_Direction_Rx + using the SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig() function. + (++) When SPI_NSS_Soft is selected as Slave Select Management parameter + using the SPI_Init() function it can be possible to manage the + NSS internal signal using the SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig() function. + (++) Reconfigure the data size using the SPI_DataSizeConfig() function. + (++) Enable or disable the SS output using the SPI_SSOutputCmd() function. + (#) To use the CRC Hardware calculation feature refer to the Peripheral + CRC hardware Calculation subsection. + [..] It is possible to use SPI in I2S full duplex mode, in this case, each SPI + peripheral is able to manage sending and receiving data simultaneously + using two data lines. Each SPI peripheral has an extended block called I2Sxext + (ie. I2S2ext for SPI2 and I2S3ext for SPI3). + The extension block is not a full SPI IP, it is used only as I2S slave to + implement full duplex mode. The extension block uses the same clock sources + as its master. + To configure I2S full duplex you have to: + (#) Configure SPIx in I2S mode (I2S_Init() function) as described above. + (#) Call the I2S_FullDuplexConfig() function using the same strucutre passed to + I2S_Init() function. + (#) Call I2S_Cmd() for SPIx then for its extended block. + (#) Configure interrupts or DMA requests and to get/clear flag status, + use I2Sxext instance for the extension block. + [..] Functions that can be called with I2Sxext instances are: + I2S_Cmd(), I2S_FullDuplexConfig(), SPI_I2S_ReceiveData16(), SPI_I2S_SendData16(), + SPI_I2S_DMACmd(), SPI_I2S_ITConfig(), SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(), SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(), + SPI_I2S_GetITStatus() and SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(). + [..] Example: To use SPI3 in Full duplex mode (SPI3 is Master Tx, I2S3ext is Slave Rx): + [..] RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE); + I2S_StructInit(&I2SInitStruct); + I2SInitStruct.Mode = I2S_Mode_MasterTx; + I2S_Init(SPI3, &I2SInitStruct); + I2S_FullDuplexConfig(SPI3ext, &I2SInitStruct) + I2S_Cmd(SPI3, ENABLE); + I2S_Cmd(SPI3ext, ENABLE); + ... + while (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI2, SPI_FLAG_TXE) == RESET) + {} + SPI_I2S_SendData16(SPI3, txdata[i]); + ... + while (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(I2S3ext, SPI_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET) + {} + rxdata[i] = SPI_I2S_ReceiveData16(I2S3ext); + ... + [..] + (@) In SPI mode: To use the SPI TI mode, call the function SPI_TIModeCmd() + just after calling the function SPI_Init(). + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_spi.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI + * @brief SPI driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* SPI registers Masks */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0x3040) +#define CR2_LDMA_MASK ((uint16_t)0x9FFF) + +#define I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0xF040) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SPI Direction, + SPI Mode, SPI Data Size, SPI Polarity, SPI Phase, SPI NSS Management, SPI Baud + Rate Prescaler, SPI First Bit and SPI CRC Polynomial. + [..] The SPI_Init() function follows the SPI configuration procedures for Master mode + and Slave mode (details for these procedures are available in reference manual). + [..] When the Software NSS management (SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Soft) is selected, + use the following function to manage the NSS bit: + void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft); + [..] In Master mode, when the Hardware NSS management (SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Hard) + is selected, use the follwoing function to enable the NSS output feature. + void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); + [..] The NSS pulse mode can be managed by the SPI TI mode when enabling it using the + following function: void SPI_TIModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); + And it can be managed by software in the SPI Motorola mode using this function: + void SPI_NSSPulseModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); + [..] This section provides also functions to initialize the I2S Mode, Standard, + Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio frequency and Polarity. + [..] The I2S_Init() function follows the I2S configuration procedures for Master mode + and Slave mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the SPIx peripheral registers to their default + * reset values. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + if (SPIx == SPI1) + { + /* Enable SPI1 reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI1 from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, DISABLE); + } + else if (SPIx == SPI2) + { + /* Enable SPI2 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI2 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (SPIx == SPI3) + { + /* Enable SPI3 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI3 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each SPI_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------------- Reset SPI init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + /* Initialize the SPI_Direction member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex; + /* Initialize the SPI_Mode member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode = SPI_Mode_Slave; + /* Initialize the SPI_DataSize member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize = SPI_DataSize_8b; + /* Initialize the SPI_CPOL member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL = SPI_CPOL_Low; + /* Initialize the SPI_CPHA member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA = SPI_CPHA_1Edge; + /* Initialize the SPI_NSS member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Hard; + /* Initialize the SPI_BaudRatePrescaler member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2; + /* Initialize the SPI_FirstBit member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB; + /* Initialize the SPI_CRCPolynomial member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial = 7; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the SPI_InitStruct. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Check the SPI parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DATA_SIZE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial)); + + /* Configuring the SPI in master mode */ + if(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode == SPI_Mode_Master) + { +/*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the SPIx CR1 value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->CR1; + /* Clear BIDIMode, BIDIOE, RxONLY, SSM, SSI, LSBFirst, BR, MSTR, CPOL and CPHA bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure SPIx: direction, NSS management, first transmitted bit, BaudRate prescaler + master/slave mode, CPOL and CPHA */ + /* Set BIDImode, BIDIOE and RxONLY bits according to SPI_Direction value */ + /* Set SSM, SSI and MSTR bits according to SPI_Mode and SPI_NSS values */ + /* Set LSBFirst bit according to SPI_FirstBit value */ + /* Set BR bits according to SPI_BaudRatePrescaler value */ + /* Set CPOL bit according to SPI_CPOL value */ + /* Set CPHA bit according to SPI_CPHA value */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode) | + (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA) | + (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler) | + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit))); + /* Write to SPIx CR1 */ + SPIx->CR1 = tmpreg; + /*-------------------------Data Size Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Get the SPIx CR2 value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->CR2; + /* Clear DS[3:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~SPI_CR2_DS; + /* Configure SPIx: Data Size */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize); + /* Write to SPIx CR2 */ + SPIx->CR2 = tmpreg; + } + /* Configuring the SPI in slave mode */ + else + { +/*---------------------------- Data size Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Get the SPIx CR2 value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->CR2; + /* Clear DS[3:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~SPI_CR2_DS; + /* Configure SPIx: Data Size */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize); + /* Write to SPIx CR2 */ + SPIx->CR2 = tmpreg; +/*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the SPIx CR1 value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->CR1; + /* Clear BIDIMode, BIDIOE, RxONLY, SSM, SSI, LSBFirst, BR, MSTR, CPOL and CPHA bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure SPIx: direction, NSS management, first transmitted bit, BaudRate prescaler + master/salve mode, CPOL and CPHA */ + /* Set BIDImode, BIDIOE and RxONLY bits according to SPI_Direction value */ + /* Set SSM, SSI and MSTR bits according to SPI_Mode and SPI_NSS values */ + /* Set LSBFirst bit according to SPI_FirstBit value */ + /* Set BR bits according to SPI_BaudRatePrescaler value */ + /* Set CPOL bit according to SPI_CPOL value */ + /* Set CPHA bit according to SPI_CPHA value */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode) | + (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA) | + (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler) | + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit))); + + /* Write to SPIx CR1 */ + SPIx->CR1 = tmpreg; + } + + /* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD); + +/*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Write to SPIx CRCPOLY */ + SPIx->CRCPR = SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each I2S_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param I2S_InitStruct : pointer to a I2S_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + /* Initialize the I2S_Mode member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode = I2S_Mode_SlaveTx; + + /* Initialize the I2S_Standard member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard = I2S_Standard_Phillips; + + /* Initialize the I2S_DataFormat member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat = I2S_DataFormat_16b; + + /* Initialize the I2S_MCLKOutput member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput = I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable; + + /* Initialize the I2S_AudioFreq member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq = I2S_AudioFreq_Default; + + /* Initialize the I2S_CPOL member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL = I2S_CPOL_Low; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the I2S_InitStruct. + * @param SPIx:To select the SPIx peripheral, where x can be: 2 or 3 + * in I2S mode. + * @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to an I2S_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral + * configured in I2S mode. + * @note + * The function calculates the optimal prescaler needed to obtain the most + * accurate audio frequency (depending on the I2S clock source, the PLL values + * and the product configuration). But in case the prescaler value is greater + * than 511, the default value (0x02) will be configured instead. + * @retval None + */ +void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0, i2sdiv = 2, i2sodd = 0, packetlength = 1; + uint32_t tmp = 0; + RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_Clocks; + uint32_t sourceclock = 0; + + /* Check the I2S parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)); + +/*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK; + SPIx->I2SPR = 0x0002; + + /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->I2SCFGR; + + /* If the default value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd*/ + if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq == I2S_AudioFreq_Default) + { + i2sodd = (uint16_t)0; + i2sdiv = (uint16_t)2; + } + /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */ + else + { + /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) */ + if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat == I2S_DataFormat_16b) + { + /* Packet length is 16 bits */ + packetlength = 1; + } + else + { + /* Packet length is 32 bits */ + packetlength = 2; + } + + /* I2S Clock source is System clock: Get System Clock frequency */ + RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks); + + /* Get the source clock value: based on System Clock value */ + sourceclock = RCC_Clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency; + + /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state with a floating point */ + if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable) + { + /* MCLK output is enabled */ + tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / 256) * 10) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5); + } + else + { + /* MCLK output is disabled */ + tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / (32 * packetlength)) *10 ) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5); + } + + /* Remove the floating point */ + tmp = tmp / 10; + + /* Check the parity of the divider */ + i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001); + + /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */ + i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2); + + /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */ + i2sodd = (uint16_t) (i2sodd << 8); + } + + /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */ + if ((i2sdiv < 2) || (i2sdiv > 0xFF)) + { + /* Set the default values */ + i2sdiv = 2; + i2sodd = 0; + } + + /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */ + SPIx->I2SPR = (uint16_t)(i2sdiv | (uint16_t)(i2sodd | (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput)); + + /* Configure the I2S with the SPI_InitStruct values */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode) | \ + (uint16_t)((uint16_t)((uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard |I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat) |\ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL))); + + /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_SPE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_SPE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TI Mode. + * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has + * been called. + * @note When TI mode is selected, the control bits SSM, SSI, CPOL and CPHA + * are not taken into consideration and are configured by hardware + * respectively to the TI mode requirements. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPI TI communication mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_TIModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TI mode for the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_FRF; + } + else + { + /* Disable the TI mode for the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_FRF); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode). + * @param SPIx:To select the SPIx peripheral, where x can be: 2 or 3 in + * I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral in I2S mode */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral in I2S mode */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the data size for the selected SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_DataSize: specifies the SPI data size. + * For the SPIx peripheral this parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_DataSize_4b: Set data size to 4 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_5b: Set data size to 5 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_6b: Set data size to 6 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_7b: Set data size to 7 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_8b: Set data size to 8 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_9b: Set data size to 9 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_10b: Set data size to 10 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_11b: Set data size to 11 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_12b: Set data size to 12 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_13b: Set data size to 13 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_14b: Set data size to 14 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_15b: Set data size to 15 bits + * @arg SPI_DataSize_16b: Set data size to 16 bits + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DATA_SIZE(SPI_DataSize)); + /* Read the CR2 register */ + tmpreg = SPIx->CR2; + /* Clear DS[3:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~SPI_CR2_DS; + /* Set new DS[3:0] bits value */ + tmpreg |= SPI_DataSize; + SPIx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the FIFO reception threshold for the selected SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_RxFIFOThreshold: specifies the FIFO reception threshold. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_HF: RXNE event is generated if the FIFO + * level is greater or equal to 1/2. + * @arg SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_QF: RXNE event is generated if the FIFO + * level is greater or equal to 1/4. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_RxFIFOThresholdConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_RxFIFOThreshold) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_RX_FIFO_THRESHOLD(SPI_RxFIFOThreshold)); + + /* Clear FRXTH bit */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_FRXTH); + + /* Set new FRXTH bit value */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_RxFIFOThreshold; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the data transfer direction in bidirectional mode for the specified SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_Direction: specifies the data transfer direction in bidirectional mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_Direction_Tx: Selects Tx transmission direction + * @arg SPI_Direction_Rx: Selects Rx receive direction + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(SPI_Direction)); + if (SPI_Direction == SPI_Direction_Tx) + { + /* Set the Tx only mode */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_Direction_Tx; + } + else + { + /* Set the Rx only mode */ + SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_Direction_Rx; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures internally by software the NSS pin for the selected SPI. + * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has + * been called. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_NSSInternalSoft: specifies the SPI NSS internal state. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set: Set NSS pin internally + * @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset: Reset NSS pin internally + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(SPI_NSSInternalSoft)); + + if (SPI_NSSInternalSoft != SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset) + { + /* Set NSS pin internally by software */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set; + } + else + { + /* Reset NSS pin internally by software */ + SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the full duplex mode for the I2Sx peripheral using its + * extension I2Sxext according to the specified parameters in the + * I2S_InitStruct. + * @param I2Sxext: where x can be 2 or 3 to select the I2S peripheral extension block. + * @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to an I2S_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified I2S peripheral + * extension. + * + * @note The structure pointed by I2S_InitStruct parameter should be the same + * used for the master I2S peripheral. In this case, if the master is + * configured as transmitter, the slave will be receiver and vice versa. + * Or you can force a different mode by modifying the field I2S_Mode to the + * value I2S_SlaveRx or I2S_SlaveTx indepedently of the master configuration. + * + * @note The I2S full duplex extension can be configured in slave mode only. + * + * @retval None + */ +void I2S_FullDuplexConfig(SPI_TypeDef* I2Sxext, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Check the I2S parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2S_EXT_PERIPH(I2Sxext)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)); + +/*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */ + I2Sxext->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK; + I2Sxext->I2SPR = 0x0002; + + /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */ + tmpreg = I2Sxext->I2SCFGR; + + /* Get the mode to be configured for the extended I2S */ + if ((I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_MasterTx) || (I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_SlaveTx)) + { + tmp = I2S_Mode_SlaveRx; + } + else + { + if ((I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_MasterRx) || (I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_SlaveRx)) + { + tmp = I2S_Mode_SlaveTx; + } + } + + + /* Configure the I2S with the SPI_InitStruct values */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | (uint16_t)(tmp | \ + (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat | \ + (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)))); + + /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ + I2Sxext->I2SCFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SS output for the selected SPI. + * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has + * been called and the NSS hardware management mode is selected. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx SS output. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI SS output */ + SPIx->CR2 |= (uint16_t)SPI_CR2_SSOE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI SS output */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_SSOE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the NSS pulse management mode. + * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has + * been called. + * @note When TI mode is selected, the control bits NSSP is not taken into + * consideration and are configured by hardware respectively to the + * TI mode requirements. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the NSS pulse management mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_NSSPulseModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the NSS pulse management mode */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_NSSP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the NSS pulse management mode */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_NSSP); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group2 Data transfers functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data transfers functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI or I2S + data transfers. + [..] In reception, data are received and then stored into an internal Rx buffer while + In transmission, data are first stored into an internal Tx buffer before being + transmitted. + [..] The read access of the SPI_DR register can be done using the SPI_I2S_ReceiveData() + function and returns the Rx buffered value. Whereas a write access to the SPI_DR + can be done using SPI_I2S_SendData() function and stores the written data into + Tx buffer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits a Data through the SPIx peripheral. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param Data: Data to be transmitted. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_SendData8(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t Data) +{ + uint32_t spixbase = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + spixbase = (uint32_t)SPIx; + spixbase += 0x0C; + + *(__IO uint8_t *) spixbase = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits a Data through the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param Data: Data to be transmitted. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_SendData16(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + + SPIx->DR = (uint16_t)Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the SPIx peripheral. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint8_t SPI_ReceiveData8(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + uint32_t spixbase = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + + spixbase = (uint32_t)SPIx; + spixbase += 0x0C; + + return *(__IO uint8_t *) spixbase; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the SPIx peripheral. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData16(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + + return SPIx->DR; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group3 Hardware CRC Calculation functions + * @brief Hardware CRC Calculation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Hardware CRC Calculation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI CRC hardware + calculation. + [..] SPI communication using CRC is possible through the following procedure: + (#) Program the Data direction, Polarity, Phase, First Data, Baud Rate Prescaler, + Slave Management, Peripheral Mode and CRC Polynomial values using the SPI_Init() + function. + (#) Enable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. + (#) Enable the SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function + (#) Before writing the last data to the TX buffer, set the CRCNext bit using the + SPI_TransmitCRC() function to indicate that after transmission of the last + data, the CRC should be transmitted. + (#) After transmitting the last data, the SPI transmits the CRC. The SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT + bit is reset. The CRC is also received and compared against the SPI_RXCRCR + value. + If the value does not match, the SPI_FLAG_CRCERR flag is set and an interrupt + can be generated when the SPI_I2S_IT_ERR interrupt is enabled. + [..] + (@) + (+@) It is advised to don't read the calculate CRC values during the communication. + (+@) When the SPI is in slave mode, be careful to enable CRC calculation only + when the clock is stable, that is, when the clock is in the steady state. + If not, a wrong CRC calculation may be done. In fact, the CRC is sensitive + to the SCK slave input clock as soon as CRCEN is set, and this, whatever + the value of the SPE bit. + (+@) With high bitrate frequencies, be careful when transmitting the CRC. + As the number of used CPU cycles has to be as low as possible in the CRC + transfer phase, it is forbidden to call software functions in the CRC + transmission sequence to avoid errors in the last data and CRC reception. + In fact, CRCNEXT bit has to be written before the end of the transmission/reception + of the last data. + (+@) For high bit rate frequencies, it is advised to use the DMA mode to avoid the + degradation of the SPI speed performance due to CPU accesses impacting the + SPI bandwidth. + (+@) When the STM32F30x are configured as slaves and the NSS hardware mode is + used, the NSS pin needs to be kept low between the data phase and the CRC + phase. + (+@) When the SPI is configured in slave mode with the CRC feature enabled, CRC + calculation takes place even if a high level is applied on the NSS pin. + This may happen for example in case of a multislave environment where the + communication master addresses slaves alternately. + (+@) Between a slave deselection (high level on NSS) and a new slave selection + (low level on NSS), the CRC value should be cleared on both master and slave + sides in order to resynchronize the master and slave for their respective + CRC calculation. + [..] + (@) To clear the CRC, follow the procedure below: + (#@) Disable SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function. + (#@) Disable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. + (#@) Enable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. + (#@) Enable SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the CRC calculation length for the selected SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_CRCLength: specifies the SPI CRC calculation length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_CRCLength_8b: Set CRC Calculation to 8 bits + * @arg SPI_CRCLength_16b: Set CRC Calculation to 16 bits + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_CRCLengthConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_CRCLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_LENGTH(SPI_CRCLength)); + + /* Clear CRCL bit */ + SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_CRCL); + + /* Set new CRCL bit value */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CRCLength; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CRC value calculation of the transferred bytes. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx CRC value calculation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI CRC calculation */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI CRC calculation */ + SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_CRCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits the SPIx CRC value. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Enable the selected SPI CRC transmission */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the transmit or the receive CRC register value for the specified SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_CRC: specifies the CRC register to be read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_CRC_Tx: Selects Tx CRC register + * @arg SPI_CRC_Rx: Selects Rx CRC register + * @retval The selected CRC register value.. + */ +uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC) +{ + uint16_t crcreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC(SPI_CRC)); + + if (SPI_CRC != SPI_CRC_Rx) + { + /* Get the Tx CRC register */ + crcreg = SPIx->TXCRCR; + } + else + { + /* Get the Rx CRC register */ + crcreg = SPIx->RXCRCR; + } + /* Return the selected CRC register */ + return crcreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the CRC Polynomial register value for the specified SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval The CRC Polynomial register value. + */ +uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Return the CRC polynomial register */ + return SPIx->CRCPR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group4 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SPIx/I2Sx DMA interface. + * @param SPIx:To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_DMAReq: specifies the SPI DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: Tx buffer DMA transfer request + * @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: Rx buffer DMA transfer request + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPI DMA transfer request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_DMA_REQ(SPI_I2S_DMAReq)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI DMA requests */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_I2S_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI DMA requests */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_DMAReq; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the number of data to transfer type(Even/Odd) for the DMA + * last transfers and for the selected SPI. + * @note This function have a meaning only if DMA mode is selected and if + * the packing mode is used (data length <= 8 and DMA transfer size halfword) + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_LastDMATransfer: specifies the SPI last DMA transfers state. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxEven: Number of data for transmission Even + * and number of data for reception Even. + * @arg SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxEven: Number of data for transmission Odd + * and number of data for reception Even. + * @arg SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxOdd: Number of data for transmission Even + * and number of data for reception Odd. + * @arg SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxOdd: RNumber of data for transmission Odd + * and number of data for reception Odd. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_LastDMATransferCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_LastDMATransfer) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_LAST_DMA_TRANSFER(SPI_LastDMATransfer)); + + /* Clear LDMA_TX and LDMA_RX bits */ + SPIx->CR2 &= CR2_LDMA_MASK; + + /* Set new LDMA_TX and LDMA_RX bits value */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_LastDMATransfer; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to configure the SPI/I2S + Interrupts sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode. + + *** Polling Mode *** + ==================== + [..] In Polling Mode, the SPI/I2S communication can be managed by 9 flags: + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register. + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register. + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY : to indicate the state of the communication layer of the SPI. + (#) SPI_FLAG_CRCERR : to indicate if a CRC Calculation error occur. + (#) SPI_FLAG_MODF : to indicate if a Mode Fault error occur. + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR : to indicate if an Overrun error occur. + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE: to indicate a Frame Format error occurs. + (#) I2S_FLAG_UDR: to indicate an Underrun error occurs. + (#) I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: to indicate Channel Side. + [..] + (@) Do not use the BSY flag to handle each data transmission or reception. + It is better to use the TXE and RXNE flags instead. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); + (+) void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); + + *** Interrupt Mode *** + ====================== + [..] In Interrupt Mode, the SPI/I2S communication can be managed by 3 interrupt sources + and 5 pending bits: + [..] Pending Bits: + (#) SPI_I2S_IT_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register. + (#) SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register. + (#) SPI_I2S_IT_OVR : to indicate if an Overrun error occur. + (#) I2S_IT_UDR : to indicate an Underrun Error occurs. + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE : to indicate a Frame Format error occurs. + [..] Interrupt Source: + (#) SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: specifies the interrupt source for the Tx buffer empty + interrupt. + (#) SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE : specifies the interrupt source for the Rx buffer not + empty interrupt. + (#) SPI_I2S_IT_ERR : specifies the interrupt source for the errors interrupt. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + (+) ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); + + *** FIFO Status *** + =================== + [..] It is possible to monitor the FIFO status when a transfer is ongoing using the + following function: + (+) uint32_t SPI_GetFIFOStatus(uint8_t SPI_FIFO_Direction); + + *** DMA Mode *** + ================ + [..] In DMA Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel requests: + (#) SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request. + (#) SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: + (+) void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI/I2S interrupts. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt mask + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Rx buffer not empty interrupt mask + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified SPI interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0 ; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); + + /* Get the SPI IT index */ + itpos = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4; + + /* Set the IT mask */ + itmask = (uint16_t)1 << (uint16_t)itpos; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI interrupt */ + SPIx->CR2 |= itmask; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI interrupt */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~itmask; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current SPIx Transmission FIFO filled level. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval The Transmission FIFO filling state. + * - SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_Empty: when FIFO is empty + * - SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_1QuarterFull: if more than 1 quarter-full. + * - SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_HalfFull: if more than 1 half-full. + * - SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_Full: when FIFO is full. + */ +uint16_t SPI_GetTransmissionFIFOStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Get the SPIx Transmission FIFO level bits */ + return (uint16_t)((SPIx->SR & SPI_SR_FTLVL)); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current SPIx Reception FIFO filled level. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval The Reception FIFO filling state. + * - SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_Empty: when FIFO is empty + * - SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_1QuarterFull: if more than 1 quarter-full. + * - SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_HalfFull: if more than 1 half-full. + * - SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_Full: when FIFO is full. + */ +uint16_t SPI_GetReceptionFIFOStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Get the SPIx Reception FIFO level bits */ + return (uint16_t)((SPIx->SR & SPI_SR_FRLVL)); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SPI flag is set or not. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_MODF: Mode Fault flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC Error flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE: TI frame format error flag. + * @arg I2S_FLAG_UDR: Underrun Error flag. + * @arg I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: Channel Side flag. + * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified SPI flag */ + if ((SPIx->SR & SPI_I2S_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SPI_I2S_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) flag. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to clear. + * This function clears only CRCERR flag. + * @note OVR (OverRun error) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()) followed by a read + * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()). + * @note MODF (Mode Fault) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read/write + * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a + * write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable the SPI). + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CLEAR_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) flag */ + SPIx->SR = (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SPI/I2S interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Transmit buffer empty interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty interrupt. + * @arg SPI_IT_MODF: Mode Fault interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt. + * @arg I2S_IT_UDR: Underrun interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_FRE: Format Error interrupt. + * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); + + /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT index */ + itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F); + + /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT IT mask */ + itmask = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4; + + /* Set the IT mask */ + itmask = 0x01 << itmask; + + /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (SPIx->CR2 & itmask) ; + + /* Check the status of the specified SPI interrupt */ + if (((SPIx->SR & itpos) != (uint16_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* SPI_I2S_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SPI_I2S_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SPI_I2S_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_syscfg.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_syscfg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ec4050 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_syscfg.c @@ -0,0 +1,472 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_syscfg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the SYSCFG peripheral: + * + Remapping the memory mapped at 0x00000000 + * + Remapping the DMA channels + * + Enabling I2C fast mode plus driving capability for I2C plus + * + Remapping USB interrupt line + * + Configuring the EXTI lines connection to the GPIO port + * + Configuring the CLASSB requirements + * + @verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] The SYSCFG registers can be accessed only when the SYSCFG + interface APB clock is enabled. + [..] To enable SYSCFG APB clock use: + RCC_APBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBPeriph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_syscfg.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG + * @brief SYSCFG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Reset value od SYSCFG_CFGR1 register */ +#define CFGR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x7C000000) + +/* ------------ SYSCFG registers bit address in the alias region -------------*/ +#define SYSCFG_OFFSET (SYSCFG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* --- CFGR1 Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of USB_IT_RMP bit */ +#define CFGR1_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x00) +#define USBITRMP_BitNumber 0x05 +#define CFGR1_USBITRMP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR1_OFFSET * 32) + (USBITRMP_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CFGR2 Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of BYP_ADDR_PAR bit */ +#define CFGR2_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x18) +#define BYPADDRPAR_BitNumber 0x04 +#define CFGR1_BYPADDRPAR_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR2_OFFSET * 32) + (BYPADDRPAR_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Group1 SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the SYSCFG registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + * @note MEM_MODE bits are not affected by APB reset. + * MEM_MODE bits took the value from the user option bytes. + */ +void SYSCFG_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Reset SYSCFG_CFGR1 register to reset value without affecting MEM_MODE bits */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE; + /* Set FPU Interrupt Enable bits to default value */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= 0x7C000000; + /* Reset RAM Write protection bits to default value */ + SYSCFG->RCR = 0x00000000; + /* Set EXTICRx registers to reset value */ + SYSCFG->EXTICR[0] = 0; + SYSCFG->EXTICR[1] = 0; + SYSCFG->EXTICR[2] = 0; + SYSCFG->EXTICR[3] = 0; + /* Set CFGR2 register to reset value */ + SYSCFG->CFGR2 = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the memory mapping at address 0x00000000. + * @param SYSCFG_MemoryRemap: selects the memory remapping. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash: Main Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000 + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemMemory: System Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000 + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM: Embedded SRAM mapped at 0x00000000 + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_MemoryRemap) +{ + uint32_t tmpcfgr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP(SYSCFG_MemoryRemap)); + + /* Get CFGR1 register value */ + tmpcfgr1 = SYSCFG->CFGR1; + + /* Clear MEM_MODE bits */ + tmpcfgr1 &= (uint32_t) (~SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE); + + /* Set the new MEM_MODE bits value */ + tmpcfgr1 |= (uint32_t) SYSCFG_MemoryRemap; + + /* Set CFGR1 register with the new memory remap configuration */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 = tmpcfgr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the DMA channels remapping. + * @param SYSCFG_DMARemap: selects the DMA channels remap. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM17: Remap TIM17 DMA requests from DMA1 channel1 to channel2 + * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM16: Remap TIM16 DMA requests from DMA1 channel3 to channel4 + * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM6DAC1: Remap TIM6/DAC1 DMA requests from DMA2 channel 3 to DMA1 channel 3 + * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM7DAC2: Remap TIM7/DAC2 DMA requests from DMA2 channel 4 to DMA1 channel 4 + * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemap_ADC2ADC4: Remap ADC2 and ADC4 DMA requests from DMA2 channel1/channel3 to channel3/channel4 + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA channel remapping. + * This parameter can be: Enable or Disable. + * @note When enabled, DMA channel of the selected peripheral is remapped + * @note When disabled, Default DMA channel is mapped to the selected peripheral + * @note + * By default TIM17 DMA requests is mapped to channel 1 + * use SYSCFG_DMAChannelRemapConfig(SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM17, Enable) + * to remap TIM17 DMA requests to DMA1 channel 2 + * use SYSCFG_DMAChannelRemapConfig(SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM17, Disable) + * to map TIM17 DMA requests to DMA1 channel 1 (default mapping) + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_DMAChannelRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_DMARemap, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_DMA_REMAP(SYSCFG_DMARemap)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Remap the DMA channel */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (uint32_t)SYSCFG_DMARemap; + } + else + { + /* use the default DMA channel mapping */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= (uint32_t)(~SYSCFG_DMARemap); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the remapping capabilities of DAC/TIM triggers. + * @param SYSCFG_TriggerRemap: selects the trigger to be remapped. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_TriggerRemap_DACTIM3: Remap DAC trigger from TIM8 to TIM3 + * @arg SYSCFG_TriggerRemap_TIM1TIM17: Remap TIM1 ITR3 from TIM4 TRGO to TIM17 OC + * @param NewState: new state of the trigger mapping. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note ENABLE: Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin + * @note DISABLE: Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_TriggerRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_TriggerRemap, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_TRIGGER_REMAP(SYSCFG_TriggerRemap)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Remap the trigger */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (uint32_t)SYSCFG_TriggerRemap; + } + else + { + /* Use the default trigger mapping */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= (uint32_t)(~SYSCFG_TriggerRemap); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the remapping capabilities of encoder mode. + * @ note This feature implement the so-called M/T method for measuring speed + * and position using quadrature encoders. + * @param SYSCFG_EncoderRemap: selects the remap option for encoder mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_No: No remap + * @arg SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_TIM2: Timer 2 IC1 and IC2 connected to TIM15 IC1 and IC2 + * @arg SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_TIM3: Timer 3 IC1 and IC2 connected to TIM15 IC1 and IC2 + * @arg SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_TIM4: Timer 4 IC1 and IC2 connected to TIM15 IC1 and IC2 + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_EncoderRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_EncoderRemap) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_ENCODER_REMAP(SYSCFG_EncoderRemap)); + + /* Reset the encoder mode remapping bits */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= (uint32_t)(~SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE); + + /* Set the selected configuration */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (uint32_t)(SYSCFG_EncoderRemap); +} + +/** + * @brief Remaps the USB interrupt lines. + * @param NewState: new state of the mapping of USB interrupt lines. + * This parameter can be: + * @param ENABLE: Remap the USB interrupt line as following: + * @arg USB Device High Priority (USB_HP) interrupt mapped to line 74. + * @arg USB Device Low Priority (USB_LP) interrupt mapped to line 75. + * @arg USB Wakeup Interrupt (USB_WKUP) interrupt mapped to line 76. + * @param DISABLE: Use the default USB interrupt line: + * @arg USB Device High Priority (USB_HP) interrupt mapped to line 19. + * @arg USB Device Low Priority (USB_LP) interrupt mapped to line 20. + * @arg USB Wakeup Interrupt (USB_WKUP) interrupt mapped to line 42. + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_USBInterruptLineRemapCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Remap the USB interupt lines */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR1_USBITRMP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the I2C fast mode plus driving capability. + * @param SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus: selects the pin. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB6: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for PB6 + * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB7: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for PB7 + * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB8: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for PB8 + * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB9: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for PB9 + * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C1: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for I2C1 pins + * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C2: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for I2C2 pins + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA channel remapping. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg ENABLE: Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected I2C pin + * @arg DISABLE: Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected I2C pin + * @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected + * I2C1 pins using SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C1 parameter or independently + * on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9. + * @note For remaing I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability + * can be enabled only by using SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C1 parameter. + * @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled + * only by using SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C2 parameter. + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlusConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_I2C_FMP(SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected I2C pin */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (uint32_t)SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus; + } + else + { + /* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected I2C pin */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= (uint32_t)(~SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected SYSCFG interrupts. + * @param SYSCFG_IT: specifies the SYSCFG interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_IT_IXC: Inexact Interrupt + * @arg SYSCFG_IT_IDC: Input denormal Interrupt + * @arg SYSCFG_IT_OFC: Overflow Interrupt + * @arg SYSCFG_IT_UFC: Underflow Interrupt + * @arg SYSCFG_IT_DZC: Divide-by-zero Interrupt + * @arg SYSCFG_IT_IOC: Invalid operation Interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the specified SDADC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_ITConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_IT(SYSCFG_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SYSCFG interrupts */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= SYSCFG_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SYSCFG interrupts */ + SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ((uint32_t)~SYSCFG_IT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the GPIO pin used as EXTI Line. + * @param EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx : selects the GPIO port to be used as source + * for EXTI lines where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or F). + * @param EXTI_PinSourcex: specifies the EXTI line to be configured. + * This parameter can be EXTI_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15) + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx, uint8_t EXTI_PinSourcex) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_PIN_SOURCE(EXTI_PinSourcex)); + + tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (0x04 * (EXTI_PinSourcex & (uint8_t)0x03)); + SYSCFG->EXTICR[EXTI_PinSourcex >> 0x02] &= ~tmp; + SYSCFG->EXTICR[EXTI_PinSourcex >> 0x02] |= (((uint32_t)EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx) << (0x04 * (EXTI_PinSourcex & (uint8_t)0x03))); +} + +/** + * @brief Connects the selected parameter to the break input of TIM1. + * @note The selected configuration is locked and can be unlocked by system reset + * @param SYSCFG_Break: selects the configuration to be connected to break + * input of TIM1 + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_Break_PVD: PVD interrupt is connected to the break input of TIM1. + * @arg SYSCFG_Break_SRAMParity: SRAM Parity error is connected to the break input of TIM1. + * @arg SYSCFG_Break_HardFault: Lockup output of CortexM0 is connected to the break input of TIM1. + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_BreakConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_Break) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_LOCK_CONFIG(SYSCFG_Break)); + + SYSCFG->CFGR2 |= (uint32_t) SYSCFG_Break; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the parity check on RAM. + * @note Disabling the parity check on RAM locks the configuration bit. + * To re-enable the parity check on RAM perform a system reset. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_BypassParityCheckDisable(void) +{ + /* Disable the adddress parity check on RAM */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR1_BYPADDRPAR_BB = (uint32_t)0x00000001; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the ICODE SRAM write protection. + * @note Enabling the ICODE SRAM write protection locks the configuration bit. + * To disable the ICODE SRAM write protection perform a system reset. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_SRAMWRPEnable(uint32_t SYSCFG_SRAMWRP) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_PAGE(SYSCFG_SRAMWRP)); + + /* Enable the write-protection on the selected ICODE SRAM page */ + SYSCFG->RCR |= (uint32_t)SYSCFG_SRAMWRP; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SYSCFG flag is set or not. + * @param SYSCFG_Flag: specifies the SYSCFG flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_FLAG_PE: SRAM parity error flag. + * @retval The new state of SYSCFG_Flag (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus SYSCFG_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SYSCFG_Flag) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_FLAG(SYSCFG_Flag)); + + /* Check the status of the specified SPI flag */ + if ((SYSCFG->CFGR2 & SYSCFG_CFGR2_SRAM_PE) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* SYSCFG_Flag is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SYSCFG_Flag is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SYSCFG_Flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the selected SYSCFG flag. + * @param SYSCFG_Flag: selects the flag to be cleared. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_FLAG_PE: SRAM parity error flag. + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_ClearFlag(uint32_t SYSCFG_Flag) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_FLAG(SYSCFG_Flag)); + + SYSCFG->CFGR2 |= (uint32_t) SYSCFG_Flag; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_tim.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_tim.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ec0ed9 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_tim.c @@ -0,0 +1,3995 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_tim.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the TIM peripheral: + * + TimeBase management + * + Output Compare management + * + Input Capture management + * + Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features + * + Interrupts, DMA and flags management + * + Clocks management + * + Synchronization management + * + Specific interface management + * + Specific remapping management + * + @verbatim + + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the TIM + of all stm32f30x devices. + These functions are split in 9 groups: + + (#) TIM TimeBase management: this group includes all needed functions + to configure the TM Timebase unit: + (++) Set/Get Prescaler + (++) Set/Get Autoreload + (++) Counter modes configuration + (++) Set Clock division + (++) Select the One Pulse mode + (++) Update Request Configuration + (++) Update Disable Configuration + (++) Auto-Preload Configuration + (++) Enable/Disable the counter + + (#) TIM Output Compare management: this group includes all needed + functions to configure the Capture/Compare unit used in Output + compare mode: + (++) Configure each channel, independently, in Output Compare mode + (++) Select the output compare modes + (++) Select the Polarities of each channel + (++) Set/Get the Capture/Compare register values + (++) Select the Output Compare Fast mode + (++) Select the Output Compare Forced mode + (++) Output Compare-Preload Configuration + (++) Clear Output Compare Reference + (++) Select the OCREF Clear signal + (++) Enable/Disable the Capture/Compare Channels + + (#) TIM Input Capture management: this group includes all needed + functions to configure the Capture/Compare unit used in + Input Capture mode: + (++) Configure each channel in input capture mode + (++) Configure Channel1/2 in PWM Input mode + (++) Set the Input Capture Prescaler + (++) Get the Capture/Compare values + + (#) Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features + (++) Configures the Break input, dead time, Lock level, the OSSI, + the OSSR State and the AOE(automatic output enable) + (++) Enable/Disable the TIM peripheral Main Outputs + (++) Select the Commutation event + (++) Set/Reset the Capture Compare Preload Control bit + + (#) TIM interrupts, DMA and flags management + (++) Enable/Disable interrupt sources + (++) Get flags status + (++) Clear flags/ Pending bits + (++) Enable/Disable DMA requests + (++) Configure DMA burst mode + (++) Select CaptureCompare DMA request + + (#) TIM clocks management: this group includes all needed functions + to configure the clock controller unit: + (++) Select internal/External clock + (++) Select the external clock mode: ETR(Mode1/Mode2), TIx or ITRx + + (#) TIM synchronization management: this group includes all needed + functions to configure the Synchronization unit: + (++) Select Input Trigger + (++) Select Output Trigger + (++) Select Master Slave Mode + (++) ETR Configuration when used as external trigger + + (#) TIM specific interface management, this group includes all + needed functions to use the specific TIM interface: + (++) Encoder Interface Configuration + (++) Select Hall Sensor + + (#) TIM specific remapping management includes the Remapping + configuration of specific timers + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_tim.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM + * @brief TIM driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* ---------------------- TIM registers bit mask ------------------------ */ +#define SMCR_ETR_MASK ((uint16_t)0x00FF) +#define CCMR_OFFSET ((uint16_t)0x0018) +#define CCER_CCE_SET ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define CCER_CCNE_SET ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define CCMR_OC13M_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFEFF8F) +#define CCMR_OC24M_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFEFF8FFF) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group1 TimeBase management functions + * @brief TimeBase management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### TimeBase management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + + *** TIM Driver: how to use it in Timing(Time base) Mode *** + ============================================================ + [..] + To use the Timer in Timing(Time base) mode, the following steps are mandatory: + + (#) Enable TIM clock using + RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function + (#) Fill the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct with the desired parameters. + (#) Call TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIMx, &TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) to configure + the Time Base unit + with the corresponding configuration + (#) Enable the NVIC if you need to generate the update interrupt. + (#) Enable the corresponding interrupt using the function + TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_Update) + (#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter. + [..] + (@) All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed, + a specific feature of the Timer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the TIMx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + + */ +void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + if (TIMx == TIM1) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM2) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM3) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM4) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM6) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM7) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM8) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM15) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM16) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (TIMx == TIM17) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Time Base Unit peripheral according to + * the specified parameters in the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision)); + + tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)|| (TIMx == TIM2) || + (TIMx == TIM3)|| (TIMx == TIM4)) + { + /* Select the Counter Mode */ + tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS)); + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode; + } + + if((TIMx != TIM6) && (TIMx != TIM7)) + { + /* Set the clock division */ + tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CR1_CKD); + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision; + } + + TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; + + /* Set the Autoreload value */ + TIMx->ARR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period ; + + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + TIMx->PSC = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler; + + if ((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)|| (TIMx == TIM15) || + (TIMx == TIM16) || (TIMx == TIM17)) + { + /* Set the Repetition Counter value */ + TIMx->RCR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter; + } + + /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler + and the repetition counter(only for TIM1 and TIM8) value immediatly */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef + * structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period = 0xFFFFFFFF; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler = 0x0000; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision = TIM_CKD_DIV1; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode = TIM_CounterMode_Up; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter = 0x0000; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Prescaler: specifies the Prescaler Register value + * @param TIM_PSCReloadMode: specifies the TIM Prescaler Reload mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update: The Prescaler is loaded at the update event. + * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate: The Prescaler is loaded immediatly. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(TIM_PSCReloadMode)); + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + TIMx->PSC = Prescaler; + /* Set or reset the UG Bit */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Specifies the TIMx Counter Mode to be used. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_CounterMode: specifies the Counter Mode to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Up: TIM Up Counting Mode + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Down: TIM Down Counting Mode + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1: TIM Center Aligned Mode1 + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2: TIM Center Aligned Mode2 + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3: TIM Center Aligned Mode3 + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode) +{ + uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_CounterMode)); + + tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; + + /* Reset the CMS and DIR Bits */ + tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS); + + /* Set the Counter Mode */ + tmpcr1 |= TIM_CounterMode; + + /* Write to TIMx CR1 register */ + TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Counter Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Counter: specifies the Counter register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Counter Register value */ + TIMx->CNT = Counter; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Autoreload Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Autoreload: specifies the Autoreload register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Autoreload) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Autoreload Register value */ + TIMx->ARR = Autoreload; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Counter value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Counter Register value + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Counter Register value */ + return TIMx->CNT; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Prescaler value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Prescaler Register value. + */ +uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Prescaler Register value */ + return TIMx->PSC; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the TIMx Update event. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx UDIS bit + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the Update Disable Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_UDIS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the Update Disable Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_UDIS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Update Request Interrupt source. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_UpdateSource: specifies the Update source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Regular: Source of update is the counter + * overflow/underflow or the setting of UG bit, or an update + * generation through the slave mode controller. + * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Global: Source of update is counter overflow/underflow. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(TIM_UpdateSource)); + + if (TIM_UpdateSource != TIM_UpdateSource_Global) + { + /* Set the URS Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_URS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the URS Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_URS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or resets the update interrupt flag (UIF)status bit Remapping. + * when sets, reading TIMx_CNT register returns UIF bit instead of CNT[31] + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the UIFREMAP bit. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_UIFRemap(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TIM Counter */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_UIFREMAP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the TIM Counter */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_UIFREMAP; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables TIMx peripheral Preload register on ARR. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ARR Preload Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_ARPE; + } + else + { + /* Reset the ARR Preload Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_ARPE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx's One Pulse Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OPMode: specifies the OPM Mode to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OPMode_Single + * @arg TIM_OPMode_Repetitive + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(TIM_OPMode)); + + /* Reset the OPM Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_OPM; + + /* Configure the OPM Mode */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_OPMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Clock Division value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_CKD: specifies the clock division value. + * This parameter can be one of the following value: + * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV1: TDTS = Tck_tim + * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV2: TDTS = 2*Tck_tim + * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV4: TDTS = 4*Tck_tim + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_CKD)); + + /* Reset the CKD Bits */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CR1_CKD); + + /* Set the CKD value */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CKD; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM peripheral. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select + * the TIMx peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TIM Counter */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_CEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the TIM Counter */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_CEN; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group2 Output Compare management functions + * @brief Output Compare management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Output Compare management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + *** TIM Driver: how to use it in Output Compare Mode *** + ======================================================== + [..] + To use the Timer in Output Compare mode, the following steps are mandatory: + + (#) Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function + + (#) Configure the TIM pins by configuring the corresponding GPIO pins + + (#) Configure the Time base unit as described in the first part of this driver, + if needed, else the Timer will run with the default configuration: + (++) Autoreload value = 0xFFFF + (++) Prescaler value = 0x0000 + (++) Counter mode = Up counting + (++) Clock Division = TIM_CKD_DIV1 + (#) Fill the TIM_OCInitStruct with the desired parameters including: + (++) The TIM Output Compare mode: TIM_OCMode + (++) TIM Output State: TIM_OutputState + (++) TIM Pulse value: TIM_Pulse + (++) TIM Output Compare Polarity : TIM_OCPolarity + + (#) Call TIM_OCxInit(TIMx, &TIM_OCInitStruct) to configure the desired channel with the + corresponding configuration + + (#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter. + [..] + (@) All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed, + a specific feature of the Timer. + + (@) In case of PWM mode, this function is mandatory: + TIM_OCxPreloadConfig(TIMx, TIM_OCPreload_ENABLE); + + (@) If the corresponding interrupt or DMA request are needed, the user should: + (#@) Enable the NVIC (or the DMA) to use the TIM interrupts (or DMA requests). + (#@) Enable the corresponding interrupt (or DMA request) using the function + TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_CCx) (or TIM_DMA_Cmd(TIMx, TIM_DMA_CCx)) + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel1 according to the specified parameters in + * the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity; + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState; + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8) || (TIMx == TIM15) || (TIMx == TIM16) || (TIMx == TIM17)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity; + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NE; + + /* Set the Output N State */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState; + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS1; + tmpcr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS1N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState; + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState; + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR1 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel2 according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 4); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 4); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 4); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NE; + + /* Set the Output N State */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 4); + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS2; + tmpcr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS2N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 2); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 2); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR2 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel3 according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 8); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 8); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 8); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NE; + + /* Set the Output N State */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 8); + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS3; + tmpcr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS3N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 4); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 4); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR3 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel4 according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 12); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 12); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &=(uint32_t) ~TIM_CR2_OIS4; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 6); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR4 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel5 according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC5Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 5: Reset the CC5E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC5E; /* to be verified*/ + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR3 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR3; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR3_OC5M; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC5P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 16); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 16); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &=(uint32_t) ~TIM_CR2_OIS5; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 16); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR5 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel6 according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC6Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 5: Reset the CC5E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC6E; /* to be verified*/ + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR3 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR3; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR3_OC6M; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC6P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 20); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 20); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &=(uint32_t) ~TIM_CR2_OIS6; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 18); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR6 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIM Group Channel 5 and Channel 1, + OC1REFC is the logical AND of OC1REFC and OC5REF. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral + * @param NewState: new state of the Commutation event. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectGC5C1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the GC5C1 Bit */ + TIMx->CCR5 |= TIM_CCR5_GC5C1; + } + else + { + /* Reset the GC5C1 Bit */ + TIMx->CCR5 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCR5_GC5C1; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIM Group Channel 5 and Channel 2, + OC2REFC is the logical AND of OC2REFC and OC5REF. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral + * @param NewState: new state of the Commutation event. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectGC5C2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the GC5C2 Bit */ + TIMx->CCR5 |= TIM_CCR5_GC5C2; + } + else + { + /* Reset the GC5C2 Bit */ + TIMx->CCR5 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCR5_GC5C2; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIM Group Channel 5 and Channel 3, + OC3REFC is the logical AND of OC3REFC and OC5REF. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral + * @param NewState: new state of the Commutation event. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectGC5C3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the GC5C3 Bit */ + TIMx->CCR5 |= TIM_CCR5_GC5C3; + } + else + { + /* Reset the GC5C3 Bit */ + TIMx->CCR5 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCR5_GC5C3; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_OCInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode = TIM_OCMode_Timing; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState = TIM_OutputState_Disable; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState = TIM_OutputNState_Disable; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse = 0x00000000; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState = TIM_OCIdleState_Reset; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIM Output Compare Mode. + * @note This function disables the selected channel before changing the Output + * Compare Mode. If needed, user has to enable this channel using + * TIM_CCxCmd() and TIM_CCxNCmd() functions. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @param TIM_OCMode: specifies the TIM Output Compare Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Timing + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Active + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Toggle + * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM1 + * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM2 + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Retrigerrable_OPM1 + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Retrigerrable_OPM2 + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Combined_PWM1 + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Combined_PWM2 + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Asymmetric_PWM1 + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Asymmetric_PWM2 + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint32_t TIM_OCMode) /* to be updated*/ +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + uint16_t tmp1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCM(TIM_OCMode)); + + tmp = (uint32_t) TIMx; + tmp += CCMR_OFFSET; + + tmp1 = CCER_CCE_SET << (uint16_t)TIM_Channel; + + /* Disable the Channel: Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp1; + + if((TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) ||(TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3)) + { + tmp += (TIM_Channel>>1); + + /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= CCMR_OC13M_MASK; + + /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= TIM_OCMode; + } + else + { + tmp += (uint32_t)(TIM_Channel - (uint32_t)4)>> (uint32_t)1; + + /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= CCMR_OC24M_MASK; + + /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCMode << 8); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare1 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare1: specifies the Capture Compare1 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare1) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare1 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR1 = Compare1; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare2 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param Compare2: specifies the Capture Compare2 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare2) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare2 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR2 = Compare2; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare3 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare3: specifies the Capture Compare3 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare3) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare3 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR3 = Compare3; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare4 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare4: specifies the Capture Compare4 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare4) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare4 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR4 = Compare4; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare5 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare5: specifies the Capture Compare5 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare5(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare5) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare5 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR5 = Compare5; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare6 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare6: specifies the Capture Compare5 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare6(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare6) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare6 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR6 = Compare6; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 1 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC1REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC1REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC1M Bits */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ForcedAction; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 2 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC2REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC2REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC2M Bits */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 3 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC3REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC3REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC1M Bits */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ForcedAction; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 4 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC4REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC4REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC2M Bits */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 5 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC5REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC5REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC5Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr3 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr3 = TIMx->CCMR3; + + /* Reset the OC5M Bits */ + tmpccmr3 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR3_OC5M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr3 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ForcedAction); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 register */ + TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmr3; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 6 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC5REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC5REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC6Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr3 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr3 = TIMx->CCMR3; + + /* Reset the OC6M Bits */ + tmpccmr3 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR3_OC6M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr3 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 register */ + TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmr3; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR1. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC1PE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCPreload; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR2. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC2PE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR3. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC3PE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCPreload; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR4. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC4PE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR5. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC5PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr3 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr3 = TIMx->CCMR3; + + /* Reset the OC5PE Bit */ + tmpccmr3 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR3_OC5PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr3 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCPreload); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 register */ + TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmr3; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR6. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC6PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr3 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr3 = TIMx->CCMR3; + + /* Reset the OC5PE Bit */ + tmpccmr3 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR3_OC6PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr3 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 register */ + TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmr3; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 1 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC1FE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCFast; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 2 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC2FE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 3 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC3FE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCFast; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 4 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC4FE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF1 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC1CE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCClear; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF2 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC2CE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF3 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC3CE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCClear; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF4 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC4CE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF5 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC5Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr3 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr3 = TIMx->CCMR3; + + /* Reset the OC5CE Bit */ + tmpccmr3 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR3_OC5CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr3 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCClear); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 register */ + TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmr3; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF6 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC6Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr3 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr3 = TIMx->CCMR3; + + /* Reset the OC5CE Bit */ + tmpccmr3 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR3_OC6CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr3 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 register */ + TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmr3; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the OCReference Clear source. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCReferenceClear: specifies the OCReference Clear source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCReferenceClear_ETRF: The internal OCreference clear input is connected to ETRF. + * @arg TIM_OCReferenceClear_OCREFCLR: The internal OCreference clear input is connected to OCREF_CLR input. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOCREFClear(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCReferenceClear) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(TIM_OCREFERENCECECLEAR_SOURCE(TIM_OCReferenceClear)); + + /* Set the TIM_OCReferenceClear source */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_OCCS); + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_OCReferenceClear; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 1 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC1 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC1P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCER_CC1P); + tmpccer |= TIM_OCPolarity; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 1N polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC1N Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC1NP Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; + tmpccer |= TIM_OCNPolarity; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 2 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC2 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC2P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCER_CC2P); + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 4); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 2N polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC2N Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC2NP Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCNPolarity << 4); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 3 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC3 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC3P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3P; + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 3N polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC3N Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC3NP Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCNPolarity << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 4 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC4 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC4P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4P; + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 12); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 5 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC5 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC5PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC5P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC5P; + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 16); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 6 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC6 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC6PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC6P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC6P; + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 20); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @arg TIM_Channel_5: TIM Channel 5 + * @arg TIM_Channel_6: TIM Channel 6 + * @param TIM_CCx: specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_Enable or TIM_CCx_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX(TIM_CCx)); + + tmp = CCER_CCE_SET << TIM_Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~ tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(TIM_CCx << TIM_Channel); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @param TIM_CCxN: specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_Enable or TIM_CCxN_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN(TIM_CCxN)); + + tmp = CCER_CCNE_SET << TIM_Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t) ~tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(TIM_CCxN << TIM_Channel); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group3 Input Capture management functions + * @brief Input Capture management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Input Capture management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + *** TIM Driver: how to use it in Input Capture Mode *** + ======================================================= + [..] + To use the Timer in Input Capture mode, the following steps are mandatory: + + (#) Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function + + (#) Configure the TIM pins by configuring the corresponding GPIO pins + + (#) Configure the Time base unit as described in the first part of this driver, + if needed, else the Timer will run with the default configuration: + (++) Autoreload value = 0xFFFF + (++) Prescaler value = 0x0000 + (++) Counter mode = Up counting + (++) Clock Division = TIM_CKD_DIV1 + + (#) Fill the TIM_ICInitStruct with the desired parameters including: + (++) TIM Channel: TIM_Channel + (++) TIM Input Capture polarity: TIM_ICPolarity + (++) TIM Input Capture selection: TIM_ICSelection + (++) TIM Input Capture Prescaler: TIM_ICPrescaler + (++) TIM Input CApture filter value: TIM_ICFilter + + (#) Call TIM_ICInit(TIMx, &TIM_ICInitStruct) to configure the desired channel with the + corresponding configuration and to measure only frequency or duty cycle of the input signal, + or, + Call TIM_PWMIConfig(TIMx, &TIM_ICInitStruct) to configure the desired channels with the + corresponding configuration and to measure the frequency and the duty cycle of the input signal + + (#) Enable the NVIC or the DMA to read the measured frequency. + + (#) Enable the corresponding interrupt (or DMA request) to read the Captured value, + using the function TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_CCx) (or TIM_DMA_Cmd(TIMx, TIM_DMA_CCx)) + + (#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter. + + (#) Use TIM_GetCapturex(TIMx); to read the captured value. + [..] + (@) All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed, + a specific feature of the Timer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_ICInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter)); + + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) + { + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_2) + { + /* TI2 Configuration */ + TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3) + { + /* TI3 Configuration */ + TI3_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else + { + /* TI4 Configuration */ + TI4_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_ICInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel = TIM_Channel_1; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler = TIM_ICPSC_DIV1; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter = 0x00; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_ICInitStruct to measure an external PWM signal. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; + uint16_t icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Select the Opposite Input Polarity */ + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) + { + icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Falling; + } + else + { + icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; + } + /* Select the Opposite Input */ + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI) + { + icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI; + } + else + { + icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; + } + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) + { + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + /* TI2 Configuration */ + TI2_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else + { + /* TI2 Configuration */ + TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TI1_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 1 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 1 Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 1 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR1; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 2 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 2 Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 2 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR2; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 3 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 3 Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 3 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR3; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 4 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 4 Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 4 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR4; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 1 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture1 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + + /* Set the IC1PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR1 |= TIM_ICPSC; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 2 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture2 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; + + /* Set the IC2PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR1 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_ICPSC << 8); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 3 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture3 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC; + + /* Set the IC3PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR2 |= TIM_ICPSC; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 4 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture4 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC; + + /* Set the IC4PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group4 Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features + * @brief Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features ##### + =============================================================================== + + *** TIM Driver: how to use the Break feature *** + ================================================ + [..] + After configuring the Timer channel(s) in the appropriate Output Compare mode: + + (#) Fill the TIM_BDTRInitStruct with the desired parameters for the Timer + Break Polarity, dead time, Lock level, the OSSI/OSSR State and the + AOE(automatic output enable). + + (#) Call TIM_BDTRConfig(TIMx, &TIM_BDTRInitStruct) to configure the Timer + + (#) Enable the Main Output using TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM1, ENABLE) + + (#) Once the break even occurs, the Timer's output signals are put in reset + state or in a known state (according to the configuration made in + TIM_BDTRConfig() function). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State + * and the AOE(automatic output enable). + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM + * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput)); + + /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State, + the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */ + TIMx->BDTR = (uint32_t)TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState | + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime | + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity | + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Break1 feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM + * @param TIM_Break1Polarity: specifies the Break1 polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Break1Polarity_Low: Break1 input is active low + * @arg TIM_Break1Polarity_High: Break1 input is active high + * @param TIM_Break1Filter: specifies the Break1 filter value. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Break1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_Break1Polarity, uint8_t TIM_Break1Filter) +{ /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK1_FILTER(TIM_Break1Filter)); + + /* Reset the BKP and BKF Bits */ + TIMx->BDTR &= (uint32_t)~ (TIM_BDTR_BKP | TIM_BDTR_BKF); + /* Configure the Break1 polarity and filter */ + TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_Break1Polarity |((uint32_t)TIM_Break1Filter << 16); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Break2 feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM + * @param TIM_Break2Polarity: specifies the Break2 polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Break2Polarity_Low: Break2 input is active low + * @arg TIM_Break2Polarity_High: Break2 input is active high + * @param TIM_Break2Filter: specifies the Break2 filter value. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Break2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_Break2Polarity, uint8_t TIM_Break2Filter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER(TIM_Break2Filter)); + + /* Reset the BKP and BKF Bits */ + TIMx->BDTR &= (uint32_t)~ (TIM_BDTR_BK2P | TIM_BDTR_BK2F); + + /* Configure the Break1 polarity and filter */ + TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_Break2Polarity |((uint32_t)TIM_Break2Filter << 20); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Break1 input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 1, 16 or 17 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIM Break1 input. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Break1Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Break1 */ + TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_BDTR_BKE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Break1 */ + TIMx->BDTR &= (uint32_t)~TIM_BDTR_BKE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Break2 input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIM Break2 input. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Break2Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Break1 */ + TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_BDTR_BK2E; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Break1 */ + TIMx->BDTR &= (uint32_t)~TIM_BDTR_BK2E; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_BDTRInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure which + * will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState = TIM_OSSRState_Disable; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState = TIM_OSSIState_Disable; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel = TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime = 0x00; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break = TIM_Break_Disable; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity = TIM_BreakPolarity_Low; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput = TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM peripheral Main Outputs. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIM peripheral Main Outputs. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TIM Main Output */ + TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_BDTR_MOE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the TIM Main Output */ + TIMx->BDTR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_BDTR_MOE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIM peripheral Commutation event. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIMx peripheral + * @param NewState: new state of the Commutation event. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the COM Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCUS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the COM Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or Resets the TIM peripheral Capture Compare Preload Control bit. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral + * @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare Preload Control bit + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the CCPC Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + } + else + { + /* Reset the CCPC Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCPC; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group5 Interrupts DMA and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts, DMA and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts, DMA and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM interrupts. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source + * + * @note For TIM6 and TIM7 only the parameter TIM_IT_Update can be used + * @note For TIM9 and TIM12 only one of the following parameters can be used: TIM_IT_Update, + * TIM_IT_CC1, TIM_IT_CC2 or TIM_IT_Trigger. + * @note For TIM10, TIM11, TIM13 and TIM14 only one of the following parameters can + * be used: TIM_IT_Update or TIM_IT_CC1 + * @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break can be used only with TIM1 and TIM8 + * + * @param NewState: new state of the TIM interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IT(TIM_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Interrupt sources */ + TIMx->DIER |= TIM_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Interrupt sources */ + TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx event to be generate by software. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_EventSource: specifies the event source. + * This parameter can be one or more of the following values: + * @arg TIM_EventSource_Update: Timer update Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_COM: Timer COM event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_Trigger: Timer Trigger Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_Break: Timer Break event source + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event. + * @note TIM_EventSource_COM and TIM_EventSource_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(TIM_EventSource)); + + /* Set the event sources */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_EventSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified TIM flag is set or not. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC5: TIM Capture Compare 5 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC6: TIM Capture Compare 6 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 over capture Flag + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag. + * @note TIM_FLAG_COM and TIM_FLAG_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval The new state of TIM_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_FLAG) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(TIM_FLAG)); + + + if ((TIMx->SR & TIM_FLAG) != RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the TIMx's pending flags. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC5: TIM Capture Compare 5 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC6: TIM Capture Compare 6 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 over capture Flag + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag. + * @note TIM_FLAG_COM and TIM_FLAG_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Clear the flags */ + TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the TIM interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt. + * @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval The new state of the TIM_IT(SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint16_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_IT(TIM_IT)); + + itstatus = TIMx->SR & TIM_IT; + + itenable = TIMx->DIER & TIM_IT; + if ((itstatus != (uint16_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint16_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the TIMx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_IT: specifies the pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM1 update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt. + * @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Clear the IT pending Bit */ + TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_IT; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx's DMA interface. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_DMABase: DMA Base address. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_DIER + * @arg TIM1_DMABase_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABase_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABase_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_RCR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_BDTR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_DCR + * @param TIM_DMABurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer and TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(TIM_DMABase)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(TIM_DMABurstLength)); + + /* Set the DMA Base and the DMA Burst Length */ + TIMx->DCR = TIM_DMABase | TIM_DMABurstLength; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's DMA Requests. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_DMASource: specifies the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_Trigger: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(TIM_DMASource)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DMA sources */ + TIMx->DIER |= TIM_DMASource; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DMA sources */ + TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_DMASource; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx peripheral Capture Compare DMA source. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare DMA source + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the CCDS Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCDS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the CCDS Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCDS; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group6 Clocks management functions + * @brief Clocks management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Clocks management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx internal Clock + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Internal Trigger as External Clock + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_InputTriggerSource: Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource)); + + /* Select the Internal Trigger */ + TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_InputTriggerSource); + + /* Select the External clock mode1 */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Trigger as External Clock + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 + * to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource: Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED: TI1 Edge Detector + * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1: Filtered Timer Input 1 + * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2: Filtered Timer Input 2 + * @param TIM_ICPolarity: specifies the TIx Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @param ICFilter: specifies the filter value. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x0 and 0xF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource, + uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFilter)); + + /* Configure the Timer Input Clock Source */ + if (TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2) + { + TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter); + } + else + { + TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter); + } + /* Select the Trigger source */ + TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource); + /* Select the External clock mode1 */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External clock Mode1 + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Reset the SMS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + + /* Select the External clock mode1 */ + tmpsmcr |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; + + /* Select the Trigger selection : ETRF */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_TS; + tmpsmcr |= TIM_TS_ETRF; + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External clock Mode2 + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); + + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter); + + /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group7 Synchronization management functions + * @brief Synchronization management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Synchronization management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + *** TIM Driver: how to use it in synchronization Mode *** + ========================================================= + [..] Case of two/several Timers + + (#) Configure the Master Timers using the following functions: + (++) void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource); + (++) void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode); + (#) Configure the Slave Timers using the following functions: + (++) void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); + (++) void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode); + + [..] Case of Timers and external trigger(ETR pin) + + (#) Configure the External trigger using this function: + (++) void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); + (#) Configure the Slave Timers using the following functions: + (++) void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); + (++) void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 + * to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_InputTriggerSource: The Input Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource)); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Reset the TS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_TS; + + /* Set the Input Trigger source */ + tmpsmcr |= TIM_InputTriggerSource; + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx Trigger Output Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * + * @param TIM_TRGOSource: specifies the Trigger Output source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * + * - For all TIMx + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Reset: The UG bit in the TIM_EGR register is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Enable: The Counter Enable CEN is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Update: The update event is selected as the trigger output(TRGO) + * + * - For all TIMx except TIM6 and TIM7 + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1: The trigger output sends a positive pulse when the CC1IF flag + * is to be set, as soon as a capture or compare match occurs(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref: OC1REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref: OC2REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref: OC3REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref: OC4REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST7_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(TIM_TRGOSource)); + + /* Reset the MMS Bits */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_MMS; + /* Select the TRGO source */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_TRGOSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx Trigger Output Mode2 (TRGO2). + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * + * @param TIM_TRGO2Source: specifies the Trigger Output source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * + * - For all TIMx + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Reset: The UG bit in the TIM_EGR register is used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Enable: The Counter Enable CEN is used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Update: The update event is selected as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1: The trigger output sends a positive pulse when the CC1IF flag + * is to be set, as soon as a capture or compare match occurs(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref: OC1REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref: OC2REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref: OC3REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref: OC4REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4Ref_RisingFalling: OC4Ref Rising and Falling are used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGO2Source_OC6Ref_RisingFalling: OC6Ref Rising and Falling are used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4RefRising_OC6RefRising: OC4Ref Rising and OC6Ref Rising are used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4RefRising_OC6RefFalling: OC4Ref Rising and OC6Ref Falling are used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGO2Source_OC5RefRising_OC6RefRising: OC5Ref Rising and OC6Ref Rising are used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * @arg TIM_TRGO2Source_OC5RefRising_OC6RefFalling: OC5Ref Rising and OC6Ref Falling are used as the trigger output(TRGO2) + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_TRGO2Source) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO2_SOURCE(TIM_TRGO2Source)); + + /* Reset the MMS Bits */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_MMS2; + /* Select the TRGO source */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_TRGO2Source; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx Slave Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_SlaveMode: specifies the Timer Slave Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Reset: Rising edge of the selected trigger signal(TRGI) reinitialize + * the counter and triggers an update of the registers + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Gated: The counter clock is enabled when the trigger signal (TRGI) is high + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger: The counter starts at a rising edge of the trigger TRGI + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_External1: Rising edges of the selected trigger (TRGI) clock the counter + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Combined_ResetTrigger: Rising edge of the selected trigger input (TRGI) + * reinitializes the counter, generates an update + * of the registers and starts the counter. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_SlaveMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(TIM_SlaveMode)); + + /* Reset the SMS Bits */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint32_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + + /* Select the Slave Mode */ + TIMx->SMCR |= (uint32_t)TIM_SlaveMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or Resets the TIMx Master/Slave Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_MasterSlaveMode: specifies the Timer Master Slave Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable: synchronization between the current timer + * and its slaves (through TRGO) + * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable: No action + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(TIM_MasterSlaveMode)); + + /* Reset the MSM Bit */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_MSM; + + /* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_MasterSlaveMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); + + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Reset the ETR Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= SMCR_ETR_MASK; + + /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ + tmpsmcr |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (uint16_t)(ExtTRGFilter << (uint16_t)8))); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group8 Specific interface management functions + * @brief Specific interface management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Specific interface management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Encoder Interface. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_EncoderMode: specifies the TIMx Encoder Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI1: Counter counts on TI1FP1 edge depending on TI2FP2 level. + * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI2: Counter counts on TI2FP2 edge depending on TI1FP1 level. + * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI12: Counter counts on both TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edges depending + * on the level of the other input. + * @param TIM_IC1Polarity: specifies the IC1 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge. + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge. + * @param TIM_IC2Polarity: specifies the IC2 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge. + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode, + uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(TIM_EncoderMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC2Polarity)); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set the encoder Mode */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + tmpsmcr |= TIM_EncoderMode; + + /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ + tmpccmr1 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0 | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S_0; + + /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ + tmpccer &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1P) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2P); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_IC1Polarity | (uint16_t)(TIM_IC2Polarity << (uint16_t)4)); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's Hall sensor interface. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 15 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx Hall sensor interface. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the TI1S Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S; + } + else + { + /* Reset the TI1S Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_TI1S; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group9 Specific remapping management function + * @brief Specific remapping management function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Specific remapping management function ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM16 Remapping input Capabilities. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8 or 16 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Remap: specifies the TIM input reampping source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM16_GPIO: TIM16 Channel 1 is connected to GPIO. + * @arg TIM16_RTC_CLK: TIM16 Channel 1 is connected to RTC input clock. + * @arg TIM16_HSE_DIV32: TIM16 Channel 1 is connected to HSE/32 clock. + * @arg TIM16_MCO: TIM16 Channel 1 is connected to MCO clock. + * @arg TIM1_ADC1_AWDG1: TIM1 ETR is connected to ADC1 AWDG1. + * @arg TIM1_ADC1_AWDG2: TIM1 ETR is connected to ADC1 AWDG2. + * @arg TIM1_ADC1_AWDG3: TIM1 ETR is connected to ADC1 AWDG3. + * @arg TIM1_ADC4_AWDG1: TIM1 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG1. + * @arg TIM1_ADC4_AWDG2: TIM1 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG2. + * @arg TIM1_ADC4_AWDG3: TIM1 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG3. + * @arg TIM8_ADC2_AWDG1: TIM8 ETR is connected to ADC2 AWDG1. + * @arg TIM8_ADC2_AWDG2: TIM8 ETR is connected to ADC2 AWDG2. + * @arg TIM8_ADC2_AWDG3: TIM8 ETR is connected to ADC2 AWDG3. + * @arg TIM8_ADC4_AWDG1: TIM8 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG1. + * @arg TIM8_ADC4_AWDG2: TIM8 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG2. + * @arg TIM8_ADC4_AWDG3: TIM8 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG3. + * @retval : None + */ +void TIM_RemapConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Remap) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_Remap)); + + /* Set the Timer remapping configuration */ + TIMx->OR = TIM_Remap; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 + * to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ((uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_ICFilter << 4)); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint32_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 4); + + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ((uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) & ((uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_ICFilter << 12); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_ICSelection << 8); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 8); + + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F); + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4)); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 12); + + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8); + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_usart.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_usart.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f779b2e --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_usart.c @@ -0,0 +1,2084 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_usart.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Universal synchronous asynchronous receiver + * transmitter (USART): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + STOP Mode + * + AutoBaudRate + * + Data transfers + * + Multi-Processor Communication + * + LIN mode + * + Half-duplex mode + * + Smartcard mode + * + IrDA mode + * + RS485 mode + * + DMA transfers management + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE) + function for USART1 or using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USARTx, ENABLE) + function for USART2, USART3, UART4 and UART5. + (#) According to the USART mode, enable the GPIO clocks using + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() function. (The I/O can be TX, RX, CTS, + or and SCLK). + (#) Peripheral's alternate function: + (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. + (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF. + (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members. + (++) Call GPIO_Init() function. + (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length , Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware + flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) using the SPI_Init() + function. + (#) For synchronous mode, enable the clock and program the polarity, + phase and last bit using the USART_ClockInit() function. + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + USART_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + (#) When using the DMA mode: + (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function. + (++) Active the needed channel Request using USART_DMACmd() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function, when using DMA mode. + [..] + Refer to Multi-Processor, LIN, half-duplex, Smartcard, IrDA sub-sections + for more details. + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_usart.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART + * @brief USART driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*!< USART CR1 register clear Mask ((~(uint32_t)0xFFFFE6F3)) */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | \ + USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | \ + USART_CR1_RE)) + +/*!< USART CR2 register clock bits clear Mask ((~(uint32_t)0xFFFFF0FF)) */ +#define CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPOL | \ + USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_LBCL)) + +/*!< USART CR3 register clear Mask ((~(uint32_t)0xFFFFFCFF)) */ +#define CR3_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE)) + +/*!< USART Interrupts mask */ +#define IT_MASK ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup USART_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART + in asynchronous and in synchronous modes. + (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate. + (++) Word Length. + (++) Stop Bit. + (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), + the possible USART frame formats are as listed in the following table: + [..] + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M bit | PCE bit | USART frame | + |---------------------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + [..] + (++) Hardware flow control. + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes. + [..] The USART_Init() function follows the USART asynchronous configuration + procedure(details for the procedure are available in reference manual. + (+) For the synchronous mode in addition to the asynchronous mode parameters + these parameters should be also configured: + (++) USART Clock Enabled. + (++) USART polarity. + (++) USART phase. + (++) USART LastBit. + [..] These parameters can be configured using the USART_ClockInit() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the USARTx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + if (USARTx == USART1) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == USART2) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == USART3) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == UART4) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (USARTx == UART5) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the USART_InitStruct . + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t divider = 0, apbclock = 0, tmpreg = 0; + RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_ClocksStatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity)); + assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl)); + + /* Disable USART */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_UE); + + /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR2; + /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_STOP); + + /* Configure the USART Stop Bits, Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/ + /* Set STOP[13:12] bits according to USART_StopBits value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits; + + /* Write to USART CR2 */ + USARTx->CR2 = tmpreg; + + /*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR1; + /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR1_CLEAR_MASK); + + /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode ----------------------- */ + /* Set the M bits according to USART_WordLength value */ + /* Set PCE and PS bits according to USART_Parity value */ + /* Set TE and RE bits according to USART_Mode value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength | USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity | + USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode; + + /* Write to USART CR1 */ + USARTx->CR1 = tmpreg; + + /*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR3; + /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR3_CLEAR_MASK); + + /* Configure the USART HFC -------------------------------------------------*/ + /* Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to USART_HardwareFlowControl value */ + tmpreg |= USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl; + + /* Write to USART CR3 */ + USARTx->CR3 = tmpreg; + + /*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure the USART Baud Rate -------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_ClocksStatus); + + if (USARTx == USART1) + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.USART1CLK_Frequency; + } + else if (USARTx == USART2) + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.USART2CLK_Frequency; + } + else if (USARTx == USART3) + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.USART3CLK_Frequency; + } + else if (USARTx == UART4) + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.UART4CLK_Frequency; + } + else + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.UART5CLK_Frequency; + } + + /* Determine the integer part */ + if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) != 0) + { + /* (divider * 10) computing in case Oversampling mode is 8 Samples */ + divider = (uint32_t)((2 * apbclock) / (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((2 * apbclock) % (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + } + else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) == 0) */ + { + /* (divider * 10) computing in case Oversampling mode is 16 Samples */ + divider = (uint32_t)((apbclock) / (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((apbclock) % (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + } + + /* round the divider : if fractional part i greater than 0.5 increment divider */ + if (tmpreg >= (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate) / 2) + { + divider++; + } + + /* Implement the divider in case Oversampling mode is 8 Samples */ + if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) != 0) + { + /* get the LSB of divider and shift it to the right by 1 bit */ + tmpreg = (divider & (uint16_t)0x000F) >> 1; + + /* update the divider value */ + divider = (divider & (uint16_t)0xFFF0) | tmpreg; + } + + /* Write to USART BRR */ + USARTx->BRR = (uint16_t)divider; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each USART_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct) +{ + /* USART_InitStruct members default value */ + USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate = 9600; + USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength = USART_WordLength_8b; + USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits = USART_StopBits_1; + USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity = USART_Parity_No ; + USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode = USART_Mode_Rx | USART_Mode_Tx; + USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl = USART_HardwareFlowControl_None; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral Clock according to the + * specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef + * structure that contains the configuration information for the specified + * USART peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLOCK(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CPOL(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CPHA(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA)); + assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit)); +/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR2; + /* Clear CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA, LBCL and SSM bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_MASK); + /* Configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA, LastBit and SSM ------------*/ + /* Set CLKEN bit according to USART_Clock value */ + /* Set CPOL bit according to USART_CPOL value */ + /* Set CPHA bit according to USART_CPHA value */ + /* Set LBCL bit according to USART_LastBit value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL | + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit); + /* Write to USART CR2 */ + USARTx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each USART_ClockInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef + * structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct) +{ + /* USART_ClockInitStruct members default value */ + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock = USART_Clock_Disable; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL = USART_CPOL_Low; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA = USART_CPHA_1Edge; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit = USART_LastBit_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART peripheral. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected USART by setting the UE bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_UE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected USART by clearing the UE bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_UE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's transmitter or receiver. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_Direction: specifies the USART direction. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_Mode_Tx: USART Transmitter + * @arg USART_Mode_Rx: USART Receiver + * @param NewState: new state of the USART transfer direction. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DirectionModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DirectionMode, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(USART_DirectionMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the USART's transfer interface by setting the TE and/or RE bits + in the USART CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_DirectionMode; + } + else + { + /* Disable the USART's transfer interface by clearing the TE and/or RE bits + in the USART CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~USART_DirectionMode; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's 8x oversampling mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART 8x oversampling mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Init() + * function in order to have correct baudrate Divider value. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the 8x Oversampling mode by setting the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_OVER8; + } + else + { + /* Disable the 8x Oversampling mode by clearing the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_OVER8); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's one bit sampling method. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART one bit sampling method. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the one bit method by setting the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_ONEBIT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the one bit method by clearing the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_ONEBIT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's most significant bit first + * transmitted/received following the start bit. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART most significant bit first + * transmitted/received following the start bit. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_MSBFirstCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the most significant bit first transmitted/received following the + start bit by setting the MSBFIRST bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_MSBFIRST; + } + else + { + /* Disable the most significant bit first transmitted/received following the + start bit by clearing the MSBFIRST bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_MSBFIRST); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the binary data inversion. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new defined levels for the USART data. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @arg ENABLE: Logical data from the data register are send/received in negative + * logic. (1=L, 0=H). The parity bit is also inverted. + * @arg DISABLE: Logical data from the data register are send/received in positive + * logic. (1=H, 0=L) + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DataInvCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the binary data inversion feature by setting the DATAINV bit in + the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_DATAINV; + } + else + { + /* Disable the binary data inversion feature by clearing the DATAINV bit in + the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_DATAINV); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Pin(s) active level inversion. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_InvPin: specifies the USART pin(s) to invert. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_InvPin_Tx: USART Tx pin active level inversion. + * @arg USART_InvPin_Rx: USART Rx pin active level inversion. + * @param NewState: new active level status for the USART pin(s). + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * - ENABLE: pin(s) signal values are inverted (Vdd =0, Gnd =1). + * - DISABLE: pin(s) signal works using the standard logic levels (Vdd =1, Gnd =0). + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_InvPinCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_InvPin, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_INVERSTION_PIN(USART_InvPin)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the active level inversion for selected pins by setting the TXINV + and/or RXINV bits in the USART CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_InvPin; + } + else + { + /* Disable the active level inversion for selected requests by clearing the + TXINV and/or RXINV bits in the USART CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~USART_InvPin; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the swap Tx/Rx pins. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx TX/RX pins pinout. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @arg ENABLE: The TX and RX pins functions are swapped. + * @arg DISABLE: TX/RX pins are used as defined in standard pinout + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SWAPPinCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the SWAP feature by setting the SWAP bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_SWAP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the SWAP feature by clearing the SWAP bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_SWAP); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the receiver Time Out feature. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx receiver Time Out. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ReceiverTimeOutCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the receiver time out feature by setting the RTOEN bit in the CR2 + register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_RTOEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the receiver time out feature by clearing the RTOEN bit in the CR2 + register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_RTOEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the receiver Time Out value. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_ReceiverTimeOut: specifies the Receiver Time Out value. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetReceiverTimeOut(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_ReceiverTimeOut) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_TIMEOUT(USART_ReceiverTimeOut)); + + /* Clear the receiver Time Out value by clearing the RTO[23:0] bits in the RTOR + register */ + USARTx->RTOR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_RTOR_RTO); + /* Set the receiver Time Out value by setting the RTO[23:0] bits in the RTOR + register */ + USARTx->RTOR |= USART_ReceiverTimeOut; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the system clock prescaler. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_Prescaler: specifies the prescaler clock. + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the USART prescaler */ + USARTx->GTPR &= USART_GTPR_GT; + /* Set the USART prescaler */ + USARTx->GTPR |= USART_Prescaler; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup USART_Group2 STOP Mode functions + * @brief STOP Mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### STOP Mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage + WakeUp from STOP mode. + + [..] The USART is able to WakeUp from Stop Mode if USART clock is set to HSI + or LSI. + + [..] The WakeUp source is configured by calling USART_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig() + function. + + [..] After configuring the source of WakeUp and before entering in Stop Mode + USART_STOPModeCmd() function should be called to allow USART WakeUp. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART peripheral in STOP Mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx peripheral state in stop mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note + * This function has to be called when USART clock is set to HSI or LSE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_STOPModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected USART in STOP mode by setting the UESM bit in the CR1 + register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_UESM; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected USART in STOP mode by clearing the UE bit in the CR1 + register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_UESM); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the USART WakeUp method form stop mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_WakeUp: specifies the selected USART wakeup method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_WakeUpSource_AddressMatch: WUF active on address match. + * @arg USART_WakeUpSource_StartBit: WUF active on Start bit detection. + * @arg USART_WakeUpSource_RXNE: WUF active on RXNE. + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_WakeUpSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_STOPMODE_WAKEUPSOURCE(USART_WakeUpSource)); + + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_WUS); + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_WakeUpSource; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup USART_Group3 AutoBaudRate functions + * @brief AutoBaudRate functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### AutoBaudRate functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage + the AutoBaudRate detections. + + [..] Before Enabling AutoBaudRate detection using USART_AutoBaudRateCmd () + The character patterns used to calculate baudrate must be chosen by calling + USART_AutoBaudRateConfig() function. These function take as parameter : + (#)USART_AutoBaudRate_StartBit : any character starting with a bit 1. + (#)USART_AutoBaudRate_FallingEdge : any character starting with a 10xx bit pattern. + + [..] At any later time, another request for AutoBaudRate detection can be performed + using USART_RequestCmd() function. + + [..] The AutoBaudRate detection is monitored by the status of ABRF flag which indicate + that the AutoBaudRate detection is completed. In addition to ABRF flag, the ABRE flag + indicate that this procedure is completed without success. USART_GetFlagStatus () + function should be used to monitor the status of these flags. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Auto Baud Rate. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx auto baud rate. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_AutoBaudRateCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the auto baud rate feature by setting the ABREN bit in the CR2 + register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_ABREN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the auto baud rate feature by clearing the ABREN bit in the CR2 + register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_ABREN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the USART auto baud rate method. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_AutoBaudRate: specifies the selected USART auto baud rate method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_AutoBaudRate_StartBit: Start Bit duration measurement. + * @arg USART_AutoBaudRate_FallingEdge: Falling edge to falling edge measurement. + * @arg USART_AutoBaudRate_0x7FFrame: 0x7F frame. + * @arg USART_AutoBaudRate_0x55Frame: 0x55 frame. + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_AutoBaudRateConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_AutoBaudRate) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_AUTOBAUDRATE_MODE(USART_AutoBaudRate)); + + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_ABRMODE); + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_AutoBaudRate; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup USART_Group4 Data transfers functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data transfers functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage + the USART data transfers. + [..] During an USART reception, data shifts in least significant bit first + through the RX pin. When a transmission is taking place, a write instruction to + the USART_TDR register stores the data in the shift register. + [..] The read access of the USART_RDR register can be done using + the USART_ReceiveData() function and returns the RDR value. + Whereas a write access to the USART_TDR can be done using USART_SendData() + function and stores the written data into TDR. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits single data through the USARTx peripheral. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param Data: the data to transmit. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DATA(Data)); + + /* Transmit Data */ + USARTx->TDR = (Data & (uint16_t)0x01FF); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the USARTx peripheral. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @retval The received data. + */ +uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Receive Data */ + return (uint16_t)(USARTx->RDR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group5 MultiProcessor Communication functions + * @brief Multi-Processor Communication functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Multi-Processor Communication functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + multiprocessor communication. + [..] For instance one of the USARTs can be the master, its TX output is + connected to the RX input of the other USART. The others are slaves, + their respective TX outputs are logically ANDed together and connected + to the RX input of the master. USART multiprocessor communication is + possible through the following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 9 bits, Stop bits, Parity, + Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values + using the USART_Init() function. + (#) Configures the USART address using the USART_SetAddress() function. + (#) Configures the wake up methode (USART_WakeUp_IdleLine or + USART_WakeUp_AddressMark) using USART_WakeUpConfig() function only + for the slaves. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + (#) Enter the USART slaves in mute mode using USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd() + function. + [..] The USART Slave exit from mute mode when receive the wake up condition. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the address of the USART node. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_Address: Indicates the address of the USART node. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the USART address */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_ADD); + /* Set the USART address node */ + USARTx->CR2 |=((uint32_t)USART_Address << (uint32_t)0x18); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's mute mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART mute mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_MuteModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the USART mute mode by setting the MME bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_MME; + } + else + { + /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the MME bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_MME); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the USART WakeUp method from mute mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_WakeUp: specifies the USART wakeup method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_WakeUp_IdleLine: WakeUp by an idle line detection + * @arg USART_WakeUp_AddressMark: WakeUp by an address mark + * @retval None + */ +void USART_MuteModeWakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_WakeUp) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_MUTEMODE_WAKEUP(USART_WakeUp)); + + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_WAKE); + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_WakeUp; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the the USART Address detection length. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_AddressLength: specifies the USART address length detection. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_AddressLength_4b: 4-bit address length detection + * @arg USART_AddressLength_7b: 7-bit address length detection + * @retval None + */ +void USART_AddressDetectionConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_AddressLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_ADDRESS_DETECTION(USART_AddressLength)); + + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_ADDM7); + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_AddressLength; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group6 LIN mode functions + * @brief LIN mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### LIN mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + LIN Mode communication. + [..] In LIN mode, 8-bit data format with 1 stop bit is required in accordance + with the LIN standard. + [..] Only this LIN Feature is supported by the USART IP: + (+) LIN Master Synchronous Break send capability and LIN slave break + detection capability : 13-bit break generation and 10/11 bit break + detection. + [..] USART LIN Master transmitter communication is possible through the + following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8bits, Stop bits = 1bit, Parity, + Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values + using the USART_Init() function. + (#) Enable the LIN mode using the USART_LINCmd() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + (#) Send the break character using USART_SendBreak() function. + [..] USART LIN Master receiver communication is possible through the + following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8bits, Stop bits = 1bit, Parity, + Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values + using the USART_Init() function. + (#) Configures the break detection length + using the USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig() function. + (#) Enable the LIN mode using the USART_LINCmd() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + [..] + (@) In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + (+@) CLKEN in the USART_CR2 register. + (+@) STOP[1:0], SCEN, HDSEL and IREN in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the USART LIN Break detection length. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_LINBreakDetectLength: specifies the LIN break detection length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b: 10-bit break detection + * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b: 11-bit break detection + * @retval None + */ +void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(USART_LINBreakDetectLength)); + + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_LBDL); + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_LINBreakDetectLength; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's LIN mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART LIN mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_LINEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the LIN mode by clearing the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_LINEN); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group7 Halfduplex mode function + * @brief Half-duplex mode function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Half-duplex mode function ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + Half-duplex communication. + [..] The USART can be configured to follow a single-wire half-duplex protocol + where the TX and RX lines are internally connected. + [..] USART Half duplex communication is possible through the following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length, Stop bits, Parity, Mode transmitter + or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using the USART_Init() + function. + (#) Configures the USART address using the USART_SetAddress() function. + (#) Enable the half duplex mode using USART_HalfDuplexCmd() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + [..] + (@) The RX pin is no longer used. + (@) In Half-duplex mode the following bits must be kept cleared: + (+@) LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register. + (+@) SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Half Duplex communication. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART Communication. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_HDSEL; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Half-Duplex mode by clearing the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_HDSEL); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup USART_Group8 Smartcard mode functions + * @brief Smartcard mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Smartcard mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + Smartcard communication. + [..] The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol + Smartcards as defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard. The USART can provide + a clock to the smartcard through the SCLK output. In smartcard mode, + SCLK is not associated to the communication but is simply derived from + the internal peripheral input clock through a 5-bit prescaler. + [..] Smartcard communication is possible through the following procedure: + (#) Configures the Smartcard Prsecaler using the USART_SetPrescaler() + function. + (#) Configures the Smartcard Guard Time using the USART_SetGuardTime() + function. + (#) Program the USART clock using the USART_ClockInit() function as following: + (++) USART Clock enabled. + (++) USART CPOL Low. + (++) USART CPHA on first edge. + (++) USART Last Bit Clock Enabled. + (#) Program the Smartcard interface using the USART_Init() function as + following: + (++) Word Length = 9 Bits. + (++) 1.5 Stop Bit. + (++) Even parity. + (++) BaudRate = 12096 baud. + (++) Hardware flow control disabled (RTS and CTS signals). + (++) Tx and Rx enabled + (#) Optionally you can enable the parity error interrupt using + the USART_ITConfig() function. + (#) Enable the Smartcard NACK using the USART_SmartCardNACKCmd() function. + (#) Enable the Smartcard interface using the USART_SmartCardCmd() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + [..] + Please refer to the ISO 7816-3 specification for more details. + [..] + (@) It is also possible to choose 0.5 stop bit for receiving but it is + recommended to use 1.5 stop bits for both transmitting and receiving + to avoid switching between the two configurations. + (@) In smartcard mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + (+@) LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register. + (+@) HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified USART guard time. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_GuardTime: specifies the guard time. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the USART Guard time */ + USARTx->GTPR &= USART_GTPR_PSC; + /* Set the USART guard time */ + USARTx->GTPR |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)USART_GuardTime << 0x08); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Smart Card mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3. + * @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_SCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the SC mode by clearing the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_SCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables NACK transmission. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3. + * @param NewState: new state of the NACK transmission. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the NACK transmission by setting the NACK bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_NACK; + } + else + { + /* Disable the NACK transmission by clearing the NACK bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_NACK); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the Smart Card number of retries in transmit and receive. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_AutoCount: specifies the Smart Card auto retry count. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetAutoRetryCount(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_AutoCount) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_AUTO_RETRY_COUNTER(USART_AutoCount)); + /* Clear the USART auto retry count */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_SCARCNT); + /* Set the USART auto retry count*/ + USARTx->CR3 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)USART_AutoCount << 0x11); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the Smart Card Block length. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_BlockLength: specifies the Smart Card block length. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetBlockLength(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_BlockLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the Smart card block length */ + USARTx->RTOR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_RTOR_BLEN); + /* Set the Smart Card block length */ + USARTx->RTOR |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)USART_BlockLength << 0x18); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group9 IrDA mode functions + * @brief IrDA mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IrDA mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + IrDA communication. + [..] IrDA is a half duplex communication protocol. If the Transmitter is busy, + any data on the IrDA receive line will be ignored by the IrDA decoder + and if the Receiver is busy, data on the TX from the USART to IrDA will + not be encoded by IrDA. While receiving data, transmission should be + avoided as the data to be transmitted could be corrupted. + [..] IrDA communication is possible through the following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8 bits, Stop bits, Parity, + Transmitter/Receiver modes and hardware flow control values using + the USART_Init() function. + (#) Configures the IrDA pulse width by configuring the prescaler using + the USART_SetPrescaler() function. + (#) Configures the IrDA USART_IrDAMode_LowPower or USART_IrDAMode_Normal + mode using the USART_IrDAConfig() function. + (#) Enable the IrDA using the USART_IrDACmd() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + [..] + (@) A pulse of width less than two and greater than one PSC period(s) may or + may not be rejected. + (@) The receiver set up time should be managed by software. The IrDA physical + layer specification specifies a minimum of 10 ms delay between + transmission and reception (IrDA is a half duplex protocol). + (@) In IrDA mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + (+@) LINEN, STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register. + (+@) SCEN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the USART's IrDA interface. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_IrDAMode: specifies the IrDA mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IrDAMode_LowPower + * @arg USART_IrDAMode_Normal + * @retval None + */ +void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IrDAMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(USART_IrDAMode)); + + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_IRLP); + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_IrDAMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's IrDA interface. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the IrDA mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_IREN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the IrDA mode by clearing the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_IREN); + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group10 RS485 mode function + * @brief RS485 mode function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### RS485 mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + RS485 flow control. + [..] RS485 flow control (Driver enable feature) handling is possible through + the following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8 bits, Stop bits, Parity, + Transmitter/Receiver modes and hardware flow control values using + the USART_Init() function. + (#) Enable the Driver Enable using the USART_DECmd() function. + (#) Configures the Driver Enable polarity using the USART_DEPolarityConfig() + function. + (#) Configures the Driver Enable assertion time using USART_SetDEAssertionTime() + function and deassertion time using the USART_SetDEDeassertionTime() + function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + [..] + (@) The assertion and dessertion times are expressed in sample time units (1/8 or + 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's DE functionality. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the driver enable mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DECmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DE functionality by setting the DEM bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DEM; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DE functionality by clearing the DEM bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DEM); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the USART's DE polarity + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_DEPolarity: specifies the DE polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_DEPolarity_Low + * @arg USART_DEPolarity_High + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DEPolarityConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEPolarity) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DE_POLARITY(USART_DEPolarity)); + + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DEP); + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DEPolarity; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified RS485 DE assertion time + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_AssertionTime: specifies the time between the activation of the DE + * signal and the beginning of the start bit + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetDEAssertionTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEAssertionTime) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DE_ASSERTION_DEASSERTION_TIME(USART_DEAssertionTime)); + + /* Clear the DE assertion time */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_DEAT); + /* Set the new value for the DE assertion time */ + USARTx->CR1 |=((uint32_t)USART_DEAssertionTime << (uint32_t)0x15); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified RS485 DE deassertion time + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_DeassertionTime: specifies the time between the middle of the last + * stop bit in a transmitted message and the de-activation of the DE signal + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetDEDeassertionTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEDeassertionTime) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DE_ASSERTION_DEASSERTION_TIME(USART_DEDeassertionTime)); + + /* Clear the DE deassertion time */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_DEDT); + /* Set the new value for the DE deassertion time */ + USARTx->CR1 |=((uint32_t)USART_DEDeassertionTime << (uint32_t)0x10); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group11 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides two functions that can be used only in DMA mode. + [..] In DMA Mode, the USART communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel + requests: + (#) USART_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request. + (#) USART_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: + (+) void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, + FunctionalState NewState). +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's DMA interface. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4. + * @param USART_DMAReq: specifies the DMA request. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_DMAReq_Tx: USART DMA transmit request + * @arg USART_DMAReq_Rx: USART DMA receive request + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_1234_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DMAREQ(USART_DMAReq)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DMA transfer for selected requests by setting the DMAT and/or + DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DMA transfer for selected requests by clearing the DMAT and/or + DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~USART_DMAReq; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's DMA interface when reception error occurs. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4. + * @param USART_DMAOnError: specifies the DMA status in case of reception error. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_DMAOnError_Enable: DMA receive request enabled when the USART DMA + * reception error is asserted. + * @arg USART_DMAOnError_Disable: DMA receive request disabled when the USART DMA + * reception error is asserted. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DMAReceptionErrorConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DMAOnError) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_1234_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DMAONERROR(USART_DMAOnError)); + + /* Clear the DMA Reception error detection bit */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DDRE); + /* Set the new value for the DMA Reception error detection bit */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DMAOnError; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group12 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to configure the + USART Interrupts sources, Requests and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to + manage the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode. + + *** Polling Mode *** + ==================== + [..] In Polling Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by these flags: + (#) USART_FLAG_REACK: to indicate the status of the Receive Enable + acknowledge flag + (#) USART_FLAG_TEACK: to indicate the status of the Transmit Enable + acknowledge flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_WUF: to indicate the status of the Wake up flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_RWU: to indicate the status of the Receive Wake up flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_SBK: to indicate the status of the Send Break flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_CMF: to indicate the status of the Character match flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_BUSY: to indicate the status of the Busy flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_ABRF: to indicate the status of the Auto baud rate flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_ABRE: to indicate the status of the Auto baud rate error flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_EOBF: to indicate the status of the End of block flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_RTOF: to indicate the status of the Receive time out flag. + (#) USART_FLAG_nCTSS: to indicate the status of the Inverted nCTS input + bit status. + (#) USART_FLAG_TXE: to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register. + (#) USART_FLAG_RXNE: to indicate the status of the receive buffer register. + (#) USART_FLAG_TC: to indicate the status of the transmit operation. + (#) USART_FLAG_IDLE: to indicate the status of the Idle Line. + (#) USART_FLAG_CTS: to indicate the status of the nCTS input. + (#) USART_FLAG_LBD: to indicate the status of the LIN break detection. + (#) USART_FLAG_NE: to indicate if a noise error occur. + (#) USART_FLAG_FE: to indicate if a frame error occur. + (#) USART_FLAG_PE: to indicate if a parity error occur. + (#) USART_FLAG_ORE: to indicate if an Overrun error occur. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG). + (+) void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG). + + *** Interrupt Mode *** + ====================== + [..] In Interrupt Mode, the USART communication can be managed by 8 interrupt + sources and 10 pending bits: + (+) Pending Bits: + (##) USART_IT_WU: to indicate the status of the Wake up interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_CM: to indicate the status of Character match interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_EOB: to indicate the status of End of block interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_RTO: to indicate the status of Receive time out interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_CTS: to indicate the status of CTS change interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_LBD: to indicate the status of LIN Break detection interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_TC: to indicate the status of Transmission complete interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_IDLE: to indicate the status of IDLE line detected interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_ORE: to indicate the status of OverRun Error interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_NE: to indicate the status of Noise Error interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_FE: to indicate the status of Framing Error interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_PE: to indicate the status of Parity Error interrupt. + + (+) Interrupt Source: + (##) USART_IT_WU: specifies the interrupt source for Wake up interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_CM: specifies the interrupt source for Character match + interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_EOB: specifies the interrupt source for End of block + interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_RTO: specifies the interrupt source for Receive time-out + interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_CTS: specifies the interrupt source for CTS change interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_LBD: specifies the interrupt source for LIN Break + detection interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_TXE: specifies the interrupt source for Tansmit Data + Register empty interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_TC: specifies the interrupt source for Transmission + complete interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_RXNE: specifies the interrupt source for Receive Data + register not empty interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_IDLE: specifies the interrupt source for Idle line + detection interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_PE: specifies the interrupt source for Parity Error interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_ERR: specifies the interrupt source for Error interrupt + (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) + -@@- Some parameters are coded in order to use them as interrupt + source or as pending bits. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState). + (+) ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT). + (+) void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART interrupts. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_WU: Wake up interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_CM: Character match interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_EOB: End of block interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RTO: Receive time out interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Tansmit Data Register empty interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error) + * @param NewState: new state of the specified USARTx interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t usartreg = 0, itpos = 0, itmask = 0; + uint32_t usartxbase = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(USART_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + usartxbase = (uint32_t)USARTx; + + /* Get the USART register index */ + usartreg = (((uint16_t)USART_IT) >> 0x08); + + /* Get the interrupt position */ + itpos = USART_IT & IT_MASK; + itmask = (((uint32_t)0x01) << itpos); + + if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */ + { + usartxbase += 0x04; + } + else if (usartreg == 0x03) /* The IT is in CR3 register */ + { + usartxbase += 0x08; + } + else /* The IT is in CR1 register */ + { + } + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase |= itmask; + } + else + { + *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase &= ~itmask; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the specified USART's Request. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_Request: specifies the USART request. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_Request_TXFRQ: Transmit data flush ReQuest + * @arg USART_Request_RXFRQ: Receive data flush ReQuest + * @arg USART_Request_MMRQ: Mute Mode ReQuest + * @arg USART_Request_SBKRQ: Send Break ReQuest + * @arg USART_Request_ABRRQ: Auto Baud Rate ReQuest + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA interface when reception error occurs. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_RequestCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_Request, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_REQUEST(USART_Request)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the USART ReQuest by setting the dedicated request bit in the RQR + register.*/ + USARTx->RQR |= USART_Request; + } + else + { + /* Disable the USART ReQuest by clearing the dedicated request bit in the RQR + register.*/ + USARTx->RQR &= (uint32_t)~USART_Request; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Overrun detection. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_OVRDetection: specifies the OVR detection status in case of OVR error. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_OVRDetection_Enable: OVR error detection enabled when the USART OVR error + * is asserted. + * @arg USART_OVRDetection_Disable: OVR error detection disabled when the USART OVR error + * is asserted. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_OverrunDetectionConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_OVRDetection) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_OVRDETECTION(USART_OVRDetection)); + + /* Clear the OVR detection bit */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_OVRDIS); + /* Set the new value for the OVR detection bit */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_OVRDetection; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified USART flag is set or not. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_FLAG_REACK: Receive Enable acknowledge flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_TEACK: Transmit Enable acknowledge flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_WUF: Wake up flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_RWU: Receive Wake up flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_SBK: Send Break flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_CMF: Character match flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_BUSY: Busy flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_ABRF: Auto baud rate flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_ABRE: Auto baud rate error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_EOBF: End of block flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_RTOF: Receive time out flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_nCTSS: Inverted nCTS input bit status. + * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line detection flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag. + * @retval The new state of USART_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_FLAG(USART_FLAG)); + + if ((USARTx->ISR & USART_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the USARTx's pending flags. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_FLAG_WUF: Wake up flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_CMF: Character match flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_EOBF: End of block flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_RTOF: Receive time out flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_IDLE: IDLE line detected flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_PE: Parity Errorflag. + * + * @note + * - RXNE pending bit is cleared by a read to the USART_RDR register + * (USART_ReceiveData()) or by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the register USART_RQR + * (USART_RequestCmd()). + * - TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation + * to USART_TDR register (USART_SendData()). + * - TXE flag is cleared by a write to the USART_TDR register + * (USART_SendData()) or by writing 1 to the TXFRQ in the register USART_RQR + * (USART_RequestCmd()). + * - SBKF flag is cleared by 1 to the SBKRQ in the register USART_RQR + * (USART_RequestCmd()). + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(USART_FLAG)); + + USARTx->ICR = USART_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified USART interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_WU: Wake up interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_CM: Character match interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_EOB: End of block interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RTO: Receive time out interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Tansmit Data Register empty interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_ORE: OverRun Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt. + * @retval The new state of USART_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT) +{ + uint32_t bitpos = 0, itmask = 0, usartreg = 0; + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_GET_IT(USART_IT)); + + /* Get the USART register index */ + usartreg = (((uint16_t)USART_IT) >> 0x08); + /* Get the interrupt position */ + itmask = USART_IT & IT_MASK; + itmask = (uint32_t)0x01 << itmask; + + if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR1; + } + else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR2; + } + else /* The IT is in CR3 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR3; + } + + bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x10; + bitpos = (uint32_t)0x01 << bitpos; + bitpos &= USARTx->ISR; + if ((itmask != (uint16_t)RESET)&&(bitpos != (uint16_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the USARTx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the + * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_WU: Wake up interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_CM: Character match interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_EOB: End of block interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RTO: Receive time out interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: IDLE line detected interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_ORE: OverRun Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt. + * @note + * - RXNE pending bit is cleared by a read to the USART_RDR register + * (USART_ReceiveData()) or by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the register USART_RQR + * (USART_RequestCmd()). + * - TC pending bit can be also cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a write + * operation to USART_TDR register (USART_SendData()). + * - TXE pending bit is cleared by a write to the USART_TDR register + * (USART_SendData()) or by writing 1 to the TXFRQ in the register USART_RQR + * (USART_RequestCmd()). + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT) +{ + uint32_t bitpos = 0, itmask = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(USART_IT)); + + bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x10; + itmask = ((uint32_t)0x01 << (uint32_t)bitpos); + USARTx->ICR = (uint32_t)itmask; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_wwdg.c b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_wwdg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42deaa0 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f30x_wwdg.c @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_wwdg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Window watchdog (WWDG) peripheral: + * + Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration + * + WWDG activation + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + ============================================================================== + ##### WWDG features ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed + time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (downcounter) + before to reach 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter + value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F). + [..] An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed + before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This + implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window. + + [..] Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + + [..] WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG + reset occurs. + + [..] The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided + by a programmable prescaler. + + [..] WWDG counter clock = PCLK1 / Prescaler. + [..] WWDG timeout = (WWDG counter clock) * (counter value). + + [..] Min-max timeout value @36MHz (PCLK1): ~114us / ~58.3ms. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable WWDG clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE) + function. + + (#) Configure the WWDG prescaler using WWDG_SetPrescaler() function. + + (#) Configure the WWDG refresh window using WWDG_SetWindowValue() function. + + (#) Set the WWDG counter value and start it using WWDG_Enable() function. + When the WWDG is enabled the counter value should be configured to + a value greater than 0x40 to prevent generating an immediate reset. + + (#) Optionally you can enable the Early wakeup interrupt which is + generated when the counter reach 0x40. + Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + + (#) Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular + intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using + WWDG_SetCounter() function. This operation must occur only when + the counter value is lower than the refresh window value, + programmed using WWDG_SetWindowValue(). + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_wwdg.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG + * @brief WWDG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* --------------------- WWDG registers bit mask ---------------------------- */ +/* CFR register bit mask */ +#define CFR_WDGTB_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFE7F) +#define CFR_W_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF80) +#define BIT_MASK ((uint8_t)0x7F) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Group1 Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions + * @brief Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the WWDG peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG Prescaler. + * @param WWDG_Prescaler: specifies the WWDG Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_1: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/1 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_2: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/2 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_4: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/4 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_8: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/8 + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(WWDG_Prescaler)); + /* Clear WDGTB[1:0] bits */ + tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_WDGTB_MASK; + /* Set WDGTB[1:0] bits according to WWDG_Prescaler value */ + tmpreg |= WWDG_Prescaler; + /* Store the new value */ + WWDG->CFR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG window value. + * @param WindowValue: specifies the window value to be compared to the downcounter. + * This parameter value must be lower than 0x80. + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(WindowValue)); + /* Clear W[6:0] bits */ + + tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_W_MASK; + + /* Set W[6:0] bits according to WindowValue value */ + tmpreg |= WindowValue & (uint32_t) BIT_MASK; + + /* Store the new value */ + WWDG->CFR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the WWDG Early Wakeup interrupt(EWI). + * @note Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_EnableIT(void) +{ + WWDG->CFR |= WWDG_CFR_EWI; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG counter value. + * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F (to prevent generating + * an immediate reset). + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); + /* Write to T[6:0] bits to configure the counter value, no need to do + a read-modify-write; writing a 0 to WDGA bit does nothing */ + WWDG->CR = Counter & BIT_MASK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Group2 WWDG activation functions + * @brief WWDG activation functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### WWDG activation function ##### + ============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables WWDG and load the counter value. + * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F (to prevent generating + * an immediate reset). + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); + WWDG->CR = WWDG_CR_WDGA | Counter; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + ============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the Early Wakeup interrupt flag is set or not. + * @param None + * @retval The new state of the Early Wakeup interrupt flag (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + if ((WWDG->SR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears Early Wakeup interrupt flag. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_ClearFlag(void) +{ + WWDG->SR = (uint32_t)RESET; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/adc.c b/embeddedstm32f303/adc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5240616 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/adc.c @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +//TODO: Consider oversampling the ADC using DMA. +//Mostly from: http://www.pezzino.ch/stm32-adc-voltage-monitor/ +//Also: http://www.micromouseonline.com/2009/05/26/simple-adc-use-on-the-stm32/ + +#include "adc.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +static int calibration_value; +extern RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_Clocks; + +void InitADC() +{ + ADC_InitTypeDef ADC_InitStructure; + ADC_CommonInitTypeDef ADC_CommonInitStructure; + GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStructure; + TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef TIM_TimeBaseStructure; + + /* Configure the ADC clock */ + RCC_ADCCLKConfig( RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div2 ); + + /* Enable ADC1 clock */ + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd( RCC_AHBPeriph_ADC34, ENABLE ); + + /* ADC Channel configuration */ + /* GPIOC Periph clock enable */ + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd( RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB, ENABLE ); + + /* Configure ADC Channel7 as analog input */ + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_12; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AN; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_PuPd = GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL ; + GPIO_Init( GPIOB, &GPIO_InitStructure ); + + ADC_StructInit( &ADC_InitStructure ); + + /* Calibration procedure */ + ADC_VoltageRegulatorCmd( ADC4, ENABLE ); + + /* Insert delay equal to 10 µs */ + //vTaskDelay(5); + _delay_us( 10 ); + +// ADC_SelectCalibrationMode( ADC4, ADC_CalibrationMode_Single ); +// ADC_StartCalibration( ADC4 ); +// while ( ADC_GetCalibrationStatus( ADC4 ) != RESET ); +// calibration_value = ADC_GetCalibrationValue( ADC4 ); + + ADC_CommonInitStructure.ADC_Mode = ADC_Mode_Independent; + ADC_CommonInitStructure.ADC_Clock = ADC_Clock_AsynClkMode; + ADC_CommonInitStructure.ADC_DMAAccessMode = ADC_DMAAccessMode_Disabled; + ADC_CommonInitStructure.ADC_DMAMode = ADC_DMAMode_OneShot; + ADC_CommonInitStructure.ADC_TwoSamplingDelay = 0; + ADC_CommonInit( ADC4, &ADC_CommonInitStructure ); + + ADC_InitStructure.ADC_ContinuousConvMode = ADC_ContinuousConvMode_Enable; + ADC_InitStructure.ADC_Resolution = ADC_Resolution_12b; + ADC_InitStructure.ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent = ADC_ExternalTrigConvEvent_0; + ADC_InitStructure.ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge = ADC_ExternalTrigEventEdge_None; + ADC_InitStructure.ADC_DataAlign = ADC_DataAlign_Right; + ADC_InitStructure.ADC_OverrunMode = ADC_OverrunMode_Disable; + ADC_InitStructure.ADC_AutoInjMode = ADC_AutoInjec_Disable; + ADC_InitStructure.ADC_NbrOfRegChannel = 1; + ADC_Init( ADC4, &ADC_InitStructure ); + + /* ADC4 regular channel3 configuration */ + ADC_RegularChannelConfig( ADC4, ADC_Channel_3, 1, ADC_SampleTime_181Cycles5 ); + + /* Enable ADC4 */ + ADC_Cmd( ADC4, ENABLE ); + + /* wait for ADRDY */ + while( !ADC_GetFlagStatus( ADC4, ADC_FLAG_RDY ) ); + + + NVIC_InitTypeDef NVIC_InitStructure; + /* Enable the TIM2 gloabal Interrupt */ + NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannel = TIM2_IRQn; + NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority = 0; + NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority = 1; + NVIC_InitStructure.NVIC_IRQChannelCmd = ENABLE; + NVIC_Init (&NVIC_InitStructure); + + + /* TIM2 clock enable */ + RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd (RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, ENABLE); + /* Time base configuration */ + RCC->CFGR |= 0X1400; + TIM_TimeBaseStructure.TIM_Period = (RCC_Clocks.HCLK_Frequency/ADCFS) - 1; + TIM_TimeBaseStructure.TIM_Prescaler = 1 - 1; // Operate at clock frequency + TIM_TimeBaseStructure.TIM_ClockDivision = 0; + TIM_TimeBaseStructure.TIM_CounterMode = TIM_CounterMode_Up; + TIM_TimeBaseInit (TIM2, &TIM_TimeBaseStructure); + /* TIM IT enable */ + TIM_ITConfig (TIM2, TIM_IT_Update, ENABLE); + /* TIM2 enable counter */ + TIM_Cmd (TIM2, ENABLE); + + + /* Start ADC4 Software Conversion */ + ADC_StartConversion( ADC4 ); +} + + +void TIM2_IRQHandler (void) //Timer Interupt for sending data +{ + static int32_t average = 0; + if (TIM_GetITStatus (TIM2, TIM_IT_Update) != RESET) { + TIM_ClearITPendingBit (TIM2, TIM_IT_Update); + int16_t value = ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC4); + average = ((average*1023) + (value*1024))/1024; + ADC_StartConversion( ADC4 ); + ADCCallback( value-(average/1024)); + } +} + + diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/adc.h b/embeddedstm32f303/adc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..613295b --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/adc.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#ifndef _ADC_H +#define _ADC_H + +#include + +#define ADCFS DFREQ + +void InitADC(); +void ADCCallback( int16_t value ); + +#endif diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/flash.cfg b/embeddedstm32f303/flash.cfg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6bd8746 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/flash.cfg @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +set TRANSPORT hla_swd + +source [find interface/stlink-v2.cfg] +source [find target/stm32f3x_stlink.cfg] + +#reset_config none separate +#reset_config srst_push_pull +#separate trst_push_pull + +#reset_config srst_nogate + +init + +reset halt +halt 20 +reset +sleep 10 +reset halt +flash write_image erase main.bin 0x08000000 +sleep 10 +reset +sleep 10 +arm semihosting enable +reset run +sleep 10 +#shutdown diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/lib/core_cm4.h b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/core_cm4.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef818e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/core_cm4.h @@ -0,0 +1,1689 @@ +/**************************************************************************//** + * @file core_cm4.h + * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M4 Core Peripheral Access Layer Header File + * @version V3.00 + * @date 03. February 2012 + * + * @note + * Copyright (C) 2009-2012 ARM Limited. All rights reserved. + * + * @par + * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M + * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed + * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors. + * + * @par + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED + * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE. + * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR + * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. + * + ******************************************************************************/ +#if defined ( __ICCARM__ ) + #pragma system_include /* treat file as system include file for MISRA check */ +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +#ifndef __CORE_CM4_H_GENERIC +#define __CORE_CM4_H_GENERIC + +/** \page CMSIS_MISRA_Exceptions MISRA-C:2004 Compliance Exceptions + CMSIS violates the following MISRA-C:2004 rules: + + \li Required Rule 8.5, object/function definition in header file.
    + Function definitions in header files are used to allow 'inlining'. + + \li Required Rule 18.4, declaration of union type or object of union type: '{...}'.
    + Unions are used for effective representation of core registers. + + \li Advisory Rule 19.7, Function-like macro defined.
    + Function-like macros are used to allow more efficient code. + */ + + +/******************************************************************************* + * CMSIS definitions + ******************************************************************************/ +/** \ingroup Cortex_M4 + @{ + */ + +/* CMSIS CM4 definitions */ +#define __CM4_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN (0x03) /*!< [31:16] CMSIS HAL main version */ +#define __CM4_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB (0x00) /*!< [15:0] CMSIS HAL sub version */ +#define __CM4_CMSIS_VERSION ((__CM4_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 16) | \ + __CM4_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB ) /*!< CMSIS HAL version number */ + +#define __CORTEX_M (0x04) /*!< Cortex-M Core */ + + +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for ARM Compiler */ + #define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */ + #define __STATIC_INLINE static __inline + +#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for IAR Compiler */ + #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for IAR Compiler. Only available in High optimization mode! */ + #define __STATIC_INLINE static inline + +#elif defined ( __TMS470__ ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for TI CCS Compiler */ + #define __STATIC_INLINE static inline + +#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for GNU Compiler */ + #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for GNU Compiler */ + #define __STATIC_INLINE static inline + +#elif defined ( __TASKING__ ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for TASKING Compiler */ + #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for TASKING Compiler */ + #define __STATIC_INLINE static inline + +#endif + +/** __FPU_USED indicates whether an FPU is used or not. For this, __FPU_PRESENT has to be checked prior to making use of FPU specific registers and functions. +*/ +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) + #if defined __TARGET_FPU_VFP + #if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) + #define __FPU_USED 1 + #else + #warning "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)" + #define __FPU_USED 0 + #endif + #else + #define __FPU_USED 0 + #endif + +#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) + #if defined __ARMVFP__ + #if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) + #define __FPU_USED 1 + #else + #warning "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)" + #define __FPU_USED 0 + #endif + #else + #define __FPU_USED 0 + #endif + +#elif defined ( __TMS470__ ) + #if defined __TI_VFP_SUPPORT__ + #if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) + #define __FPU_USED 1 + #else + #warning "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)" + #define __FPU_USED 0 + #endif + #else + #define __FPU_USED 0 + #endif + +#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) + #if defined (__VFP_FP__) && !defined(__SOFTFP__) + #if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) + #define __FPU_USED 1 + #else + #warning "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)" + #define __FPU_USED 0 + #endif + #else + #define __FPU_USED 0 + #endif + +#elif defined ( __TASKING__ ) + /* add preprocessor checks to define __FPU_USED */ + #define __FPU_USED 0 +#endif + +#include /* standard types definitions */ +#include /* Core Instruction Access */ +#include /* Core Function Access */ +#include /* Compiler specific SIMD Intrinsics */ + +#endif /* __CORE_CM4_H_GENERIC */ + +#ifndef __CMSIS_GENERIC + +#ifndef __CORE_CM4_H_DEPENDANT +#define __CORE_CM4_H_DEPENDANT + +/* check device defines and use defaults */ +#if defined __CHECK_DEVICE_DEFINES + #ifndef __CM4_REV + #define __CM4_REV 0x0000 + #warning "__CM4_REV not defined in device header file; using default!" + #endif + + #ifndef __FPU_PRESENT + #define __FPU_PRESENT 0 + #warning "__FPU_PRESENT not defined in device header file; using default!" + #endif + + #ifndef __MPU_PRESENT + #define __MPU_PRESENT 0 + #warning "__MPU_PRESENT not defined in device header file; using default!" + #endif + + #ifndef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS + #define __NVIC_PRIO_BITS 4 + #warning "__NVIC_PRIO_BITS not defined in device header file; using default!" + #endif + + #ifndef __Vendor_SysTickConfig + #define __Vendor_SysTickConfig 0 + #warning "__Vendor_SysTickConfig not defined in device header file; using default!" + #endif +#endif + +/* IO definitions (access restrictions to peripheral registers) */ +/** + \defgroup CMSIS_glob_defs CMSIS Global Defines + + IO Type Qualifiers are used + \li to specify the access to peripheral variables. + \li for automatic generation of peripheral register debug information. +*/ +#ifdef __cplusplus + #define __I volatile /*!< Defines 'read only' permissions */ +#else + #define __I volatile const /*!< Defines 'read only' permissions */ +#endif +#define __O volatile /*!< Defines 'write only' permissions */ +#define __IO volatile /*!< Defines 'read / write' permissions */ + +/*@} end of group Cortex_M4 */ + + + +/******************************************************************************* + * Register Abstraction + Core Register contain: + - Core Register + - Core NVIC Register + - Core SCB Register + - Core SysTick Register + - Core Debug Register + - Core MPU Register + - Core FPU Register + ******************************************************************************/ +/** \defgroup CMSIS_core_register Defines and Type Definitions + \brief Type definitions and defines for Cortex-M processor based devices. +*/ + +/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register + \defgroup CMSIS_CORE Status and Control Registers + \brief Core Register type definitions. + @{ + */ + +/** \brief Union type to access the Application Program Status Register (APSR). + */ +typedef union +{ + struct + { +#if (__CORTEX_M != 0x04) + uint32_t _reserved0:27; /*!< bit: 0..26 Reserved */ +#else + uint32_t _reserved0:16; /*!< bit: 0..15 Reserved */ + uint32_t GE:4; /*!< bit: 16..19 Greater than or Equal flags */ + uint32_t _reserved1:7; /*!< bit: 20..26 Reserved */ +#endif + uint32_t Q:1; /*!< bit: 27 Saturation condition flag */ + uint32_t V:1; /*!< bit: 28 Overflow condition code flag */ + uint32_t C:1; /*!< bit: 29 Carry condition code flag */ + uint32_t Z:1; /*!< bit: 30 Zero condition code flag */ + uint32_t N:1; /*!< bit: 31 Negative condition code flag */ + } b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */ + uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */ +} APSR_Type; + + +/** \brief Union type to access the Interrupt Program Status Register (IPSR). + */ +typedef union +{ + struct + { + uint32_t ISR:9; /*!< bit: 0.. 8 Exception number */ + uint32_t _reserved0:23; /*!< bit: 9..31 Reserved */ + } b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */ + uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */ +} IPSR_Type; + + +/** \brief Union type to access the Special-Purpose Program Status Registers (xPSR). + */ +typedef union +{ + struct + { + uint32_t ISR:9; /*!< bit: 0.. 8 Exception number */ +#if (__CORTEX_M != 0x04) + uint32_t _reserved0:15; /*!< bit: 9..23 Reserved */ +#else + uint32_t _reserved0:7; /*!< bit: 9..15 Reserved */ + uint32_t GE:4; /*!< bit: 16..19 Greater than or Equal flags */ + uint32_t _reserved1:4; /*!< bit: 20..23 Reserved */ +#endif + uint32_t T:1; /*!< bit: 24 Thumb bit (read 0) */ + uint32_t IT:2; /*!< bit: 25..26 saved IT state (read 0) */ + uint32_t Q:1; /*!< bit: 27 Saturation condition flag */ + uint32_t V:1; /*!< bit: 28 Overflow condition code flag */ + uint32_t C:1; /*!< bit: 29 Carry condition code flag */ + uint32_t Z:1; /*!< bit: 30 Zero condition code flag */ + uint32_t N:1; /*!< bit: 31 Negative condition code flag */ + } b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */ + uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */ +} xPSR_Type; + + +/** \brief Union type to access the Control Registers (CONTROL). + */ +typedef union +{ + struct + { + uint32_t nPRIV:1; /*!< bit: 0 Execution privilege in Thread mode */ + uint32_t SPSEL:1; /*!< bit: 1 Stack to be used */ + uint32_t FPCA:1; /*!< bit: 2 FP extension active flag */ + uint32_t _reserved0:29; /*!< bit: 3..31 Reserved */ + } b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */ + uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */ +} CONTROL_Type; + +/*@} end of group CMSIS_CORE */ + + +/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register + \defgroup CMSIS_NVIC Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) + \brief Type definitions for the NVIC Registers + @{ + */ + +/** \brief Structure type to access the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC). + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t ISER[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) Interrupt Set Enable Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED0[24]; + __IO uint32_t ICER[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x080 (R/W) Interrupt Clear Enable Register */ + uint32_t RSERVED1[24]; + __IO uint32_t ISPR[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x100 (R/W) Interrupt Set Pending Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED2[24]; + __IO uint32_t ICPR[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x180 (R/W) Interrupt Clear Pending Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED3[24]; + __IO uint32_t IABR[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x200 (R/W) Interrupt Active bit Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED4[56]; + __IO uint8_t IP[240]; /*!< Offset: 0x300 (R/W) Interrupt Priority Register (8Bit wide) */ + uint32_t RESERVED5[644]; + __O uint32_t STIR; /*!< Offset: 0xE00 ( /W) Software Trigger Interrupt Register */ +} NVIC_Type; + +/* Software Triggered Interrupt Register Definitions */ +#define NVIC_STIR_INTID_Pos 0 /*!< STIR: INTLINESNUM Position */ +#define NVIC_STIR_INTID_Msk (0x1FFUL << NVIC_STIR_INTID_Pos) /*!< STIR: INTLINESNUM Mask */ + +/*@} end of group CMSIS_NVIC */ + + +/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register + \defgroup CMSIS_SCB System Control Block (SCB) + \brief Type definitions for the System Control Block Registers + @{ + */ + +/** \brief Structure type to access the System Control Block (SCB). + */ +typedef struct +{ + __I uint32_t CPUID; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/ ) CPUID Base Register */ + __IO uint32_t ICSR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) Interrupt Control and State Register */ + __IO uint32_t VTOR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) Vector Table Offset Register */ + __IO uint32_t AIRCR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register */ + __IO uint32_t SCR; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W) System Control Register */ + __IO uint32_t CCR; /*!< Offset: 0x014 (R/W) Configuration Control Register */ + __IO uint8_t SHP[12]; /*!< Offset: 0x018 (R/W) System Handlers Priority Registers (4-7, 8-11, 12-15) */ + __IO uint32_t SHCSR; /*!< Offset: 0x024 (R/W) System Handler Control and State Register */ + __IO uint32_t CFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x028 (R/W) Configurable Fault Status Register */ + __IO uint32_t HFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x02C (R/W) HardFault Status Register */ + __IO uint32_t DFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x030 (R/W) Debug Fault Status Register */ + __IO uint32_t MMFAR; /*!< Offset: 0x034 (R/W) MemManage Fault Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t BFAR; /*!< Offset: 0x038 (R/W) BusFault Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t AFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x03C (R/W) Auxiliary Fault Status Register */ + __I uint32_t PFR[2]; /*!< Offset: 0x040 (R/ ) Processor Feature Register */ + __I uint32_t DFR; /*!< Offset: 0x048 (R/ ) Debug Feature Register */ + __I uint32_t ADR; /*!< Offset: 0x04C (R/ ) Auxiliary Feature Register */ + __I uint32_t MMFR[4]; /*!< Offset: 0x050 (R/ ) Memory Model Feature Register */ + __I uint32_t ISAR[5]; /*!< Offset: 0x060 (R/ ) Instruction Set Attributes Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED0[5]; + __IO uint32_t CPACR; /*!< Offset: 0x088 (R/W) Coprocessor Access Control Register */ +} SCB_Type; + +/* SCB CPUID Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos 24 /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Position */ +#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Msk (0xFFUL << SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Mask */ + +#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos 20 /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Position */ +#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Msk (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Mask */ + +#define SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Pos 16 /*!< SCB CPUID: ARCHITECTURE Position */ +#define SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Msk (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: ARCHITECTURE Mask */ + +#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos 4 /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Position */ +#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Msk (0xFFFUL << SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Mask */ + +#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos 0 /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Position */ +#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Msk (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Mask */ + +/* SCB Interrupt Control State Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos 31 /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos 28 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos 27 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos 26 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos 25 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos 23 /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos 22 /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos 12 /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Msk (0x1FFUL << SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_RETTOBASE_Pos 11 /*!< SCB ICSR: RETTOBASE Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_RETTOBASE_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_RETTOBASE_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: RETTOBASE Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos 0 /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Msk (0x1FFUL << SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Mask */ + +/* SCB Vector Table Offset Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Pos 7 /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLOFF Position */ +#define SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Msk (0x1FFFFFFUL << SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Pos) /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLOFF Mask */ + +/* SCB Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos 16 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Msk (0xFFFFUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Mask */ + +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos 16 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Msk (0xFFFFUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Mask */ + +#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos 15 /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Mask */ + +#define SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Pos 8 /*!< SCB AIRCR: PRIGROUP Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk (7UL << SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: PRIGROUP Mask */ + +#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos 2 /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Mask */ + +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos 1 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Mask */ + +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTRESET_Pos 0 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTRESET Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTRESET_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTRESET_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTRESET Mask */ + +/* SCB System Control Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos 4 /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Position */ +#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Mask */ + +#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos 2 /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Position */ +#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Mask */ + +#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos 1 /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Position */ +#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Mask */ + +/* SCB Configuration Control Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos 9 /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Position */ +#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Mask */ + +#define SCB_CCR_BFHFNMIGN_Pos 8 /*!< SCB CCR: BFHFNMIGN Position */ +#define SCB_CCR_BFHFNMIGN_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_BFHFNMIGN_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: BFHFNMIGN Mask */ + +#define SCB_CCR_DIV_0_TRP_Pos 4 /*!< SCB CCR: DIV_0_TRP Position */ +#define SCB_CCR_DIV_0_TRP_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_DIV_0_TRP_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: DIV_0_TRP Mask */ + +#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos 3 /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Position */ +#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Mask */ + +#define SCB_CCR_USERSETMPEND_Pos 1 /*!< SCB CCR: USERSETMPEND Position */ +#define SCB_CCR_USERSETMPEND_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_USERSETMPEND_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: USERSETMPEND Mask */ + +#define SCB_CCR_NONBASETHRDENA_Pos 0 /*!< SCB CCR: NONBASETHRDENA Position */ +#define SCB_CCR_NONBASETHRDENA_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_NONBASETHRDENA_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: NONBASETHRDENA Mask */ + +/* SCB System Handler Control and State Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTENA_Pos 18 /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTENA Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTENA_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTENA_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTENA Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTENA_Pos 17 /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTENA Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTENA_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTENA_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTENA Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Pos 16 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTENA Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTENA Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos 15 /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTPENDED_Pos 14 /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTPENDED Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTPENDED Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTPENDED_Pos 13 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTPENDED Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTPENDED Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTPENDED_Pos 12 /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTPENDED Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTPENDED Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_SYSTICKACT_Pos 11 /*!< SCB SHCSR: SYSTICKACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_SYSTICKACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_SYSTICKACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SYSTICKACT Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_PENDSVACT_Pos 10 /*!< SCB SHCSR: PENDSVACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_PENDSVACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_PENDSVACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: PENDSVACT Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_MONITORACT_Pos 8 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MONITORACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_MONITORACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_MONITORACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MONITORACT Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLACT_Pos 7 /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLACT Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTACT_Pos 3 /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTACT Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTACT_Pos 1 /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTACT Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTACT_Pos 0 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTACT Mask */ + +/* SCB Configurable Fault Status Registers Definitions */ +#define SCB_CFSR_USGFAULTSR_Pos 16 /*!< SCB CFSR: Usage Fault Status Register Position */ +#define SCB_CFSR_USGFAULTSR_Msk (0xFFFFUL << SCB_CFSR_USGFAULTSR_Pos) /*!< SCB CFSR: Usage Fault Status Register Mask */ + +#define SCB_CFSR_BUSFAULTSR_Pos 8 /*!< SCB CFSR: Bus Fault Status Register Position */ +#define SCB_CFSR_BUSFAULTSR_Msk (0xFFUL << SCB_CFSR_BUSFAULTSR_Pos) /*!< SCB CFSR: Bus Fault Status Register Mask */ + +#define SCB_CFSR_MEMFAULTSR_Pos 0 /*!< SCB CFSR: Memory Manage Fault Status Register Position */ +#define SCB_CFSR_MEMFAULTSR_Msk (0xFFUL << SCB_CFSR_MEMFAULTSR_Pos) /*!< SCB CFSR: Memory Manage Fault Status Register Mask */ + +/* SCB Hard Fault Status Registers Definitions */ +#define SCB_HFSR_DEBUGEVT_Pos 31 /*!< SCB HFSR: DEBUGEVT Position */ +#define SCB_HFSR_DEBUGEVT_Msk (1UL << SCB_HFSR_DEBUGEVT_Pos) /*!< SCB HFSR: DEBUGEVT Mask */ + +#define SCB_HFSR_FORCED_Pos 30 /*!< SCB HFSR: FORCED Position */ +#define SCB_HFSR_FORCED_Msk (1UL << SCB_HFSR_FORCED_Pos) /*!< SCB HFSR: FORCED Mask */ + +#define SCB_HFSR_VECTTBL_Pos 1 /*!< SCB HFSR: VECTTBL Position */ +#define SCB_HFSR_VECTTBL_Msk (1UL << SCB_HFSR_VECTTBL_Pos) /*!< SCB HFSR: VECTTBL Mask */ + +/* SCB Debug Fault Status Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_DFSR_EXTERNAL_Pos 4 /*!< SCB DFSR: EXTERNAL Position */ +#define SCB_DFSR_EXTERNAL_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_EXTERNAL_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: EXTERNAL Mask */ + +#define SCB_DFSR_VCATCH_Pos 3 /*!< SCB DFSR: VCATCH Position */ +#define SCB_DFSR_VCATCH_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_VCATCH_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: VCATCH Mask */ + +#define SCB_DFSR_DWTTRAP_Pos 2 /*!< SCB DFSR: DWTTRAP Position */ +#define SCB_DFSR_DWTTRAP_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_DWTTRAP_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: DWTTRAP Mask */ + +#define SCB_DFSR_BKPT_Pos 1 /*!< SCB DFSR: BKPT Position */ +#define SCB_DFSR_BKPT_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_BKPT_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: BKPT Mask */ + +#define SCB_DFSR_HALTED_Pos 0 /*!< SCB DFSR: HALTED Position */ +#define SCB_DFSR_HALTED_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_HALTED_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: HALTED Mask */ + +/*@} end of group CMSIS_SCB */ + + +/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register + \defgroup CMSIS_SCnSCB System Controls not in SCB (SCnSCB) + \brief Type definitions for the System Control and ID Register not in the SCB + @{ + */ + +/** \brief Structure type to access the System Control and ID Register not in the SCB. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t RESERVED0[1]; + __I uint32_t ICTR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/ ) Interrupt Controller Type Register */ + __IO uint32_t ACTLR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) Auxiliary Control Register */ +} SCnSCB_Type; + +/* Interrupt Controller Type Register Definitions */ +#define SCnSCB_ICTR_INTLINESNUM_Pos 0 /*!< ICTR: INTLINESNUM Position */ +#define SCnSCB_ICTR_INTLINESNUM_Msk (0xFUL << SCnSCB_ICTR_INTLINESNUM_Pos) /*!< ICTR: INTLINESNUM Mask */ + +/* Auxiliary Control Register Definitions */ +#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISOOFP_Pos 9 /*!< ACTLR: DISOOFP Position */ +#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISOOFP_Msk (1UL << SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISOOFP_Pos) /*!< ACTLR: DISOOFP Mask */ + +#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISFPCA_Pos 8 /*!< ACTLR: DISFPCA Position */ +#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISFPCA_Msk (1UL << SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISFPCA_Pos) /*!< ACTLR: DISFPCA Mask */ + +#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISFOLD_Pos 2 /*!< ACTLR: DISFOLD Position */ +#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISFOLD_Msk (1UL << SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISFOLD_Pos) /*!< ACTLR: DISFOLD Mask */ + +#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISDEFWBUF_Pos 1 /*!< ACTLR: DISDEFWBUF Position */ +#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISDEFWBUF_Msk (1UL << SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISDEFWBUF_Pos) /*!< ACTLR: DISDEFWBUF Mask */ + +#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Pos 0 /*!< ACTLR: DISMCYCINT Position */ +#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Msk (1UL << SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Pos) /*!< ACTLR: DISMCYCINT Mask */ + +/*@} end of group CMSIS_SCnotSCB */ + + +/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register + \defgroup CMSIS_SysTick System Tick Timer (SysTick) + \brief Type definitions for the System Timer Registers. + @{ + */ + +/** \brief Structure type to access the System Timer (SysTick). + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) SysTick Control and Status Register */ + __IO uint32_t LOAD; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) SysTick Reload Value Register */ + __IO uint32_t VAL; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) SysTick Current Value Register */ + __I uint32_t CALIB; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/ ) SysTick Calibration Register */ +} SysTick_Type; + +/* SysTick Control / Status Register Definitions */ +#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos 16 /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Position */ +#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Mask */ + +#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos 2 /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Position */ +#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Mask */ + +#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos 1 /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Position */ +#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Mask */ + +#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Position */ +#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Mask */ + +/* SysTick Reload Register Definitions */ +#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Position */ +#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL << SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos) /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Mask */ + +/* SysTick Current Register Definitions */ +#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Position */ +#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL << SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos) /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Mask */ + +/* SysTick Calibration Register Definitions */ +#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos 31 /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Position */ +#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Mask */ + +#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos 30 /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Position */ +#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Mask */ + +#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Position */ +#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL << SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Mask */ + +/*@} end of group CMSIS_SysTick */ + + +/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register + \defgroup CMSIS_ITM Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) + \brief Type definitions for the Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) + @{ + */ + +/** \brief Structure type to access the Instrumentation Trace Macrocell Register (ITM). + */ +typedef struct +{ + __O union + { + __O uint8_t u8; /*!< Offset: 0x000 ( /W) ITM Stimulus Port 8-bit */ + __O uint16_t u16; /*!< Offset: 0x000 ( /W) ITM Stimulus Port 16-bit */ + __O uint32_t u32; /*!< Offset: 0x000 ( /W) ITM Stimulus Port 32-bit */ + } PORT [32]; /*!< Offset: 0x000 ( /W) ITM Stimulus Port Registers */ + uint32_t RESERVED0[864]; + __IO uint32_t TER; /*!< Offset: 0xE00 (R/W) ITM Trace Enable Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED1[15]; + __IO uint32_t TPR; /*!< Offset: 0xE40 (R/W) ITM Trace Privilege Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED2[15]; + __IO uint32_t TCR; /*!< Offset: 0xE80 (R/W) ITM Trace Control Register */ +} ITM_Type; + +/* ITM Trace Privilege Register Definitions */ +#define ITM_TPR_PRIVMASK_Pos 0 /*!< ITM TPR: PRIVMASK Position */ +#define ITM_TPR_PRIVMASK_Msk (0xFUL << ITM_TPR_PRIVMASK_Pos) /*!< ITM TPR: PRIVMASK Mask */ + +/* ITM Trace Control Register Definitions */ +#define ITM_TCR_BUSY_Pos 23 /*!< ITM TCR: BUSY Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_BUSY_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_BUSY_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: BUSY Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_TraceBusID_Pos 16 /*!< ITM TCR: ATBID Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_TraceBusID_Msk (0x7FUL << ITM_TCR_TraceBusID_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: ATBID Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_GTSFREQ_Pos 10 /*!< ITM TCR: Global timestamp frequency Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_GTSFREQ_Msk (3UL << ITM_TCR_GTSFREQ_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: Global timestamp frequency Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_TSPrescale_Pos 8 /*!< ITM TCR: TSPrescale Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_TSPrescale_Msk (3UL << ITM_TCR_TSPrescale_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: TSPrescale Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_SWOENA_Pos 4 /*!< ITM TCR: SWOENA Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_SWOENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_SWOENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: SWOENA Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_TXENA_Pos 3 /*!< ITM TCR: TXENA Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_TXENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_TXENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: TXENA Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_SYNCENA_Pos 2 /*!< ITM TCR: SYNCENA Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_SYNCENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_SYNCENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: SYNCENA Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_TSENA_Pos 1 /*!< ITM TCR: TSENA Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_TSENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_TSENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: TSENA Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Pos 0 /*!< ITM TCR: ITM Enable bit Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: ITM Enable bit Mask */ + +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_ITM */ + + +/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register + \defgroup CMSIS_DWT Data Watchpoint and Trace (DWT) + \brief Type definitions for the Data Watchpoint and Trace (DWT) + @{ + */ + +/** \brief Structure type to access the Data Watchpoint and Trace Register (DWT). + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) Control Register */ + __IO uint32_t CYCCNT; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) Cycle Count Register */ + __IO uint32_t CPICNT; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) CPI Count Register */ + __IO uint32_t EXCCNT; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) Exception Overhead Count Register */ + __IO uint32_t SLEEPCNT; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W) Sleep Count Register */ + __IO uint32_t LSUCNT; /*!< Offset: 0x014 (R/W) LSU Count Register */ + __IO uint32_t FOLDCNT; /*!< Offset: 0x018 (R/W) Folded-instruction Count Register */ + __I uint32_t PCSR; /*!< Offset: 0x01C (R/ ) Program Counter Sample Register */ + __IO uint32_t COMP0; /*!< Offset: 0x020 (R/W) Comparator Register 0 */ + __IO uint32_t MASK0; /*!< Offset: 0x024 (R/W) Mask Register 0 */ + __IO uint32_t FUNCTION0; /*!< Offset: 0x028 (R/W) Function Register 0 */ + uint32_t RESERVED0[1]; + __IO uint32_t COMP1; /*!< Offset: 0x030 (R/W) Comparator Register 1 */ + __IO uint32_t MASK1; /*!< Offset: 0x034 (R/W) Mask Register 1 */ + __IO uint32_t FUNCTION1; /*!< Offset: 0x038 (R/W) Function Register 1 */ + uint32_t RESERVED1[1]; + __IO uint32_t COMP2; /*!< Offset: 0x040 (R/W) Comparator Register 2 */ + __IO uint32_t MASK2; /*!< Offset: 0x044 (R/W) Mask Register 2 */ + __IO uint32_t FUNCTION2; /*!< Offset: 0x048 (R/W) Function Register 2 */ + uint32_t RESERVED2[1]; + __IO uint32_t COMP3; /*!< Offset: 0x050 (R/W) Comparator Register 3 */ + __IO uint32_t MASK3; /*!< Offset: 0x054 (R/W) Mask Register 3 */ + __IO uint32_t FUNCTION3; /*!< Offset: 0x058 (R/W) Function Register 3 */ +} DWT_Type; + +/* DWT Control Register Definitions */ +#define DWT_CTRL_NUMCOMP_Pos 28 /*!< DWT CTRL: NUMCOMP Position */ +#define DWT_CTRL_NUMCOMP_Msk (0xFUL << DWT_CTRL_NUMCOMP_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: NUMCOMP Mask */ + +#define DWT_CTRL_NOTRCPKT_Pos 27 /*!< DWT CTRL: NOTRCPKT Position */ +#define DWT_CTRL_NOTRCPKT_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_NOTRCPKT_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: NOTRCPKT Mask */ + +#define DWT_CTRL_NOEXTTRIG_Pos 26 /*!< DWT CTRL: NOEXTTRIG Position */ +#define DWT_CTRL_NOEXTTRIG_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_NOEXTTRIG_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: NOEXTTRIG Mask */ + +#define DWT_CTRL_NOCYCCNT_Pos 25 /*!< DWT CTRL: NOCYCCNT Position */ +#define DWT_CTRL_NOCYCCNT_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_NOCYCCNT_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: NOCYCCNT Mask */ + +#define DWT_CTRL_NOPRFCNT_Pos 24 /*!< DWT CTRL: NOPRFCNT Position */ +#define DWT_CTRL_NOPRFCNT_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_NOPRFCNT_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: NOPRFCNT Mask */ + +#define DWT_CTRL_CYCEVTENA_Pos 22 /*!< DWT CTRL: CYCEVTENA Position */ +#define DWT_CTRL_CYCEVTENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_CYCEVTENA_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: CYCEVTENA Mask */ + +#define DWT_CTRL_FOLDEVTENA_Pos 21 /*!< DWT CTRL: FOLDEVTENA Position */ +#define DWT_CTRL_FOLDEVTENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_FOLDEVTENA_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: FOLDEVTENA Mask */ + +#define DWT_CTRL_LSUEVTENA_Pos 20 /*!< DWT CTRL: LSUEVTENA Position */ +#define DWT_CTRL_LSUEVTENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_LSUEVTENA_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: LSUEVTENA Mask */ + +#define DWT_CTRL_SLEEPEVTENA_Pos 19 /*!< DWT CTRL: SLEEPEVTENA Position */ +#define DWT_CTRL_SLEEPEVTENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_SLEEPEVTENA_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: SLEEPEVTENA Mask */ + +#define DWT_CTRL_EXCEVTENA_Pos 18 /*!< DWT CTRL: EXCEVTENA Position */ +#define DWT_CTRL_EXCEVTENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_EXCEVTENA_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: EXCEVTENA Mask */ + +#define DWT_CTRL_CPIEVTENA_Pos 17 /*!< DWT CTRL: CPIEVTENA Position */ +#define DWT_CTRL_CPIEVTENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_CPIEVTENA_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: CPIEVTENA Mask */ + +#define DWT_CTRL_EXCTRCENA_Pos 16 /*!< DWT CTRL: EXCTRCENA Position */ +#define DWT_CTRL_EXCTRCENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_EXCTRCENA_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: EXCTRCENA Mask */ + +#define DWT_CTRL_PCSAMPLENA_Pos 12 /*!< DWT CTRL: PCSAMPLENA Position */ +#define DWT_CTRL_PCSAMPLENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_PCSAMPLENA_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: PCSAMPLENA Mask */ + +#define DWT_CTRL_SYNCTAP_Pos 10 /*!< DWT CTRL: SYNCTAP Position */ +#define DWT_CTRL_SYNCTAP_Msk (0x3UL << DWT_CTRL_SYNCTAP_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: SYNCTAP Mask */ + +#define DWT_CTRL_CYCTAP_Pos 9 /*!< DWT CTRL: CYCTAP Position */ +#define DWT_CTRL_CYCTAP_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_CYCTAP_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: CYCTAP Mask */ + +#define DWT_CTRL_POSTINIT_Pos 5 /*!< DWT CTRL: POSTINIT Position */ +#define DWT_CTRL_POSTINIT_Msk (0xFUL << DWT_CTRL_POSTINIT_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: POSTINIT Mask */ + +#define DWT_CTRL_POSTPRESET_Pos 1 /*!< DWT CTRL: POSTPRESET Position */ +#define DWT_CTRL_POSTPRESET_Msk (0xFUL << DWT_CTRL_POSTPRESET_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: POSTPRESET Mask */ + +#define DWT_CTRL_CYCCNTENA_Pos 0 /*!< DWT CTRL: CYCCNTENA Position */ +#define DWT_CTRL_CYCCNTENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_CYCCNTENA_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: CYCCNTENA Mask */ + +/* DWT CPI Count Register Definitions */ +#define DWT_CPICNT_CPICNT_Pos 0 /*!< DWT CPICNT: CPICNT Position */ +#define DWT_CPICNT_CPICNT_Msk (0xFFUL << DWT_CPICNT_CPICNT_Pos) /*!< DWT CPICNT: CPICNT Mask */ + +/* DWT Exception Overhead Count Register Definitions */ +#define DWT_EXCCNT_EXCCNT_Pos 0 /*!< DWT EXCCNT: EXCCNT Position */ +#define DWT_EXCCNT_EXCCNT_Msk (0xFFUL << DWT_EXCCNT_EXCCNT_Pos) /*!< DWT EXCCNT: EXCCNT Mask */ + +/* DWT Sleep Count Register Definitions */ +#define DWT_SLEEPCNT_SLEEPCNT_Pos 0 /*!< DWT SLEEPCNT: SLEEPCNT Position */ +#define DWT_SLEEPCNT_SLEEPCNT_Msk (0xFFUL << DWT_SLEEPCNT_SLEEPCNT_Pos) /*!< DWT SLEEPCNT: SLEEPCNT Mask */ + +/* DWT LSU Count Register Definitions */ +#define DWT_LSUCNT_LSUCNT_Pos 0 /*!< DWT LSUCNT: LSUCNT Position */ +#define DWT_LSUCNT_LSUCNT_Msk (0xFFUL << DWT_LSUCNT_LSUCNT_Pos) /*!< DWT LSUCNT: LSUCNT Mask */ + +/* DWT Folded-instruction Count Register Definitions */ +#define DWT_FOLDCNT_FOLDCNT_Pos 0 /*!< DWT FOLDCNT: FOLDCNT Position */ +#define DWT_FOLDCNT_FOLDCNT_Msk (0xFFUL << DWT_FOLDCNT_FOLDCNT_Pos) /*!< DWT FOLDCNT: FOLDCNT Mask */ + +/* DWT Comparator Mask Register Definitions */ +#define DWT_MASK_MASK_Pos 0 /*!< DWT MASK: MASK Position */ +#define DWT_MASK_MASK_Msk (0x1FUL << DWT_MASK_MASK_Pos) /*!< DWT MASK: MASK Mask */ + +/* DWT Comparator Function Register Definitions */ +#define DWT_FUNCTION_MATCHED_Pos 24 /*!< DWT FUNCTION: MATCHED Position */ +#define DWT_FUNCTION_MATCHED_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_FUNCTION_MATCHED_Pos) /*!< DWT FUNCTION: MATCHED Mask */ + +#define DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVADDR1_Pos 16 /*!< DWT FUNCTION: DATAVADDR1 Position */ +#define DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVADDR1_Msk (0xFUL << DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVADDR1_Pos) /*!< DWT FUNCTION: DATAVADDR1 Mask */ + +#define DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVADDR0_Pos 12 /*!< DWT FUNCTION: DATAVADDR0 Position */ +#define DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVADDR0_Msk (0xFUL << DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVADDR0_Pos) /*!< DWT FUNCTION: DATAVADDR0 Mask */ + +#define DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVSIZE_Pos 10 /*!< DWT FUNCTION: DATAVSIZE Position */ +#define DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVSIZE_Msk (0x3UL << DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVSIZE_Pos) /*!< DWT FUNCTION: DATAVSIZE Mask */ + +#define DWT_FUNCTION_LNK1ENA_Pos 9 /*!< DWT FUNCTION: LNK1ENA Position */ +#define DWT_FUNCTION_LNK1ENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_FUNCTION_LNK1ENA_Pos) /*!< DWT FUNCTION: LNK1ENA Mask */ + +#define DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVMATCH_Pos 8 /*!< DWT FUNCTION: DATAVMATCH Position */ +#define DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVMATCH_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVMATCH_Pos) /*!< DWT FUNCTION: DATAVMATCH Mask */ + +#define DWT_FUNCTION_CYCMATCH_Pos 7 /*!< DWT FUNCTION: CYCMATCH Position */ +#define DWT_FUNCTION_CYCMATCH_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_FUNCTION_CYCMATCH_Pos) /*!< DWT FUNCTION: CYCMATCH Mask */ + +#define DWT_FUNCTION_EMITRANGE_Pos 5 /*!< DWT FUNCTION: EMITRANGE Position */ +#define DWT_FUNCTION_EMITRANGE_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_FUNCTION_EMITRANGE_Pos) /*!< DWT FUNCTION: EMITRANGE Mask */ + +#define DWT_FUNCTION_FUNCTION_Pos 0 /*!< DWT FUNCTION: FUNCTION Position */ +#define DWT_FUNCTION_FUNCTION_Msk (0xFUL << DWT_FUNCTION_FUNCTION_Pos) /*!< DWT FUNCTION: FUNCTION Mask */ + +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_DWT */ + + +/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register + \defgroup CMSIS_TPI Trace Port Interface (TPI) + \brief Type definitions for the Trace Port Interface (TPI) + @{ + */ + +/** \brief Structure type to access the Trace Port Interface Register (TPI). + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t SSPSR; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/ ) Supported Parallel Port Size Register */ + __IO uint32_t CSPSR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) Current Parallel Port Size Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED0[2]; + __IO uint32_t ACPR; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W) Asynchronous Clock Prescaler Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED1[55]; + __IO uint32_t SPPR; /*!< Offset: 0x0F0 (R/W) Selected Pin Protocol Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED2[131]; + __I uint32_t FFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x300 (R/ ) Formatter and Flush Status Register */ + __IO uint32_t FFCR; /*!< Offset: 0x304 (R/W) Formatter and Flush Control Register */ + __I uint32_t FSCR; /*!< Offset: 0x308 (R/ ) Formatter Synchronization Counter Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED3[759]; + __I uint32_t TRIGGER; /*!< Offset: 0xEE8 (R/ ) TRIGGER */ + __I uint32_t FIFO0; /*!< Offset: 0xEEC (R/ ) Integration ETM Data */ + __I uint32_t ITATBCTR2; /*!< Offset: 0xEF0 (R/ ) ITATBCTR2 */ + uint32_t RESERVED4[1]; + __I uint32_t ITATBCTR0; /*!< Offset: 0xEF8 (R/ ) ITATBCTR0 */ + __I uint32_t FIFO1; /*!< Offset: 0xEFC (R/ ) Integration ITM Data */ + __IO uint32_t ITCTRL; /*!< Offset: 0xF00 (R/W) Integration Mode Control */ + uint32_t RESERVED5[39]; + __IO uint32_t CLAIMSET; /*!< Offset: 0xFA0 (R/W) Claim tag set */ + __IO uint32_t CLAIMCLR; /*!< Offset: 0xFA4 (R/W) Claim tag clear */ + uint32_t RESERVED7[8]; + __I uint32_t DEVID; /*!< Offset: 0xFC8 (R/ ) TPIU_DEVID */ + __I uint32_t DEVTYPE; /*!< Offset: 0xFCC (R/ ) TPIU_DEVTYPE */ +} TPI_Type; + +/* TPI Asynchronous Clock Prescaler Register Definitions */ +#define TPI_ACPR_PRESCALER_Pos 0 /*!< TPI ACPR: PRESCALER Position */ +#define TPI_ACPR_PRESCALER_Msk (0x1FFFUL << TPI_ACPR_PRESCALER_Pos) /*!< TPI ACPR: PRESCALER Mask */ + +/* TPI Selected Pin Protocol Register Definitions */ +#define TPI_SPPR_TXMODE_Pos 0 /*!< TPI SPPR: TXMODE Position */ +#define TPI_SPPR_TXMODE_Msk (0x3UL << TPI_SPPR_TXMODE_Pos) /*!< TPI SPPR: TXMODE Mask */ + +/* TPI Formatter and Flush Status Register Definitions */ +#define TPI_FFSR_FtNonStop_Pos 3 /*!< TPI FFSR: FtNonStop Position */ +#define TPI_FFSR_FtNonStop_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_FFSR_FtNonStop_Pos) /*!< TPI FFSR: FtNonStop Mask */ + +#define TPI_FFSR_TCPresent_Pos 2 /*!< TPI FFSR: TCPresent Position */ +#define TPI_FFSR_TCPresent_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_FFSR_TCPresent_Pos) /*!< TPI FFSR: TCPresent Mask */ + +#define TPI_FFSR_FtStopped_Pos 1 /*!< TPI FFSR: FtStopped Position */ +#define TPI_FFSR_FtStopped_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_FFSR_FtStopped_Pos) /*!< TPI FFSR: FtStopped Mask */ + +#define TPI_FFSR_FlInProg_Pos 0 /*!< TPI FFSR: FlInProg Position */ +#define TPI_FFSR_FlInProg_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_FFSR_FlInProg_Pos) /*!< TPI FFSR: FlInProg Mask */ + +/* TPI Formatter and Flush Control Register Definitions */ +#define TPI_FFCR_TrigIn_Pos 8 /*!< TPI FFCR: TrigIn Position */ +#define TPI_FFCR_TrigIn_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_FFCR_TrigIn_Pos) /*!< TPI FFCR: TrigIn Mask */ + +#define TPI_FFCR_EnFCont_Pos 1 /*!< TPI FFCR: EnFCont Position */ +#define TPI_FFCR_EnFCont_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_FFCR_EnFCont_Pos) /*!< TPI FFCR: EnFCont Mask */ + +/* TPI TRIGGER Register Definitions */ +#define TPI_TRIGGER_TRIGGER_Pos 0 /*!< TPI TRIGGER: TRIGGER Position */ +#define TPI_TRIGGER_TRIGGER_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_TRIGGER_TRIGGER_Pos) /*!< TPI TRIGGER: TRIGGER Mask */ + +/* TPI Integration ETM Data Register Definitions (FIFO0) */ +#define TPI_FIFO0_ITM_ATVALID_Pos 29 /*!< TPI FIFO0: ITM_ATVALID Position */ +#define TPI_FIFO0_ITM_ATVALID_Msk (0x3UL << TPI_FIFO0_ITM_ATVALID_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO0: ITM_ATVALID Mask */ + +#define TPI_FIFO0_ITM_bytecount_Pos 27 /*!< TPI FIFO0: ITM_bytecount Position */ +#define TPI_FIFO0_ITM_bytecount_Msk (0x3UL << TPI_FIFO0_ITM_bytecount_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO0: ITM_bytecount Mask */ + +#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM_ATVALID_Pos 26 /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM_ATVALID Position */ +#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM_ATVALID_Msk (0x3UL << TPI_FIFO0_ETM_ATVALID_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM_ATVALID Mask */ + +#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM_bytecount_Pos 24 /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM_bytecount Position */ +#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM_bytecount_Msk (0x3UL << TPI_FIFO0_ETM_bytecount_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM_bytecount Mask */ + +#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM2_Pos 16 /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM2 Position */ +#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM2_Msk (0xFFUL << TPI_FIFO0_ETM2_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM2 Mask */ + +#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM1_Pos 8 /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM1 Position */ +#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM1_Msk (0xFFUL << TPI_FIFO0_ETM1_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM1 Mask */ + +#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM0_Pos 0 /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM0 Position */ +#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM0_Msk (0xFFUL << TPI_FIFO0_ETM0_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM0 Mask */ + +/* TPI ITATBCTR2 Register Definitions */ +#define TPI_ITATBCTR2_ATREADY_Pos 0 /*!< TPI ITATBCTR2: ATREADY Position */ +#define TPI_ITATBCTR2_ATREADY_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_ITATBCTR2_ATREADY_Pos) /*!< TPI ITATBCTR2: ATREADY Mask */ + +/* TPI Integration ITM Data Register Definitions (FIFO1) */ +#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM_ATVALID_Pos 29 /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM_ATVALID Position */ +#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM_ATVALID_Msk (0x3UL << TPI_FIFO1_ITM_ATVALID_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM_ATVALID Mask */ + +#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM_bytecount_Pos 27 /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM_bytecount Position */ +#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM_bytecount_Msk (0x3UL << TPI_FIFO1_ITM_bytecount_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM_bytecount Mask */ + +#define TPI_FIFO1_ETM_ATVALID_Pos 26 /*!< TPI FIFO1: ETM_ATVALID Position */ +#define TPI_FIFO1_ETM_ATVALID_Msk (0x3UL << TPI_FIFO1_ETM_ATVALID_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO1: ETM_ATVALID Mask */ + +#define TPI_FIFO1_ETM_bytecount_Pos 24 /*!< TPI FIFO1: ETM_bytecount Position */ +#define TPI_FIFO1_ETM_bytecount_Msk (0x3UL << TPI_FIFO1_ETM_bytecount_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO1: ETM_bytecount Mask */ + +#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM2_Pos 16 /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM2 Position */ +#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM2_Msk (0xFFUL << TPI_FIFO1_ITM2_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM2 Mask */ + +#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM1_Pos 8 /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM1 Position */ +#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM1_Msk (0xFFUL << TPI_FIFO1_ITM1_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM1 Mask */ + +#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM0_Pos 0 /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM0 Position */ +#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM0_Msk (0xFFUL << TPI_FIFO1_ITM0_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM0 Mask */ + +/* TPI ITATBCTR0 Register Definitions */ +#define TPI_ITATBCTR0_ATREADY_Pos 0 /*!< TPI ITATBCTR0: ATREADY Position */ +#define TPI_ITATBCTR0_ATREADY_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_ITATBCTR0_ATREADY_Pos) /*!< TPI ITATBCTR0: ATREADY Mask */ + +/* TPI Integration Mode Control Register Definitions */ +#define TPI_ITCTRL_Mode_Pos 0 /*!< TPI ITCTRL: Mode Position */ +#define TPI_ITCTRL_Mode_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_ITCTRL_Mode_Pos) /*!< TPI ITCTRL: Mode Mask */ + +/* TPI DEVID Register Definitions */ +#define TPI_DEVID_NRZVALID_Pos 11 /*!< TPI DEVID: NRZVALID Position */ +#define TPI_DEVID_NRZVALID_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_DEVID_NRZVALID_Pos) /*!< TPI DEVID: NRZVALID Mask */ + +#define TPI_DEVID_MANCVALID_Pos 10 /*!< TPI DEVID: MANCVALID Position */ +#define TPI_DEVID_MANCVALID_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_DEVID_MANCVALID_Pos) /*!< TPI DEVID: MANCVALID Mask */ + +#define TPI_DEVID_PTINVALID_Pos 9 /*!< TPI DEVID: PTINVALID Position */ +#define TPI_DEVID_PTINVALID_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_DEVID_PTINVALID_Pos) /*!< TPI DEVID: PTINVALID Mask */ + +#define TPI_DEVID_MinBufSz_Pos 6 /*!< TPI DEVID: MinBufSz Position */ +#define TPI_DEVID_MinBufSz_Msk (0x7UL << TPI_DEVID_MinBufSz_Pos) /*!< TPI DEVID: MinBufSz Mask */ + +#define TPI_DEVID_AsynClkIn_Pos 5 /*!< TPI DEVID: AsynClkIn Position */ +#define TPI_DEVID_AsynClkIn_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_DEVID_AsynClkIn_Pos) /*!< TPI DEVID: AsynClkIn Mask */ + +#define TPI_DEVID_NrTraceInput_Pos 0 /*!< TPI DEVID: NrTraceInput Position */ +#define TPI_DEVID_NrTraceInput_Msk (0x1FUL << TPI_DEVID_NrTraceInput_Pos) /*!< TPI DEVID: NrTraceInput Mask */ + +/* TPI DEVTYPE Register Definitions */ +#define TPI_DEVTYPE_SubType_Pos 0 /*!< TPI DEVTYPE: SubType Position */ +#define TPI_DEVTYPE_SubType_Msk (0xFUL << TPI_DEVTYPE_SubType_Pos) /*!< TPI DEVTYPE: SubType Mask */ + +#define TPI_DEVTYPE_MajorType_Pos 4 /*!< TPI DEVTYPE: MajorType Position */ +#define TPI_DEVTYPE_MajorType_Msk (0xFUL << TPI_DEVTYPE_MajorType_Pos) /*!< TPI DEVTYPE: MajorType Mask */ + +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_TPI */ + + +#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1) +/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register + \defgroup CMSIS_MPU Memory Protection Unit (MPU) + \brief Type definitions for the Memory Protection Unit (MPU) + @{ + */ + +/** \brief Structure type to access the Memory Protection Unit (MPU). + */ +typedef struct +{ + __I uint32_t TYPE; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/ ) MPU Type Register */ + __IO uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) MPU Control Register */ + __IO uint32_t RNR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) MPU Region RNRber Register */ + __IO uint32_t RBAR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) MPU Region Base Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t RASR; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W) MPU Region Attribute and Size Register */ + __IO uint32_t RBAR_A1; /*!< Offset: 0x014 (R/W) MPU Alias 1 Region Base Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t RASR_A1; /*!< Offset: 0x018 (R/W) MPU Alias 1 Region Attribute and Size Register */ + __IO uint32_t RBAR_A2; /*!< Offset: 0x01C (R/W) MPU Alias 2 Region Base Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t RASR_A2; /*!< Offset: 0x020 (R/W) MPU Alias 2 Region Attribute and Size Register */ + __IO uint32_t RBAR_A3; /*!< Offset: 0x024 (R/W) MPU Alias 3 Region Base Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t RASR_A3; /*!< Offset: 0x028 (R/W) MPU Alias 3 Region Attribute and Size Register */ +} MPU_Type; + +/* MPU Type Register */ +#define MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Pos 16 /*!< MPU TYPE: IREGION Position */ +#define MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: IREGION Mask */ + +#define MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Pos 8 /*!< MPU TYPE: DREGION Position */ +#define MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: DREGION Mask */ + +#define MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Pos 0 /*!< MPU TYPE: SEPARATE Position */ +#define MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Msk (1UL << MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: SEPARATE Mask */ + +/* MPU Control Register */ +#define MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Pos 2 /*!< MPU CTRL: PRIVDEFENA Position */ +#define MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Msk (1UL << MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: PRIVDEFENA Mask */ + +#define MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Pos 1 /*!< MPU CTRL: HFNMIENA Position */ +#define MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Msk (1UL << MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: HFNMIENA Mask */ + +#define MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos 0 /*!< MPU CTRL: ENABLE Position */ +#define MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk (1UL << MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: ENABLE Mask */ + +/* MPU Region Number Register */ +#define MPU_RNR_REGION_Pos 0 /*!< MPU RNR: REGION Position */ +#define MPU_RNR_REGION_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_RNR_REGION_Pos) /*!< MPU RNR: REGION Mask */ + +/* MPU Region Base Address Register */ +#define MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Pos 5 /*!< MPU RBAR: ADDR Position */ +#define MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Msk (0x7FFFFFFUL << MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: ADDR Mask */ + +#define MPU_RBAR_VALID_Pos 4 /*!< MPU RBAR: VALID Position */ +#define MPU_RBAR_VALID_Msk (1UL << MPU_RBAR_VALID_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: VALID Mask */ + +#define MPU_RBAR_REGION_Pos 0 /*!< MPU RBAR: REGION Position */ +#define MPU_RBAR_REGION_Msk (0xFUL << MPU_RBAR_REGION_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: REGION Mask */ + +/* MPU Region Attribute and Size Register */ +#define MPU_RASR_ATTRS_Pos 16 /*!< MPU RASR: MPU Region Attribute field Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_ATTRS_Msk (0xFFFFUL << MPU_RASR_ATTRS_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: MPU Region Attribute field Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos 8 /*!< MPU RASR: Sub-Region Disable Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_SRD_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Sub-Region Disable Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos 1 /*!< MPU RASR: Region Size Field Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_SIZE_Msk (0x1FUL << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Region Size Field Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos 0 /*!< MPU RASR: Region enable bit Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Region enable bit Disable Mask */ + +/*@} end of group CMSIS_MPU */ +#endif + + +#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) +/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register + \defgroup CMSIS_FPU Floating Point Unit (FPU) + \brief Type definitions for the Floating Point Unit (FPU) + @{ + */ + +/** \brief Structure type to access the Floating Point Unit (FPU). + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t RESERVED0[1]; + __IO uint32_t FPCCR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) Floating-Point Context Control Register */ + __IO uint32_t FPCAR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) Floating-Point Context Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t FPDSCR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) Floating-Point Default Status Control Register */ + __I uint32_t MVFR0; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/ ) Media and FP Feature Register 0 */ + __I uint32_t MVFR1; /*!< Offset: 0x014 (R/ ) Media and FP Feature Register 1 */ +} FPU_Type; + +/* Floating-Point Context Control Register */ +#define FPU_FPCCR_ASPEN_Pos 31 /*!< FPCCR: ASPEN bit Position */ +#define FPU_FPCCR_ASPEN_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPCCR_ASPEN_Pos) /*!< FPCCR: ASPEN bit Mask */ + +#define FPU_FPCCR_LSPEN_Pos 30 /*!< FPCCR: LSPEN Position */ +#define FPU_FPCCR_LSPEN_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPCCR_LSPEN_Pos) /*!< FPCCR: LSPEN bit Mask */ + +#define FPU_FPCCR_MONRDY_Pos 8 /*!< FPCCR: MONRDY Position */ +#define FPU_FPCCR_MONRDY_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPCCR_MONRDY_Pos) /*!< FPCCR: MONRDY bit Mask */ + +#define FPU_FPCCR_BFRDY_Pos 6 /*!< FPCCR: BFRDY Position */ +#define FPU_FPCCR_BFRDY_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPCCR_BFRDY_Pos) /*!< FPCCR: BFRDY bit Mask */ + +#define FPU_FPCCR_MMRDY_Pos 5 /*!< FPCCR: MMRDY Position */ +#define FPU_FPCCR_MMRDY_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPCCR_MMRDY_Pos) /*!< FPCCR: MMRDY bit Mask */ + +#define FPU_FPCCR_HFRDY_Pos 4 /*!< FPCCR: HFRDY Position */ +#define FPU_FPCCR_HFRDY_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPCCR_HFRDY_Pos) /*!< FPCCR: HFRDY bit Mask */ + +#define FPU_FPCCR_THREAD_Pos 3 /*!< FPCCR: processor mode bit Position */ +#define FPU_FPCCR_THREAD_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPCCR_THREAD_Pos) /*!< FPCCR: processor mode active bit Mask */ + +#define FPU_FPCCR_USER_Pos 1 /*!< FPCCR: privilege level bit Position */ +#define FPU_FPCCR_USER_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPCCR_USER_Pos) /*!< FPCCR: privilege level bit Mask */ + +#define FPU_FPCCR_LSPACT_Pos 0 /*!< FPCCR: Lazy state preservation active bit Position */ +#define FPU_FPCCR_LSPACT_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPCCR_LSPACT_Pos) /*!< FPCCR: Lazy state preservation active bit Mask */ + +/* Floating-Point Context Address Register */ +#define FPU_FPCAR_ADDRESS_Pos 3 /*!< FPCAR: ADDRESS bit Position */ +#define FPU_FPCAR_ADDRESS_Msk (0x1FFFFFFFUL << FPU_FPCAR_ADDRESS_Pos) /*!< FPCAR: ADDRESS bit Mask */ + +/* Floating-Point Default Status Control Register */ +#define FPU_FPDSCR_AHP_Pos 26 /*!< FPDSCR: AHP bit Position */ +#define FPU_FPDSCR_AHP_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPDSCR_AHP_Pos) /*!< FPDSCR: AHP bit Mask */ + +#define FPU_FPDSCR_DN_Pos 25 /*!< FPDSCR: DN bit Position */ +#define FPU_FPDSCR_DN_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPDSCR_DN_Pos) /*!< FPDSCR: DN bit Mask */ + +#define FPU_FPDSCR_FZ_Pos 24 /*!< FPDSCR: FZ bit Position */ +#define FPU_FPDSCR_FZ_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPDSCR_FZ_Pos) /*!< FPDSCR: FZ bit Mask */ + +#define FPU_FPDSCR_RMode_Pos 22 /*!< FPDSCR: RMode bit Position */ +#define FPU_FPDSCR_RMode_Msk (3UL << FPU_FPDSCR_RMode_Pos) /*!< FPDSCR: RMode bit Mask */ + +/* Media and FP Feature Register 0 */ +#define FPU_MVFR0_FP_rounding_modes_Pos 28 /*!< MVFR0: FP rounding modes bits Position */ +#define FPU_MVFR0_FP_rounding_modes_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR0_FP_rounding_modes_Pos) /*!< MVFR0: FP rounding modes bits Mask */ + +#define FPU_MVFR0_Short_vectors_Pos 24 /*!< MVFR0: Short vectors bits Position */ +#define FPU_MVFR0_Short_vectors_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR0_Short_vectors_Pos) /*!< MVFR0: Short vectors bits Mask */ + +#define FPU_MVFR0_Square_root_Pos 20 /*!< MVFR0: Square root bits Position */ +#define FPU_MVFR0_Square_root_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR0_Square_root_Pos) /*!< MVFR0: Square root bits Mask */ + +#define FPU_MVFR0_Divide_Pos 16 /*!< MVFR0: Divide bits Position */ +#define FPU_MVFR0_Divide_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR0_Divide_Pos) /*!< MVFR0: Divide bits Mask */ + +#define FPU_MVFR0_FP_excep_trapping_Pos 12 /*!< MVFR0: FP exception trapping bits Position */ +#define FPU_MVFR0_FP_excep_trapping_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR0_FP_excep_trapping_Pos) /*!< MVFR0: FP exception trapping bits Mask */ + +#define FPU_MVFR0_Double_precision_Pos 8 /*!< MVFR0: Double-precision bits Position */ +#define FPU_MVFR0_Double_precision_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR0_Double_precision_Pos) /*!< MVFR0: Double-precision bits Mask */ + +#define FPU_MVFR0_Single_precision_Pos 4 /*!< MVFR0: Single-precision bits Position */ +#define FPU_MVFR0_Single_precision_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR0_Single_precision_Pos) /*!< MVFR0: Single-precision bits Mask */ + +#define FPU_MVFR0_A_SIMD_registers_Pos 0 /*!< MVFR0: A_SIMD registers bits Position */ +#define FPU_MVFR0_A_SIMD_registers_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR0_A_SIMD_registers_Pos) /*!< MVFR0: A_SIMD registers bits Mask */ + +/* Media and FP Feature Register 1 */ +#define FPU_MVFR1_FP_fused_MAC_Pos 28 /*!< MVFR1: FP fused MAC bits Position */ +#define FPU_MVFR1_FP_fused_MAC_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR1_FP_fused_MAC_Pos) /*!< MVFR1: FP fused MAC bits Mask */ + +#define FPU_MVFR1_FP_HPFP_Pos 24 /*!< MVFR1: FP HPFP bits Position */ +#define FPU_MVFR1_FP_HPFP_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR1_FP_HPFP_Pos) /*!< MVFR1: FP HPFP bits Mask */ + +#define FPU_MVFR1_D_NaN_mode_Pos 4 /*!< MVFR1: D_NaN mode bits Position */ +#define FPU_MVFR1_D_NaN_mode_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR1_D_NaN_mode_Pos) /*!< MVFR1: D_NaN mode bits Mask */ + +#define FPU_MVFR1_FtZ_mode_Pos 0 /*!< MVFR1: FtZ mode bits Position */ +#define FPU_MVFR1_FtZ_mode_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR1_FtZ_mode_Pos) /*!< MVFR1: FtZ mode bits Mask */ + +/*@} end of group CMSIS_FPU */ +#endif + + +/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register + \defgroup CMSIS_CoreDebug Core Debug Registers (CoreDebug) + \brief Type definitions for the Core Debug Registers + @{ + */ + +/** \brief Structure type to access the Core Debug Register (CoreDebug). + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t DHCSR; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) Debug Halting Control and Status Register */ + __O uint32_t DCRSR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 ( /W) Debug Core Register Selector Register */ + __IO uint32_t DCRDR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) Debug Core Register Data Register */ + __IO uint32_t DEMCR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register */ +} CoreDebug_Type; + +/* Debug Halting Control and Status Register */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: DBGKEY Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY_Msk (0xFFFFUL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: DBGKEY Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST_Pos 25 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RESET_ST Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RESET_ST Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RETIRE_ST_Pos 24 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RETIRE_ST Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RETIRE_ST_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RETIRE_ST_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RETIRE_ST Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_LOCKUP_Pos 19 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_LOCKUP Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_LOCKUP_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_LOCKUP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_LOCKUP Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_SLEEP_Pos 18 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_SLEEP Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_SLEEP_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_SLEEP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_SLEEP Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_HALT_Pos 17 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_HALT Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_HALT_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_HALT_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_HALT Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_REGRDY_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_REGRDY Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_REGRDY_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_REGRDY_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_REGRDY Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPSTALL_Pos 5 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_SNAPSTALL Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPSTALL_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPSTALL_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_SNAPSTALL Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS_Pos 3 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_MASKINTS Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_MASKINTS Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP_Pos 2 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_STEP Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_STEP Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT_Pos 1 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_HALT Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_HALT Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Pos 0 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_DEBUGEN Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_DEBUGEN Mask */ + +/* Debug Core Register Selector Register */ +#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGWnR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGWnR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL_Pos 0 /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGSEL Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL_Msk (0x1FUL << CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGSEL Mask */ + +/* Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Pos 24 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: TRCENA Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: TRCENA Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ_Pos 19 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_REQ Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_REQ Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP_Pos 18 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_STEP Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_STEP Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND_Pos 17 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_PEND Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_PEND Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_EN Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_EN Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_HARDERR_Pos 10 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_HARDERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_HARDERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_HARDERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_HARDERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_INTERR_Pos 9 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_INTERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_INTERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_INTERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_INTERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_BUSERR_Pos 8 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_BUSERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_BUSERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_BUSERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_BUSERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_STATERR_Pos 7 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_STATERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_STATERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_STATERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_STATERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CHKERR_Pos 6 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CHKERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CHKERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CHKERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CHKERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_NOCPERR_Pos 5 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_NOCPERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_NOCPERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_NOCPERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_NOCPERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_MMERR_Pos 4 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_MMERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_MMERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_MMERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_MMERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CORERESET_Pos 0 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CORERESET Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CORERESET_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CORERESET_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CORERESET Mask */ + +/*@} end of group CMSIS_CoreDebug */ + + +/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register + \defgroup CMSIS_core_base Core Definitions + \brief Definitions for base addresses, unions, and structures. + @{ + */ + +/* Memory mapping of Cortex-M4 Hardware */ +#define SCS_BASE (0xE000E000UL) /*!< System Control Space Base Address */ +#define ITM_BASE (0xE0000000UL) /*!< ITM Base Address */ +#define DWT_BASE (0xE0001000UL) /*!< DWT Base Address */ +#define TPI_BASE (0xE0040000UL) /*!< TPI Base Address */ +#define CoreDebug_BASE (0xE000EDF0UL) /*!< Core Debug Base Address */ +#define SysTick_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0010UL) /*!< SysTick Base Address */ +#define NVIC_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0100UL) /*!< NVIC Base Address */ +#define SCB_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0D00UL) /*!< System Control Block Base Address */ + +#define SCnSCB ((SCnSCB_Type *) SCS_BASE ) /*!< System control Register not in SCB */ +#define SCB ((SCB_Type *) SCB_BASE ) /*!< SCB configuration struct */ +#define SysTick ((SysTick_Type *) SysTick_BASE ) /*!< SysTick configuration struct */ +#define NVIC ((NVIC_Type *) NVIC_BASE ) /*!< NVIC configuration struct */ +#define ITM ((ITM_Type *) ITM_BASE ) /*!< ITM configuration struct */ +#define DWT ((DWT_Type *) DWT_BASE ) /*!< DWT configuration struct */ +#define TPI ((TPI_Type *) TPI_BASE ) /*!< TPI configuration struct */ +#define CoreDebug ((CoreDebug_Type *) CoreDebug_BASE) /*!< Core Debug configuration struct */ + +#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1) + #define MPU_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0D90UL) /*!< Memory Protection Unit */ + #define MPU ((MPU_Type *) MPU_BASE ) /*!< Memory Protection Unit */ +#endif + +#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) + #define FPU_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0F30UL) /*!< Floating Point Unit */ + #define FPU ((FPU_Type *) FPU_BASE ) /*!< Floating Point Unit */ +#endif + +/*@} */ + + + +/******************************************************************************* + * Hardware Abstraction Layer + Core Function Interface contains: + - Core NVIC Functions + - Core SysTick Functions + - Core Debug Functions + - Core Register Access Functions + ******************************************************************************/ +/** \defgroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface Functions and Instructions Reference +*/ + + + +/* ########################## NVIC functions #################################### */ +/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface + \defgroup CMSIS_Core_NVICFunctions NVIC Functions + \brief Functions that manage interrupts and exceptions via the NVIC. + @{ + */ + +/** \brief Set Priority Grouping + + The function sets the priority grouping field using the required unlock sequence. + The parameter PriorityGroup is assigned to the field SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field. + Only values from 0..7 are used. + In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available + priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS), the smallest possible priority group is set. + + \param [in] PriorityGroup Priority grouping field. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup) +{ + uint32_t reg_value; + uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & (uint32_t)0x07); /* only values 0..7 are used */ + + reg_value = SCB->AIRCR; /* read old register configuration */ + reg_value &= ~(SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Msk | SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk); /* clear bits to change */ + reg_value = (reg_value | + ((uint32_t)0x5FA << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) | + (PriorityGroupTmp << 8)); /* Insert write key and priorty group */ + SCB->AIRCR = reg_value; +} + + +/** \brief Get Priority Grouping + + The function reads the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller. + + \return Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void) +{ + return ((SCB->AIRCR & SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk) >> SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Pos); /* read priority grouping field */ +} + + +/** \brief Enable External Interrupt + + The function enables a device-specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. + + \param [in] IRQn External interrupt number. Value cannot be negative. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ +/* NVIC->ISER[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); enable interrupt */ + NVIC->ISER[(uint32_t)((int32_t)IRQn) >> 5] = (uint32_t)(1 << ((uint32_t)((int32_t)IRQn) & (uint32_t)0x1F)); /* enable interrupt */ +} + + +/** \brief Disable External Interrupt + + The function disables a device-specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. + + \param [in] IRQn External interrupt number. Value cannot be negative. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + NVIC->ICER[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* disable interrupt */ +} + + +/** \brief Get Pending Interrupt + + The function reads the pending register in the NVIC and returns the pending bit + for the specified interrupt. + + \param [in] IRQn Interrupt number. + + \return 0 Interrupt status is not pending. + \return 1 Interrupt status is pending. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + return((uint32_t) ((NVIC->ISPR[(uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5] & (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)))?1:0)); /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */ +} + + +/** \brief Set Pending Interrupt + + The function sets the pending bit of an external interrupt. + + \param [in] IRQn Interrupt number. Value cannot be negative. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + NVIC->ISPR[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* set interrupt pending */ +} + + +/** \brief Clear Pending Interrupt + + The function clears the pending bit of an external interrupt. + + \param [in] IRQn External interrupt number. Value cannot be negative. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + NVIC->ICPR[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* Clear pending interrupt */ +} + + +/** \brief Get Active Interrupt + + The function reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit. + + \param [in] IRQn Interrupt number. + + \return 0 Interrupt status is not active. + \return 1 Interrupt status is active. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + return((uint32_t)((NVIC->IABR[(uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5] & (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)))?1:0)); /* Return 1 if active else 0 */ +} + + +/** \brief Set Interrupt Priority + + The function sets the priority of an interrupt. + + \note The priority cannot be set for every core interrupt. + + \param [in] IRQn Interrupt number. + \param [in] priority Priority to set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t priority) +{ + if(IRQn < 0) { + SCB->SHP[((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0xF)-4] = ((priority << (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & 0xff); } /* set Priority for Cortex-M System Interrupts */ + else { + NVIC->IP[(uint32_t)(IRQn)] = ((priority << (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & 0xff); } /* set Priority for device specific Interrupts */ +} + + +/** \brief Get Interrupt Priority + + The function reads the priority of an interrupt. The interrupt + number can be positive to specify an external (device specific) + interrupt, or negative to specify an internal (core) interrupt. + + + \param [in] IRQn Interrupt number. + \return Interrupt Priority. Value is aligned automatically to the implemented + priority bits of the microcontroller. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + + if(IRQn < 0) { + return((uint32_t)(SCB->SHP[((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0xF)-4] >> (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))); } /* get priority for Cortex-M system interrupts */ + else { + return((uint32_t)(NVIC->IP[(uint32_t)(IRQn)] >> (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))); } /* get priority for device specific interrupts */ +} + + +/** \brief Encode Priority + + The function encodes the priority for an interrupt with the given priority group, + preemptive priority value, and subpriority value. + In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available + priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS), the samllest possible priority group is set. + + \param [in] PriorityGroup Used priority group. + \param [in] PreemptPriority Preemptive priority value (starting from 0). + \param [in] SubPriority Subpriority value (starting from 0). + \return Encoded priority. Value can be used in the function \ref NVIC_SetPriority(). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t NVIC_EncodePriority (uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority) +{ + uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & 0x07); /* only values 0..7 are used */ + uint32_t PreemptPriorityBits; + uint32_t SubPriorityBits; + + PreemptPriorityBits = ((7 - PriorityGroupTmp) > __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) ? __NVIC_PRIO_BITS : 7 - PriorityGroupTmp; + SubPriorityBits = ((PriorityGroupTmp + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) < 7) ? 0 : PriorityGroupTmp - 7 + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS; + + return ( + ((PreemptPriority & ((1 << (PreemptPriorityBits)) - 1)) << SubPriorityBits) | + ((SubPriority & ((1 << (SubPriorityBits )) - 1))) + ); +} + + +/** \brief Decode Priority + + The function decodes an interrupt priority value with a given priority group to + preemptive priority value and subpriority value. + In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available + priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) the samllest possible priority group is set. + + \param [in] Priority Priority value, which can be retrieved with the function \ref NVIC_GetPriority(). + \param [in] PriorityGroup Used priority group. + \param [out] pPreemptPriority Preemptive priority value (starting from 0). + \param [out] pSubPriority Subpriority value (starting from 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_DecodePriority (uint32_t Priority, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t* pPreemptPriority, uint32_t* pSubPriority) +{ + uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & 0x07); /* only values 0..7 are used */ + uint32_t PreemptPriorityBits; + uint32_t SubPriorityBits; + + PreemptPriorityBits = ((7 - PriorityGroupTmp) > __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) ? __NVIC_PRIO_BITS : 7 - PriorityGroupTmp; + SubPriorityBits = ((PriorityGroupTmp + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) < 7) ? 0 : PriorityGroupTmp - 7 + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS; + + *pPreemptPriority = (Priority >> SubPriorityBits) & ((1 << (PreemptPriorityBits)) - 1); + *pSubPriority = (Priority ) & ((1 << (SubPriorityBits )) - 1); +} + + +/** \brief System Reset + + The function initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_SystemReset(void) +{ + __DSB(); /* Ensure all outstanding memory accesses included + buffered write are completed before reset */ + SCB->AIRCR = ((0x5FA << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) | + (SCB->AIRCR & SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk) | + SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk); /* Keep priority group unchanged */ + __DSB(); /* Ensure completion of memory access */ + while(1); /* wait until reset */ +} + +/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_NVICFunctions */ + + + +/* ################################## SysTick function ############################################ */ +/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface + \defgroup CMSIS_Core_SysTickFunctions SysTick Functions + \brief Functions that configure the System. + @{ + */ + +#if (__Vendor_SysTickConfig == 0) + +/** \brief System Tick Configuration + + The function initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer. + Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts. + + \param [in] ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts. + + \return 0 Function succeeded. + \return 1 Function failed. + + \note When the variable __Vendor_SysTickConfig is set to 1, then the + function SysTick_Config is not included. In this case, the file device.h + must contain a vendor-specific implementation of this function. + + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t SysTick_Config(uint32_t ticks) +{ + if (ticks > SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk) return (1); /* Reload value impossible */ + + SysTick->LOAD = (ticks & SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk) - 1; /* set reload register */ + NVIC_SetPriority (SysTick_IRQn, (1<<__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) - 1); /* set Priority for Systick Interrupt */ + SysTick->VAL = 0; /* Load the SysTick Counter Value */ + SysTick->CTRL = SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk | + SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk | + SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk; /* Enable SysTick IRQ and SysTick Timer */ + return (0); /* Function successful */ +} + +#endif + +/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_SysTickFunctions */ + + + +/* ##################################### Debug In/Output function ########################################### */ +/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface + \defgroup CMSIS_core_DebugFunctions ITM Functions + \brief Functions that access the ITM debug interface. + @{ + */ + +extern volatile int32_t ITM_RxBuffer; /*!< External variable to receive characters. */ +#define ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY 0x5AA55AA5 /*!< Value identifying \ref ITM_RxBuffer is ready for next character. */ + + +/** \brief ITM Send Character + + The function transmits a character via the ITM channel 0, and + \li Just returns when no debugger is connected that has booked the output. + \li Is blocking when a debugger is connected, but the previous character sent has not been transmitted. + + \param [in] ch Character to transmit. + + \returns Character to transmit. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t ITM_SendChar (uint32_t ch) +{ + if ((ITM->TCR & ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Msk) && /* ITM enabled */ + (ITM->TER & (1UL << 0) ) ) /* ITM Port #0 enabled */ + { + while (ITM->PORT[0].u32 == 0); + ITM->PORT[0].u8 = (uint8_t) ch; + } + return (ch); +} + + +/** \brief ITM Receive Character + + The function inputs a character via the external variable \ref ITM_RxBuffer. + + \return Received character. + \return -1 No character pending. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE int32_t ITM_ReceiveChar (void) { + int32_t ch = -1; /* no character available */ + + if (ITM_RxBuffer != ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY) { + ch = ITM_RxBuffer; + ITM_RxBuffer = ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY; /* ready for next character */ + } + + return (ch); +} + + +/** \brief ITM Check Character + + The function checks whether a character is pending for reading in the variable \ref ITM_RxBuffer. + + \return 0 No character available. + \return 1 Character available. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE int32_t ITM_CheckChar (void) { + + if (ITM_RxBuffer == ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY) { + return (0); /* no character available */ + } else { + return (1); /* character available */ + } +} + +/*@} end of CMSIS_core_DebugFunctions */ + +#endif /* __CORE_CM4_H_DEPENDANT */ + +#endif /* __CMSIS_GENERIC */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/lib/core_cm4_simd.h b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/core_cm4_simd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..34b395a --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/core_cm4_simd.h @@ -0,0 +1,649 @@ +/**************************************************************************//** + * @file core_cm4_simd.h + * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M4 SIMD Header File + * @version V3.00 + * @date 19. January 2012 + * + * @note + * Copyright (C) 2010-2012 ARM Limited. All rights reserved. + * + * @par + * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M + * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed + * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors. + * + * @par + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED + * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE. + * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR + * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. + * + ******************************************************************************/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +#ifndef __CORE_CM4_SIMD_H +#define __CORE_CM4_SIMD_H + + +/******************************************************************************* + * Hardware Abstraction Layer + ******************************************************************************/ + + +/* ################### Compiler specific Intrinsics ########################### */ +/** \defgroup CMSIS_SIMD_intrinsics CMSIS SIMD Intrinsics + Access to dedicated SIMD instructions + @{ +*/ + +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) /*------------------RealView Compiler -----------------*/ +/* ARM armcc specific functions */ + +/*------ CM4 SIMD Intrinsics -----------------------------------------------------*/ +#define __SADD8 __sadd8 +#define __QADD8 __qadd8 +#define __SHADD8 __shadd8 +#define __UADD8 __uadd8 +#define __UQADD8 __uqadd8 +#define __UHADD8 __uhadd8 +#define __SSUB8 __ssub8 +#define __QSUB8 __qsub8 +#define __SHSUB8 __shsub8 +#define __USUB8 __usub8 +#define __UQSUB8 __uqsub8 +#define __UHSUB8 __uhsub8 +#define __SADD16 __sadd16 +#define __QADD16 __qadd16 +#define __SHADD16 __shadd16 +#define __UADD16 __uadd16 +#define __UQADD16 __uqadd16 +#define __UHADD16 __uhadd16 +#define __SSUB16 __ssub16 +#define __QSUB16 __qsub16 +#define __SHSUB16 __shsub16 +#define __USUB16 __usub16 +#define __UQSUB16 __uqsub16 +#define __UHSUB16 __uhsub16 +#define __SASX __sasx +#define __QASX __qasx +#define __SHASX __shasx +#define __UASX __uasx +#define __UQASX __uqasx +#define __UHASX __uhasx +#define __SSAX __ssax +#define __QSAX __qsax +#define __SHSAX __shsax +#define __USAX __usax +#define __UQSAX __uqsax +#define __UHSAX __uhsax +#define __USAD8 __usad8 +#define __USADA8 __usada8 +#define __SSAT16 __ssat16 +#define __USAT16 __usat16 +#define __UXTB16 __uxtb16 +#define __UXTAB16 __uxtab16 +#define __SXTB16 __sxtb16 +#define __SXTAB16 __sxtab16 +#define __SMUAD __smuad +#define __SMUADX __smuadx +#define __SMLAD __smlad +#define __SMLADX __smladx +#define __SMLALD __smlald +#define __SMLALDX __smlaldx +#define __SMUSD __smusd +#define __SMUSDX __smusdx +#define __SMLSD __smlsd +#define __SMLSDX __smlsdx +#define __SMLSLD __smlsld +#define __SMLSLDX __smlsldx +#define __SEL __sel +#define __QADD __qadd +#define __QSUB __qsub + +#define __PKHBT(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3) ( ((((uint32_t)(ARG1)) ) & 0x0000FFFFUL) | \ + ((((uint32_t)(ARG2)) << (ARG3)) & 0xFFFF0000UL) ) + +#define __PKHTB(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3) ( ((((uint32_t)(ARG1)) ) & 0xFFFF0000UL) | \ + ((((uint32_t)(ARG2)) >> (ARG3)) & 0x0000FFFFUL) ) + + +/*-- End CM4 SIMD Intrinsics -----------------------------------------------------*/ + + + +#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) /*------------------ ICC Compiler -------------------*/ +/* IAR iccarm specific functions */ + +/*------ CM4 SIMD Intrinsics -----------------------------------------------------*/ +#include + +/*-- End CM4 SIMD Intrinsics -----------------------------------------------------*/ + + + +#elif defined ( __TMS470__ ) /*---------------- TI CCS Compiler ------------------*/ +/* TI CCS specific functions */ + +/*------ CM4 SIMD Intrinsics -----------------------------------------------------*/ +#include + +/*-- End CM4 SIMD Intrinsics -----------------------------------------------------*/ + + + +#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) /*------------------ GNU Compiler ---------------------*/ +/* GNU gcc specific functions */ + +/*------ CM4 SIMD Intrinsics -----------------------------------------------------*/ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SADD8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("sadd8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __QADD8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("qadd8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SHADD8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("shadd8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UADD8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("uadd8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UQADD8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("uqadd8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UHADD8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("uhadd8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SSUB8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("ssub8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __QSUB8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("qsub8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SHSUB8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("shsub8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __USUB8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("usub8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UQSUB8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("uqsub8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UHSUB8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("uhsub8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SADD16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("sadd16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __QADD16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("qadd16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SHADD16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("shadd16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UADD16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("uadd16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UQADD16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("uqadd16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UHADD16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("uhadd16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SSUB16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("ssub16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __QSUB16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("qsub16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SHSUB16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("shsub16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __USUB16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("usub16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UQSUB16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("uqsub16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UHSUB16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("uhsub16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SASX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("sasx %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __QASX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("qasx %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SHASX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("shasx %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UASX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("uasx %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UQASX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("uqasx %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UHASX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("uhasx %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SSAX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("ssax %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __QSAX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("qsax %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SHSAX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("shsax %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __USAX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("usax %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UQSAX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("uqsax %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UHSAX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("uhsax %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __USAD8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("usad8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __USADA8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2, uint32_t op3) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("usada8 %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2), "r" (op3) ); + return(result); +} + +#define __SSAT16(ARG1,ARG2) \ +({ \ + uint32_t __RES, __ARG1 = (ARG1); \ + __ASM ("ssat16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (__RES) : "I" (ARG2), "r" (__ARG1) ); \ + __RES; \ + }) + +#define __USAT16(ARG1,ARG2) \ +({ \ + uint32_t __RES, __ARG1 = (ARG1); \ + __ASM ("usat16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (__RES) : "I" (ARG2), "r" (__ARG1) ); \ + __RES; \ + }) + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UXTB16(uint32_t op1) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("uxtb16 %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1)); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UXTAB16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("uxtab16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SXTB16(uint32_t op1) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("sxtb16 %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1)); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SXTAB16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("sxtab16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SMUAD (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("smuad %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SMUADX (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("smuadx %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SMLAD (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2, uint32_t op3) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("smlad %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2), "r" (op3) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SMLADX (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2, uint32_t op3) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("smladx %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2), "r" (op3) ); + return(result); +} + +#define __SMLALD(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3) \ +({ \ + uint32_t __ARG1 = (ARG1), __ARG2 = (ARG2), __ARG3_H = (uint32_t)((uint64_t)(ARG3) >> 32), __ARG3_L = (uint32_t)((uint64_t)(ARG3) & 0xFFFFFFFFUL); \ + __ASM volatile ("smlald %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (__ARG3_L), "=r" (__ARG3_H) : "r" (__ARG1), "r" (__ARG2), "0" (__ARG3_L), "1" (__ARG3_H) ); \ + (uint64_t)(((uint64_t)__ARG3_H << 32) | __ARG3_L); \ + }) + +#define __SMLALDX(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3) \ +({ \ + uint32_t __ARG1 = (ARG1), __ARG2 = (ARG2), __ARG3_H = (uint32_t)((uint64_t)(ARG3) >> 32), __ARG3_L = (uint32_t)((uint64_t)(ARG3) & 0xFFFFFFFFUL); \ + __ASM volatile ("smlaldx %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (__ARG3_L), "=r" (__ARG3_H) : "r" (__ARG1), "r" (__ARG2), "0" (__ARG3_L), "1" (__ARG3_H) ); \ + (uint64_t)(((uint64_t)__ARG3_H << 32) | __ARG3_L); \ + }) + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SMUSD (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("smusd %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SMUSDX (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("smusdx %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SMLSD (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2, uint32_t op3) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("smlsd %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2), "r" (op3) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SMLSDX (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2, uint32_t op3) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("smlsdx %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2), "r" (op3) ); + return(result); +} + +#define __SMLSLD(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3) \ +({ \ + uint32_t __ARG1 = (ARG1), __ARG2 = (ARG2), __ARG3_H = (uint32_t)((ARG3) >> 32), __ARG3_L = (uint32_t)((ARG3) & 0xFFFFFFFFUL); \ + __ASM volatile ("smlsld %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (__ARG3_L), "=r" (__ARG3_H) : "r" (__ARG1), "r" (__ARG2), "0" (__ARG3_L), "1" (__ARG3_H) ); \ + (uint64_t)(((uint64_t)__ARG3_H << 32) | __ARG3_L); \ + }) + +#define __SMLSLDX(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3) \ +({ \ + uint32_t __ARG1 = (ARG1), __ARG2 = (ARG2), __ARG3_H = (uint32_t)((ARG3) >> 32), __ARG3_L = (uint32_t)((ARG3) & 0xFFFFFFFFUL); \ + __ASM volatile ("smlsldx %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (__ARG3_L), "=r" (__ARG3_H) : "r" (__ARG1), "r" (__ARG2), "0" (__ARG3_L), "1" (__ARG3_H) ); \ + (uint64_t)(((uint64_t)__ARG3_H << 32) | __ARG3_L); \ + }) + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SEL (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("sel %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __QADD(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("qadd %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __QSUB(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("qsub %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) ); + return(result); +} + +#define __PKHBT(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3) \ +({ \ + uint32_t __RES, __ARG1 = (ARG1), __ARG2 = (ARG2); \ + __ASM ("pkhbt %0, %1, %2, lsl %3" : "=r" (__RES) : "r" (__ARG1), "r" (__ARG2), "I" (ARG3) ); \ + __RES; \ + }) + +#define __PKHTB(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3) \ +({ \ + uint32_t __RES, __ARG1 = (ARG1), __ARG2 = (ARG2); \ + if (ARG3 == 0) \ + __ASM ("pkhtb %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (__RES) : "r" (__ARG1), "r" (__ARG2) ); \ + else \ + __ASM ("pkhtb %0, %1, %2, asr %3" : "=r" (__RES) : "r" (__ARG1), "r" (__ARG2), "I" (ARG3) ); \ + __RES; \ + }) + +/*-- End CM4 SIMD Intrinsics -----------------------------------------------------*/ + + + +#elif defined ( __TASKING__ ) /*------------------ TASKING Compiler --------------*/ +/* TASKING carm specific functions */ + + +/*------ CM4 SIMD Intrinsics -----------------------------------------------------*/ +/* not yet supported */ +/*-- End CM4 SIMD Intrinsics -----------------------------------------------------*/ + + +#endif + +/*@} end of group CMSIS_SIMD_intrinsics */ + + +#endif /* __CORE_CM4_SIMD_H */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/lib/core_cmFunc.h b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/core_cmFunc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1991ae3 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/core_cmFunc.h @@ -0,0 +1,616 @@ +/**************************************************************************//** + * @file core_cmFunc.h + * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M Core Function Access Header File + * @version V3.00 + * @date 19. January 2012 + * + * @note + * Copyright (C) 2009-2012 ARM Limited. All rights reserved. + * + * @par + * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M + * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed + * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors. + * + * @par + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED + * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE. + * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR + * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. + * + ******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __CORE_CMFUNC_H +#define __CORE_CMFUNC_H + + +/* ########################### Core Function Access ########################### */ +/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface + \defgroup CMSIS_Core_RegAccFunctions CMSIS Core Register Access Functions + @{ + */ + +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) /*------------------RealView Compiler -----------------*/ +/* ARM armcc specific functions */ + +#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400677) + #error "Please use ARM Compiler Toolchain V4.0.677 or later!" +#endif + +/* intrinsic void __enable_irq(); */ +/* intrinsic void __disable_irq(); */ + +/** \brief Get Control Register + + This function returns the content of the Control Register. + + \return Control Register value + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void) +{ + register uint32_t __regControl __ASM("control"); + return(__regControl); +} + + +/** \brief Set Control Register + + This function writes the given value to the Control Register. + + \param [in] control Control Register value to set + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control) +{ + register uint32_t __regControl __ASM("control"); + __regControl = control; +} + + +/** \brief Get IPSR Register + + This function returns the content of the IPSR Register. + + \return IPSR Register value + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_IPSR(void) +{ + register uint32_t __regIPSR __ASM("ipsr"); + return(__regIPSR); +} + + +/** \brief Get APSR Register + + This function returns the content of the APSR Register. + + \return APSR Register value + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_APSR(void) +{ + register uint32_t __regAPSR __ASM("apsr"); + return(__regAPSR); +} + + +/** \brief Get xPSR Register + + This function returns the content of the xPSR Register. + + \return xPSR Register value + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_xPSR(void) +{ + register uint32_t __regXPSR __ASM("xpsr"); + return(__regXPSR); +} + + +/** \brief Get Process Stack Pointer + + This function returns the current value of the Process Stack Pointer (PSP). + + \return PSP Register value + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_PSP(void) +{ + register uint32_t __regProcessStackPointer __ASM("psp"); + return(__regProcessStackPointer); +} + + +/** \brief Set Process Stack Pointer + + This function assigns the given value to the Process Stack Pointer (PSP). + + \param [in] topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer value to set + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack) +{ + register uint32_t __regProcessStackPointer __ASM("psp"); + __regProcessStackPointer = topOfProcStack; +} + + +/** \brief Get Main Stack Pointer + + This function returns the current value of the Main Stack Pointer (MSP). + + \return MSP Register value + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_MSP(void) +{ + register uint32_t __regMainStackPointer __ASM("msp"); + return(__regMainStackPointer); +} + + +/** \brief Set Main Stack Pointer + + This function assigns the given value to the Main Stack Pointer (MSP). + + \param [in] topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer value to set + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack) +{ + register uint32_t __regMainStackPointer __ASM("msp"); + __regMainStackPointer = topOfMainStack; +} + + +/** \brief Get Priority Mask + + This function returns the current state of the priority mask bit from the Priority Mask Register. + + \return Priority Mask value + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void) +{ + register uint32_t __regPriMask __ASM("primask"); + return(__regPriMask); +} + + +/** \brief Set Priority Mask + + This function assigns the given value to the Priority Mask Register. + + \param [in] priMask Priority Mask + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask) +{ + register uint32_t __regPriMask __ASM("primask"); + __regPriMask = (priMask); +} + + +#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) + +/** \brief Enable FIQ + + This function enables FIQ interrupts by clearing the F-bit in the CPSR. + Can only be executed in Privileged modes. + */ +#define __enable_fault_irq __enable_fiq + + +/** \brief Disable FIQ + + This function disables FIQ interrupts by setting the F-bit in the CPSR. + Can only be executed in Privileged modes. + */ +#define __disable_fault_irq __disable_fiq + + +/** \brief Get Base Priority + + This function returns the current value of the Base Priority register. + + \return Base Priority register value + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void) +{ + register uint32_t __regBasePri __ASM("basepri"); + return(__regBasePri); +} + + +/** \brief Set Base Priority + + This function assigns the given value to the Base Priority register. + + \param [in] basePri Base Priority value to set + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t basePri) +{ + register uint32_t __regBasePri __ASM("basepri"); + __regBasePri = (basePri & 0xff); +} + + +/** \brief Get Fault Mask + + This function returns the current value of the Fault Mask register. + + \return Fault Mask register value + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void) +{ + register uint32_t __regFaultMask __ASM("faultmask"); + return(__regFaultMask); +} + + +/** \brief Set Fault Mask + + This function assigns the given value to the Fault Mask register. + + \param [in] faultMask Fault Mask value to set + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask) +{ + register uint32_t __regFaultMask __ASM("faultmask"); + __regFaultMask = (faultMask & (uint32_t)1); +} + +#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) */ + + +#if (__CORTEX_M == 0x04) + +/** \brief Get FPSCR + + This function returns the current value of the Floating Point Status/Control register. + + \return Floating Point Status/Control register value + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_FPSCR(void) +{ +#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) && (__FPU_USED == 1) + register uint32_t __regfpscr __ASM("fpscr"); + return(__regfpscr); +#else + return(0); +#endif +} + + +/** \brief Set FPSCR + + This function assigns the given value to the Floating Point Status/Control register. + + \param [in] fpscr Floating Point Status/Control value to set + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void __set_FPSCR(uint32_t fpscr) +{ +#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) && (__FPU_USED == 1) + register uint32_t __regfpscr __ASM("fpscr"); + __regfpscr = (fpscr); +#endif +} + +#endif /* (__CORTEX_M == 0x04) */ + + +#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) /*------------------ ICC Compiler -------------------*/ +/* IAR iccarm specific functions */ + +#include + + +#elif defined ( __TMS470__ ) /*---------------- TI CCS Compiler ------------------*/ +/* TI CCS specific functions */ + +#include + + +#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) /*------------------ GNU Compiler ---------------------*/ +/* GNU gcc specific functions */ + +/** \brief Enable IRQ Interrupts + + This function enables IRQ interrupts by clearing the I-bit in the CPSR. + Can only be executed in Privileged modes. + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __enable_irq(void) +{ + __ASM volatile ("cpsie i"); +} + + +/** \brief Disable IRQ Interrupts + + This function disables IRQ interrupts by setting the I-bit in the CPSR. + Can only be executed in Privileged modes. + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __disable_irq(void) +{ + __ASM volatile ("cpsid i"); +} + + +/** \brief Get Control Register + + This function returns the content of the Control Register. + + \return Control Register value + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, control" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief Set Control Register + + This function writes the given value to the Control Register. + + \param [in] control Control Register value to set + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control) +{ + __ASM volatile ("MSR control, %0" : : "r" (control) ); +} + + +/** \brief Get IPSR Register + + This function returns the content of the IPSR Register. + + \return IPSR Register value + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_IPSR(void) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, ipsr" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief Get APSR Register + + This function returns the content of the APSR Register. + + \return APSR Register value + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_APSR(void) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, apsr" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief Get xPSR Register + + This function returns the content of the xPSR Register. + + \return xPSR Register value + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_xPSR(void) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, xpsr" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief Get Process Stack Pointer + + This function returns the current value of the Process Stack Pointer (PSP). + + \return PSP Register value + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_PSP(void) +{ + register uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, psp\n" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief Set Process Stack Pointer + + This function assigns the given value to the Process Stack Pointer (PSP). + + \param [in] topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer value to set + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack) +{ + __ASM volatile ("MSR psp, %0\n" : : "r" (topOfProcStack) ); +} + + +/** \brief Get Main Stack Pointer + + This function returns the current value of the Main Stack Pointer (MSP). + + \return MSP Register value + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_MSP(void) +{ + register uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, msp\n" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief Set Main Stack Pointer + + This function assigns the given value to the Main Stack Pointer (MSP). + + \param [in] topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer value to set + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack) +{ + __ASM volatile ("MSR msp, %0\n" : : "r" (topOfMainStack) ); +} + + +/** \brief Get Priority Mask + + This function returns the current state of the priority mask bit from the Priority Mask Register. + + \return Priority Mask value + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, primask" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief Set Priority Mask + + This function assigns the given value to the Priority Mask Register. + + \param [in] priMask Priority Mask + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask) +{ + __ASM volatile ("MSR primask, %0" : : "r" (priMask) ); +} + + +#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) + +/** \brief Enable FIQ + + This function enables FIQ interrupts by clearing the F-bit in the CPSR. + Can only be executed in Privileged modes. + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __enable_fault_irq(void) +{ + __ASM volatile ("cpsie f"); +} + + +/** \brief Disable FIQ + + This function disables FIQ interrupts by setting the F-bit in the CPSR. + Can only be executed in Privileged modes. + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __disable_fault_irq(void) +{ + __ASM volatile ("cpsid f"); +} + + +/** \brief Get Base Priority + + This function returns the current value of the Base Priority register. + + \return Base Priority register value + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, basepri_max" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief Set Base Priority + + This function assigns the given value to the Base Priority register. + + \param [in] basePri Base Priority value to set + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t value) +{ + __ASM volatile ("MSR basepri, %0" : : "r" (value) ); +} + + +/** \brief Get Fault Mask + + This function returns the current value of the Fault Mask register. + + \return Fault Mask register value + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, faultmask" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief Set Fault Mask + + This function assigns the given value to the Fault Mask register. + + \param [in] faultMask Fault Mask value to set + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask) +{ + __ASM volatile ("MSR faultmask, %0" : : "r" (faultMask) ); +} + +#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) */ + + +#if (__CORTEX_M == 0x04) + +/** \brief Get FPSCR + + This function returns the current value of the Floating Point Status/Control register. + + \return Floating Point Status/Control register value + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_FPSCR(void) +{ +#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) && (__FPU_USED == 1) + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("VMRS %0, fpscr" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +#else + return(0); +#endif +} + + +/** \brief Set FPSCR + + This function assigns the given value to the Floating Point Status/Control register. + + \param [in] fpscr Floating Point Status/Control value to set + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __set_FPSCR(uint32_t fpscr) +{ +#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) && (__FPU_USED == 1) + __ASM volatile ("VMSR fpscr, %0" : : "r" (fpscr) ); +#endif +} + +#endif /* (__CORTEX_M == 0x04) */ + + +#elif defined ( __TASKING__ ) /*------------------ TASKING Compiler --------------*/ +/* TASKING carm specific functions */ + +/* + * The CMSIS functions have been implemented as intrinsics in the compiler. + * Please use "carm -?i" to get an up to date list of all instrinsics, + * Including the CMSIS ones. + */ + +#endif + +/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_RegAccFunctions */ + + +#endif /* __CORE_CMFUNC_H */ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/lib/core_cmInstr.h b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/core_cmInstr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7981634 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/core_cmInstr.h @@ -0,0 +1,618 @@ +/**************************************************************************//** + * @file core_cmInstr.h + * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M Core Instruction Access Header File + * @version V3.00 + * @date 07. February 2012 + * + * @note + * Copyright (C) 2009-2012 ARM Limited. All rights reserved. + * + * @par + * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M + * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed + * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors. + * + * @par + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED + * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE. + * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR + * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. + * + ******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __CORE_CMINSTR_H +#define __CORE_CMINSTR_H + + +/* ########################## Core Instruction Access ######################### */ +/** \defgroup CMSIS_Core_InstructionInterface CMSIS Core Instruction Interface + Access to dedicated instructions + @{ +*/ + +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) /*------------------RealView Compiler -----------------*/ +/* ARM armcc specific functions */ + +#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400677) + #error "Please use ARM Compiler Toolchain V4.0.677 or later!" +#endif + + +/** \brief No Operation + + No Operation does nothing. This instruction can be used for code alignment purposes. + */ +#define __NOP __nop + + +/** \brief Wait For Interrupt + + Wait For Interrupt is a hint instruction that suspends execution + until one of a number of events occurs. + */ +#define __WFI __wfi + + +/** \brief Wait For Event + + Wait For Event is a hint instruction that permits the processor to enter + a low-power state until one of a number of events occurs. + */ +#define __WFE __wfe + + +/** \brief Send Event + + Send Event is a hint instruction. It causes an event to be signaled to the CPU. + */ +#define __SEV __sev + + +/** \brief Instruction Synchronization Barrier + + Instruction Synchronization Barrier flushes the pipeline in the processor, + so that all instructions following the ISB are fetched from cache or + memory, after the instruction has been completed. + */ +#define __ISB() __isb(0xF) + + +/** \brief Data Synchronization Barrier + + This function acts as a special kind of Data Memory Barrier. + It completes when all explicit memory accesses before this instruction complete. + */ +#define __DSB() __dsb(0xF) + + +/** \brief Data Memory Barrier + + This function ensures the apparent order of the explicit memory operations before + and after the instruction, without ensuring their completion. + */ +#define __DMB() __dmb(0xF) + + +/** \brief Reverse byte order (32 bit) + + This function reverses the byte order in integer value. + + \param [in] value Value to reverse + \return Reversed value + */ +#define __REV __rev + + +/** \brief Reverse byte order (16 bit) + + This function reverses the byte order in two unsigned short values. + + \param [in] value Value to reverse + \return Reversed value + */ +__attribute__((section(".rev16_text"))) __STATIC_INLINE __ASM uint32_t __REV16(uint32_t value) +{ + rev16 r0, r0 + bx lr +} + + +/** \brief Reverse byte order in signed short value + + This function reverses the byte order in a signed short value with sign extension to integer. + + \param [in] value Value to reverse + \return Reversed value + */ +__attribute__((section(".revsh_text"))) __STATIC_INLINE __ASM int32_t __REVSH(int32_t value) +{ + revsh r0, r0 + bx lr +} + + +/** \brief Rotate Right in unsigned value (32 bit) + + This function Rotate Right (immediate) provides the value of the contents of a register rotated by a variable number of bits. + + \param [in] value Value to rotate + \param [in] value Number of Bits to rotate + \return Rotated value + */ +#define __ROR __ror + + +#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) + +/** \brief Reverse bit order of value + + This function reverses the bit order of the given value. + + \param [in] value Value to reverse + \return Reversed value + */ +#define __RBIT __rbit + + +/** \brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit) + + This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 8 bit value. + + \param [in] ptr Pointer to data + \return value of type uint8_t at (*ptr) + */ +#define __LDREXB(ptr) ((uint8_t ) __ldrex(ptr)) + + +/** \brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit) + + This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 16 bit values. + + \param [in] ptr Pointer to data + \return value of type uint16_t at (*ptr) + */ +#define __LDREXH(ptr) ((uint16_t) __ldrex(ptr)) + + +/** \brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit) + + This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 32 bit values. + + \param [in] ptr Pointer to data + \return value of type uint32_t at (*ptr) + */ +#define __LDREXW(ptr) ((uint32_t ) __ldrex(ptr)) + + +/** \brief STR Exclusive (8 bit) + + This function performs a exclusive STR command for 8 bit values. + + \param [in] value Value to store + \param [in] ptr Pointer to location + \return 0 Function succeeded + \return 1 Function failed + */ +#define __STREXB(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr) + + +/** \brief STR Exclusive (16 bit) + + This function performs a exclusive STR command for 16 bit values. + + \param [in] value Value to store + \param [in] ptr Pointer to location + \return 0 Function succeeded + \return 1 Function failed + */ +#define __STREXH(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr) + + +/** \brief STR Exclusive (32 bit) + + This function performs a exclusive STR command for 32 bit values. + + \param [in] value Value to store + \param [in] ptr Pointer to location + \return 0 Function succeeded + \return 1 Function failed + */ +#define __STREXW(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr) + + +/** \brief Remove the exclusive lock + + This function removes the exclusive lock which is created by LDREX. + + */ +#define __CLREX __clrex + + +/** \brief Signed Saturate + + This function saturates a signed value. + + \param [in] value Value to be saturated + \param [in] sat Bit position to saturate to (1..32) + \return Saturated value + */ +#define __SSAT __ssat + + +/** \brief Unsigned Saturate + + This function saturates an unsigned value. + + \param [in] value Value to be saturated + \param [in] sat Bit position to saturate to (0..31) + \return Saturated value + */ +#define __USAT __usat + + +/** \brief Count leading zeros + + This function counts the number of leading zeros of a data value. + + \param [in] value Value to count the leading zeros + \return number of leading zeros in value + */ +#define __CLZ __clz + +#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) */ + + + +#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) /*------------------ ICC Compiler -------------------*/ +/* IAR iccarm specific functions */ + +#include + + +#elif defined ( __TMS470__ ) /*---------------- TI CCS Compiler ------------------*/ +/* TI CCS specific functions */ + +#include + + +#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) /*------------------ GNU Compiler ---------------------*/ +/* GNU gcc specific functions */ + +/** \brief No Operation + + No Operation does nothing. This instruction can be used for code alignment purposes. + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __NOP(void) +{ + __ASM volatile ("nop"); +} + + +/** \brief Wait For Interrupt + + Wait For Interrupt is a hint instruction that suspends execution + until one of a number of events occurs. + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __WFI(void) +{ + __ASM volatile ("wfi"); +} + + +/** \brief Wait For Event + + Wait For Event is a hint instruction that permits the processor to enter + a low-power state until one of a number of events occurs. + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __WFE(void) +{ + __ASM volatile ("wfe"); +} + + +/** \brief Send Event + + Send Event is a hint instruction. It causes an event to be signaled to the CPU. + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __SEV(void) +{ + __ASM volatile ("sev"); +} + + +/** \brief Instruction Synchronization Barrier + + Instruction Synchronization Barrier flushes the pipeline in the processor, + so that all instructions following the ISB are fetched from cache or + memory, after the instruction has been completed. + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __ISB(void) +{ + __ASM volatile ("isb"); +} + + +/** \brief Data Synchronization Barrier + + This function acts as a special kind of Data Memory Barrier. + It completes when all explicit memory accesses before this instruction complete. + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __DSB(void) +{ + __ASM volatile ("dsb"); +} + + +/** \brief Data Memory Barrier + + This function ensures the apparent order of the explicit memory operations before + and after the instruction, without ensuring their completion. + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __DMB(void) +{ + __ASM volatile ("dmb"); +} + + +/** \brief Reverse byte order (32 bit) + + This function reverses the byte order in integer value. + + \param [in] value Value to reverse + \return Reversed value + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __REV(uint32_t value) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("rev %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief Reverse byte order (16 bit) + + This function reverses the byte order in two unsigned short values. + + \param [in] value Value to reverse + \return Reversed value + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __REV16(uint32_t value) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("rev16 %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief Reverse byte order in signed short value + + This function reverses the byte order in a signed short value with sign extension to integer. + + \param [in] value Value to reverse + \return Reversed value + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE int32_t __REVSH(int32_t value) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("revsh %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief Rotate Right in unsigned value (32 bit) + + This function Rotate Right (immediate) provides the value of the contents of a register rotated by a variable number of bits. + + \param [in] value Value to rotate + \param [in] value Number of Bits to rotate + \return Rotated value + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __ROR(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2) +{ + + __ASM volatile ("ror %0, %0, %1" : "+r" (op1) : "r" (op2) ); + return(op1); +} + + +#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) + +/** \brief Reverse bit order of value + + This function reverses the bit order of the given value. + + \param [in] value Value to reverse + \return Reversed value + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("rbit %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit) + + This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 8 bit value. + + \param [in] ptr Pointer to data + \return value of type uint8_t at (*ptr) + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint8_t __LDREXB(volatile uint8_t *addr) +{ + uint8_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("ldrexb %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit) + + This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 16 bit values. + + \param [in] ptr Pointer to data + \return value of type uint16_t at (*ptr) + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint16_t __LDREXH(volatile uint16_t *addr) +{ + uint16_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("ldrexh %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit) + + This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 32 bit values. + + \param [in] ptr Pointer to data + \return value of type uint32_t at (*ptr) + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __LDREXW(volatile uint32_t *addr) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("ldrex %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief STR Exclusive (8 bit) + + This function performs a exclusive STR command for 8 bit values. + + \param [in] value Value to store + \param [in] ptr Pointer to location + \return 0 Function succeeded + \return 1 Function failed + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __STREXB(uint8_t value, volatile uint8_t *addr) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("strexb %0, %2, [%1]" : "=&r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief STR Exclusive (16 bit) + + This function performs a exclusive STR command for 16 bit values. + + \param [in] value Value to store + \param [in] ptr Pointer to location + \return 0 Function succeeded + \return 1 Function failed + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __STREXH(uint16_t value, volatile uint16_t *addr) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("strexh %0, %2, [%1]" : "=&r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief STR Exclusive (32 bit) + + This function performs a exclusive STR command for 32 bit values. + + \param [in] value Value to store + \param [in] ptr Pointer to location + \return 0 Function succeeded + \return 1 Function failed + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __STREXW(uint32_t value, volatile uint32_t *addr) +{ + uint32_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("strex %0, %2, [%1]" : "=&r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + + +/** \brief Remove the exclusive lock + + This function removes the exclusive lock which is created by LDREX. + + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __CLREX(void) +{ + __ASM volatile ("clrex"); +} + + +/** \brief Signed Saturate + + This function saturates a signed value. + + \param [in] value Value to be saturated + \param [in] sat Bit position to saturate to (1..32) + \return Saturated value + */ +#define __SSAT(ARG1,ARG2) \ +({ \ + uint32_t __RES, __ARG1 = (ARG1); \ + __ASM ("ssat %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (__RES) : "I" (ARG2), "r" (__ARG1) ); \ + __RES; \ + }) + + +/** \brief Unsigned Saturate + + This function saturates an unsigned value. + + \param [in] value Value to be saturated + \param [in] sat Bit position to saturate to (0..31) + \return Saturated value + */ +#define __USAT(ARG1,ARG2) \ +({ \ + uint32_t __RES, __ARG1 = (ARG1); \ + __ASM ("usat %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (__RES) : "I" (ARG2), "r" (__ARG1) ); \ + __RES; \ + }) + + +/** \brief Count leading zeros + + This function counts the number of leading zeros of a data value. + + \param [in] value Value to count the leading zeros + \return number of leading zeros in value + */ +__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint8_t __CLZ(uint32_t value) +{ + uint8_t result; + + __ASM volatile ("clz %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + +#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) */ + + + + +#elif defined ( __TASKING__ ) /*------------------ TASKING Compiler --------------*/ +/* TASKING carm specific functions */ + +/* + * The CMSIS functions have been implemented as intrinsics in the compiler. + * Please use "carm -?i" to get an up to date list of all intrinsics, + * Including the CMSIS ones. + */ + +#endif + +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_Core_InstructionInterface */ + +#endif /* __CORE_CMINSTR_H */ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/lib/startup_stm32f30x.s b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/startup_stm32f30x.s new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2e75c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/startup_stm32f30x.s @@ -0,0 +1,474 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file startup_stm32f30x.s + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief stm32f30x vector table for Atollic TrueSTUDIO toolchain. + * This module performs: + * - Set the initial SP + * - Set the initial PC == Reset_Handler, + * - Set the vector table entries with the exceptions ISR address, + * - Configure the clock system + * - Branches to main in the C library (which eventually + * calls main()). + * After Reset the Cortex-M4 processor is in Thread mode, + * priority is Privileged, and the Stack is set to Main. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + + .syntax unified + .cpu cortex-m4 + .fpu softvfp + .thumb + +.global g_pfnVectors +.global Default_Handler + +/* start address for the initialization values of the .data section. +defined in linker script */ +.word _sidata +/* start address for the .data section. defined in linker script */ +.word _sdata +/* end address for the .data section. defined in linker script */ +.word _edata +/* start address for the .bss section. defined in linker script */ +.word _sbss +/* end address for the .bss section. defined in linker script */ +.word _ebss + +.equ BootRAM, 0xF1E0F85F +/** + * @brief This is the code that gets called when the processor first + * starts execution following a reset event. Only the absolutely + * necessary set is performed, after which the application + * supplied main() routine is called. + * @param None + * @retval : None +*/ + + .section .text.Reset_Handler + .weak Reset_Handler + .type Reset_Handler, %function +Reset_Handler: + +/* Copy the data segment initializers from flash to SRAM */ + movs r1, #0 + b LoopCopyDataInit + +CopyDataInit: + + ldr r3, =_sidata + ldr r3, [r3, r1] + str r3, [r0, r1] + adds r1, r1, #4 + +LoopCopyDataInit: + ldr r0, =_sdata + ldr r3, =_edata + adds r2, r0, r1 + cmp r2, r3 + bcc CopyDataInit + ldr r2, =_sbss + b LoopFillZerobss +/* Zero fill the bss segment. */ +FillZerobss: + movs r3, #0 + str r3, [r2], #4 + +LoopFillZerobss: + ldr r3, = _ebss + cmp r2, r3 + bcc FillZerobss + +/* Call the clock system intitialization function.*/ + bl SystemInit + +/* Call static constructors */ + bl __libc_init_array +/* Call the application's entry point.*/ + + bl main + +LoopForever: + b LoopForever + +.size Reset_Handler, .-Reset_Handler + +/** + * @brief This is the code that gets called when the processor receives an + * unexpected interrupt. This simply enters an infinite loop, preserving + * the system state for examination by a debugger. + * + * @param None + * @retval : None +*/ + .section .text.Default_Handler,"ax",%progbits +Default_Handler: +Infinite_Loop: + b Infinite_Loop + .size Default_Handler, .-Default_Handler +/****************************************************************************** +* +* The minimal vector table for a Cortex-M4. Note that the proper constructs +* must be placed on this to ensure that it ends up at physical address +* 0x0000.0000. +* +******************************************************************************/ + .section .isr_vector,"a",%progbits + .type g_pfnVectors, %object + .size g_pfnVectors, .-g_pfnVectors + + +g_pfnVectors: + .word _estack + .word Reset_Handler + .word NMI_Handler + .word HardFault_Handler + .word MemManage_Handler + .word BusFault_Handler + .word UsageFault_Handler + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word SVC_Handler + .word DebugMon_Handler + .word 0 + .word PendSV_Handler + .word SysTick_Handler + .word WWDG_IRQHandler + .word PVD_IRQHandler + .word TAMPER_STAMP_IRQHandler + .word RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler + .word FLASH_IRQHandler + .word RCC_IRQHandler + .word EXTI0_IRQHandler + .word EXTI1_IRQHandler + .word EXTI2_TS_IRQHandler + .word EXTI3_IRQHandler + .word EXTI4_IRQHandler + .word DMA1_Channel1_IRQHandler + .word DMA1_Channel2_IRQHandler + .word DMA1_Channel3_IRQHandler + .word DMA1_Channel4_IRQHandler + .word DMA1_Channel5_IRQHandler + .word DMA1_Channel6_IRQHandler + .word DMA1_Channel7_IRQHandler + .word ADC1_2_IRQHandler + .word USB_HP_CAN1_TX_IRQHandler + .word USB_LP_CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler + .word CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler + .word CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler + .word EXTI9_5_IRQHandler + .word TIM1_BRK_TIM15_IRQHandler + .word TIM1_UP_TIM16_IRQHandler + .word TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM17_IRQHandler + .word TIM1_CC_IRQHandler + .word TIM2_IRQHandler + .word TIM3_IRQHandler + .word TIM4_IRQHandler + .word I2C1_EV_IRQHandler + .word I2C1_ER_IRQHandler + .word I2C2_EV_IRQHandler + .word I2C2_ER_IRQHandler + .word SPI1_IRQHandler + .word SPI2_IRQHandler + .word USART1_IRQHandler + .word USART2_IRQHandler + .word USART3_IRQHandler + .word EXTI15_10_IRQHandler + .word RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler + .word USBWakeUp_IRQHandler + .word TIM8_BRK_IRQHandler + .word TIM8_UP_IRQHandler + .word TIM8_TRG_COM_IRQHandler + .word TIM8_CC_IRQHandler + .word ADC3_IRQHandler + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word SPI3_IRQHandler + .word UART4_IRQHandler + .word UART5_IRQHandler + .word TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler + .word TIM7_IRQHandler + .word DMA2_Channel1_IRQHandler + .word DMA2_Channel2_IRQHandler + .word DMA2_Channel3_IRQHandler + .word DMA2_Channel4_IRQHandler + .word DMA2_Channel5_IRQHandler + .word ADC4_IRQHandler + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word COMP1_2_3_IRQHandler + .word COMP4_5_6_IRQHandler + .word COMP7_IRQHandler + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word USB_HP_IRQHandler + .word USB_LP_IRQHandler + .word USBWakeUp_RMP_IRQHandler + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word FPU_IRQHandler + +/******************************************************************************* +* +* Provide weak aliases for each Exception handler to the Default_Handler. +* As they are weak aliases, any function with the same name will override +* this definition. +* +*******************************************************************************/ + + .weak NMI_Handler + .thumb_set NMI_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak HardFault_Handler + .thumb_set HardFault_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak MemManage_Handler + .thumb_set MemManage_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak BusFault_Handler + .thumb_set BusFault_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak UsageFault_Handler + .thumb_set UsageFault_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak SVC_Handler + .thumb_set SVC_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak DebugMon_Handler + .thumb_set DebugMon_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak PendSV_Handler + .thumb_set PendSV_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak SysTick_Handler + .thumb_set SysTick_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak WWDG_IRQHandler + .thumb_set WWDG_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak PVD_IRQHandler + .thumb_set PVD_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TAMPER_STAMP_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TAMPER_STAMP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler + .thumb_set RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak FLASH_IRQHandler + .thumb_set FLASH_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak RCC_IRQHandler + .thumb_set RCC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI0_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI2_TS_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI2_TS_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI4_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Channel1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Channel1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Channel2_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Channel2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Channel3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Channel3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Channel4_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Channel4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Channel5_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Channel5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Channel6_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Channel6_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Channel7_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Channel7_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak ADC1_2_IRQHandler + .thumb_set ADC1_2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak USB_HP_CAN1_TX_IRQHandler + .thumb_set USB_HP_CAN1_TX_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak USB_LP_CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler + .thumb_set USB_LP_CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI9_5_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI9_5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM1_BRK_TIM15_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM1_BRK_TIM15_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM1_UP_TIM16_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM1_UP_TIM16_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM17_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM17_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM1_CC_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM1_CC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM2_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM4_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak I2C1_EV_IRQHandler + .thumb_set I2C1_EV_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak I2C1_ER_IRQHandler + .thumb_set I2C1_ER_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak I2C2_EV_IRQHandler + .thumb_set I2C2_EV_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak I2C2_ER_IRQHandler + .thumb_set I2C2_ER_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak SPI1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set SPI1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak SPI2_IRQHandler + .thumb_set SPI2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak USART1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set USART1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak USART2_IRQHandler + .thumb_set USART2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak USART3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set USART3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI15_10_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI15_10_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler + .thumb_set RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak USBWakeUp_IRQHandler + .thumb_set USBWakeUp_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM8_BRK_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM8_BRK_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM8_UP_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM8_UP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM8_TRG_COM_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM8_TRG_COM_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM8_CC_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM8_CC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak ADC3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set ADC3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak SPI3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set SPI3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak UART4_IRQHandler + .thumb_set UART4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak UART5_IRQHandler + .thumb_set UART5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM7_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM7_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Channel1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Channel1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Channel2_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Channel2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Channel3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Channel3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Channel4_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Channel4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Channel5_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Channel5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak ADC4_IRQHandler + .thumb_set ADC4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak COMP1_2_3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set COMP1_2_3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak COMP4_5_6_IRQHandler + .thumb_set COMP4_5_6_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak COMP7_IRQHandler + .thumb_set COMP7_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak USB_HP_IRQHandler + .thumb_set USB_HP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak USB_LP_IRQHandler + .thumb_set USB_LP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak USBWakeUp_RMP_IRQHandler + .thumb_set USBWakeUp_RMP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak FPU_IRQHandler + .thumb_set FPU_IRQHandler,Default_Handler +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + + diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/lib/stm32f303.ld b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/stm32f303.ld new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9c1f180 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/stm32f303.ld @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +/*. Entry Point *./ +ENTRY( Reset_Handler ) + +/* Highest address of the user mode stack .*/ + +_estack = 0x2000a000; /* end of 40K RAM */ + +/* Generate a link error if heap and s tack dont fit int o RAM */ + +_Min_Heap_Size = 0; /* required amount of heap .*/ +_Min_Stack_Size = 0x200; /* required amount of stack .*/ + +MEMORY +{ + FLASH ( rx ) : ORIGIN = 0x08000000 , LENGTH = 256K + RAM ( xrw) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000 , LENGTH = 40K + CCMRAM (rw) : ORIGIN = 0x10000000, LENGTH = 8K +} + +SECTIONS +{ + + /* The startup code goes first into FLASH */ + .isr_vector : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + KEEP(*(.isr_vector)) /* Startup code */ + . = ALIGN(4); + } >FLASH + + /* The program code and other data goes into FLASH */ + .text : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + *(.text) /* .text sections (code) */ + *(.text*) /* .text* sections (code) */ + *(.rodata) /* .rodata sections (constants, strings, etc.) */ + *(.rodata*) /* .rodata* sections (constants, strings, etc.) */ + *(.glue_7) /* glue arm to thumb code */ + *(.glue_7t) /* glue thumb to arm code */ + *(.eh_frame) + + KEEP (*(.init)) + KEEP (*(.fini)) + + . = ALIGN(4); + _etext = .; /* define a global symbols at end of code */ + } >FLASH + + + .ARM.extab : { *(.ARM.extab* .gnu.linkonce.armextab.*) } >FLASH + + .ARM : { + __exidx_start = .; + *(.ARM.exidx*) + __exidx_end = .; + } >FLASH + + .preinit_array : + { + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__preinit_array_start = .); + KEEP (*(.preinit_array*)) + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__preinit_array_end = .); + } >FLASH + + .init_array : + { + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__init_array_start = .); + KEEP (*(SORT(.init_array.*))) + KEEP (*(.init_array*)) + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__init_array_end = .); + } >FLASH + + .fini_array : + { + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__fini_array_start = .); + KEEP (*(SORT(.fini_array.*))) + KEEP (*(.fini_array*)) + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__fini_array_end = .); + } >FLASH + + /* used by the startup to initialize data */ + _sidata = LOADADDR(.data); + + /* Initialized data sections goes into RAM, load LMA copy after code */ + .data : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + _sdata = .; + *(.data) + *(.data*) + + . = ALIGN(4); + _edata = .; + } >RAM AT> FLASH + + .ccmram : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + _sccmram = .; + *(.ccmram) + *(.ccmram*) + + . = ALIGN(4); + _eccmram = .; + } >CCMRAM AT> FLASH + + /* Uninitialized data section */ + . = ALIGN(4); + .bss : + { + _sbss = .; + __bss_start__ = _sbss; + *(.bss) + *(.bss*) + *(COMMON) + + . = ALIGN(4); + _ebss = .; + __bss_end__ = _ebss; + } >RAM +} + + diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/lib/stm32f30x.h b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/stm32f30x.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6fba2a --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/stm32f30x.h @@ -0,0 +1,6210 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M4 Device Peripheral Access Layer Header File. + * This file contains all the peripheral registers definitions, bits + * definitions and memory mapping for STM32F30x devices. + * + * The file is the unique include file that the application programmer + * is using in the C source code, usually in main.c. This file contains: + * - Configuration section that allows to select: + * - The device used in the target application + * - To use or not the peripheral’s drivers in application code(i.e. + * code will be based on direct access to peripheral’s registers + * rather than drivers API), this option is controlled by + * "#define USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER" + * - To change few application-specific parameters such as the HSE + * crystal frequency + * - Data structures and the address mapping for all peripherals + * - Peripheral registers declarations and bits definition + * - Macros to access peripheral registers hardware + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup stm32f30x + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef __STM32F30x_H +#define __STM32F30x_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#include "stm32f30x_conf.h" + +/** @addtogroup Library_configuration_section + * @{ + */ + +/* Uncomment the line below according to the target STM32 device used in your + application + */ + +#if !defined (STM32F30X) + #define STM32F30X +#endif + +/* Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to switch between these + devices, you can define the device in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. + */ + +#if !defined (STM32F30X) + #error "Please select first the target STM32F30X device used in your application (in stm32f30x.h file)" +#endif + +#if !defined (USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER) +/** + * @brief Comment the line below if you will not use the peripherals drivers. + In this case, these drivers will not be included and the application code will + be based on direct access to peripherals registers + */ + /*#define USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER*/ +#else + #include "stm32f30x_conf.h" +#endif /* USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER */ + +/** + * @brief In the following line adjust the value of External High Speed oscillator (HSE) + used in your application + + Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to use different HSE, you + can define the HSE value in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. + */ +#if !defined (HSE_VALUE) + #define HSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)8000000) /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz */ +#endif /* HSE_VALUE */ + +/** + * @brief In the following line adjust the External High Speed oscillator (HSE) Startup + Timeout value + */ +#if !defined (HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT) + #define HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT ((uint16_t)0x0500) /*!< Time out for HSE start up */ +#endif /* HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */ + +/** + * @brief In the following line adjust the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) Startup + Timeout value + */ +#if !defined (HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT) + #define HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT ((uint16_t)0x0500) /*!< Time out for HSI start up */ +#endif /* HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */ + +#if !defined (HSI_VALUE) + #define HSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)8000000) +#endif /* HSI_VALUE */ /*!< Value of the Internal High Speed oscillator in Hz. + The real value may vary depending on the variations + in voltage and temperature. */ +#if !defined (LSI_VALUE) + #define LSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)40000) +#endif /* LSI_VALUE */ /*!< Value of the Internal Low Speed oscillator in Hz + The real value may vary depending on the variations + in voltage and temperature. */ +#if !defined (LSE_VALUE) + #define LSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)32768) /*!< Value of the External Low Speed oscillator in Hz */ +#endif /* LSE_VALUE */ + + +/** + * @brief STM32F30x Standard Peripherals Library version number V1.0.0 + */ +#define __STM32F30X_STDPERIPH_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */ +#define __STM32F30X_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB1 (0x00) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */ +#define __STM32F30X_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB2 (0x00) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */ +#define __STM32F30X_STDPERIPH_VERSION_RC (0x00) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */ +#define __STM32F30X_STDPERIPH_VERSION ( (__STM32F30X_STDPERIPH_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\ + |(__STM32F30X_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\ + |(__STM32F30X_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB2 << 8)\ + |(__STM32F30X_STDPERIPH_VERSION_RC)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup Configuration_section_for_CMSIS + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configuration of the Cortex-M4 Processor and Core Peripherals + */ +#define __CM4_REV 0x0001 /*!< Core revision r0p1 */ +#define __MPU_PRESENT 1 /*!< STM32F30X provide an MPU */ +#define __NVIC_PRIO_BITS 4 /*!< STM32F30X uses 4 Bits for the Priority Levels */ +#define __Vendor_SysTickConfig 0 /*!< Set to 1 if different SysTick Config is used */ +#define __FPU_PRESENT 1 /*!< STM32F30X provide an FPU */ + + +/** + * @brief STM32F30X Interrupt Number Definition, according to the selected device + * in @ref Library_configuration_section + */ +typedef enum IRQn +{ +/****** Cortex-M4 Processor Exceptions Numbers ****************************************************************/ + NonMaskableInt_IRQn = -14, /*!< 2 Non Maskable Interrupt */ + MemoryManagement_IRQn = -12, /*!< 4 Cortex-M4 Memory Management Interrupt */ + BusFault_IRQn = -11, /*!< 5 Cortex-M4 Bus Fault Interrupt */ + UsageFault_IRQn = -10, /*!< 6 Cortex-M4 Usage Fault Interrupt */ + SVCall_IRQn = -5, /*!< 11 Cortex-M4 SV Call Interrupt */ + DebugMonitor_IRQn = -4, /*!< 12 Cortex-M4 Debug Monitor Interrupt */ + PendSV_IRQn = -2, /*!< 14 Cortex-M4 Pend SV Interrupt */ + SysTick_IRQn = -1, /*!< 15 Cortex-M4 System Tick Interrupt */ +/****** STM32 specific Interrupt Numbers **********************************************************************/ + WWDG_IRQn = 0, /*!< Window WatchDog Interrupt */ + PVD_IRQn = 1, /*!< PVD through EXTI Line detection Interrupt */ + TAMPER_STAMP_IRQn = 2, /*!< Tamper and TimeStamp interrupts */ + RTC_WKUP_IRQn = 3, /*!< RTC Wakeup interrupt through the EXTI lines 17, 19 & 20 */ + FLASH_IRQn = 4, /*!< FLASH global Interrupt */ + RCC_IRQn = 5, /*!< RCC global Interrupt */ + EXTI0_IRQn = 6, /*!< EXTI Line0 Interrupt */ + EXTI1_IRQn = 7, /*!< EXTI Line1 Interrupt */ + EXTI2_TS_IRQn = 8, /*!< EXTI Line2 Interrupt and Touch Sense Interrupt */ + EXTI3_IRQn = 9, /*!< EXTI Line3 Interrupt */ + EXTI4_IRQn = 10, /*!< EXTI Line4 Interrupt */ + DMA1_Channel1_IRQn = 11, /*!< DMA1 Channel 1 Interrupt */ + DMA1_Channel2_IRQn = 12, /*!< DMA1 Channel 2 Interrupt */ + DMA1_Channel3_IRQn = 13, /*!< DMA1 Channel 3 Interrupt */ + DMA1_Channel4_IRQn = 14, /*!< DMA1 Channel 4 Interrupt */ + DMA1_Channel5_IRQn = 15, /*!< DMA1 Channel 5 Interrupt */ + DMA1_Channel6_IRQn = 16, /*!< DMA1 Channel 6 Interrupt */ + DMA1_Channel7_IRQn = 17, /*!< DMA1 Channel 7 Interrupt */ + ADC1_2_IRQn = 18, /*!< ADC1 & ADC2 Interrupts */ + USB_HP_CAN1_TX_IRQn = 19, /*!< USB Device High Priority or CAN1 TX Interrupts */ + USB_LP_CAN1_RX0_IRQn = 20, /*!< USB Device Low Priority or CAN1 RX0 Interrupts */ + CAN1_RX1_IRQn = 21, /*!< CAN1 RX1 Interrupt */ + CAN1_SCE_IRQn = 22, /*!< CAN1 SCE Interrupt */ + EXTI9_5_IRQn = 23, /*!< External Line[9:5] Interrupts */ + TIM1_BRK_TIM15_IRQn = 24, /*!< TIM1 Break and TIM15 Interrupts */ + TIM1_UP_TIM16_IRQn = 25, /*!< TIM1 Update and TIM16 Interrupts */ + TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM17_IRQn = 26, /*!< TIM1 Trigger and Commutation and TIM17 Interrupt */ + TIM1_CC_IRQn = 27, /*!< TIM1 Capture Compare Interrupt */ + TIM2_IRQn = 28, /*!< TIM2 global Interrupt */ + TIM3_IRQn = 29, /*!< TIM3 global Interrupt */ + TIM4_IRQn = 30, /*!< TIM4 global Interrupt */ + I2C1_EV_IRQn = 31, /*!< I2C1 Event Interrupt */ + I2C1_ER_IRQn = 32, /*!< I2C1 Error Interrupt */ + I2C2_EV_IRQn = 33, /*!< I2C2 Event Interrupt */ + I2C2_ER_IRQn = 34, /*!< I2C2 Error Interrupt */ + SPI1_IRQn = 35, /*!< SPI1 global Interrupt */ + SPI2_IRQn = 36, /*!< SPI2 global Interrupt */ + USART1_IRQn = 37, /*!< USART1 global Interrupt */ + USART2_IRQn = 38, /*!< USART2 global Interrupt */ + USART3_IRQn = 39, /*!< USART3 global Interrupt */ + EXTI15_10_IRQn = 40, /*!< External Line[15:10] Interrupts */ + RTC_Alarm_IRQn = 41, /*!< RTC Alarm (A and B) through EXTI Line Interrupt */ + USBWakeUp_IRQn = 42, /*!< USB Wakeup Interrupt */ + TIM8_BRK_IRQn = 43, /*!< TIM8 Break Interrupt */ + TIM8_UP_IRQn = 44, /*!< TIM8 Update Interrupt */ + TIM8_TRG_COM_IRQn = 45, /*!< TIM8 Trigger and Commutation Interrupt */ + TIM8_CC_IRQn = 46, /*!< TIM8 Capture Compare Interrupt */ + ADC3_IRQn = 47, /*!< ADC3 global Interrupt */ + SPI3_IRQn = 51, /*!< SPI3 global Interrupt */ + UART4_IRQn = 52, /*!< UART4 global Interrupt */ + UART5_IRQn = 53, /*!< UART5 global Interrupt */ + TIM6_DAC_IRQn = 54, /*!< TIM6 global and DAC1&2 underrun error interrupts */ + TIM7_IRQn = 55, /*!< TIM7 global Interrupt */ + DMA2_Channel1_IRQn = 56, /*!< DMA2 Channel 1 global Interrupt */ + DMA2_Channel2_IRQn = 57, /*!< DMA2 Channel 2 global Interrupt */ + DMA2_Channel3_IRQn = 58, /*!< DMA2 Channel 3 global Interrupt */ + DMA2_Channel4_IRQn = 59, /*!< DMA2 Channel 4 global Interrupt */ + DMA2_Channel5_IRQn = 60, /*!< DMA2 Channel 5 global Interrupt */ + ADC4_IRQn = 61, /*!< ADC4 global Interrupt */ + COMP1_2_3_IRQn = 64, /*!< COMP1, COMP2 and COMP3 global Interrupt */ + COMP4_5_6_IRQn = 65, /*!< COMP5, COMP6 and COMP4 global Interrupt */ + COMP7_IRQn = 66, /*!< COMP7 global Interrupt */ + USB_HP_IRQn = 74, /*!< USB High Priority global Interrupt remap */ + USB_LP_IRQn = 75, /*!< USB Low Priority global Interrupt remap */ + USBWakeUp_RMP_IRQn = 76, /*!< USB Wakeup Interrupt remap */ + FPU_IRQn = 81 /*!< Floating point Interrupt */ +} IRQn_Type; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#include "core_cm4.h" /* Cortex-M4 processor and core peripherals */ +#include "system_stm32f30x.h" /* STM32F30x System Header */ +#include + +/** @addtogroup Exported_types + * @{ + */ +/*!< STM32F10x Standard Peripheral Library old types (maintained for legacy purpose) */ +typedef int32_t s32; +typedef int16_t s16; +typedef int8_t s8; + +typedef const int32_t sc32; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef const int16_t sc16; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef const int8_t sc8; /*!< Read Only */ + +typedef __IO int32_t vs32; +typedef __IO int16_t vs16; +typedef __IO int8_t vs8; + +typedef __I int32_t vsc32; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef __I int16_t vsc16; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef __I int8_t vsc8; /*!< Read Only */ + +typedef uint32_t u32; +typedef uint16_t u16; +typedef uint8_t u8; + +typedef const uint32_t uc32; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef const uint16_t uc16; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef const uint8_t uc8; /*!< Read Only */ + +typedef __IO uint32_t vu32; +typedef __IO uint16_t vu16; +typedef __IO uint8_t vu8; + +typedef __I uint32_t vuc32; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef __I uint16_t vuc16; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef __I uint8_t vuc8; /*!< Read Only */ + +typedef enum {RESET = 0, SET = !RESET} FlagStatus, ITStatus; + +typedef enum {DISABLE = 0, ENABLE = !DISABLE} FunctionalState; +#define IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DISABLE) || ((STATE) == ENABLE)) + +typedef enum {ERROR = 0, SUCCESS = !ERROR} ErrorStatus; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup Peripheral_registers_structures + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Analog to Digital Converter + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< ADC Interrupt and Status Register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t IER; /*!< ADC Interrupt Enable Register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< ADC control register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t CFGR; /*!< ADC Configuration register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + uint32_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x010 */ + __IO uint32_t SMPR1; /*!< ADC sample time register 1, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t SMPR2; /*!< ADC sample time register 2, Address offset: 0x18 */ + uint32_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x01C */ + __IO uint32_t TR1; /*!< ADC watchdog threshold register 1, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t TR2; /*!< ADC watchdog threshold register 2, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint32_t TR3; /*!< ADC watchdog threshold register 3, Address offset: 0x28 */ + uint32_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x02C */ + __IO uint32_t SQR1; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 1, Address offset: 0x30 */ + __IO uint32_t SQR2; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 2, Address offset: 0x34 */ + __IO uint32_t SQR3; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 3, Address offset: 0x38 */ + __IO uint32_t SQR4; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 4, Address offset: 0x3C */ + __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< ADC regular data register, Address offset: 0x40 */ + uint32_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x044 */ + uint32_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x048 */ + __IO uint32_t JSQR; /*!< ADC injected sequence register, Address offset: 0x4C */ + uint32_t RESERVED5[4]; /*!< Reserved, 0x050 - 0x05C */ + __IO uint32_t OFR1; /*!< ADC offset register 1, Address offset: 0x60 */ + __IO uint32_t OFR2; /*!< ADC offset register 2, Address offset: 0x64 */ + __IO uint32_t OFR3; /*!< ADC offset register 3, Address offset: 0x68 */ + __IO uint32_t OFR4; /*!< ADC offset register 4, Address offset: 0x6C */ + uint32_t RESERVED6[4]; /*!< Reserved, 0x070 - 0x07C */ + __IO uint32_t JDR1; /*!< ADC injected data register 1, Address offset: 0x80 */ + __IO uint32_t JDR2; /*!< ADC injected data register 2, Address offset: 0x84 */ + __IO uint32_t JDR3; /*!< ADC injected data register 3, Address offset: 0x88 */ + __IO uint32_t JDR4; /*!< ADC injected data register 4, Address offset: 0x8C */ + uint32_t RESERVED7[4]; /*!< Reserved, 0x090 - 0x09C */ + __IO uint32_t AWD2CR; /*!< ADC Analog Watchdog 2 Configuration Register, Address offset: 0xA0 */ + __IO uint32_t AWD3CR; /*!< ADC Analog Watchdog 3 Configuration Register, Address offset: 0xA4 */ + uint32_t RESERVED8; /*!< Reserved, 0x0A8 */ + uint32_t RESERVED9; /*!< Reserved, 0x0AC */ + __IO uint32_t DIFSEL; /*!< ADC Differential Mode Selection Register, Address offset: 0xB0 */ + __IO uint32_t CALFACT; /*!< ADC Calibration Factors, Address offset: 0xB4 */ + +} ADC_TypeDef; + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< ADC Common status register, Address offset: ADC1/3 base address + 0x300 */ + uint32_t RESERVED; /*!< Reserved, ADC1/3 base address + 0x304 */ + __IO uint32_t CCR; /*!< ADC common control register, Address offset: ADC1/3 base address + 0x308 */ + __IO uint32_t CDR; /*!< ADC common regular data register for dual + AND triple modes, Address offset: ADC1/3 base address + 0x30C */ +} ADC_Common_TypeDef; + + +/** + * @brief Controller Area Network TxMailBox + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t TIR; /*!< CAN TX mailbox identifier register */ + __IO uint32_t TDTR; /*!< CAN mailbox data length control and time stamp register */ + __IO uint32_t TDLR; /*!< CAN mailbox data low register */ + __IO uint32_t TDHR; /*!< CAN mailbox data high register */ +} CAN_TxMailBox_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Controller Area Network FIFOMailBox + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t RIR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox identifier register */ + __IO uint32_t RDTR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox data length control and time stamp register */ + __IO uint32_t RDLR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox data low register */ + __IO uint32_t RDHR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox data high register */ +} CAN_FIFOMailBox_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Controller Area Network FilterRegister + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t FR1; /*!< CAN Filter bank register 1 */ + __IO uint32_t FR2; /*!< CAN Filter bank register 1 */ +} CAN_FilterRegister_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Controller Area Network + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t MCR; /*!< CAN master control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t MSR; /*!< CAN master status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t TSR; /*!< CAN transmit status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t RF0R; /*!< CAN receive FIFO 0 register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t RF1R; /*!< CAN receive FIFO 1 register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t IER; /*!< CAN interrupt enable register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t ESR; /*!< CAN error status register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t BTR; /*!< CAN bit timing register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + uint32_t RESERVED0[88]; /*!< Reserved, 0x020 - 0x17F */ + CAN_TxMailBox_TypeDef sTxMailBox[3]; /*!< CAN Tx MailBox, Address offset: 0x180 - 0x1AC */ + CAN_FIFOMailBox_TypeDef sFIFOMailBox[2]; /*!< CAN FIFO MailBox, Address offset: 0x1B0 - 0x1CC */ + uint32_t RESERVED1[12]; /*!< Reserved, 0x1D0 - 0x1FF */ + __IO uint32_t FMR; /*!< CAN filter master register, Address offset: 0x200 */ + __IO uint32_t FM1R; /*!< CAN filter mode register, Address offset: 0x204 */ + uint32_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x208 */ + __IO uint32_t FS1R; /*!< CAN filter scale register, Address offset: 0x20C */ + uint32_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x210 */ + __IO uint32_t FFA1R; /*!< CAN filter FIFO assignment register, Address offset: 0x214 */ + uint32_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x218 */ + __IO uint32_t FA1R; /*!< CAN filter activation register, Address offset: 0x21C */ + uint32_t RESERVED5[8]; /*!< Reserved, 0x220-0x23F */ + CAN_FilterRegister_TypeDef sFilterRegister[28]; /*!< CAN Filter Register, Address offset: 0x240-0x31C */ +} CAN_TypeDef; + + +/** + * @brief Analog Comparators + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< Comparator control Status register, Address offset: 0x00 */ +} COMP_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief CRC calculation unit + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< CRC Data register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint8_t IDR; /*!< CRC Independent data register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + uint8_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x05 */ + uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< CRC Control register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + uint32_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t INIT; /*!< Initial CRC value register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t POL; /*!< CRC polynomial register, Address offset: 0x14 */ +} CRC_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Digital to Analog Converter + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< DAC control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t SWTRIGR; /*!< DAC software trigger register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR12R1; /*!< DAC channel1 12-bit right-aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR12L1; /*!< DAC channel1 12-bit left aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t DHR8R1; /*!< DAC channel1 8-bit right aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR12R2; /*!< DAC channel2 12-bit right aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR12L2; /*!< DAC channel2 12-bit left aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR8R2; /*!< DAC channel2 8-bit right-aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t DHR12RD; /*!< Dual DAC 12-bit right-aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR12LD; /*!< DUAL DAC 12-bit left aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR8RD; /*!< DUAL DAC 8-bit right aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x28 */ + __IO uint32_t DOR1; /*!< DAC channel1 data output register, Address offset: 0x2C */ + __IO uint32_t DOR2; /*!< DAC channel2 data output register, Address offset: 0x30 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< DAC status register, Address offset: 0x34 */ +} DAC_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Debug MCU + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t IDCODE; /*!< MCU device ID code, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< Debug MCU configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t APB1FZ; /*!< Debug MCU APB1 freeze register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t APB2FZ; /*!< Debug MCU APB2 freeze register, Address offset: 0x0C */ +}DBGMCU_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DMA Controller + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CCR; /*!< DMA channel x configuration register */ + __IO uint32_t CNDTR; /*!< DMA channel x number of data register */ + __IO uint32_t CPAR; /*!< DMA channel x peripheral address register */ + __IO uint32_t CMAR; /*!< DMA channel x memory address register */ +} DMA_Channel_TypeDef; + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< DMA interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t IFCR; /*!< DMA interrupt clear flag register, Address offset: 0x04 */ +} DMA_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief External Interrupt/Event Controller + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t IMR; /*!< EXTI Interrupt mask register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t EMR; /*!< EXTI Event mask register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t RTSR; /*!< EXTI Rising trigger selection register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t FTSR; /*!< EXTI Falling trigger selection register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t SWIER; /*!< EXTI Software interrupt event register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t PR; /*!< EXTI Pending register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + uint32_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x18 */ + uint32_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t IMR2; /*!< EXTI Interrupt mask register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t EMR2; /*!< EXTI Event mask register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint32_t RTSR2; /*!< EXTI Rising trigger selection register, Address offset: 0x28 */ + __IO uint32_t FTSR2; /*!< EXTI Falling trigger selection register, Address offset: 0x2C */ + __IO uint32_t SWIER2; /*!< EXTI Software interrupt event register, Address offset: 0x30 */ + __IO uint32_t PR2; /*!< EXTI Pending register, Address offset: 0x34 */ +}EXTI_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief FLASH Registers + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t ACR; /*!< FLASH access control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t KEYR; /*!< FLASH key register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t OPTKEYR; /*!< FLASH option key register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< FLASH status register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< FLASH control register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t AR; /*!< FLASH address register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + uint32_t RESERVED; /*!< Reserved, 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t OBR; /*!< FLASH Option byte register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t WRPR; /*!< FLASH Write register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + +} FLASH_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Option Bytes Registers + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint16_t RDP; /*!
    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics
    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30X_CONF_H +#define __STM32F30X_CONF_H + +#ifndef __STM32F30x_H +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Comment the line below to disable peripheral header file inclusion */ +#include "stm32f30x_adc.h" +#include "stm32f30x_can.h" +#include "stm32f30x_crc.h" +#include "stm32f30x_comp.h" +#include "stm32f30x_dac.h" +#include "stm32f30x_dbgmcu.h" +#include "stm32f30x_dma.h" +#include "stm32f30x_exti.h" +#include "stm32f30x_flash.h" +#include "stm32f30x_gpio.h" +#include "stm32f30x_syscfg.h" +#include "stm32f30x_i2c.h" +#include "stm32f30x_iwdg.h" +#include "stm32f30x_opamp.h" +#include "stm32f30x_pwr.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h" +#include "stm32f30x_rtc.h" +#include "stm32f30x_spi.h" +#include "stm32f30x_tim.h" +#include "stm32f30x_usart.h" +#include "stm32f30x_wwdg.h" +#include "stm32f30x_misc.h" /* High level functions for NVIC and SysTick (add-on to CMSIS functions) */ + +#include "stm32f30x.h" +#endif +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Uncomment the line below to expanse the "assert_param" macro in the + Standard Peripheral Library drivers code */ +/* #define USE_FULL_ASSERT 1 */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT + +/** + * @brief The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check. + * @param expr: If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function which reports + * the name of the source file and the source line number of the call + * that failed. If expr is true, it returns no value. + * @retval None + */ + #define assert_param(expr) ((expr) ? (void)0 : assert_failed((uint8_t *)__FILE__, __LINE__)) +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + void assert_failed(uint8_t* file, uint32_t line); +#else + #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0) +#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */ + +#endif /* __STM32F30X_CONF_H */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/lib/system_stm32f30x.c b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/system_stm32f30x.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..156160d --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/system_stm32f30x.c @@ -0,0 +1,383 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file system_stm32f30x.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M4 Device Peripheral Access Layer System Source File. + * This file contains the system clock configuration for STM32F30x devices, + * and is generated by the clock configuration tool + * stm32f30x_Clock_Configuration_V1.0.0.xls + * + * 1. This file provides two functions and one global variable to be called from + * user application: + * - SystemInit(): Setups the system clock (System clock source, PLL Multiplier + * and Divider factors, AHB/APBx prescalers and Flash settings), + * depending on the configuration made in the clock xls tool. + * This function is called at startup just after reset and + * before branch to main program. This call is made inside + * the "startup_stm32f30x.s" file. + * + * - SystemCoreClock variable: Contains the core clock (HCLK), it can be used + * by the user application to setup the SysTick + * timer or configure other parameters. + * + * - SystemCoreClockUpdate(): Updates the variable SystemCoreClock and must + * be called whenever the core clock is changed + * during program execution. + * + * 2. After each device reset the HSI (8 MHz) is used as system clock source. + * Then SystemInit() function is called, in "startup_stm32f30x.s" file, to + * configure the system clock before to branch to main program. + * + * 3. If the system clock source selected by user fails to startup, the SystemInit() + * function will do nothing and HSI still used as system clock source. User can + * add some code to deal with this issue inside the SetSysClock() function. + * + * 4. The default value of HSE crystal is set to 8MHz, refer to "HSE_VALUE" define + * in "stm32f30x.h" file. When HSE is used as system clock source, directly or + * through PLL, and you are using different crystal you have to adapt the HSE + * value to your own configuration. + * + * 5. This file configures the system clock as follows: + *============================================================================= + * Supported STM32F30x device + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * System Clock source | PLL (HSE) + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * SYSCLK(Hz) | 72000000 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * HCLK(Hz) | 72000000 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * AHB Prescaler | 1 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * APB2 Prescaler | 1 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * APB1 Prescaler | 2 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * HSE Frequency(Hz) | 8000000 + *---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLLMUL | 9 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PREDIV | 1 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * USB Clock | DISABLE + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Flash Latency(WS) | 2 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Prefetch Buffer | ON + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + *============================================================================= + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +/** @addtogroup CMSIS + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup stm32f30x_system + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Private_Includes + * @{ + */ + +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ +/*!< Uncomment the following line if you need to relocate your vector Table in + Internal SRAM. */ +/* #define VECT_TAB_SRAM */ +#define VECT_TAB_OFFSET 0x0 /*!< Vector Table base offset field. + This value must be a multiple of 0x200. */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + + uint32_t SystemCoreClock = 72000000; + + __I uint8_t AHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +static void SetSysClock(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Setup the microcontroller system + * Initialize the Embedded Flash Interface, the PLL and update the + * SystemFrequency variable. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SystemInit(void) +{ + /* FPU settings ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + #if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) && (__FPU_USED == 1) + SCB->CPACR |= ((3UL << 10*2)|(3UL << 11*2)); /* set CP10 and CP11 Full Access */ + #endif + + /* Reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state ------------*/ + /* Set HSION bit */ + RCC->CR |= (uint32_t)0x00000001; + + /* Reset CFGR register */ + RCC->CFGR &= 0xF87FC00C; + + /* Reset HSEON, CSSON and PLLON bits */ + RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFEF6FFFF; + + /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ + RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFBFFFF; + + /* Reset PLLSRC, PLLXTPRE, PLLMUL and USBPRE bits */ + RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0xFF80FFFF; + + /* Reset PREDIV1[3:0] bits */ + RCC->CFGR2 &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0; + + /* Reset USARTSW[1:0], I2CSW and TIMs bits */ + RCC->CFGR3 &= (uint32_t)0xFF00FCCC; + + /* Disable all interrupts */ + RCC->CIR = 0x00000000; + + /* Configure the System clock source, PLL Multiplier and Divider factors, + AHB/APBx prescalers and Flash settings ----------------------------------*/ + SetSysClock(); + +#ifdef VECT_TAB_SRAM + SCB->VTOR = SRAM_BASE | VECT_TAB_OFFSET; /* Vector Table Relocation in Internal SRAM. */ +#else + SCB->VTOR = FLASH_BASE | VECT_TAB_OFFSET; /* Vector Table Relocation in Internal FLASH. */ +#endif +} + +/** + * @brief Update SystemCoreClock variable according to Clock Register Values. + * The SystemCoreClock variable contains the core clock (HCLK), it can + * be used by the user application to setup the SysTick timer or configure + * other parameters. + * + * @note Each time the core clock (HCLK) changes, this function must be called + * to update SystemCoreClock variable value. Otherwise, any configuration + * based on this variable will be incorrect. + * + * @note - The system frequency computed by this function is not the real + * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined + * constant and the selected clock source: + * + * - If SYSCLK source is HSI, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSI_VALUE(*) + * + * - If SYSCLK source is HSE, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSE_VALUE(**) + * + * - If SYSCLK source is PLL, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSE_VALUE(**) + * or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors. + * + * (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f30x.h file (default value + * 8 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations + * in voltage and temperature. + * + * (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f30x.h file (default value + * 8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real + * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may + * have wrong result. + * + * - The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional + * value for HSE crystal. + * + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SystemCoreClockUpdate (void) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0, pllmull = 0, pllsource = 0, prediv1factor = 0; + + /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS; + + switch (tmp) + { + case 0x00: /* HSI used as system clock */ + SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE; + break; + case 0x04: /* HSE used as system clock */ + SystemCoreClock = HSE_VALUE; + break; + case 0x08: /* PLL used as system clock */ + /* Get PLL clock source and multiplication factor ----------------------*/ + pllmull = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL; + pllsource = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC; + pllmull = ( pllmull >> 18) + 2; + + if (pllsource == 0x00) + { + /* HSI oscillator clock divided by 2 selected as PLL clock entry */ + SystemCoreClock = (HSI_VALUE >> 1) * pllmull; + } + else + { + prediv1factor = (RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) + 1; + /* HSE oscillator clock selected as PREDIV1 clock entry */ + SystemCoreClock = (HSE_VALUE / prediv1factor) * pllmull; + } + break; + default: /* HSI used as system clock */ + SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE; + break; + } + /* Compute HCLK clock frequency ----------------*/ + /* Get HCLK prescaler */ + tmp = AHBPrescTable[((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE) >> 4)]; + /* HCLK clock frequency */ + SystemCoreClock >>= tmp; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the System clock source, PLL Multiplier and Divider factors, + * AHB/APBx prescalers and Flash settings + * @note This function should be called only once the RCC clock configuration + * is reset to the default reset state (done in SystemInit() function). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +static void SetSysClock(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t StartUpCounter = 0, HSEStatus = 0; + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* PLL (clocked by HSE) used as System clock source */ +/******************************************************************************/ + + /* SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK2 and PCLK1 configuration -----------*/ + /* Enable HSE */ + RCC->CR |= ((uint32_t)RCC_CR_HSEON); + + /* Wait till HSE is ready and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + HSEStatus = RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSERDY; + StartUpCounter++; + } while((HSEStatus == 0) && (StartUpCounter != HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)); + + if ((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSERDY) != RESET) + { + HSEStatus = (uint32_t)0x01; + } + else + { + HSEStatus = (uint32_t)0x00; + } + + if (HSEStatus == (uint32_t)0x01) + { + /* Enable Prefetch Buffer and set Flash Latency */ + FLASH->ACR = FLASH_ACR_PRFTBE | (uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_1; + + /* HCLK = SYSCLK / 1 */ + RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV1; + + /* PCLK2 = HCLK / 1 */ + RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_DIV1; + + /* PCLK1 = HCLK / 2 */ + RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV2; + + /* PLL configuration */ + RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC | RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE | RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL)); +// RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)(RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_PREDIV1 | RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE_PREDIV1 | RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL9); + RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)(RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_PREDIV1 | RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE_PREDIV1 | RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL2); //25MHz*2 = 50 MHz + + /* Enable PLL */ + RCC->CR |= RCC_CR_PLLON; + + /* Wait till PLL is ready */ + while((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0) + { + } + + /* Select PLL as system clock source */ + RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RCC_CFGR_SW)); + RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_SW_PLL; + + /* Wait till PLL is used as system clock source */ + while ((RCC->CFGR & (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_SWS) != (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) + { + } + } + else + { /* If HSE fails to start-up, the application will have wrong clock + configuration. User can add here some code to deal with this error */ + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/lib/system_stm32f30x.h b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/system_stm32f30x.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7974234 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/system_stm32f30x.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file system_stm32f30x.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 04-September-2012 + * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M4 Device System Source File for STM32F30x devices. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup stm32f30x_system + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Define to prevent recursive inclusion + */ +#ifndef __SYSTEM_STM32F30X_H +#define __SYSTEM_STM32F30X_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Includes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Exported_types + * @{ + */ + +extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock; /*!< System Clock Frequency (Core Clock) */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Exported_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +extern void SystemInit(void); +extern void SystemCoreClockUpdate(void); +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__SYSTEM_STM32F30X_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/lib/systems.c b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/systems.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..30bba7a --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/systems.c @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +#include +#include "systems.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +extern RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_Clocks; + +//For precise timing. +volatile unsigned int *DWT_CYCCNT = (volatile unsigned int *)0xE0001004; //address of the register +volatile unsigned int *SCB_DEMCR = (volatile unsigned int *)0xE000EDFC; //address of the register +volatile unsigned int *DWT_CONTROL = (volatile unsigned int *)0xE0001000; //address of the register + +void send_openocd_command(int command, void *message) +{ +#ifdef DEBUG + asm("mov r0, %[cmd];" + "mov r1, %[msg];" + "bkpt #0xAB" + : + : [cmd] "r" (command), [msg] "r" (message) + : "r0", "r1", "memory"); +#endif +} + + +void send_text( const char * text ) +{ + uint32_t m[] = { 2, (uint32_t)text, strlen(text) }; + send_openocd_command(0x05, m); +} + +int _write (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count) +{ + uint32_t m[] = { 2, (uint32_t)buf, count }; + send_openocd_command(0x05, m); +} + +void * _sbrk(int incr) { + extern char _ebss; // Defined by the linker + static char *heap_end; + char *prev_heap_end; + + + if (heap_end == 0) { + heap_end = &_ebss; + } + prev_heap_end = heap_end; + + char * stack = (char*) __get_MSP(); + if (heap_end + incr > stack) + { + return (void*)(-1); + } + + heap_end += incr; + + return (void*) prev_heap_end; +} + +void _delay_us(uint32_t us) { + if( us ) us--; //Approximate extra overhead time. + us *= RCC_Clocks.HCLK_Frequency/1000000; + *SCB_DEMCR = *SCB_DEMCR | 0x01000000; + *DWT_CYCCNT = 0; // reset the counter + *DWT_CONTROL = *DWT_CONTROL | 1 ; // enable the counter + while( *DWT_CYCCNT < us ); +} + +void ConfigureLED() +{ + GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStructure; + + /* Enable the GPIO_LED Clock */ + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB, ENABLE); + + /* Configure the GPIO_LED pin */ + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_8; //| GPIO_Pin_15 (15 = CTS) + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_OUT; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_OType = GPIO_OType_PP; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_PuPd = GPIO_PuPd_UP; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_10MHz; + GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_InitStructure); +} + diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/lib/systems.h b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/systems.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ee2423 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/lib/systems.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#ifndef _SYSTEMS_H +#define _SYSTEMS_H + +void send_openocd_command(int command, void *message); +void send_text( const char * text ); +void _delay_us(uint32_t us); + +void ConfigureLED(); +#define LED_TOGGLE {GPIOB->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin_8;} +#define LED_ON {GPIOB->BSRR ^= GPIO_Pin_8;} +#define LED_OFF {GPIOB->BRR ^= GPIO_Pin_8;} +//General notes: + +#endif + diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/main.c b/embeddedstm32f303/main.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..51f28ee --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/main.c @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + + +RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_Clocks; + +volatile int adcer; +volatile int hit = 0; + +#define CIRCBUFSIZE 256 +volatile int last_samp_pos; +int16_t sampbuff[CIRCBUFSIZE]; +volatile int samples; + + +void ADCCallback( uint16_t adcval ) +{ + sampbuff[last_samp_pos] = adcval; + last_samp_pos = ((last_samp_pos+1)%CIRCBUFSIZE); + samples++; +} + + +//Call this once we've stacked together one full colorchord frame. +void NewFrame() +{ + uint8_t led_outs[NUM_LIN_LEDS*3]; + int i; + HandleFrameInfo(); + UpdateLinearLEDs(); + + SendSPI2812( ledOut, NUM_LIN_LEDS ); +} + + +int main(void) +{ + uint32_t i = 0; + + RCC_GetClocksFreq( &RCC_Clocks ); + + ConfigureLED(); LED_ON; + + //Notes: + // * CTS pin is connected to PB15 (SPI2_MOSI). + // * SPI2 is connected to DMA1, on Channel 5. + + //Alternatively, try using the crazy timer-based DMA? + //This would be good for driving parallel strings, but bad for memory density on one. + + GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStructure; + + + //Turn B10 (TX) on, so we can have something to bias the ADC with. + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB, ENABLE); + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_10; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_OUT; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_OType = GPIO_OType_PP; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_PuPd = GPIO_PuPd_UP; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_10MHz; + GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_InitStructure); + GPIOB->ODR |= GPIO_Pin_10; + + + /* SysTick end of count event each 10ms */ + SysTick_Config( RCC_Clocks.HCLK_Frequency/100 ); /// 100); + + float fv = RCC_Clocks.HCLK_Frequency/1000000.0; + + InitSPI2812(); + InitADC(); + Init(); //Colorchord + + //printf( "Operating at %.3fMHz\n", fv ); + + int this_samp = 0; + int wf = 0; + + while(1) + { + if( this_samp != last_samp_pos ) + { + LED_OFF; //Use led on the board to show us how much CPU we're using. (You can also probe PB15) + + PushSample32( sampbuff[this_samp] ); //Can't put in full volume. + + this_samp = (this_samp+1)%CIRCBUFSIZE; + + wf++; + if( wf == 128 ) + { + NewFrame(); + wf = 0; + } + LED_ON; + } + LED_ON; //Take up a little more time to make sure we don't miss this. + } +} + +void TimingDelay_Decrement() +{ +/* static int i; + static int k; + int j; + i++; + + if( i == 100 ) + { + printf( "%d\n", hit ); + i = hit = 0; + } + + #define LEDS 20 + uint8_t obuf[LEDS*3]; + for( j = 0; j < LEDS; j++ ) + { + obuf[j*3+0] = sin((k+j*2)/10.0)*100; + obuf[j*3+1] = sin((k+j*2+20)/10.0)*100; + obuf[j*3+2] = sin((k+j*2+40)/10.0)*100; + } + k++; + SendSPI2812( obuf, LEDS ); + LED_ON; +*/ +} + + diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/spi2812.c b/embeddedstm32f303/spi2812.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..32ce0dd --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/spi2812.c @@ -0,0 +1,332 @@ +//Parts stolen from: +// https://javakys.wordpress.com/2014/09/04/how-to-implement-full-duplex-spi-communication-using-spi-dma-mode-on-stm32f2xx-or-stm32f4xx/ +//Timing from: +// https://cpldcpu.wordpress.com/2014/01/14/light_ws2812-library-v2-0-part-i-understanding-the-ws2812/ +//Also... +// https://my.st.com/public/STe2ecommunities/mcu/Lists/STM32Discovery/Flat.aspx?RootFolder=https%3a%2f%2fmy.st.com%2fpublic%2fSTe2ecommunities%2fmcu%2fLists%2fSTM32Discovery%2fSTM32F3%20SPI%20slave%20receive%20with%20DMA&FolderCTID=0x01200200770978C69A1141439FE559EB459D75800084C20D8867EAD444A5987D47BE638E0F¤tviews=1336 +// For the '407... https://my.st.com/public/STe2ecommunities/mcu/Lists/cortex_mx_stm32/Flat.aspx?RootFolder=https%3a%2f%2fmy.st.com%2fpublic%2fSTe2ecommunities%2fmcu%2fLists%2fcortex_mx_stm32%2fSPI1%20in%20DMA2%20on%20STM32F4&FolderCTID=0x01200200770978C69A1141439FE559EB459D7580009C4E14902C3CDE46A77F0FFD06506F5B¤tviews=2447 +// Also for the '407... http://www.micromouseonline.com/2012/03/11/adding-dma-to-the-spi-driver-with-the-stm32f4/ + + +#include +#include + +#include "spi2812.h" + +//Number of 0 segments to transmit ahead of time to reset string. +#define ZERO_BUFFER 6 + +uint8_t MyBuffer[SPI2812_BUFFSIZE+ZERO_BUFFER]; + + + +#ifdef STM32F30X +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + + //Currently, the 30X version does not have configurable ports. + + +#define SPI_PORT SPI2 +#define SPI_PORT_CLOCK RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2 +#define SPI_PORT_CLOCK_INIT RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd +#define SPI_MOSI_PIN GPIO_Pin_15 +#define SPI_MOSI_GPIO_PORT GPIOB +#define SPI_MOSI_GPIO_CLK RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB +#define SPI_MOSI_SOURCE GPIO_PinSource15 +#define SPI_MOSI_AF GPIO_AF_5 +#define SPI_PORT_DR_ADDRESS SPI_PORT->DR +#define SPI_PORT_DMA DMA1 +#define SPI_PORT_DMAx_CLK RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL DMA1_Channel5 +#define SPI_PORT_DMA_TX_IRQn DMA1_Channel5_IRQn + +#define DMA_HANDLER_IRQFN DMA1_Channel5_IRQHandler +#define DMA_FLAG_C DMA1_FLAG_TC5 +#define DMA_FLAG_E DMA1_FLAG_TE5 +/* +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM DMA1_Stream4 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_FEIF DMA_FLAG_FEIF4 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_DMEIF DMA_FLAG_DMEIF4 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_TEIF DMA_FLAG_TEIF4 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_HTIF DMA_FLAG_HTIF4 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_TCIF DMA_FLAG_TCIF4 +#define SPI_PORT_DMA_TX_IRQn DMA1_Stream4_IRQn +#define SPI_PORT_DMA_TX_IRQHandler DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler +*/ + +#elif defined( STM32F40_41xxx ) + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define SPI_PORT SPI1 +#define SPI_PORT_CLOCK RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1 +#define SPI_PORT_CLOCK_INIT RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd +#define SPI_MOSI_PIN GPIO_Pin_5 +#define SPI_MOSI_GPIO_PORT GPIOB +#define SPI_MOSI_GPIO_CLK RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB +#define SPI_MOSI_SOURCE GPIO_PinSource5 +#define SPI_MOSI_AF GPIO_AF_SPI1 +#define SPI_PORT_DR_ADDRESS SPI_PORT->DR +#define SPI_PORT_DMA DMA2 +#define SPI_PORT_DMAx_CLK RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL DMA_Channel_3 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM DMA2_Stream3 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_FEIF DMA_FLAG_FEIF3 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_DMEIF DMA_FLAG_DMEIF3 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_TEIF DMA_FLAG_TEIF3 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_HTIF DMA_FLAG_HTIF3 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_TCIF DMA_FLAG_TCIF3 +#define SPI_PORT_DMA_TX_IRQn DMA2_Stream3_IRQn +#define SPI_PORT_DMA_TX_IRQHandler DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler +#define DMA_FLAGE DMA_IT_TCIF3 + +#endif + + + + +#ifdef STM32F30X + +void DMA_HANDLER_IRQFN() +{ + if ( DMA_GetFlagStatus(DMA_FLAG_C) == SET ) + { + DMA_ClearITPendingBit(DMA_FLAG_C); + } + + /* Transfer Error */ + if(DMA_GetITStatus(DMA_FLAG_E) == SET) + { + if (DMA_GetFlagStatus(DMA_FLAG_E) != RESET) + { + DMA_ClearITPendingBit(DMA_FLAG_E); + } + } +} + +#elif defined( STM32F40_41xxx ) + +void SPI_PORT_DMA_TX_IRQHandler(){ + + // Test if DMA Stream Transfer Complete interrupt + if (DMA_GetITStatus(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM, DMA_FLAGE)) { + DMA_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM, DMA_FLAGE); + } + + +} + +#endif + +void InitSPI2812() +{ + SPI_InitTypeDef SPI_InitStructure; + DMA_InitTypeDef dma_init_struct; + GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStructure; + NVIC_InitTypeDef nvic_init_struct; + +#ifdef STM32F30X + + //On SPI2, PORT B.15 + + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(SPI_MOSI_GPIO_CLK, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(SPI_PORT_DMAx_CLK, ENABLE); + SPI_PORT_CLOCK_INIT(SPI_PORT_CLOCK, ENABLE); + SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_PORT); + + /* Configure the GPIO_LED pin */ + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = SPI_MOSI_PIN; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_OType = GPIO_OType_PP; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_10MHz; + GPIO_Init(SPI_MOSI_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStructure); + + GPIO_PinAFConfig(SPI_MOSI_GPIO_PORT, SPI_MOSI_SOURCE, SPI_MOSI_AF); //MOSI //GPIO_AF_5??? GPIO_AF_6??? TODO + + /* SPI Config */ + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_Mode = SPI_Mode_Master; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_DataSize = SPI_DataSize_8b; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_CPOL = SPI_CPOL_Low; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_CPHA = SPI_CPHA_1Edge; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Soft; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_CRCPolynomial = 7; //TODO: Remove this??? + + SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_PORT, DISABLE); + SPI_Init(SPI_PORT, &SPI_InitStructure); + RCC_I2SCLKConfig( RCC_I2S2CLKSource_SYSCLK); + SPI_Cmd(SPI_PORT, ENABLE); + + //We're on DMA1, channel 5. + + memset( MyBuffer, 0xAA, 128 ); + + DMA_DeInit(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL); + DMA_StructInit(&dma_init_struct); + dma_init_struct.DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = (uint32_t) &SPI_PORT->DR; + dma_init_struct.DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = (uint32_t)MyBuffer; //REmove this? somehow? + dma_init_struct.DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST; + dma_init_struct.DMA_BufferSize = 128; + dma_init_struct.DMA_PeripheralInc = DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable; + dma_init_struct.DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Enable; + dma_init_struct.DMA_PeripheralDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte; + dma_init_struct.DMA_MemoryDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte; + dma_init_struct.DMA_Mode = DMA_Mode_Normal; + dma_init_struct.DMA_Priority = DMA_Priority_VeryHigh; + dma_init_struct.DMA_M2M = DMA_M2M_Disable; + DMA_Init(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL, &dma_init_struct); + + /* Configure the Priority Group */ + NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(NVIC_PriorityGroup_1); + + /* Initialize NVIC Struct for DMA */ + nvic_init_struct.NVIC_IRQChannel = SPI_PORT_DMA_TX_IRQn; + nvic_init_struct.NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority = 1; + nvic_init_struct.NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority = 0; + nvic_init_struct.NVIC_IRQChannelCmd = ENABLE; + NVIC_Init(&nvic_init_struct); + + SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_PORT, SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx, ENABLE); + +#elif defined( STM32F40_41xxx ) + + // enable the SPI peripheral clock + SPI_PORT_CLOCK_INIT(SPI_PORT_CLOCK, ENABLE); + // enable the peripheral GPIO port clocks + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(SPI_MOSI_GPIO_CLK, ENABLE); + // Connect SPI pins to AF5 - see section 3, Table 6 in the device datasheet + GPIO_PinAFConfig(SPI_MOSI_GPIO_PORT, SPI_MOSI_SOURCE, SPI_MOSI_AF); + // now configure the pins themselves + // they are all going to be fast push-pull outputs + // but the SPI pins use the alternate function + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_50MHz; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_OType = GPIO_OType_PP; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_PuPd = GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = SPI_MOSI_PIN; + GPIO_Init(SPI_MOSI_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStructure); + // now we can set up the SPI peripheral + // Assume the target is write only and we look after the chip select ourselves + // SPI clock rate will be system frequency/4/prescaler + // so here we will go for 72/4/8 = 2.25MHz + SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_PORT); + SPI_StructInit(&SPI_InitStructure); + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_Mode = SPI_Mode_Master; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Soft; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16; //On F104, assume 100MHz. + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB; + SPI_Init(SPI_PORT, &SPI_InitStructure); + // Enable the SPI port + SPI_Cmd(SPI_PORT, ENABLE); + + + // first enable the clock + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(SPI_PORT_DMAx_CLK, ENABLE); + // start with a blank DMA configuration just to be sure + DMA_DeInit(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM); + + while (DMA_GetCmdStatus (SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM) != DISABLE); + + // Configure DMA controller to manage TX DMA requests + // first make sure we are using the default values + DMA_StructInit(&dma_init_struct); + // these are the only parameters that change from the defaults + dma_init_struct.DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = (uint32_t) & (SPI_PORT->DR); + dma_init_struct.DMA_Channel = SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL; + dma_init_struct.DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_MemoryToPeripheral; + dma_init_struct.DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Enable; + /* + * It is not possible to call DMA_Init without values for the source + * address and non-zero size even though a transfer is not done here. + * These are checked only when the assert macro are active though. + */ + dma_init_struct.DMA_Memory0BaseAddr = (uint32_t)MyBuffer; + dma_init_struct.DMA_BufferSize = 1; + DMA_Init(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM, &dma_init_struct); + // Enable the DMA transfer complete interrupt + DMA_ITConfig(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM, DMA_IT_TC, ENABLE); + + + DMA_ITConfig (SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM, DMA_IT_TC, ENABLE); + // enable the interrupt in the NVIC + nvic_init_struct.NVIC_IRQChannel = SPI_PORT_DMA_TX_IRQn; + nvic_init_struct.NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority = 0; + nvic_init_struct.NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority = 1; + nvic_init_struct.NVIC_IRQChannelCmd = ENABLE; + NVIC_Init (&nvic_init_struct); + // Enable dma tx request. + SPI_I2S_DMACmd (SPI_PORT, SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx, ENABLE); + +#endif + +//These would fire it off... +// DMA_Cmd(DMA1_Channel5, ENABLE); +// DMA_ITConfig(DMA1_Channel5, DMA_IT_TC, ENABLE); +// DMA_ITConfig(DMA1_Channel5, DMA_IT_TE, ENABLE); + +} + +void SendSPI2812( unsigned char * lightarray, int length ) +{ + static const uint8_t aoarray[4] = { 0b10001000, 0b10001110, 0b11101000, 0b11101110 }; + + int i; + if( length > SPI2812_MAX_LEDS ) length = SPI2812_MAX_LEDS; + + MyBuffer[0] = 0; + for( i = 0; i < length; i++ ) + { + uint8_t * colorbase = &lightarray[i*3]; + uint8_t * buffbase = &MyBuffer[i*24/2+ZERO_BUFFER]; + + int j; + for( j = 0; j < 3; j++ ) + { + uint8_t c = colorbase[j];// (j==0)?1:(j==1)?0:2 ]; //Flip R and G. + + *(buffbase++) = aoarray[(c>>6)&3]; + *(buffbase++) = aoarray[(c>>4)&3]; + *(buffbase++) = aoarray[(c>>2)&3]; + *(buffbase++) = aoarray[(c>>0)&3]; + } + } + + for( i = 0; i < ZERO_BUFFER; i++ ) + MyBuffer[i] = 0; + + length *= 24/2; + length += ZERO_BUFFER; + +#ifdef STM32F30X + + DMA_Cmd(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL, DISABLE); + SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL->CMAR = (uint32_t) MyBuffer; + SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL->CNDTR = (uint16_t) length; + DMA_Cmd(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL, ENABLE); + DMA_ITConfig(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL, DMA_IT_TC, ENABLE); + DMA_ITConfig(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL, DMA_IT_TE, ENABLE); + +#elif defined( STM32F40_41xxx ) + + SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM->NDTR = (uint32_t) length; + SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM->M0AR = (uint32_t) MyBuffer; + DMA_Cmd (SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM, ENABLE); + +#endif + +} + + + + diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/spi2812.c.old b/embeddedstm32f303/spi2812.c.old new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c36efd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/spi2812.c.old @@ -0,0 +1,330 @@ +//Parts stolen from: +// https://javakys.wordpress.com/2014/09/04/how-to-implement-full-duplex-spi-communication-using-spi-dma-mode-on-stm32f2xx-or-stm32f4xx/ +//Timing from: +// https://cpldcpu.wordpress.com/2014/01/14/light_ws2812-library-v2-0-part-i-understanding-the-ws2812/ +//Also... +// https://my.st.com/public/STe2ecommunities/mcu/Lists/STM32Discovery/Flat.aspx?RootFolder=https%3a%2f%2fmy.st.com%2fpublic%2fSTe2ecommunities%2fmcu%2fLists%2fSTM32Discovery%2fSTM32F3%20SPI%20slave%20receive%20with%20DMA&FolderCTID=0x01200200770978C69A1141439FE559EB459D75800084C20D8867EAD444A5987D47BE638E0F¤tviews=1336 +// For the '407... https://my.st.com/public/STe2ecommunities/mcu/Lists/cortex_mx_stm32/Flat.aspx?RootFolder=https%3a%2f%2fmy.st.com%2fpublic%2fSTe2ecommunities%2fmcu%2fLists%2fcortex_mx_stm32%2fSPI1%20in%20DMA2%20on%20STM32F4&FolderCTID=0x01200200770978C69A1141439FE559EB459D7580009C4E14902C3CDE46A77F0FFD06506F5B¤tviews=2447 +// Also for the '407... http://www.micromouseonline.com/2012/03/11/adding-dma-to-the-spi-driver-with-the-stm32f4/ + + +#include +#include + +#include "spi2812.h" + +//Number of 0 segments to transmit ahead of time to reset string. +#define ZERO_BUFFER 6 + +uint8_t MyBuffer[SPI2812_BUFFSIZE+ZERO_BUFFER]; + + + +#ifdef STM32F30X +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + + //Currently, the 30X version does not have configurable ports. + + +#define SPI_PORT SPI2 +#define SPI_PORT_CLOCK RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2 +#define SPI_PORT_CLOCK_INIT RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd +#define SPI_MOSI_PIN GPIO_Pin_15 +#define SPI_MOSI_GPIO_PORT GPIOB +#define SPI_MOSI_GPIO_CLK RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB +#define SPI_MOSI_SOURCE GPIO_PinSource15 +#define SPI_MOSI_AF GPIO_AF_5 +#define SPI_PORT_DR_ADDRESS SPI_PORT->DR +#define SPI_PORT_DMA DMA1 +#define SPI_PORT_DMAx_CLK RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL DMA1_Channel5 +#define SPI_PORT_DMA_TX_IRQn DMA1_Channel5_IRQn + +#define DMA_HANDLER_IRQFN DMA1_Channel5_IRQHandler +#define DMA_FLAG_C DMA1_FLAG_TC5 +#define DMA_FLAG_E DMA1_FLAG_TE5 +/* +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM DMA1_Stream4 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_FEIF DMA_FLAG_FEIF4 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_DMEIF DMA_FLAG_DMEIF4 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_TEIF DMA_FLAG_TEIF4 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_HTIF DMA_FLAG_HTIF4 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_TCIF DMA_FLAG_TCIF4 +#define SPI_PORT_DMA_TX_IRQn DMA1_Stream4_IRQn +#define SPI_PORT_DMA_TX_IRQHandler DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler +*/ + +#elif defined( STM32F40_41xxx ) + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define SPI_PORT SPI2 +#define SPI_PORT_CLOCK RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2 +#define SPI_PORT_CLOCK_INIT RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd +#define SPI_MOSI_PIN GPIO_Pin_15 +#define SPI_MOSI_GPIO_PORT GPIOB +#define SPI_MOSI_GPIO_CLK RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB +#define SPI_MOSI_SOURCE GPIO_PinSource15 +#define SPI_MOSI_AF GPIO_AF_SPI2 +#define SPI_PORT_DR_ADDRESS SPI_PORT->DR +#define SPI_PORT_DMA DMA1 +#define SPI_PORT_DMAx_CLK RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA1 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL DMA_Channel_0 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM DMA1_Stream4 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_FEIF DMA_FLAG_FEIF4 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_DMEIF DMA_FLAG_DMEIF4 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_TEIF DMA_FLAG_TEIF4 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_HTIF DMA_FLAG_HTIF4 +#define SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_FLAG_TCIF DMA_FLAG_TCIF4 +#define SPI_PORT_DMA_TX_IRQn DMA1_Stream4_IRQn +#define SPI_PORT_DMA_TX_IRQHandler DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler + +#define DMA_FLAGE DMA_IT_TCIF4 +#endif + + + + +#ifdef STM32F30X + +void DMA_HANDLER_IRQFN() +{ + if ( DMA_GetFlagStatus(DMA_FLAG_C) == SET ) + { + DMA_ClearITPendingBit(DMA_FLAG_C); + } + + /* Transfer Error */ + if(DMA_GetITStatus(DMA_FLAG_E) == SET) + { + if (DMA_GetFlagStatus(DMA_FLAG_E) != RESET) + { + DMA_ClearITPendingBit(DMA_FLAG_E); + } + } +} + +#elif defined( STM32F40_41xxx ) + +void SPI_PORT_DMA_TX_IRQHandler(){ + + // Test if DMA Stream Transfer Complete interrupt + if (DMA_GetITStatus(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM, DMA_FLAGE)) { + DMA_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM, DMA_FLAGE); + } + + +} + +#endif + +void InitSPI2812() +{ + SPI_InitTypeDef SPI_InitStructure; + DMA_InitTypeDef dma_init_struct; + GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStructure; + NVIC_InitTypeDef nvic_init_struct; + +#ifdef STM32F30X + + //On SPI2, PORT B.15 + + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(SPI_MOSI_GPIO_CLK, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(SPI_PORT_DMAx_CLK, ENABLE); + SPI_PORT_CLOCK_INIT(SPI_PORT_CLOCK, ENABLE); + SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_PORT); + + /* Configure the GPIO_LED pin */ + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = SPI_MOSI_PIN; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_OType = GPIO_OType_PP; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_10MHz; + GPIO_Init(SPI_MOSI_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStructure); + + GPIO_PinAFConfig(SPI_MOSI_GPIO_PORT, SPI_MOSI_SOURCE, SPI_MOSI_AF); //MOSI //GPIO_AF_5??? GPIO_AF_6??? TODO + + /* SPI Config */ + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_Mode = SPI_Mode_Master; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_DataSize = SPI_DataSize_8b; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_CPOL = SPI_CPOL_Low; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_CPHA = SPI_CPHA_1Edge; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Soft; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_CRCPolynomial = 7; //TODO: Remove this??? + + SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_PORT, DISABLE); + SPI_Init(SPI_PORT, &SPI_InitStructure); + RCC_I2SCLKConfig( RCC_I2S2CLKSource_SYSCLK); + SPI_Cmd(SPI_PORT, ENABLE); + + //We're on DMA1, channel 5. + + memset( MyBuffer, 0xAA, 128 ); + + DMA_DeInit(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL); + DMA_StructInit(&dma_init_struct); + dma_init_struct.DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = (uint32_t) &SPI_PORT->DR; + dma_init_struct.DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = (uint32_t)MyBuffer; //REmove this? somehow? + dma_init_struct.DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST; + dma_init_struct.DMA_BufferSize = 128; + dma_init_struct.DMA_PeripheralInc = DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable; + dma_init_struct.DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Enable; + dma_init_struct.DMA_PeripheralDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte; + dma_init_struct.DMA_MemoryDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte; + dma_init_struct.DMA_Mode = DMA_Mode_Normal; + dma_init_struct.DMA_Priority = DMA_Priority_VeryHigh; + dma_init_struct.DMA_M2M = DMA_M2M_Disable; + DMA_Init(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL, &dma_init_struct); + + /* Configure the Priority Group */ + NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(NVIC_PriorityGroup_1); + + /* Initialize NVIC Struct for DMA */ + nvic_init_struct.NVIC_IRQChannel = SPI_PORT_DMA_TX_IRQn; + nvic_init_struct.NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority = 1; + nvic_init_struct.NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority = 0; + nvic_init_struct.NVIC_IRQChannelCmd = ENABLE; + NVIC_Init(&nvic_init_struct); + + SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_PORT, SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx, ENABLE); + +#elif defined( STM32F40_41xxx ) + + // enable the SPI peripheral clock + SPI_PORT_CLOCK_INIT(SPI_PORT_CLOCK, ENABLE); + // enable the peripheral GPIO port clocks + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(SPI_MOSI_GPIO_CLK, ENABLE); + // Connect SPI pins to AF5 - see section 3, Table 6 in the device datasheet + GPIO_PinAFConfig(SPI_MOSI_GPIO_PORT, SPI_MOSI_SOURCE, SPI_MOSI_AF); + // now configure the pins themselves + // they are all going to be fast push-pull outputs + // but the SPI pins use the alternate function + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_50MHz; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_OType = GPIO_OType_PP; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_PuPd = GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = SPI_MOSI_PIN; + GPIO_Init(SPI_MOSI_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStructure); + // now we can set up the SPI peripheral + // Assume the target is write only and we look after the chip select ourselves + // SPI clock rate will be system frequency/4/prescaler + // so here we will go for 72/4/8 = 2.25MHz + SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_PORT); + SPI_StructInit(&SPI_InitStructure); + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_Mode = SPI_Mode_Master; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Soft; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB; + SPI_Init(SPI_PORT, &SPI_InitStructure); + // Enable the SPI port + SPI_Cmd(SPI_PORT, ENABLE); + + + // first enable the clock + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(SPI_PORT_DMAx_CLK, ENABLE); + // start with a blank DMA configuration just to be sure + DMA_DeInit(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM); + while (DMA_GetCmdStatus (SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM) != DISABLE); + + // Configure DMA controller to manage TX DMA requests + // first make sure we are using the default values + DMA_StructInit(&dma_init_struct); + // these are the only parameters that change from the defaults + dma_init_struct.DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = (uint32_t) & (SPI_PORT->DR); + dma_init_struct.DMA_Channel = SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL; + dma_init_struct.DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_MemoryToPeripheral; + dma_init_struct.DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Enable; + /* + * It is not possible to call DMA_Init without values for the source + * address and non-zero size even though a transfer is not done here. + * These are checked only when the assert macro are active though. + */ + dma_init_struct.DMA_Memory0BaseAddr = (uint32_t)MyBuffer; + dma_init_struct.DMA_BufferSize = 1; + DMA_Init(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM, &dma_init_struct); + // Enable the DMA transfer complete interrupt + DMA_ITConfig(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM, DMA_IT_TC, ENABLE); + + + DMA_ITConfig (SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM, DMA_IT_TC, ENABLE); + // enable the interrupt in the NVIC + nvic_init_struct.NVIC_IRQChannel = SPI_PORT_DMA_TX_IRQn; + nvic_init_struct.NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority = 0; + nvic_init_struct.NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority = 1; + nvic_init_struct.NVIC_IRQChannelCmd = ENABLE; + NVIC_Init (&nvic_init_struct); + // Enable dma tx request. + SPI_I2S_DMACmd (SPI_PORT, SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx, ENABLE); +#endif + +//These would fire it off... +// DMA_Cmd(DMA1_Channel5, ENABLE); +// DMA_ITConfig(DMA1_Channel5, DMA_IT_TC, ENABLE); +// DMA_ITConfig(DMA1_Channel5, DMA_IT_TE, ENABLE); + +} + +void SendSPI2812( unsigned char * lightarray, int length ) +{ + static const uint8_t aoarray[4] = { 0b10001000, 0b10001110, 0b11101000, 0b11101110 }; + + int i; + if( length > SPI2812_MAX_LEDS ) length = SPI2812_MAX_LEDS; + + MyBuffer[0] = 0; + for( i = 0; i < length; i++ ) + { + uint8_t * colorbase = &lightarray[i*3]; + uint8_t * buffbase = &MyBuffer[i*24/2+ZERO_BUFFER]; + + int j; + for( j = 0; j < 3; j++ ) + { + uint8_t c = colorbase[ (j==0)?1:(j==1)?0:2 ]; //Flip R and G. + + *(buffbase++) = aoarray[(c>>6)&3]; + *(buffbase++) = aoarray[(c>>4)&3]; + *(buffbase++) = aoarray[(c>>2)&3]; + *(buffbase++) = aoarray[(c>>0)&3]; + } + } + + for( i = 0; i < ZERO_BUFFER; i++ ) + MyBuffer[i] = 0; + + length *= 24/2; + length += ZERO_BUFFER; + +#ifdef STM32F30X + + DMA_Cmd(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL, DISABLE); + SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL->CMAR = (uint32_t) MyBuffer; + SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL->CNDTR = (uint16_t) length; + DMA_Cmd(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL, ENABLE); + DMA_ITConfig(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL, DMA_IT_TC, ENABLE); + DMA_ITConfig(SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_CHANNEL, DMA_IT_TE, ENABLE); + +#elif defined( STM32F40_41xxx ) + + SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM->NDTR = (uint32_t) length; + SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM->M0AR = (uint32_t) MyBuffer; + DMA_Cmd (SPI_PORT_TX_DMA_STREAM, ENABLE); + +#endif + +} + + + + diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/spi2812.h b/embeddedstm32f303/spi2812.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..674004f --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/spi2812.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#ifndef _SPI_2812_H +#define _SPI_2812_H + +#define SPI2812_MAX_LEDS 300 + +//24 bits per LED, can fit two bits per byte of output. +#define SPI2812_BUFFSIZE (SPI2812_MAX_LEDS*24/2) + + +void InitSPI2812(); +void SendSPI2812( unsigned char * lightarray, int leds ); //Need one R, G, B per element. + +#endif + + diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/stm32f30x_it.c b/embeddedstm32f303/stm32f30x_it.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9f68c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/stm32f30x_it.c @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_it.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief Main Interrupt Service Routines. + * This file provides template for all exceptions handler and + * peripherals interrupt service routine. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_it.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F3-Discovery_Demo + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* Cortex-M4 Processor Exceptions Handlers */ +/******************************************************************************/ + +/** + * @brief This function handles NMI exception. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void NMI_Handler(void) +{ +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Hard Fault exception. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void HardFault_Handler(void) +{ + /* Go to infinite loop when Hard Fault exception occurs */ + while (1) + { + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Memory Manage exception. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void MemManage_Handler(void) +{ + /* Go to infinite loop when Memory Manage exception occurs */ + while (1) + { + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Bus Fault exception. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void BusFault_Handler(void) +{ + /* Go to infinite loop when Bus Fault exception occurs */ + while (1) + { + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Usage Fault exception. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void UsageFault_Handler(void) +{ + /* Go to infinite loop when Usage Fault exception occurs */ + while (1) + { + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles SVCall exception. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SVC_Handler(void) +{ +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Debug Monitor exception. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void DebugMon_Handler(void) +{ +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles PendSVC exception. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void PendSV_Handler(void) +{ +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles SysTick Handler. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SysTick_Handler(void) +{ + TimingDelay_Decrement(); +} + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* STM32F30x Peripherals Interrupt Handlers */ +/* Add here the Interrupt Handler for the used peripheral(s) (PPP), for the */ +/* available peripheral interrupt handler's name please refer to the startup */ +/* file (startup_stm32f30x.s). */ +/******************************************************************************/ +/** + * @brief This function handles EXTI0_IRQ Handler. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +//void EXTI0_IRQHandler(void) +//{ +//} + +/** + * @brief This function handles PPP interrupt request. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +/*void PPP_IRQHandler(void) +{ +}*/ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/stm32f30x_it.h b/embeddedstm32f303/stm32f30x_it.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84d1d63 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/stm32f30x_it.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f30x_it.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.0 + * @date 20-September-2012 + * @brief This file contains the headers of the interrupt handlers. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

    © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics

    + * + * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); + * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * + * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F30X_IT_H +#define __STM32F30X_IT_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f30x_conf.h" +#include "stm32f30x.h" + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +void NMI_Handler(void); +void HardFault_Handler(void); +void MemManage_Handler(void); +void BusFault_Handler(void); +void UsageFault_Handler(void); +void SVC_Handler(void); +void DebugMon_Handler(void); +void PendSV_Handler(void); +void SysTick_Handler(void); +void EXTI0_IRQHandler(void); + +void USB_LP_CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler(void); +void USB_LP_IRQHandler(void); +void USBWakeUp_IRQHandler(void); +void USBWakeUp_RMP_IRQHandler(void); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F30X_IT_H */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/embeddedstm32f303/terminal.cfg b/embeddedstm32f303/terminal.cfg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..33c53a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/embeddedstm32f303/terminal.cfg @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +set TRANSPORT hla_swd + +source [find interface/stlink-v2.cfg] +source [find target/stm32f3x_stlink.cfg] + +#reset_config none separate +#reset_config srst_push_pull +#separate trst_push_pull + +reset_config srst_nogate +init + +#to manually recover, unplug, connect reset hard to ground. +# replug. +# 'reset halt'. +# unplug reset, plug into programmer's reset. + +# flash erase_sector 0 0 100 +# flash write_image erase main.bin 0x08000000 +